Index: head/contrib/tcsh/Fixes
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/Fixes	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/Fixes	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,2166 +1,2174 @@
+  5. PR/113: Sobomax: avoid infinite loops for -c commands when stdout is
+     not a tty.
+  4. Avoid infinite loops during history loads when merging, print a better
+     error for errors during history load.
+  3. PR/88: Preserve empty arguments in :q
+  2. PR/94: Small apple issues (SAVESIGVEC, HOSTTYPE)
+  1. PR/81: Fix range matching issue where we were comparing with the
+     range character instead of the start of range. [l-z]* would match foo
  12. V6.21.00 - 20190508
  11. Abort history loading on words and lines too long
      https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1598502
  10. PR/37: Introduce GetCmdChar() to avoid open coding array access.
   9. make closem() not close sockets so as not to affect nss_ldap.
      tcsh never creates sockets so that's ok (Miloslav Trmac)
   8. PR/597: Make rmstar work with aliased rm
   7. convert match() from recursive to backtracking.
   6. Handle 8 bit characters in bindkey (Werner Fink)
   5. Look for tgetent in libtinfo as well (Werner Fink)
   4. Don't play pointer tricks that are undefined in modern c (Brooks Davis)
   3. Fix out of bounds read (Brooks Davis)
   2. Fix type of read in prompt confirmation (eg. rmstar) (David Kaspar)
   1. PR/471: Delay arginp parsing
 
  20. V6.20.00 - 20161124
  19. Don't resize the screen if it did not change size.
  18. V6.19.01 - 20161025
  17. restore file description when cleaning up after eval:
 	repeat 99 time
  16. PR/572: Fix $SHLVL issue when exec'ing subshells.
  15. PR/403: Fix backquote expansion for multi-byte character sets.
  14. Fix drawing issu with multi-line prompt (Kensuke Iwahashi/David Kaspar)
  13. always send prusage to stdout.
  12. PR/526: Fix double \\ printing from previous fix in history expansion.
  11. Android updates from Corinna Vinschen
  10. PR/526: Quote backslashes properly so they can be preserved in ``
      expansions
   9. Fix memory leak for paraml
   8. Add notempty and ask values for the noclobber setting (Martin Tournoij)
   7. more correct $wordchars for vimode (Luke Mewburn)
   6. expose VImode in $vimode (Luke Mewburn)
   5. display what the compiled in editor is in bindkey -d (Luke Mewburn)
   4. run-fg-editor improvements and documentation (Luke Mewburn)
   3. Fix parsing of 'if (cond)then' (Fridolin Pokorny)
   2. PR/437: Fix handling of invalid unicode characters.
   1. PR/451: Fix error messages containing %c to be always '%c'
 
  41. V6.19.00 - 20150521
  40. V6.18.05 - 20150510
  39. fix reseting when interrupted inside an eval "eval sleep 10^C"
      (paulo.cesar.pereira.de.andrade)
  38. rename handle_intr -> handle_interrupt as originally intended.
  37. fix input tests that need stdin on a tty
  36. V6.18.04 - 20150504
  35. revert fix echo "\1", it is incorrect.
  34. revert fix to PR/437, breaks short strings.
  33. V6.18.03 - 20150503
  32. PR/437: Nakajima Akira: Fix segmentation fault reading input files
  31. PR/291: Print job status messages to stderr.
  30. Fridolin Pokorny NUL in `` does not mean EOF.
  29. Pavel Raiskup fix hang with:
 	while (1)
 	   ( date & ; wait )
         end
  28. Add cdtohome special variable (Martin Tournoij)
  27. Fix root prompt char for windows (Corinna Vinschen)
  26. For "next" completion matches only consider exact matches of the previous
      word (Jamie Landeg-Jones)
  25. Fix echo "\1" for echo_style=both where the first character was
      not processed properly (Gary Duzan)
  24. V6.18.02 - 20140618
  23. fix ls-F /non printing exit value twice.
  22. rename configure.in to configure.ac, add aclocal.m4 to CVS
  21. set foo="aabaabaa"; echo $foo:as/a// should produce bb
  20. Add locked merge history support (Marcin Konarski)
  19. Support more resource limits from various BSD's
  18. Cache history count to speed up thing
  17. PR/240: minix support 
  16. revert fix for 15. Causes extra quoting, for example (foo is a program
      that prints its arguments):
 	$ ./foo 'abc' *
 	'\a\b\c'
  15. fix globbing for ``, stripping backslashes. Example:
 	cat << _EOF > huh
 	echo 'hello\;world'
         _EOF
 	echo `./huh 0`
 	echo `./huh $?`
  14. fix for `` that causes hang. Example:
 	cat << _EOF > huh
 	#!/bin/sh
 	echo "[$@]"
 	echo "I am running"
 	echo "I am running ($$)" >> huh.out
 	_EOF
 	cat << _EOF > huh.tcsh
 	#!/bin/tcsh -f
 
 	./huh \
 	    `#comment blah blah blah` \
 	    parameter a \
 	    `#comment blah blah blah` \
 	    parameter b \
 	    `#comment blah blah blah` \
 	    parameter c
 	echo ok
 	_EOF
  13. remove AsciiOnly fix now that the real issue has been fixed (Roman Kollar)
  12. define utmp file for aix (Laurence Darby)
  11. fix if history in loops
  10. make ls-F print to stderr and set the exit code
   9. make rmstar interruptible on linux
   8. Get rid of pret_t and make the printf functions return the number of
      characters printed as the system ones do.
   7. Parse a FreeBSD compat $LSCOLORS. What to do when both LSCOLORS and
      LS_COLORS are set. I am not documenting this until we decide.
   6. V6.18.01 - 20120214
   5. fix interruptible wait again
   4. ignore bogus compiler overflow message
   3. cleanup ifdefs in utmp code, and provide default array entries
   2. Ignore #machine entries in host.defs
   1. Detect missing ) in gethost.c (Corinna Vinschen)
 
 104. V6.18.00 - 20120114
 103. remove unused variables.
 102. Make gethost use definitions for x __x__ and __x automatically.
 101. More utmp fixes
 100. V6.17.10 - 20120105
  99. Add more FreeBSD/NetBSD machines
  98. Add portability wrapper for gencat
  97. Fix warning for write in SYSMALLOC systems.
  96. V6.17.09 - 20120102
  95. revert gencat handling to pre-cygwin fixes (without the env settings)
  94. remove stray endutent()
  93. V6.17.08 - 20111230
  92. Remove - from gencat
  91. Provide support for malloc_usable_size() so that linux works again
      without SYSMALLOC
  90. Add support for FreeBSD's utmpx.
  89. V6.17.07 - 20111227
  88. Fix debian bug #645238: tcsh segfaults when prompt includes %j and
      there are more than 10 jobs.
  87. PR/155: Default $anyerror to set for backward compatibility
  86. PR/149: Don't print -1 in %j (Vojtech Vitek)
  85. handle -- on chdir commands as the end of options processing so that
      they can process a directory like -x without resorting to ./-x
      (Andrew Stevenson)
  84. Handle write(2) returning ENOENT from SoFS, thanks ++HAL (Robert Byrnes)
  83. PR/38: Null check for jobs (Kurt Miller)
  82. Fix spelling correction correcting ./foo -> ../foo2 (jean-luc leger)
  81. PR/120: string0 in filetest does not have enough space.
  80. V6.17.06 - 20110415
  79. PR/110: Add $anyerror to select behavior. Default to the new one.
  78. Don't try to spell commands that are correct (Rouben Rostamian)
      [./tcsh -f; set path=($path 2); mkdir foo2; cd foo2; touch foo;
       chmod +x foo; set correct=cmd; ./foo -> ../foo]
  77. Don't push the syntax struct on the cleanup stack, because on foo;bar
      if foo fails, we will free bar prematurely (Ben Miller)
  76. Avoid infinite loop while trying to print the pid of a dying process
      to a closed file (Bob Arendt)
  75. Handle completion of ${ variables (Anthony Mallet)
  74. Add --disable-nls-catalogs (Corinna Vinschen)
  73. convert message catalogs to UTF-8 (Werner Fink)
  72. check that the NLS path works before setting $NLSPATH.
  71. use SYSMALLOC for GLIBC (Werner Fink)
  70. use mallinfo for SYSMALLOC (Corinna Vinschen)
  69. V6.17.05 - 20110201
  68. Use mkstemp() if there for here docs (Werner Fink)
  67. Fix handling of errors and exit values in builtins (Werner Fink)
  66. Better pty name detection (Werner Fink)
  65. Enable NLS catalogs on Cygwin (Corinna Vinschen)
  64. NLSPATH handling fixes (Corinna Vinschen)
  63. Avoid infrequent exit when tcsh cd's into a non-existent directory
      https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=293395 (Werner Fink)
  62. Don't try to spell check full path binaries that are correct because
      they can cause hangs when other nfs partitions are hung. (Werner Fink)
  61. Avoid nested interrupts when exiting causing history writing to fail
      https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=331627 (Werner Fink)
  60. Instead of giving an error or ignoring lines with missing eol at eof,
      process them.
  59. Avoid leaking fd's in mail check (Werner Fink)
  58. Add cygwin_xcrypt() (Corinna Vinschen)
  57. Recognize i686 (Corinna Vinschen)
  56. Rename cygwin32 to cygwin and bring it up-to-date with modern cygwin
      settings (Corinna Vinschen)
  55. Avoid double slashes in cdpath (Corinna Vinschen)
  54. V6.17.04 - 20110118
  53. Revert PR/110, breaks the test suite.
  52. V6.17.03 - 20110117
  51. PR/102: Complain on input files with missing trailing \n
  50. PR/104: If atime == mtime we don't have new mail.
  49. PR/113: Don't allow illegal variable names to be set.
  48. PR/112: don't set $REMOTEHOST on the local machine.
  47. PR/110: exit status of the pipeline should be the status of the last
      command.
  46. Android support (Corinna Vinschen)
  45. Add AUTOSET_KANJI which works around the Shift-JIS encoding that
      translates unshifted 7 bit ASCII (Werner Fink)
  44. Handle mb{r,}towc() returning 0 by setting the return value to NUL
      (Jean-Luc Leger)
  43. PR/109: make wait interruptible (Vojtech Vitek)
  42. resource limit fixes: signed vs. unsigned, megabyte issue, doc issues
      (Robert Byrnes)
  41. remove .bat and .cmd handling for executables on cygwin (Corinna Vinschen)
  40. Don't echo history while history -L or history -M
  39. Check for EOS before ** from Greg Dionne
  38. Don't fork in backeval from Bryan Mason
  37. Better globstar support from Greg Dionne
  36. Error out when processing the last incomplete line instead of silently
      ignoring it (Anders Kaseorg)
  35. Fix SEGV from echo ``
  34. Better fixes for histchars and promptchars (nargs)
  33. Fix win32 issue calling fmalloc/ffree from non-thread-safe context.
      (Fabio Fabbri)
  32. V6.17.02 - 20100512
  31. PR/79: nargs: Better handling for promptchars.
  30. PR/97: Add parseoctal to retain compatibility with previous versions (Jim
      Zajkowski)
  29. PR/84: Performance fixes for large history merges (add
      hashtable (Ted Anderson)
  28. Revert previous #23; people should use $histlit if they want this
      feature.
  27. Don't kill "hup" background jobs when a child of the shell exits.
      From Debian.
  26. Ignore \r\n in the command line options for OS's that don't strip
      these from #!; from Debian
  25. Fix enhanced missing patch (Greg Dionne)
  24. Callers of rt_mbtowc don't grok -2 as a return. Return -1 for now.
      (Corinna Vinschen)
  23. Turn HistLit on while recording history to avoid \!\! losing its \.
      From Debian
  22. set autoexpand; set histchars="";\n<tab> crash. From Debian
  21. V6.17.01 - 20100506
  20. unset verbose while we are reading the history file to avoid echoing
      to the terminal. (Jeffrey Bastian)
  19. globstar addition, Enhance addition, euid, euser, gid variables
      (Greg Dionne)
  18. Make 'e' in vi mode work like 'b' - use wordchars (Alistair Crooks)
  17. Handle UTF-16 surrogates (Corinna Vinschen)
  16. Make tcsh work on systems where sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (Corinna Vinschen)
  15. Better support for Solaris >= 2.9 (Thomas Uhle)
  14. Change internal expression calculations to long long so that we can
      deal with > 32 bit time, inodes, uids, file sizes etc.
  13. Add new linux resource limits.
  12. Don't print 'Exit X' when printexitvalue is set in `` expressions
      (Jeff Bastian)
  11. Add more LS_COLORS vars (M.H. Anderson)
  10. Reduce whitespace in Makefile (Don Estabrook)
   9. Manual page fixes (Alan R. S. Bueno)
   8. Remove history in loops bug from the documentation (Holger Weiss)
   7. Add autorehash (Holger Weiss)
   6. Add history.at (Ted Anderson)
   5. Better NLSPATH handling (Norm Jacobs)
   4. Fix hostname building from utmp (Cyrus Rahman)
   3. Handle pending signals before flush so that the the history file does
      not get truncated.  (Ted Anderson)
   2. Fix AsciiOnly setting that broke 8 bit input. (Juergen Keil)
   1. remember to closedir in mailchk (from Werner Fink, reported by
      David Binderman)
 
  21. V6.17.00 - 20090710
  20. Fix dataroot autoconf issue.
  19. Fix directory stuff for unit tests.
  18. Fix small bug in history in loops.
  17. Provide newer config.{guess,sub}
  16. Fix gcc 4 warnings.
  15. Fix memory trashing bug introduced in 10.
  14. V6.16.01 - 20090624
  13. add missing sigemptyset in goodbye()
  12. add rlimit swapsize from FreeBSD.
  11. restore behavior where a[n-] never prints an error.
  10. always save the whole command, not just the first 80 chars of it.
   9. fix short2str/short2qstr length adjustment in wide chars
      (Vitezslav Crhonek)
   8. set histfile=/tmp/history.temp; set savehist=(100 merge);
      alias precmd history -S. After that justpr is not restored and commands
      don't execute. (Andriy Gapon)
   7. Fix "as" $ modifier from corrupting memory.
      set t=demfonsftraftionf; echo $t:as/f//
   6. Make $% work with environment variable (Ron Johnston)
   5. Dragonfly script support (Matthias Schmidt, m65)
   4. Add autoexpand=onlyhistory (Don Estabrook, m66)
   3. Add history in loops (Laurence Darby, m48)
   2. Add missing colorls "rs" variable (Shlomi Fish, m70)
   1. Fix pts detection issue (Ruslan Ermilov)
 
  33. V6.16.00 - 20080930
  32. longjmp clobbered variable fixes.
  31. __GNX__ addition
  30. Windows fork fixes
  28. V6.15.02 - 20080830
  27. Fix an eval free'ing botch (Per Hedeland)
  26. /bin/echo "`" coredumped because stderror() calls longjmp corrupting
      the stack (Mark Davies). We should vet the code for all stderror()
      calls that cleanup local stack variables.
  25. foo > ${undef} caused coredumps because of vfork() child corrupting
      the state of the parent stack. 
  24. $x[A-B] did not complain for A out of range. (Cai Xianchao)
  23. rename setp -> tcsh_setp to avoid conflict with mach (Javier Vasquez)
  22. Fix degree handling by defining __XPG4_CHAR_CLASS__ for solaris
      (Mike Sullivan)
  21. Change 'od' to 'od -c' in tests so that they work on big endian machines.
      (Martin Kraemer)
  20. Add environment variable COMMAND_LINE to be available in completions
      (Marcin Konarski)
  19. V6.15.01 - 20070928
  18. Evaluate expressions in the proper order (Li Zefan), controlled by
      compat_expr.
  17. Don't need to flush() if we are silent. Prevents recursive error issue.
      (joshua stein)
  16. Don't execute the jobcmd if the output is not a tty (Charles Ross)
  15. Quote the history in the examples (Johann 'Myrkraverk' Oskarsson)
  14. Mismatch clarification patch (Per Hedeland)
  13. Fix 'repeat n cmd &' abort() (Mike Sullivan)
  12. Fix octal parsing (Li Zefan)
  11. Fix pty detection for autologout setting (Kris Kennaway, Giorgos Keramidas)
  10. kill `foo` got stuck because sigchld was disabled too soon (Mark Peek)
   9. Avoid null pointer dereference in proc cwd (Kurt Miller)
   8. eval "foreach a b c" exits (Anthony Menasse)
   7. Quoting was broken in substitutions (Joe Wells)
   6. QNX patches via pkgsrc
   5. cd - twice from a directory that contained a glob pattern,
      expands the glob twice (Mark Santcroos)
   4. MidnightBsd support (Lucas Holt)
   3. Fix history substitution core-dump with no history entries
   2. Merge two character tables that are the same (Martin Kraemer)
   1. On ancient 7 bit locales, punctuation characters are used to
      denote special characters such as umlaut, adiaresis, etc.
      These characters return true for isalpha/isalnum. Ignore them
      because they break parsing (Martin Kraemer)
 
  74. V6.15.00 - 20070303
  73. fix extension eating windows code (christos)
  72. fix loop in %R history expansion (christos)
  71. sched +X source file disables interrupts (Mike Sullivan)
  70. One off copying macro buffers (Jean-Luc Leger)
  69. Avoid infinite loops in :ga modifiers when the LHS is a substring of the
      RHS.
  68. Automatically disable WIDE_STRINGS with --disable-nls (Miloslav Trmac)
  67. V6.14.07 - 20060825
  66. rename set to setv to avoid clashes (christos)
  65. Eliminate sighold/sigrelse (christos)
  64. Compilation cleanups. (Martin Kraemer)
  63. Don't rebuild needlessly when generated files are unchanged
      (Martin Kraemer)
  62. Fix confusion between Char and eChar (Martin Kraemer)
  61. V6.14.06 - 20060824
  60. set PROGRAM_ENVIRONMENT for OSD_POSIX (Martin Kraemer)
  59. EBCDIC patch (Martin Kraemer)
  58. Remove globbing support in history rearches (Ryan Barrett)
  57. Highlighting patch (Ryan Barrett)
  56. Mark-Cursor exchange emacs editing fix (Martin Kraemer)
  55. V6.14.05 - 20060304
  54. don't limit termcap strings to 1K (Alan Ferrency)
  53. protect against null path.
  52. Be more conservative in wide_read PR#29
  51. remove HAVE_STRCOLL; not needed anymore (Miloslav Trmac)
  50. remove imake support and make nls configurable by configure
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  49. V6.14.04 - 20060214
  48. Fixes build failure with !SHORT_STRINGS (Miloslav Trmac)
  47. Fixes constness warnings with !SHORT_STRINGS: short2str is "strip()",
      which modifies its argument.  Rather than verify this is safe in all
      callers, I have added caching_strip() to mirror the behavior of other
      modes. (Miloslav Trmac)
  46. Fixes some constness warnings with SHORT_STRINGS;  this is orthogonal
      to both build errors with SHORT_STRINGS in 6.14.03, and
      short_strings.patch. (Miloslav Trmac)
  45. config-catalogs.patch: Autodetect catalog support (#14). (Miloslav Trmac)
  44. auth.patch: Handle false positives in getauthid() detection,
      IIRC on FreeBSD. (Miloslav Trmac)
  43. crypt.patch: Autodetect whether <crypt.h> is available. (Miloslav Trmac)
  42. sigint.patch: Block SIGINT while waiting on children.
      This is necessary, but I'll still have to look on the older
      releases to find out why it was not necessary before
      ("before" = 6.13 on Linux). (Miloslav Trmac)
  41. config-package.patch: Readd package version to configure.in,
      the testsuite uses it.
      (TODO: a better integration with package.h) (Miloslav Trmac)
  40. item_len.patch: Truncate item.len when truncating the string,
      just to be sure. (Miloslav Trmac)
  39. va_list.patch: Add missing va_end(). (Miloslav Trmac)
  38. Use va_copy in xvasprintf(); emulate va_copy as suggested in
      Autoconf manual if it is not available. (Miloslav Trmac)
  37. declarations.patch: Replace some #ifdef nests by autodetecting
      whether the guarded declaration is necessary.
      I'm only guessing this is the intent of the #ifdefs, though.
      Declare environ unconditionally, it is a bit hard to detect
      and the declaration is correct for Linux, anyway. (Miloslav Trmac)
  36. warning.patch: Fix a const warning.
  35. More color-ls variables (Jean-Luc Leger)
  34. V6.14.03 - 20060212
  33. Signal related changes (Miloslav Trmac)
  32. Misc cast cleanups and code clarification (Miloslav Trmac)
  31. Use dynamically allocated buffers everywhere (Miloslav Trmac)
  30. Fix reading of invalid byte sequences (Miloslav Trmac)
  29. read should only increment count when it succeeds (Miloslav Trmac)
  28. testsuiteadditions (Miloslav Trmac)
  27. -n fixes (Miloslav Trmac)
  26. signness warnings (Miloslav Trmac)
  25. Prevent infinite recursion in catclose (Gerhard Niklasch)
  24. Add Dragonfly (Joerg Sonnenberger)
  23. Check for wcwidth returning a negative number (TOMITA Yoshinori)
  22. recognize "li" and "co" in echotc (Martin Kraemer) [PR/7]
  21. Don't use T_Cols for wrapping purposes; use TermH consistently
      (Martin Kraemer) [PR/8]
  20. Don't display duplicate utmp records (Miloslav Trmac) [PR/17]
  19. Clarify hashing and -f sections of man page (Volker Quetschke) [PR/20]
  18. Dave Yearke: configure did not recognize solaris 10 [PR/18]
  17. CYGWIN: Don't lowercase commands and allow foo.exe on command line.
      (Corinna Vinschen) [PR/19]
  16. CYGWIN: cd /foo && cd .. ends up erroneously in // for systems that
      HAVE_SLASHSLASH [PR/21]
  15. %j was broken (Peter Kruse)
  14. Extend // handling in pathnames from being apollo specific to also
      cygwin (Corinna Vinschen)
  13. Fix uppercase/lowercase transformations (Jean-Luc Leger)
  12. Fix symlink expansion (revert from 6.10.00) (Jean-Luc Leger and Christos)
  11. Fix literal sequence in prompt (Miloslav Trmac)
  10. V6.14.02 - 20050412
   9. Prototype fixes (Miloslav Trmac and Jean-Luc Leger)
   8. V6.14.01 - 20050411
   7. Make =- refer to $owd (H.Merijn Brand)
   6. Use prototypes (almost) everywhere (Miloslav Trmac) (issue #5)
   5. Fix doc path in Cygwin installation (Corinna Vinschen)
   4. Fix column size calculation (Martin Kraemer)
   3. Implement newline-and-hold and newline-and-down-history (Per Hedeland)
   2. Messages fixes for the ja (Japanese) locale (NAKAMURA Takeshi) (issue #4)
   1. Enable charset conversion in nls (Miloslav Trmac) (issue #3)
 
  76. V6.14.00 - 20050325
  75. Additional messages for the ja (Japanese) locale (NAKAMURA Takeshi)
  74. V6.13.10 - 20050321
  73. Implement --help (Tom Warzeka)
  72. Clamp solaris autologout time
  71. Add support for "limit heapsize" (Martin Kraemer)
  70. Improved autoconf for utmp/utmpx (Miloslav Trmac)
  69. V6.13.09 - 20050303
  68. Autoconf additions (Miloslav Trmac and Jean-Luc Leger)
  67. Fix erroneous sign extension when printing huge numbers (Martin Kraemer)
  66. Handle delay in termcap entries (Martin Kraemer)
  65. EBCDIC and BS2000 fixes (Martin Kraemer)
  64. Avoid the SCCS percent-S-percent sequence differently (Kimmo Suominen)
  63. Mark position update fixes (Martin Kraemer)
  62. Define BSDLIMIT and BSDTIMES for Cygwin (Corinna Vinschen)
  61. Fix NLSFrom prototype (Martin Kraemer)
  60. V6.13.08 - 20050303
  59. Add test for socklen_t in autoconf
  58. Fix problems with NLSFrom prototype
  57. Deal with AIX's utmpx lossage
  56. V6.13.07 - 20050118
  55. constifications, XXX: duplicate prototype on setpgrp().
  54. iconv fixes (Miloslav Trmac)
  53. literal code cleanups (Miloslav Trmac)
  52. move intptr_t definition to sh.h and include both stdint.h and inttypes.h
  51. Fix dup2() issues, and introduce FSAFE as the highest file descriptor
      to be left untouched. This is to avoid closing hesiod/nis etc file
      descriptors behind their backs. I need to really fix file descriptor
      handling one day.
  50. forward<->reverse char conversion verification (Miloslav Trmac)
  49. japanese locale additions (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  48. wide character/utf 8 cleanups (Michael Schroeder)
  47. V6.13.06 - 20050105
  46. autoconf cleanup (Miloslav Trmac)
  45. Fix literal refresh code (Michael Schroeder)
  44. Fix history printing bug with WIDE_STRINGS
  43. V6.13.05 - 20041121
  42. deal with not having intptr_t
  41. get rid of bool.
  40. Protect HAVE_ICONV with NLS_CATALOGS
  39. Deal with wchar_t being unsigned.
  38. If we HAVEUTMPX redefine some utmp functions in terms of utmpx ones.
  37. V6.13.04 - 20041120
  36. Fix display problems with two-column characters when using WIDE_STRINGS.
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  35. Change charset declarations for some of the translations.
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  34. Set O_LARGEFILE properly (Miloslav Trmac)
  33. Use libc functions to access utmp data (Miloslav Trmac)
  32. t_pmatch() was not really case-insensitive when cs == 8
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  31. Fix escaping of "control" bytes 0x80..0x9F when they are actually
      parts of UTF-8 character representation.  (Miloslav Trmac)
  30. V6.13.03 - 20041120
  29. More close_on_exec fixes (Miloslav Trmac)
  28. SUSE dspmbyte fixes (via Harald)
  27. Newline handling in command substitution controlled by csubstnonl
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  26. Fix UNC prompt expansion (WIN32) (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
  25. Fix incorrect xprintf() usage (Miloslav Trmac)
  24. Additional architectures support for $HOSTTYPE and $MACHTYPE
      (Miloslav Trmac)
  23. Use nl_langinfo(CODESET) to determine $dspmbyte (Miloslav Trmac)
  22. Complete arguments that contant a # (Steven Grady)
  21. Set close-on-exec in subshells
  20. Compilation fixes (Miloslav Trmac)
  19. V6.13.02 - 20040804
  18. de-register, de-extern, de-shadow, and const poison.
  17. WIDE_STRINGS support (Miloslav Trmac)
  16. warning cleanups (Miloslav Trmac)
  15. nlsclose() arg passing, exp2 is now a gcc builtin (Mark Peek)
  14. iconv malloc portability fix.
  13. make automatic dspmbyte determination case insensitive
  12. V6.13.01 - 20040724
  11. bug fix in automatic dspmbyte setting (Miloslav Trmac)
  10. iconv patches (Miloslav Trmac)
   9. cygwin signal fixes; only init 32 signals, don't set bit flag on error;
      breaks SIGHUP. (Corinna Vinschen)
   8. Make sure terminal size change takes effect immediately.
   7. Obey $printexitvalue for builtins.
   6. FreeBSD PR/66420: Allow history parsing to be special so that it
      can handle inline # characters (Oliver Eikemeier)
   5. new termname builtin from (Andrew Stevenson)
   4. if ($var =~ *[^0-9]*) echo not numeric, fix (Andrew Stevenson)
   3. completion fix to avoid dup hosts from ssh_known_hosts
      (Eric D. Hendrickson)
   2. vc++ 7.1 compilation fix (Steve Schockley)
   1. UTF-8 handling for both single and double width characters, but
      no combining character support. (Michael Schroeder)
 
  36. V6.13.00 - 20040519
  35. V6.12.03 - 20040322
  34. turn on kanji and dspmbyte by default; add check for utf8 locales,
      and turn parsing of that automatically based on $LANG.
  33. Fix compilation issue under Windows/NT and charset incorrect patch
      (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  32. completion additions (Tom Warzeka)
  31. compilation fix (Martin Kraemer)
  30. V6.12.02 - 20040221
  29. Glob completion listing addition (Tom Warzeka)
  28. BS2000 bs2cmd builtin. (Martin Kraemer)
  27. Fix interrupt resetting code when /etc startup scripts have syntax errors
      (Mark A. Grondona)
  26. Clarification of kill-ring commands (Per Hedeland)
  25. Debian completion additions (Martin Godisch)
  24. Japanese character set fixes (Juehiro-san) from debian
  23. NLS charset fixes; disabled since they only work with gnu gencat
      (Martin Godisch)
  22. Fix HPUX >= 11 resource (Jack Cummings)
  21. Handle breaksw that jumps out of loops.
  20. Revert #16. It causes worse problems.
  19. Avoid using execl() because the last NULL does not always promoted to
      a pointer because the function is variadic (Harti Brandt)
  18. revert ignoreeof to the 6.11.00 behavior and document it (Martin Godisch)
  17. do a case insensitive comparison for the multibyte vars (Martin Godisch)
  16. don't sigsuspend() for an already exited job
  15. glob all arguments in source (Martin Godisch)
  14. various debian fixes (Martin Godisch)
  13. setenv syntax check revert (Satoshi I. Nozawa)
  12. EAGAIN typo (dan harkless)
  11. filec compilation issue on hpux (beebe)
  10. win32 compilation fixes for O_LARGEFILE (amol)
   9. Don't go into an infinite loop when tcgetpgrp() returns an error.
   8. Cygwin fixes (Corinna Vinschen)
   7. NLS catclose() bug avoidance (KAJIMOTO Masato)
   6. V6.12.01 - 20030208
   5. Misc NT cleanup. No more GPL code (amol)
   4. use strtol() to detect errors in builtin kill (Peter Jeremy)
   3. Recognize linux systems on mips* (Maciej W. Rozycki)
   2. Enable complete=igncase on unix (Stephen Krauth)
   1. Eliminate maxitems (Todd Miller)
 
  58. V6.12.00 - 20020732
  57. misc cleanups.
  56. V6.11.05 - 20020712
  55. We should have socklen_t in the INET6 case, but we leave int otherwise.
  54. Fixed for Darwin/Rhapsody (Mark Peek)
  53. provide new config.sub and config.guess from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/config/
      (Nelson Beebe)
  52. V6.11.04 - 20020709
  51. Dissallow setting of environment variables that do not contain
      alphanumeric names (Ton Voon)
  50. Don't expand path components that don't resolve to path names (Jonathan
      Chen)
  49. Make $ignoreeof agree with the man page (Matias Moreno Meringer)
  48. Fix argument passing in tc.prompt.c expdollar (Nelson Beebe)
  47. Completion fixes from FreeBSD (Mark Peek)
  46. FreeBSD's sbsize limit (Mark Peek)
  45. Fix repeat 3 repeat 2 echo foo
  44. Fix I/O redirection in scripts (Ian D Allen)
  43. Fix ` \\\n ` evaluation (Jean-Luc Leger)
  42. add --version (Nelson Beebe)
  41. portability fixes for sed (Nelson Beebe)
  40. undef sv_handler for AIX's benefit. (Nelson Beebe)
  39. Add a test for ss_family that disables IPV6 (linux/ppc, osf/1 have
      problems) (Nelson Beebe)
  38. Disable ipv6 for Apple (Nelson Beebe)
  37. Fix darwin configure entry (Nelson Beebe)
  36. V6.11.03 - 20020701
  35. Add Ian D. Allen's bug list.
  34. If we are invoked as csh, default to bsd echo (Matej Vela)
  33. Don't close file descriptors too early because setuid scripts fail.
      (Jill Pryse-Davies)
  32. Completion updates (Tom Warzeka)
  31. Fix compilation issue on SunOS4 with _POSIX_VDISABLE (Tom Warzeka)
  30. ukrainian update (Olexander Kunytsa)
  29. DSPMBYTE=utf8 patch (Jean-Luc Leger)
  28. fix ipv4 only compilation, remove extra sigsetmask() call (Takayuki Nakao)
  27. window change can cause free to be re-entered causing abort (Mark Peek)
  26. vp->vec vetting, suggested by Ian Dall.
  25. V6.11.02 - 20020516
  24. Fix prompt bugs in $var and %c0n (TAKAI Kousuke)
  23. Add Cray SV2 config (Rafal Maszkowski)
  22. Add pdf manual page (Warren Ferguson)
  21. Fix REMOTEHOST lossage in with AF_LOCAL sockets (Tom Mander)
  20. Fix win32 break because of TIOCSTI (Amol)
  19. Fix TIOCSTI for hpux 11  (Igor Schein)
  18. Avoid collapsing paths that refer to non-existent components
      (Martin Kraemer)
  17. Make -shell invocations always treated as a login shell.
  16. V6.11.01 - 20020308
  15. Fixes to polish nls locale (Paweł Niewiadomski)
  14. russian locale fixes (Alexey Dokuchaev)
  13. document door support (Shaen)
  12. tcsh euc handling extensions (Alexey Zelkin)
  11. Make sure that jobcmd does not clobber the current job (Rob McMahon)
  10. Make sure that the output of verbose and echo do not end up in the
      command output (Victor I. Pasko)
   9. Add %j in prompt [needs more work; is not right the first time
      after proclist changes] (Hr. Peter Kruse)
   8. `` commands with embedded newlines would ignore commands following
      the new line (Victor I. Pasko)
   7. Re-initialize nls if NLSPATH is changed (Naoki Wakamatsu)
   6. Fix 64 bit compilation with linux and resource limits.
   5. Avoid double globbing when ls-F needs to fork (Joe Townsend)
   4. put back csh filec compatible support.
   3. add support for quads in xprintf in the presence of gcc.
   2. unlimit should set rlim.rlim_max to rlim.rlim_cur if max < cur.
   1. Make ~user work again when the home directory is '/'.
 
  40. V6.11.00 - 20010902
  39. Completion fixes (Tom Warzeka)
  38. make c_insert not static so that it can be used from win32 (amol)
  37. Fix rmstar not to corrupt memory when we say no. (Mark Peek)
  36. V6.10.02 - 20010806
  35. polish nls locale (Paweł Niewiadomski))
  34. Fix a tcsetattr race running background jobs as the last line on an xterm
      window (Andrew Brown)
  33. jobcmd alias (Greg Parker)
  32. hpux11 support (Joshua Weage)
  31. Fix SHORT_STRINGS compilation (Daniel Trinkle)
  30. Add kill -s (Mark Peek)
  29. Don't recognize all mips as dec (Bjorn Knutsson)
  28. Fix GLOB_QUOTE problem (noted by Per) I introduced in 6.10.01.
  27. Port to concurrent's powermaxos (Matt Majka)
  26. New builtin srcfile (Amol)
  25. Fix bindkey "\\" cmd (reported by Ismail H. Tuncer)
  24. %0Xc was broken in the prompt if the user's home directory was '/'.
      (reported by Edward Glowacki)
  23. V6.10.01 - 20010426
  22. LARGEFILE support on Linux.
  21. Add big5 multibyte support (Yen-Ming Lee)
  20. Check the return value of setpriority (Dima Dorfman)
  19. Avoid constructing paths with // on DomainOS (Nickolai Zeldovich)
  18. Russian translation (Ilmar S. Habibulin)
  17. Fix hostdefs for alpha support in FreeBSD (Andrey A. Chernov)
  16. Add door support in colorls (Shaen)
  15. Add BSD_STYLE_COLORLS for FreeBSD (Anand)
  14. MAXHOSTNAMELEN needs to be 256 (Kris Kennaway)
  13. Document stty -tabs problems on compaq (Nelson H. F. Beebe)
  12. Fix broken comment, and new versions of config.guess and config.sub
      (H.Merijn Brand)
  11. fix redrawing in the recognize case (Andrew Brown)
  10. don't call qsort with 0 items. (Luke Mewburn)
   9. fix echo;echo;echo; not outputing anything (Andrey A. Chernov)
   8. Fix shell word parsing in dabbrev-expand (Per Hedeland)
   7. hpux fixes (Chienting Lin)
   6. Implement kill ring (Per Hedeland)
   5. Avoid core-dumping when a very long $HOME gets passed in (Kris Kennaway)
   4. Add rlimit_vmem for linux based on rlimit_as (N KomaZaki)
   3. back out symlink=expand path check.
   2. Add Estonian translation (Toomas Soome)
   1. Accept empty $savedirs to mean infinity.
 
  57. V6.10.00 - 20001119
  56. Completion fixes (Tom Warzeka)
  55. add missing linux kanji define (Tsuyoshi Kawabe)
  54. More WINNT_NATIVE fixes (amol)
  53. Fix compile error on winnt (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  52. nonstopux configure and makefile fixes (Tom Bates)
  51. V6.09.04 - 20001111
  50. Order of initialization for multibyte display was wrong 
      (HyunChul Kim)
  49. Follow the guideline for linux for japanese locale:
      http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/JFdocs/Japanese-Locale-Policy.txt
      (Tomohiro KUBOTA)
  48. Ukrainian nls map (Olexander Kunytsa)
  47. exit immeditiately if we get an error while we are setting up
      (Michael Shalayeff)
  46. (unset path; unsetenv PATH; rehash) -> crash (Kent Vander Velden)
  45. change winnt to winnt_native (Randolph Fritz)
  44. Support home/end in the editor (Andrey A. Chernov)
  43. Typo s/gycwin/cygwin/ in tc.os.h (Andreas Schott)
  42. Alpha ev6 addition (Karen R. McArthur)
  41. DSPMBYTE patch from (Issei Suzuki)
  40. Security fix for here-doc tmp files (proton@ENERGYMECH.NET)
  39. Fix resource limit rounding *again* (Johannes Gross)
  38. Fix $ expansion in prompt (Takashi Sumiyoshi)
  37. V6.09.03 - 20000715
  36. cygwin port fixes (Arihiro Yoshida)
  35. Add a new "catalog" variable that specifies which NLS catalog
      to be used (Issei Suzuki)
  34. cleanup and addition of page up/down (amol)
  33. fix vfork compile problem.
  32. use inet_addr instead of inet_aton for portability.
  31. V6.09.02 - 20000704
  30. lots more completions (George Cox)
  29. change FILSIZ to BUFSIZE [now that BUFSIZE >> MAXPATHLEN] and
      avoid a potential buffer overflow in sh.dir.c (Volker Schmidt)
  28. _MINIX_VMD port (Martijn van Buul)
  27. inet6 handling for remotehost and configure (Hajimu UMEMOTO)
  26. aix-4 does not need gethostname (Darren Reed)
  25. IBM OS/390 Unix Systems Services support (Peter Prymmer)
  24. Fix prompt formatting (Andrey A. Chernov)
  23. Use HostType from Imakefile correctly (Kjetil Torgrim Homme)
  22. Handle long and expanded history lines better (Boleslaw Ciesielski)
  21. With symlinks=expand expand valid paths only (Martin Kraemer)
  20. Make one-byte charsets work with KANJI (Andrey A. Chernov)
  19. NT-specific executable detection moved to NT code (amol)
  18. New "complete module" (Dan Nicolaescu)
  17. Correctly display scaling string in limit error messages (Nathan Ahlstrom)
  16. Don't display "unset watch" message when not appropriate (kim)
  15. V6.09.01 - 20000114
  14. Circumvent IRIX4D ESTALE bug by exiting.
  13. IRIS4D de-linting.
  12. Finnish nls catalogs (Jukka A. Ukkonen)
  11. Even more multibyte fixes (Taga Nayuta)
  10. Patches to statically link tcsh under solaris-2.6 (John Hawkinson)
   9. Manual page typos (R. Bernstein)
   8. HP/UX-11 (9000/800) HP/UX-10.20 (9000/820) (Haflidi Sigtryggur Magnusson)
   7. Color-ls fixes (Luis Francisco Gonzalez)
   6. Don't re-use time0 to compare to stat's st_mtime, cause it could be
      the value returned from times(2) which is the ticks since system
      startup (Frank van der Linden)
   5. Time percentage wrap fix (Simon Burge)
   4. EUCKR support (HyunChul Kim)
   3. Grammar and typo fixes for tcsh.man (Steve Kelem)
   2. More multibyte fixes (Rodney Ruddock)
   1. Change 6.08 -> 6.09 where I missed it; update for utlrix 4.5 (Simon Burge)
 
  65. V6.09.00 - 19990816
  64. Add csh emacs mode (Dan Harkless)
  63. Make sure the the glob buffer matches the word buffer size (Brian Biswas)
  62. Fix periodic to work without tperiod set (Kenny McCormack)
  61. V6.08.07 - 19990813
  60. Fix e_dabbrev_expand (Bjorn Knutsson)
  59. Make \builtin work again (by calling the command not the builtin)
  58. Add NLS_BUGS for OS's that keep file descriptors open for NLS (Ian Dowse)
  57. Make NONLSREBIND work after tcsh starts up.
  56. Fix AIX stupid exit bug. (Dan Harkless)
  55. More irix fixes (Kaveh)
  54. V6.08.06 - 19990701
  53. module command completion (Dan Nicolaescu)
  52. Man command completion enhancement (Tom)
  51. Fixes for irix configuration (Kaveh)
  50. Support \a and \e in echo command. From (Keith Thompson)
  49. Alpha configure nit from Kaveh
  48. V6.08.05 - 19990511
  47. In some system, when a builtin fails immediately after we start
      tcsh and before we print any messages, NLS messages fail (some
      descriptor might be closed) [FreeBSD, HP/UX?]. So we force reading
      the NLS catalogs in errinit() (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  46. typos in ja/set1 and ja/set29 (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  45. "dspmbyte autoset trap" support to HP-UX 10.20. (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  44. misnumbered NLS message in tw.help.c (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  43. colorcat variable for NLS color messages (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  42. autoconf fixes from Kaveh (and if it broke, me)
  41. SGI irix fixes from Glenn Coombs.
  40. Don't spin writing the history file when quota is exceeded (Rob McMahon)
  39. V6.08.04 - 19990419
  38. complete additions (John Gotts)
  37. Port to amiga with geek gadgets (Arto Huusko)
  36. Ignore case in setenv for windows (amol)
  35. Bug fixes for NT unc stuff (amol)
  34. Hash spell check (amol)
  33. V6.08.03 - 19990211
  32. Helpcommand documentation (Vladimir Alexiev)
  31. small Y2K fix [%y in prompt would be formatted as 10 not 00 at year 2000],
      and new Itoa() code (Chris Torek)
  30. OpenBSD m68k patches (Paul DuBois)
  29. Avoid redefinition of getpeername on Solaris-2.7
  28. fix problems with savedups=erase, savehist=merge (Randy Gobbel)
  27. Don't set $shell to csh, if we were invoked as tcsh (Tomas Persson)
  26. added $_
  25. added postcmd
  24. V6.08.02 - 19981124
  23. document continue and continue_args
  22. wrong test in slowexec made NT optimization a noop (Amol)
  21. Rhapsody fixes + separate CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS (Wilfredo Sanchez)
  20. literals in both prompt at rprompt did not work properly (Taga Nayuta)
  19. multibyte deletion fixes (Yoshiyuki.Sakakibara)
  18. clean up key binding stuff for NT by moving the nt dependent code to
      the NT source (amol)
  17. dspmbyte fixes for AIX, typos in man page and nls (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  16. Convex fixes (Ron Echeverri)
  15. V6.08.01 - 19981025
  14. SX4 port; this adds many casts for machines where ptrdiff_t is 64 bits.
      (Andreas Schott)
  13. U/Win port; does not work properly with U/Win 1.6, wait for the next
      version (Chris Jones)
  12. Sgi does not need gethostname prototype (John Bogan)
  11. Logic in sh.dir.c was wrong for NT (Amol)
  10. HP_CXD_SPP stat64 fixes (Scott Garee)
   9. Documentation spelling fixes (Keith Thompson)
   8. Documentation fix for savedirs (Amol)
   7. Siemens OSD_POSIX fixes (Martin Kraemer)
   6. include <errno.h> for all the BSD's (Trevor Johnson)
   5. Multibyte display fixes for gnu ls (Taga Nayuta)
   4. Configure/Makefile hesiod and bindir fixes (Dan Winship)
   3. Use winnt not win32 in tc.os.h (Amol)
   2. Cygwin32 port (Raj Menon)
   1. Ported Fixes (Tom)
 
  95. V6.08.00 - 19981002
  94. where builtin nt fix (Amol)
  93. V6.07.13 - 19980926
  96. NT multibyte fixes (Amol)
  95. NeXT needs getcwd.
  94. fix new bug introduced by strncpy'fication in sh.dir.c (Taga Nayuta)
  93. V6.07.12 - 19980918
  92. add cray in configure script (Tom)
  91. nls fixes
  90. Avoid buffer overflows in directory code (kim)
  89. Add multibyte character display support (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  88. Make tcsh use getcwd instead of getwd and supply a getcwd.
  87. Fix remotehost again (kim)
  86. V6.07.11 - 19980913
  85. Leave remotehost ip addresses alone (don't try to resolve them) (Kim)
  84. Read vs. force_read fixes (Amol)
  83. Make colorls if color is set before the first LS_COLORS setenv
      (Taga Nayuta)
  82. Use _PATH_DEFPATH on BSD4_4 systems. (Jim Bernard)
  81. Cursor bounds checks (Michael Schroeder)
  80. Syntax error nits (Michael Schroeder)
  79. configure fixes (Michael Schroeder)
  78. V6.07.10 - 19980904
  77. Off by one error in NO_ERRORS...
  76. Japanese NLS messages (Yoshiyuki Sakakibara)
  75. Add ENXIO and EBADF in the test for write failures for Irix Zombies
      (Ralf W. Grosse-Kunstleve)
  74. Missed a test for NOSTRCOLL in glob.c (Michael Liepelt)
  73. Another ABSOLUTEP change (Amol)
  72. Italian NLS messages (Massimo Bertozzi)
  71. WIN32 fixes for ntslowexec and color_ls literal printing in prompt (Amol)
  70. a few missed WIN32 merges (Amol)
  69. defined YPBUGS for sgi (Kaveh)
  68. V6.07.09 - 19980707
  67. Separate the nt builtins (Amol)
  66. completion fixes (Tom)
  65. color ls fixes (Taga Nayuta)
  64. V6.07.08 - 19980629
  63. add config.h.in (Kaveh)
  62. win32 updates (Amol)
  61. warning and portability cleanups on the new changes (Kaveh)
  60. V6.07.07 - 19980628
  59. Fast execute by-pass for win32 (Amol Deshpande)
  58. Clean up const usage a bit, and fix gcc 2.8.1 warnings.
  57. Use @bindir@ for DESTBIN in Makefile.in (Edgar Hoch)
  56. Avoid overflow in time builtin computation (Nobue Adachi)
  55. Color ls additions (Taga Nayuta)
  54. unsigned char vs. char warning fixes (Kaveh)
  53. Solaris 64 bit fixes (fix directory offset bug) (Thomas-Martin Kruel)
  52. More win32 patches (Amol)
  51. autoconf lossage from (Kaveh)
  50. V6.07.06 - 04/08/98
  49. Collation fix for globbing (Andrey A. Chernov)
  48. We might have NLS_CATALOGS and not LC_MESSAGES (Andrey A. Chernov)
  47. 4.4BSD header fixes (Andrey A. Chernov)
  46. Signed char prompt fixes (Andrey A. Chernov)
  45. Pattern match fix for directory searches (Mike Patnode)
  44. Pentium DGUX fixes (Miko Nahum)
  43. Spanish nls message catalogs (Luis Francisco Gonzalez)
  42. Fix trailing whitespace parsing in HASHBANG code (Martin Kraemer)
  41. Remove stray debuggin message from unmatched substitutions.
      (from Amol Deshpande)
  40. Fix reversed arguments in Usagae message. (from Amol Deshpande)
  39. Fix bug introduced at tcsh-7.06.03 [expdollar] that affected %.n prompt
      format.
  38. Fix typos introduced in last batch of changes.
  37. Fix interrupted script using onintr, exiting parent shell problem.
  36. Cleanup prototypes.
  35. V6.07.05 - 10/28/97
  34. Integrate Amol Deshpande's WINNT fixes to the tcsh source. Note that
      this is not complete yet; we are missing the NT glue code and the message
      catalogs.
  33. Fix ^T at the first character in the line  (Chuck Silvers)
  32. Eliminate xsprintf and xvsprintf
  31. Qmail patch from (Matthew Zahorik)
  30. Added missing linux signals (Vadim Vygonets)
  29. fixed problem where  complete complete  'p/*/t:*.txt/' would not honor
      the pattern.
  28. Port to an EBCDIC machine: BS2000 by Siemens Nixdorf that has an
      IBM/390 compatible processor (Martin.Kraemer)
  27. Detect when we have errors writing to stdout (Vadim Vygonets)
  26. Ignore quotes in the comparisons for builtins, so that \builtin works
      (Amol Deshpande).
  25. HPUX, portability fixes; make sure that we have the right config file
      (Jonathan Kamens)
  24. Don't do lookups for x displays and figure out ttys properly 
      (Leonard N. Zubkoff)
  23. make print_by_columns print in a single column when the output is not a tty
  22. use rlim_t for Solaris2 (Casper Dik)
  21. V6.07.04 - 05/04/97
  20. set -f -l patch (Michael Veksler)
  19. SGI patches (Tomasz J. Cholewo). Also fix completion code to take into
      account aliases that start with a period.
  18. SCO patches (Boyd Lynn Gerber)
  17. Fujitsu patches (Toshiaki Nomura)
  16. autoconf patches (Kaveh Ghazi)
  15. BSDI patches (Paul Vixie)
  14. %Q formatting character addition.
  13. Fix set=#123; echo $i:s/#// (Quoting problem)
  12. V6.07.03 - 02/23/97
  11. Understand %$variable in the prompt.
  10. Quote directory names properly in .cshdirs
   9. USE_ACCESS and autoconfig patches from (Larry Schwimmer)
   8. Pyramid att config file (Andrew Lister)
   7. $rprompt code (Luke Mewburn)
   6. Kanji patches (Huw Rogers)
   5. Cray T3E port (Jorn Amundsen)
   4. Avoid html redirects in tcsh.man2html (from Kimmo)
   3. HP/UX 10.0 fix for filesize resource limit; don't scale by 512 anymore.
   2. Workaround for TIOCSTAT for NetBSD from lukem@netbsd.org
   1. Return exit status from 0..255 not -128...127, as POSIX mandates.
 
 V6.07.02, 10/27/96
  58. More configure fixes from Kaveh.
  57. Fix histdup=erase again: Don't renumber events, or access uninitialized
      storage.
  56. 6.07.01 - 10/19/96
  55. Fix histdup=erase, where after some repetitions, we would get negative
      history events (kim@gw.com)
  54. NLS fixes and typo in sh.err.c (Martin.Kraemer@deejai.mch.sni.de)
  53. Output history in raw format in the history file (mveksler@VNET.IBM.COM)
  52. Fix possible core dump when !:<tab> in autoexpand mode (rbrown@ERA.COM)
  51. 6.07.00 - 10/11/96
  50. Avoid stdio.h inclusion problem in SCO (gethost.c).
  49. A bit of housekeeping in host.defs
  48. 6.06.04 - 10/05/96
  47. Fix tellmewhat() code to return true if found.
  46. Change register foo to register int foo to avoid compiler warnings.
  45. Fix problem with sticky non editing mode from Casper Dik.
  44. history lex fix from Martin Kraemer; history events that ended with 0
      were not properly parsed.
  43. SNI fixes from Martin Kraemer.
  42. SGI fixes from Ralf W. Grosse-Kunstleve.
  41. BSDI2.1 fixes from Paul Vixie.
  40. 6.06.03 - 09/24/96
  39. undef TIOCGLTC for HP/UX 10.0 from Michael Shroeder
  38. Sinix fixes
  37. 6.06.02 - 06/22/96
  36. Added implicitcd
  35. Added configure.in and Makefile.in from Kaveh.
  34. unset path, unsetenv PATH, ./foo did not work.
  33. Add VAR_NOGLOB, and use it to avoid globbing directory names when
      cd'ing into them.
  32. Fix bug introduced in the new tty parsing code.
  31. Avoid pushing string back to the parsing string in ${ errors.
  30. Patches for the manual page from Dave.
  29. 6.06.01 - 05/24/96
  28. Use sysconf to get NCARGS if available Robert Daniel Kennedy
      <kennedy@b0ru01.fnal.gov>
  27. Grab the program name and use that instead of tcsh in error messages.
  26. Fix histdup, so that it does not leave gaps in the event sequence.
  25. HP/UX v10.0 fixes: Don't use bsdtty.h and avoid clobbering memory
      since SIGRT??? is defined as -1.
  24. Avoid coredumps when $TERMCAP exceeds 1024 characters
      Michael Schroeder <Michael.Schroeder@informatik.uni-erlangen.de>
  23. Fix memory clobbering when SHORT_STRINGS is not defined. 
      Todd J Derr <infidel+@pitt.edu>
  22. Only restart stopped editors. Robert Webb <robertw@wormald.com.au>
  21. Recognize pts sysv ptys when checking to set autologout Bob Myers
      <bob@intelenet.net> 
  20. Magic space incomplete modified core dump fix. Chris Metcalf
      <metcalf@catfish.lcs.mit.edu>, Bradley White <bww@fore.com>
  19. Linux nls fixes Rik Faith <faith@cs.unc.edu>
  18. SGI RS8000, Ported notes. Ralf W. Grosse-Kunstleve
      <rwgk@laplace.csb.yale.edu>
  17. Greek nls messages. Aggelos P. Varvitsiotis <avarvit@cc.ece.ntua.gr>
  16. Imakefile linux and libcrypt fixes. Jonathan Kamens  <jik@cam.ov.com>
  15. FreeBSD fixes Jukka Ukkonen <jau@jau.csc.fi>
  14. Expand the environment space for path Steve Kelem <steve.kelem@xilinx.com>
  13. Don't overwrite the environment randomly Steve Kelem
      <steve.kelem@xilinx.com>
  12. Don't turn the editor on when we have dumb or unknown terminals. This
      breaks emacs when compiled with terminfo Jonathan Kamens  <jik@cam.ov.com>
  11. Fix F- parsing in tc.bind.c <bob@intelnet.net> (Bob Meyers)
  10. Added -T option in history to force timestamp printing. -h alone does
      not print timestamps anymore for compatibility with csh.
   9. Typo in tc.bind.c [with -DOBSOLETE] (misplaced parenthesis)
   8. Recognize convex models properly.
   7. suppress the DING! option using the noding variable.
   6. negative nice values did not work.
   5. Harris CX/UX 7.x support.
   4. ERR_DMMODE was used on the crays but not defined. I changed the error
      messages in tc.os.c to use ERR_STRING instead, and fixed a missing error
      message in the catalogs. Someone will need to retranslate #30 and #31
      in set23.
   3. Bug setting listflags... Workaround: set listflags=(A /bin/ls)
   2. Typo in Imakefile (# comment instead of c comment)
   1. Typo in ma.setp.c (missing parenthesis)
 
 
 V6.06.00, 05/13/95
  88. Cleanup off-by-one error ed.defns.c.
  87. 6.05.09 - 05/06/95
  86. Small memory leak in dosetenv()
  85. Make sure that the number of editing functions defined is correct
      and abort otherwise.
  84. Completion Fixes from Tom
  83. Don't add yp stuff in the tilde cache [names that start with + or -]
  82. Don't let children catclose() in xexit(), because the parent will lose
      access to the nls catalogs. From Michael.
  81. 6.05.08 - 04/29/95
  80. Update to the newest csh sh.file.c
  79. More completions from Tom.
  78. Fix the Imakefile to use XCOMM
  77. Update for AIX 3.2.
  76. French catalog from J.M.Vansteene@frcl.bull.fr (fwd Michael Schmidt)
  75. Nls fixes and small typos from Michael
  74. PDP11 BSD type fixes.
  73. More manual page fixes.
  72. 6.05.07 - 04/19/95
  71. More NLS catalog fixes.
  70. Bruce's jumbo patch.
  69. 6.05.06 - 03/15/95
  68. make clean does not clobber config.h if Makefile.std is used.
      make veryclean does.
  67. New config define NISPLUS. Reportedly fixes vanishing output of ~expansion
      on solaris 2.4.
  66. showdots has been removed; use listflags instead. [handles -x too]
  65. more nls catalog fixes.
  64. set histchars=,. did not have any effect in .cshrc
  63. fix "-c command" new core dump.
  62. more completions from Tom
  61. call catclose() before exiting, so that svr4 cleans up the symlinks before
      exiting.
  60. Per's fix for insert-last-word
  59. Per's emacs abbreviation mode.
  58. Makefile fixes for catalog stuff.
  57. fixed again complete-word-raw and list-word-raw
  56. 6.05.05 - 03/11/95
  55. Made %?str work again
  54. IRIX sigalarm problem should be fixed
  53. complete-word-raw and list-word-raw should work
  52. nls catalogs complete reworking.
  51. sh.init.c: Signal complete rewrite.
  50. Signal fixes from Bruce.
  49. Added promptchars, like histchars; affect %# in the prompt. The first
      char is for the user and the second is for root.
  48. 6.05.04 - 03/03/95
  47. Add NODOT config, $command [that holds the command passed with -c]
      $GROUP and $group
  46. AFS fixes from Larry Schwimmer <rosebud@cyclone.Stanford.EDU>
  45. Real NLS catalogs from Michael Schmidt <michael@muc.de>
  44. patch to allow ^? binding.
  43. completion patch from Paul DuBois.
  42. Don't spell check in here docs.
  41. Incorrect normalization of usec in sh.time.c
  40. directory printing and option parsing fixes [from Paul DuBois]
  39. realloc_searchlen should be static to avoid conflicts with OS's that
      use the same malloc package.
  38. LOGINFIRST now applies to /etc/csh.login
  37. Fixes in bind compatibility code to bindkey.
  36. 6.05.03 - 01/17/95
  35. Don't print the whole watchlist on startup. One can use explicitly
      the log builtin for that.
  34. Don't display the $watch value in the log command. 
  33. Don't delete the unmatched portion if we try to complete a spelling error.
  32. Solaris 2.4 workaround for isprint('\t') lossage (From Casper)
  31. Fixed csh bug: [Reported by Jaap]
 	set test="one\
 	two\
 	three"
 	echo "$test:q"
  30. Fixed the lossage in setting the looking mode in tw.parse.c before
      calling t_search; $x/$y will not append the right suffix.
  29. Another attempt at the gethost timeout code.
  28. Cray dmmode and filetests -m -k [need documentation!]
  27. More manual patches.
  26. Don't glob the path; security problem and core-dump. [from beto]
  25. Avoid waiting for jobs that failed to restart, thus hanging the shell.
      eg, run job in background, attach to debugger; kill it inside the
      debugger. Get out of the debugger and you are stuck if you fg that job.
  24. 6.05.02 - 09/04/94
  23. remhost code could pass the wrong length to getpeername()
  22. too eager sed'ing broke convex getwarpbyvalue() to getwarpbyvarval()
  21. Fixed new bindings bug.
  20. Fixed bug in newgrp code; execv was called incorrectly.
  19. Take into account programmable completion hints when spell checking.
  18. Unconditionally change stty modes in Rawmode()
  17. Change date in $version to be ISO 8601 per Keith's suggestion
  16. Fixed portability problems in the new counted-strings codes (From Kaveh)
  15. Fixed binding problem with the new counted-strings code [all key bindings
      ended up in the extended map]
  14. 6.05.01 - 07/08/94
  13. Changed key bindings to use counted strings instead of Null terminated
      strings, so that binding ^@ works.
  12. Fix parsing bug, where words that contained keywords caused incorrect
      word breaks:
 	switch (iftagd)
 	case iftagd:
 	    echo It works
 	    breaksw
 	default:
 	    echo It is broken.
 	endsw
  11. Fix sh.c for systems with no job control. [the new hup builtin sends
      SIGCONT].
  10. Don't add the suffix character when all completions fail, from michael
   9. Added histdup=erase, that deletes the oldest duplicate instead of
      the newest.
   8. Don't call .logout recursively if we receive more than one hup,
      and don't process hangups when we execute the .logout.
   7. $logout was set to a static string.
   6. Non printable binding listing was broken.
   5. Recursive sourced scripts would get mangled up because of input buffer
      confusion (thanks michael)
   4. M-space should not be counted as a space. Leads to infinite loop in
      word splitting.
   3. Pyramid fixes.
   2. Fixed '\' in sysv echo (from Mika)
   1. Missed fix_yp_bugs() when setting REMOTEHOST (From Casper)
 
 
 V6.05.00, 06/19/94
 113. 6.04.17 06/18/94
 112. Realloc debug fix from John.
 111. Completion fixes from Bruce.
 110. Added -b option to bind.
 109. Added tcsh.man2html from Dave. Looks great!
 108. 6.04.16 06/06/94
 107. Allow multi word glob in "`foo`" expressions.
      > if ("`ls`" == "a b c") then
 106. Michaels lex() buffer patch version 2.
      the previous version core-dumped with
      > sleep | echo
 105. Fix seg fault in find_cmd, when path is unset.
 104. 6.04.15 05/28/94
 103. the previous =~ fix, was a bit broken.
 102. 6.04.14 05/25/94
 101. expression parser fix for !~ and =~.
      if (foo =~ *) echo ok
      the * was taken for a multiply and parsed as 0 * 0 returning 0.
      and asked to match "foo" with "0"
 100. Michael's lex() buffer patch.
  99. Bruce's Jumbo cleanup
  98. fixed Imakefile for X11R6
  97. fixed argument parsing in source command.
  96. added $sched to format scheduled events.
  95. 6.04.13 05/07/94
  94. added expand-command
  93. Alpha OSF-2.0 fixes
  92. 6.04.12 04/28/94
  91. Ignoreeof patch from Bruce.
  90. Dan's completion fix.
  89. 6.04.11 04/12/94
  88. Don't source .logout when killed with -HUP unless we are a login shell.
      [ actually $loginsh controls the behavior now ]
  87. ISC-4.0 posix exec() bug workaround
      (from Jonathan Broome <jon@wilbur.uucp>)
  86. Dan's patch for complete=enhance
  85. Kaveh's patches for memset, host.defs, _{U,G}ID_T
  84. 6.04.10 03/29/94
  83. Pathname completion bug fixes...
  82. Completion pathname(p) changes: Completion 'C' -> 'X'.
      Replaced 'p' with 'F' and added D,T,C.
  81. Next NLS fixes
      (From Paul Nevai <nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu>)
  80. make spelling correction obey the current histchars setting.
  79. Fix rounding in limits so that 0 is a true 0. 
      (From Ken Lalonde <ken@cs.berkeley.edu>)
  78. 6.04.09 03/12/94
  77. Alarm race with remotehost.
  76. If you have in your .cshrc 
 	set savehist=(100 merge)
 	and execute
 	#!./tcsh
 	exec ps
      you get no output; [fixed]
  75. setenv SHLVL -1; tcsh = Segmentation fault [fixed]
  74. 6.04.08 02/10/94
  73. new machtype, ostype, vendor
  72. execute .logout on hangup.
  71. more man page fixes.
  70. 6.04.07 02/04/94
  69. Dynamic hash changes, globbing for which command from Michael.
  68. INBUFSIZE fixes for history.
  67. printenv returns 1 when a variable is not found, like the non builtin one
  66. Add quotes to the mismatch array so that:
      > touch foo
      > mail "oo bar"
      does not get corrected. The right fix would be to do correct parsing
      and quote the space...
  65. NULL terminate mismatch[] array in ed.inputl.c, since it is used in
      Strchr().
  64. renamed stat to filetest
  63. Afs and Hesiod patches.
  62. More manual page patches.
  61. 6.04.06 12/19/93
  60. Alarm for resolver timeouts (untested)
  59. Fixes for Henry Spenser's regex in the Makefiles
  58. Modifiers now work with $< and $< does not do :q by default.
      [incompatibility with csh] and $< can be interrupted.
  57. Added $histdup.
  56. source /etc/.login for Solaris 2.x
  55. don't remove trailing spaces in history searches.
  54. dirs -L and dirs -S spurious warning elimination.
  53. man page fixes from David.
  52. Kimmo's patch [makefile, gcc warning, netdb.h include]
  51. 6.04.05 12/12/93
  50. rewrote srcunit() to use st_save and st_restore. The code was
      too messy to be useful before.
  49. recdirs and rechist patches again!
  48. Harris hck port, and ISC imake update
  47. Eliminate the x windows :display.screen before looking for the 
      hostname in REMOTEHOST
  46. Patch for CDF filetype() recognition (hpux)
  45. 6.04.04 11/12/93
  44. Made =x obey nonomatch.
  43. Fixed rechist and recdirs not to depend on savehist and savedirs
  42. Removed aliases, bind, linedit builtins [ifdef'ed out as OBSOLETE]
  41. change REMHOST to REMOTEHOST for compatibility with SGI.
  40. $owd was not working correctly.
  39. Debugging printf elimination (from Kimmo)
  38. Typos in the new hup code in sh.c (from Matt)
  37. Imakefile fix for sequent (from Jaap)
  36. 6.04.03, 10/30/93
  35. New manual page in place.
  34. Fixed Makefile sed RE to work with gnu sed.
  33. Added hup builtin.
  32. Added $REMHOST in config_f.h
  31. Fixed random parsing bug in sh.exp.c in isa(). It checked cp[1]
      without checking cp[0] first... (should propagate to 4.4BSD)
  30. More sh.exp.c fixes from Bruce
  29. Always exit when the user types exit. 
      cat | tcsh -f -s
      exit
      ls
  28. savedirs fix and readlink() null termination fix from Peter.
  27. Added -p flag (force dirs printing in all directory functions and $owd
      variable
  26. Let $dirstack work by default without needing to be set.
  25. Fixed history -h to work with other history flags.
  24. Renamed ed-functions more consistently (dcs)
  23. Added missing filetests (dcs)
  22. Added NEWGRP define in config_f.h (dcs)
  21. More fixes for non blocking io recovery from Bruce
  20. 6.04.02, 10/08/93
  19. changed default prompt to %#
  18. New group 'g' completion.
  17. removed IIASA defs.
  16. fix for history -SL and dirs -SL to work when savedirs and savehist are
      not set.
  15. fix magic-space to understand :p
  14. make :u,:l work for history.
  13. Fixes for non-blocking i/o recovery. trap all non blocking styles under
      sunos.
  12. 6.04.01, 08/10/93
  11. Vi mode word moves [they work like vi and don't obey wordchars anymore].
  10. New file operators and stat builtin
   9. David's FIONREAD patch for SVR4
   8. Bruce's ignoreeof=n patch
   7. Dan's complete/correct enhancement
   6. Abort corrections patch.
   5. Print_by_columns, now does not use the rightmost column.
   4. Renamed config/config.$i to $i to avoid once and for all filename length
      problems.
   3. bbn butterfly config
   2. Beto's proc fixes
   1. Bruce's bug fix for ed.chared.c, signals
 
 
 V6.04.00, 07/03/93
  92. Alpha prototypes, for gcc -Wall clean compile.
  91. Fixed alpha hashing. Did not work for directories > 31, Thanks to
      Dan Mosedale <mosedale@genome.Stanford.EDU> for all the help!
  90. Added USE(a) for unused parameters, to avoid compiler warnings.
  89. 6.03.10, 06/25/93
  88. Makefile and lint patches from Bruce.
  87. Posixsig patch from Peter for svr4
  86. 6.03.09, 06/11/93
  85. signal handling broke with the last job control patch...
      > (does-not-compute;)
      would hang.
  84. don't quit after the first modifier fails:
      > set i=aabbcc
      > echo $i:s/a/A/:s/b/B/
      AaBbcc
      > echo $i:s/x/A/:s/b/B/
      aabbcc
  83. Imakefile fixes for sequents from Jaap.
  82. Move past the bottom of input when we hit ^C, so that multi-line
      input commands don't get trashed.
  81. Look only at the first word in ${EDITOR,VISUAL} to determine the
      editor name.
  80. Last patch broke listmax.
  79. Remove extra sandbagging in exitstat(). Not needed anymore as value()
      will never return NULL.
  78. Save $status before calling aliasrun() otherwise:
      > alias precmd 'cd .'
      > true
      > echo $status
      0
      > false
      > echo $status
      0
  77. 6.03.08, 06/07/93
  76. missing prototypes/unused variables under SYSV4.
  75. savedirs should glob the filename argument.
  74. 6.03.07, 06/05/93
  73. Changed _Q, _Q1 macros in sh.lex.c, sh.dol.c, sh.char.? to _QF and _QB
      because today 4.4BSD <ctype.h> defined _Q to be ``Phonetics''
  72. listmaxrows variable.
  71. set -r would not make existing variables readonly.
  70. print usernames with ~user where possible in dirs and job cwd's
  69. Mika's fixes (missing args in sh.c set(), linux Makefile, SIGCHLD)
  68. FIONREAD argument is int everywhere except on SunOS where it is long.
      Tcsh used to think that it was long, and so it broke on the alpha where
      sizeof(int) != sizeof(long)
  67. 6.03.06 05/16/93
  66. Pipeline fixes. This should get rid of the dreaded Stopped tty output
      message.
  65. Michael's fix for history buffer cleanup:
      > alias foo 'echo \!:1:h'
      > foo a/b
      a
      > ^P [nothing happens]
  64. Unsigned long rlimit type for 64 bit machines (alpha)
  63. Fixed Imakefile for alpha
  62. tilde expansion now obeys $nonomatch
  61. readonly veriables. 'set -r x=3' will set x to a very sticky 3...
  60. Fixed bug in the new tab'ed completion that interfered with old listing.
  59. Fixed entry -> item in tw.parse.c
  58. Added -f option to unlimit
  57. Define __STDC__ in Imakefile for Irix
  56. Static redeclarations in tw.parse.c
  55. 6.03.05 04/26/93
  54. Don't echo history expansion in loops:
      > alias junk 'foreach i (\!:2*) \
      foreach? echo \!:1 $i; \
      foreach? end'
      > junk a b c d
      echo a $i ;
      a b
      echo a $i ;
      a c
      echo a $i ;
      a d
  53. Added complete-word-fwd and complete-word-back that scroll through
      the list of possible completions... Neat addition from 
      jfink@csugrad.cs.vt.edu (Jeff "$DOTDIR" Fink)
  52. Workaround hpux9.01 broken optimizer in sh.glob.c where 'ls *' breaks.
  51. Michael's editor fix.  With "magic margins" and 80 char width, try:
 	> set prompt=
 	<ESC>20a<CTRL>a<ESC>76b<CTRL>ac
  50. Reverted fix that does not glob the expanded back-quote text again.
  49. > cd /., echo $cwd
      /.
      Eliminate the . in this case...
  48. Matt's optimization in glob.c [retracted]
  47. Fixed bug with -S
  46. Renamed Makefile Makefile.std, and fixed the readme file
  45. 6.03.04 04/07/93
  44. Changed -s == !-z and -S == socket
  43. Fixed typo in sh.c, in phup [shpgrp != pr->pgrp]
  42. Multi-line aliases are not entered into the history when executed.
  41. Changed f_seek to a union to avoid gcc warnings on 4.4BSD
  40. Fixed 'unset home; dirs' bug
  39. fixed $HOME->$home memory problem.
  38. $?0 returns false now on interactive shells for csh compatibility.
  37. Default watch inteval was 10 hours not 10 minutes as advertized in the
      manual!
  36. Fixed clobbered veriable warning from gcc-1.39 in tw.parse.c
  35. Fixed typo with INVPTR in sh.lex.c
  34. 6.03.03 03/04/93
  33. Eliminate 'Reset tty pgrp error message'. It is normal for the
      walking process group stuff. Check about the killpg() above?
  32. More portability for 64 bit machines.
  31. Improved completion error messages.
  30. Fix bug with double globbing expansion on mirrored variables:
 	> setenv TERM '?vt100'
  29. Avoid hanging when writing to pipes etc. (From Paul Close)
  28. Typo in the $HOME->$home mirroring.
  27. %p %P 'p'recise time formats that include seconds for prompt strings.
  26. Signal list fixes from Paul Close. nsig is now a variable.
  25. 6.03.02 02/12/93
  24. NEC SX3 "entry" is a reserved word!, changed entry to item...
      [this is as bad as cray typedefining "word" to int. Next thing I know,
       I'll have to prefix all the variables with tcsh_!]
  23. xxx
  22. Protected all include files to avoid warnings from lcc.
  21. Finally resolved the job control problems with linux and ISC (from Beto)
  20. More HUP,XFSZ,XCPU fixes. (with Beto)
  19. Dcanon would not canonicalize correctly in case where dnormalize()
      failed to find a directory, but the directory existed when not 
      crossing the symbolic link.
  18. sh.init.c fixes; give 65 signals for all POSIX machines.
  17. AMS mail fixes and cmu wm handling.
  16. Setenv would not ignore trim quoted names...
      > alias foo 'setenv "\!:1" bar'
      > setenv FOO 123
      > foo FOO
      > printenv
      ...
      FOO=123
      FOO=bar
      ...
  15. 6.03.01 08/01/93
  14. #undef SHORT_STRINGS gcc warning fixes...
  13. csh bug fix in foreach [quoteing problem]
      > foreach i ("*")
      > echo $i:q
      > end
      Should print *
  12. ls-F obeys showdots...
  11. After scheduled commands get executed, the editor could stay disabled
      until the first enter.
  10. sigset() bug in ed.init.c; ^C could get disabled sometimes.
   9. Don't glob in dowhich(); otherwise \pat does not work if pat is aliased.
   8. When completion patterns are used $ and ~ expansion did not work right.
   7. Printenv builtin and long backquote expansion fix from Harald.
   6. $:-1, $:-0 enhancement from Paul and Michael.
   5. Lynx/OS patches
   4. Apollo bugs [Setenv -> tsetenv, typedef in pid_t]
   3. ^@ did not work correctly in bindkey.
   2. Fix vms/posix ifdefs in tc.alloc.c
   1. Elide gcc-2.3.1 warnings
 
 
 V6.03.00, 11/20/92
 102. Solaris2 patches, renamed sunosX to sosX to fit in 14 character filenames.
 101. 6.02.12 11/12/92
 100. Decreased BUFSIZE to 1K...
 99. Don't use sbrk() in tc.alloc.c on VMS
 98. EINTR error handling from Michael
 97. Overwrite mode takes effect immediately, not delayed by a command.
 96. Emx fixes.
 95. SIGHUP gain...
 94. Coherent times()/ <sys/file.h> fixes.
 93. 6.02.11 10/27/92
 92. Mach setpath fixes.
 91. Which now globs its arguments
 90. Again POSIX SIGHUP fixes... Maybe we got it right this time...
 89. Increased BUFSIZE to 4K. Smaller machines may want to decrease this.
     [ Now one can edit up to 4K of buffer! ]. From Harald.
 88. : is now a true builtin that does nothing, instead of being treated like
     the last character of a label. This is so it can take args. From Harald.
 87. More fixes for hpux limits from Harald.
 86. Login shell if ppid == 1 and argc == 1 for VMS.
 85. Typo in sh.exec.c from Harry.
 84. Per's editor fixes.
 83. 6.02.10 10/17/92
 82. Don't free STRNULL in freelex(). Update linked list in copylex() to
     do the same insert as in lex().
 81. Fixed spurious tilde printing in %c prompt.
 80. Fixed dumb wild free in AddXKey... 
     (thanks Harald for the complex bindings! :-)
     > bindkey "\e10z" expand-line # Any editor command will do
     > bindkey -[cs] "\e10z" "foo" # Any string or command will do
     Free(%x) ....
 79. coherent additions.
 78. fixes for hpux8 resource limits [Thanks Harald]
 77. 6.02.09 10/10/92
 76. More vms cleanups.
 75. Removed #include CONFIGH from sh.h. There was no way to make it work 
     under VMS/POSIX
 74. Added t completion (Gray Watson)
 73. Memory leaks in sh.dir.c and sh.glob.c [thanks purify :-)]
 72. IRIX 5.0 patches (from Paul Close)
 71. BSD resource limits for hpux8.0 (From Andreas Stolcke)
 70. NGROUPS_MAX fixes (from Matt Day)
 69. 6.02.08 10/04/92
 68. VMS port additions.
 67. Added $%var, which == strlen(var)
 66. Added ^X^I and ^X^D to override programmable listing+completion
 65. Added case insensitive globbing for OS/2
 64. FIOCLEX and FIONCLEX are only used if we don't have FD_CLOEXEC.
 63. Added emx termio support, and emx pathsep support; emx compiles and runs:
     needs job-debugging and finishing touches.
 62. Horrible bug with the lex linked list; from Loic Grenie, grenie@ens.fr
     > echo a !#
     echoed 'echo a echo a echo'!
 61. Shell -w,-x were incompatible with the same for test [POSIX] (beto)
 60. builtin newgrp did not accept the - argument.
 59. FIOCLEX for the masses (POSIX FD_CLOEXEC addition)
 58. Old style csh completion bug fix [not used] (beto)
 57. A background process waiting for input from tty
     blocks when being foregrounded doesn't read its input and
     doesn't get <cntl-c> and <cntl-z> signals.
     It can only be killed from another session. (beto)
     > cat > foo
     #!/bin/csh -f
     echo ">>>>>>"
     set x = $<
     echo $x
     ^D
     > chmod +x foo
     > foo &
     > fg
     ^Z,^C # Nothing happens
 56. history > 1000 fix (beto)
 55. 6.02.07 9/18/92
 54. Added e_stuff_char() to put back a character in cooked mode in
     the input stream... Useful for status (^T)
 53. $? == $status and $# == $#argv like in the bourne shell.
 52. Added $dirstack. Problems: off by one since =0 == $cwd, but 
     $dirstack[1] == $cwd... Suggestions welcome.
 51. Leading spaces would confuse the run-help function.
 50. Don't expand imported environment variables:
     > setenv HOME \*
     > tcsh
     > echo "$home"
     > echo "$HOME"
 49. %C0n displays the number of directories omitted as /usr/local/bin /<2>bin/
 48. Added POSIXSIGS as a configuration option.
 47. Per's fixes for history format and arrow key binding.
 46. Expand-variables expands array variables too
 45. 6.02.06 8/14/92 
 44. Separated limit stuff from BSDTIMES and added BSDLIMIT
 43. History searching inconsistent with HistLit:
     > echo foo
     foo
     > ^foo^bar
     bar
     > ec[M-p]
     echo foo
 42. 6.02.05 8/8/92 
 41. sourcing a script that contains 'onintr -; onintr' would disable 
     interrupts on the command line
 40. cd ../... with symlinks=ignore would work !@#!@
 39. No more BACKPIPE for POSIX machines...
 38. SUNOS NLS bug workarounds...
 37. New HASHBANG define for #! emulation... even 386BSD does not have it
     yet...
 36. Added new -b -c file operators from SGI csh.
 35. 6.02.04 7/23/92 
 34. Walking process group fixes.
 33. $0 contains now argv[0] when we are not executing a shell script.
 32. New Getwd() was broken.
 31. 6.02.03 7/17/92
 30. We kill our last foreground process group on HUP, for POSIX systems.
 29. Walking process group fix.
 28. $shlvl gets reset to 1 for login shells.
 27. Macros can now involve multiple commands, i.e.
     bindkey -s "^[OP" "ls\n^P"
 26. 6.02.02 7/6/92
 25. nostat accepts now a list shell patterns.
 24. Avoid print_exit_value in if ( { foo } )
 23. Symbolic key names for bindkey [arrow keys].
 22. Smarter getwd() that avoids some of the NFS hangs...
 21. Use memmove() where possible.
 20. 6.02.01 6/16/92
 19. Fix automatic correction to work with the new completion.
 18. Globbing bug with brace expansion, when arguments need to be realloced...
     e.g. echo 134{6,7}{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}
 17. shift and left operators update variables correcly ('shift path' did not 
     work)
 16. apollo fixes for cd.
 15. STRNULL <-> NULL bug fixes.
 14. %S in xprintf for short strings.
 13. history -LSc, dirs -LSc additions, builtins builtin [oxymoron]
 12. history formatting string, who formatting string, prompt formatting
     all use tprintf() now.
 11. $history accepts a second formatting argument..
 10. History timestamps preserved in .history
 9.  Backquotes were broken: echo hi | cat > `echo foo`
 8.  SGI -t operator problem.
 7.  Dnix fixes.
 6.  Fix history file writing bug when autologout.
 5.  Change from TCSETA to TCSETAW, since we affect the output.
 4.  Per's fixes for display margin bugs.
 3.  Linux fixes.
 2.  Collapse adjacent stars in glob.c to avoid exponential behavior.
 1.  Fixed parseescape to put ^ literally if not followed by alpha.
 
 
 V6.02.00, 5/15/92
 94. Default echo_style was not being set correctly.
 93. $< did not work correctly with NLS chars.
 92. 6.01.15 (5/11/92)
 91. Minor cleanups in refresh code.
 90. 6.01.14 (5/8/92)
 89. Print \n in the right margin always to be consistent.
 88. Linux patches.
 87. 6.01.13 (5/2/92) 
 86. Fixes in listing and completion of non-unique commands.
 85. Fix =stack entries > 9... from Bill Petro
 84. Fix for last character at margin. [on terminals that have am & xm move
     the cursor manually to the next line]
 83. Fix for complete completions 
 82. small typo in tc.alloc.c from Mark Moraes.
 81. small typo in tw.parse.c from Richard.
 80. Man page fixes from Per.
 79. 6.01.12 (4/24/92) [release version for 6.02]
 78. Autosuffix was not getting reset all the time.
 77. Don't limit completion patterns to 1K.
 76. Naming changes in ed.screen.c from Justin.
 75. 6.01.11 (4/10/92)
 74. Fixed magic-space ! expand bug:
     > echo a b123 45.{6,7}
     > echo !:2!:3[magic-space]
 73. Work-around for apollo optimizer in tc.bind.c
 72. Problem with setjmp in tw.parse.c
 71. symlinks=expand from Yumin.
 70. tenematch() fixes from Michael;
 69. 6.01.10 (4/3/92)
 68. Fixed Gnmatch.
 67. Removed ignore_symlinks and chase_symlinks. Replaced by symlinks variable.
 66. Backquote from completion was broken for machines with no dup2()
 65. No $printexitvalue for `` jobs.
 64. Added ultrix stuff for PW_AUTH [from Mike Potter mpotter@lampf.lanl.gov]
 63. Fixed bug in Gnmatch(), added 'N' command 'x' completion.
 62. Fixed fg_proc_entry() so autologout gets disabled when a process
     is foregrounded.
 61. 6.01.09 (3/26/92)
 60. source builtin takes arguments now that are passed in the script e.g.:
     > ./tcsh -i a b c
     > cat test
     echo $argv
     > echo $argv
     a b c
     > source test 1 2 3
     1 2 3
     > echo $argv
     a b c
 59. Eliminate $margin_bug, add more intelligent margin code [from Justin]
 58. expand_symlinks variable Urgh...
 57. SGI CONTROL() fixes...
 56. new dnormalize(), expand_symlinks flag.
 55. interrupting completion restores the current line. [from Marc]
 54. 6.01.08 (3/20/92)
 53. inputmode affects the first line too.
 52. Searches in vi do not destroy the current line.
 51. -drwX test enhancement.
 50. Generalized completion syntax and added more completion builtins.
 49. Don't print '\n' on the right margin if we can avoid it.
 48. 6.01.07 (3/9/92)
 47. New completion style. [[<pattern>[ ]],=<completion action>]
 46. 6.01.06 (3/7/92)
 45. complete styles are ignored after shell metachars eg.
     > complete mail =u
     > mail christos < [tab]
     completes filenames.
 44. $echo_style is initialized to the default style of the machine.
 43. SGI 4.0 CTRL() macro is busted. So we ignore it.
 42. Fixed bug with the new margin code (thanks justin)
 41. Fixed mirroring of variables. Now set and setenv affect
     HOME, TERM, PATH, SHLVL, USER and their csh counterparts. Unset affects
     affects only the csh copies of the variables, and unsetenv only the
     environment variables.
 40. Fixed gcc-2.0 warnings in sh.sem.c (needed for vfork() -O2 optimization)
 39. 6.01.05 (2/21/92)
 38. signal masking for BSD machines was still wrong in tw.init.c
 37. Added $margin_bug, and now the editor outputs on the rightmost 
     column by default. This should fix the xterm cut-n-paste problem.
 36. AU/X 2.0 and SGI compiles with POSIX as a default now.
 35. sysv_echo is gone too. Now we have a variable called echo_style
     which can be set to "none", "bsd", "sysv", "both" that defines
     the builtin echo_style. The default is "bsd" for systems with
     SYSVREL == 0, "sysv" otherwise. This can be overriden in config.h
     by defining ECHO_STYLE ro be BSD_ECHO, SYSV_ECHO, BOTH_ECHO, 
     or NONE_ECHO.
 34. asynchronous notification in run-fg-editor would try to change the 
     tty settings and print an extra prompt.
     > set notify 
     > sleep 10 &
     > vi^Z
     > ^[^Z
 33. alias x /bin/true
     x<esc>?
     reported .//bin/true instead of /bin/true
 32. 6.01.04 (2/12/92)
 31. fixed vi_substitute_line
 30. binding completion addition.
 29. showdots=-A addition
 28. sysv_echo addition; deleted bsd_echo which is now the default.
 27. dunique could crash.
 26. Don't clear lines after an asynchronous notification, because it
     might erase the message.
 25. 6.01.03 (1/29/92)
 24. `` were not working correctly when tcsh is started with 0,1,2 closed.
 23. Correction was picking up the wrong thing in cases like .rhosts hosts
 22. Correction with names with quoted spaces was broken.
 21. Added sysv_echo and bsd_echo.
 20. Added and documented the complete builtin.
 19. Added dunique and cd -.
 18. Per's fix for alarm functions. Things would break if time went backwards.
 17. Realloc bug fix (copy min of old and new size)
 16. Fix for csh compatible braces.
 15. Brace globbing and negation globbing for Gmatch.
 14. 6.01.02 (1/16/92)
 13. Completion builtin, new tw* files.
 12. 6.01.01 (1/6/92)
 11. Changed w_ fields in tc.who.c to who_ to avoid redefinitions in
     <sys/wait.h> in some os's.
 10. Setting savehist to an empty string makes savehist use the value
     in $history.
 9.  echotc did not use the internal termcap descriptions.
 8.  echotc did not work right for single argument termcap strings.
 7.  DGUX needs SAVESIGVEC, updated type protection, and disabled CSWTCH.
 6.  Changed SVID to SYSVREL, since there is no SVID == 4 (yet).
 5.  Typo in tc.sig.h: UNRELSIGS was not getting defined.
 4.  Globbing bug fix. tglob() should ignore globbing characters inside 
     backquotes otherwise things get expanded twice:
     % echo 'bar?' > 'foo?'
     % echo `cat foo\?`
     echo: No match.
 3.  Mach setpath fix.
 2.  Alliant process group fix.
 1.  Xenix fixes for broken vi and help path with no suffixes.
 
 
 V6.01.00, 12/19/91 [for comp.sources.unix]
 22. Restore the original prompt in automatic correction when the user
     asks to re-edit the command.
 21. Better error for unreadable files in tw.parse.c
 20. Sequent patches.
 19. (V6.00.08 beta 12/14/91)
 18. Filenames containing # were spelled/expanded incorrectly.
 17. Stellar/stellix port.
 16. Hpux 8.0 has SIGWINDOW but we cannot get the window size. Protect
     against window changes updating $LINES and $COLUMNS.
 15. Mach setpath did not work right.
 14. Mach does not need setenv in lib; in fact that does not work right.
 13. shell level gets decremented when we exec.
 12. restart_fg_editor picked the wrong editor if arg contained a slash.
     e.g vi ~/.cshrc
 11. (V6.00.07 beta 12/08/91)
 10. Allow use of vfork() on systems that do not have job control.
 9.  Avoid NUMCC from being defined twice.
 8.  (V6.00.06 beta 12/05/91)
 7.  SunOS3's FIOCLEX dups...
 6.  Yet another globbing bug fix from Michael (echo .[^.])
 5.  Ultrix now wants __ before cpp symbols.
 4.  Workaround sun's header files inconsistency so tcsh can be compiled
     with #undef POSIX
 3.  Fixed limit stuff so that large values don't cause errors.
 2.  Fixed =1 and ~user error messages (Per)
 1.  (beta-5 6.00.04 == 6.00.05)
 
 $#*
 $#* New numbering scheme (The last 2 digits are reserved for beta releases
 $#* from now on. So we start at 6.00.06 which is 6.00.04 beta 6, and we are
 $#* going to release 6.01.00...
 $#*
 
 V6.00.04, (never released)
 34. (beta-5 11/25/91)
 33. Simplify code in BindArrowKeys()
 32. Get rid of the PNULL's
 31. Support for shadow password in locking code. (From Kimmo)
 30. Normalize-path editor function.
 29. (beta-4 11/21/91)
 28. minix additions
 27. bindkey fixes (-c addition, casting cleanups)
 26. (beta-3 11/16/91)
 25. Prompt length checking. 
 24. Michael's fixes for the watching code. Tcsh could core dump when using
     a corrupted utmp.
 23. overwrite mode flag, and autologout locking code.
 22. overwrite mode would still insert digits!
 21. Get the value of _POSIX_VDISABLE from pathconf...
 20. Hpux 8.0 fixes. Sigstack botches with shared libraries. Ansi mode
     static initialization of structures with prototyped function pointers
     gives spurious warnings...
 19. Onintr in /etc rc files is disabled.
 18. (beta-2 11/03/91)
 17. Multi-line aliases with `` bug fix.
 16. Sticky emacs overwrite mode.
 15. Autolist option.
 14. Fix for redirection with wildcard filanames.
 13. No error correction for multi-line commands.
 12. Esix-4 re-defines p_pid. Argh...
 11. (beta-1 10/28/91)
 10. Foreach loops were broken again.
 9.  SUNOS localtime() bug does not only happen on the 8th byte. [Michael]
 8.  sh.dir.c, memory corruption in dinit(). Thanks Michael.
 7.  uts broken <sys/stat.h> work-around, and has a wait3()
 6.  SGI (-t filename) extension, returns true when filename is a tty.
 5.  'default:' addition in all switch() statements.
 4.  oflag was not being updated correctly in Rawmode()
 3.  missing 'break;' in prompt code '%y'.
 2.  infinite loop in :a<mod> code.
 1.  hashstat was not reporting hits+misses
 
 
 V6.00.03, 10/21/91
 31. watch code now accepts shell patterns.
 30. new hashing code portability fixes.
 29. $foo:gs/:/ / fix and 'a' modifier addition.
 28. Added $! (the pid of the last background job forked)
 27. exec does not kill the shell when it fails.
 26. Irix4.0 decls.
 25. SVR4 uthost fixes from Kimmo Suominen
 24. Imake addition from marc
 23. New i-search from Per.
 22. ibmesa fixes
 21. convex fixes.
 20. t command for vi.
 19. SVR4 fixes (reverse pipeline and sigaction()) from David Dawes.
 18. New hashing from Marc
 17. Added : to the ~name separators so ~foo:~bar works.
 16. New ed.init.c. Added ed.term.c
 15. Still can't get the history exactly csh-like... !-2$ was broken...
 14. vi character searches.
 13. -Dvar=name command line option for the apollos.
 12. Prompt format changes for date/directory.
 11. Vi searches.
 10. Emacs i-search. [currently not bound]
 9.  Vi additions ([dc]-{w,$,f<c>},Undo)
 8.  tcsh -n parses now builtin structures.
 7.  seek to the end on errors in loops.
 6.  echotc -s was broken
 5.  Better !event parsing. !foo;!bar was broken.
 4.  foreach loops and if statements in aliases.
 3.  .cshdirs would corrupt the heap if some directories were not there.
 2.  System V echo was broken with \
 1.  Fixed echo '!-1', history would eat the quote.
 
 V6.00.02, 08/05/91 [For comp.sources.unix]
 8.  tcsh will always set $LOGNAME and $USER if not already set in the
     environment.
 7.  added $histfile.
 6.  echo `echo` * and  echo ~ {} were broken
 5.  setty builtin addition
 4.  Multiple : modifiers [experimental, disabled with -DCOMPAT]
 3.  7 bit fixes, and hp9000s500.
 2.  #undef DEBUG in tc.alloc.c, so we continue if we get a bad free() 
 1.  getn() is now protected against NULL strings.
 
 V6.00.01, 07/16/91
 17. added beepcmd, and fixed small tenematch bugs.
 16. Renamed DUP2 flag to HAVEDUP2 cause AIXPS2 defines DUP2 already.
 15. More ANSI fixes, and mit additions (load-average)
 14. don't clear ECHOE, background programs might need it.
 13. Refresh bug fix...
 12. getpwent() should not be interrupted (yellow pages), cause it might
     leave dangling pointers, that endpwent() will trash.
 11. ChangeSize is now responsible to set the screen size to something
     sane, but it should not affect the environment if the information
     it received is not valid
 10. Find out if we are running under emacs using $TERM. It is more 
     reliable.
 9.  tcsh was broken if SHORT_STRINGS was not defined (glob() problem)
 8.  If GetSize() fails it should always return reasonable screen sizes.
 7.  globbing should not fail if one or more patterns match.
 6.  increased the number of aliases in the loop detection code.
 5.  DGUX has size_t and pid_t defined now...
 4.  ESIX does not have EWOULDBLOCK or EAGAIN & POSIX... That was not handled
     correctly.
 3.  rs6000 needs BSDWAIT.
 2.  Hpux susp key could not be changed.
 1.  Apollo fixes.
 
 V6.00.00, 07/04/91
 45. Fixed quoting of VSTART/VSTOP on termios
 44. Memory leak every time you pipe in or out.
 43. echo {foo bar.[ch]}. Did not check for end of word.
 42. ANSI prototypes
 41. dmove() would leave the source descriptor open when using dup2()
     e.g.
     while (1)
 	echo foo >>! bar
     end
     runs out of file descriptors
 40. recursive `` expanded via aliases would abort.
 39. set home=../relative-path-name was broken.
     e.g.
     set home=../..; cd ..;
     <abort>
 38. Incorrect error when changing to directory:
     e.g.
     mkdir not-in-cd-path; chmod -x not-in-cd-path; cd not-in-cd-path;
     echoed:
        not-in-cd-path: No such file or directory.
     it should have said
        not-in-cd-path: Permission denied.
 37. if ( \! =~ [\!] ) echo ok, did not echo ok. Quoting inside [] pattern.
 36. More than 127 jobs caused job # to go negative
 35. unsetenv <pattern> ... Added support for more than one pattern.
 34. More background process status report fixes.
 33. Apollo builtin support.
 32. Glob fix. echo '*' * was not handled properly.
 31. Glob fix. setenv FOO `sleep 1` would either cause a segmentation fault.
     or print ambiguous.
 30. Glob fix. Quoted characters inside [] were not handled properly.
 29. Removed TELL and VMUNIX defines. I think we cannot compile on V6 anyway
 28. Overflow check for expansions.
 27. Added matchbeep, shell pattern history searching.
 26. Added code to handle /dev/std{in,out,err}
 25. Fixed POSIX speed handling in raw mode.
 24. Fixed a flushing bug in the filec code in sh.file.c
 23. Compiled and added hp9000s700 to the list of hosts.
 22. Fixed horrible bug in gmatch() 
 	switch (4)
 	case [a-z]:
 		echo bug;
 		breaksw;
 	case 4:
 		echo ok;
 		breaksw;
 	endsw
 21. Fixes for _SEQUENT_ ut_host.
 20. FLUSHO added
 19. mkdir foo\`bar; cd foo\`bar; was broken
 18. EWOULDBLOCK == EAGAIN on RENO check for that too.
 17. Dword() simplified and removed the gotos.
 16. Hpux now compiles with POSIX. Moved the local chars modes in ed.init.c
     after the tty modes.
 15. Process group fixes for POSIX
 14. We need <sys/filio.h> on the suns for FIOCLEX!!! We did not close
     our file descriptors before...
 13. A/UX fixes.
 12. History events that start with a number are not necessarily numeric:
     > !3d
     3d: Event not fount
 11. History loop detection added.
     > alias a \!#
     > b; a
 10. Alias loop detection code was ineffective on eager optimizers.
  9. All errors should now go through our table. Next step we should
     add nls error messages.
  8. Unsetenv now globs its arguments! Before it did not...
  7. Added tilde cache and -l flag.
  6. Added autocorrect
  5. Fixed for so that background jobs in scripts get process groups
  4. Fixed amazing memory leak in setenv()...
  3. Added short2qstr() so that we can form quoted strings to be used with glob()
  2. str2short and short2str allocate space dynamically.
  1. Fixed bug related to the is*() routines called with shorts.
     [only if NLS and SHORT_STRINGS are defined].
     (The _ctype_ was getting indexed with shorts...)
  0. Complete overhaul. Brought in the 4.4 csh stuff. Separated most
     tcsh and csh code except where I would have to add more global
     variables. Compiled correctly with both lint and gcc -Wall on
     a sparc running 4.1
 
 V5.20.03, 03/20/91.	- Never released
 25. Kanji, SXA additions.
 24. (exec foo) should not fail if they are suspended jobs.
 23. Support kernel paging stuff on aix 370.
 22. Now we handle correctly the environment variables LINES, COLUMNS,
     TERMCAP for window size changes...
 21. Tcsh 5.18c+ had broken NULL chars on scripts.
     > cat > foo 
     #!/usr/local/bin/tcsh -f
     echo "foo"
     echo "^V^@"
     echo "bar"
     ^D
     > chmod +x foo; foo
     foo
 20. Posix has EAGAIN and not EWOULDBLOCK
 19. Don't set ECHOK; makes kill ^U ugly.
 18. $shell is SHELLPATH and not $SHELL any more.
 17. Added -n flag to cd, pushd, popd and dirs. Documented -l and -v
     flags.
 16. Documented and fixed chase_symlinks and ignore_symlinks.
 15. Call endpwent() when you get interrupted...
     cd ~chri<tab>^C
     cd ~christos/<enter>
     <stuck>
 14. Exec when you have suspended jobs asks for verification.
 13. Variable length fixes:
     >set abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz=1
     >echo $abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
     abcdefghijklmnopqrs: Undefined variable
     Now we have better messages too...
 12. Icon fixes...
 11. Quote expanded glob and history chars too.
 10. If someone sets SHIN to O_NDELAY we died... Now we set it back...
  9. unset path; unsetenv PATH; ls-F; (poof) fixed...
  8. Patches for masscomp, and ${var123} lexical analysis fix...
  7. Patch for sunview bug: A partially covered suntool sends SIGWINCH every
     time the text is scrolled, causing annoying redraw effects. Now tcsh
     checks if the size really changed before doing anything.
  6. Interrupt in the middle of cwdcmd, and periodic does not remove the
     aliases.
  5. prompt2 and prompt3 fixes:
     Prompt2 now prints the status of the parser by default.
     Prompt3 can now have the standard prompt escape sequences.
  4. eval file descriptor re-direction fix.
     >set p='w | tail +3'
     >eval $p
     (originally | tail +3 was ignored)
  3. $edit != emacs anymore; it was misleading, 'set edit' enables editing
     'unset edit' disables it.
  2. PERROR define fix. 
  1. irix3.3.1 line discipline fix.
 
 V5.20.02, 12/15/90.
 32. /etc/Logout added and merged with /etc/Login flag.
 31. Fixed tty chars in ed.init.c. Some of them were not handled correctly.
 30. Command execution does not leak memory any more, and doing
     ~ four times does not core-dump.
 29. Fixed the notorious csh 'if(' bug (part of the convex fixes)
 28. Intelligent getwd() on startup, and canonicalization.
 27. Intelligent directory stack. Gets updated when $HOME changes.
 26. Directory stack/save-restore additions
 25. Convex Fixes.
 24. Fixed onlret, and echonl getting stuck on svid.
 23. Shouldn't leave tty in raw mode at auto-logout (e.g. when su'ing from a
     csh, this is annoying).
 22. Some users had environment EMACS set to something, and with my bad fix
     at pl 1 found that they didn't have echo... (of course, even before my
     "fix", they didn't have editing...). Anyway, refined the check to be
     for EMACS=t, which is what emacs sets when running a subshell.
 21. kill -CONT %job, would not update the status of the job, but it would
     just restart it.
 20. Sequent fixes.
 19. AIX370 signal and TCF fixes.
 18. fixed ls-F -l, SIGINT problem.
 17. aix on the ps2 does not have strcoll() either.
 16. Bind [A - [D and OA to OD in vi mode to the arrow key functions
     so that they work from insert mode.
 15. %~ was not working correctly for /home/news and /home/newsbin...
 14. Removed Rcs Log
 13. ISC unix fixes.
 12. sunos3.x wants <sys/dir.h> not <dirent.h>
 11. Remove precmd's, cwdcmd's and periodic cmds that had errors.
 10. Compile sunos4.1 using termio. 
  9. Rs6000 line discipline fixes. 
  8. T_Tabs was wrong for termio machines.
  7. Don't bind single keystroke arrow keys, when they are already bound!
  6. Test for newline and tab before deciding not to send shell scripts
     to the bourne shell.
  5. Added LITERAL prompt stuff.
  4. Fixed gethostname() in sh.rest.c to return the nodename.
  3. Do not quote spell checked stuff. This is not very intelligent but
     works better than before.
  2. Fixes for relative path components. (paths that start with a .)
  1. Fixed so that Rawmode() is not called when we are not editing
     (breaks running under emacs)
 
 V5.20.01, 11/15/90.
 12. Recognize environment variables too.
 11. Always start in Rawmode()
 10. don't try to execute binary files using the bourne shell.
  9. Vi change to end of line updates correctly now.
  8. Prompt in continuation lines.
  7. Prompt in if statements fix.
  6. System V ^C works right now.
  5. ^Z works correctly in bindings
  4. Better error messages for variables.
  3. dinit() now is more robust.
  2. Added aux2.0 patches.
  1. Fixed bug with arrow key bindings in ed.screen.c. All the keys
     were bound to up-history!
 
 V5.20.00, 11/10/90.
 26. Fixed system V and POSIX time reporting.
 25. Fixed ed.screen.c so that it does not use malloc().
 24. Fixed SIGWINCH on the iris
 23. Fixed ed.screen.c, so that settc works correcly. It used to set
     the termcap with a string that was allocated from the stack!
 22. Fixed listing of commands, where the last command was not checked.
 21. Fixed which command. It did not work for
     \<command>, if command was aliased.
 20. Eliminated CSH4.3 define. You've had enough time to upgrade from 4.2
 19. Fixed GotTermCaps to be called only once.
 18. Added bindkey -r
 17. Attributes were not getting reset correctly.
 16. history -t does not print the time-stamp.
 15. AddXkey, works now for single character xkeys.
 14. filetype() knows better about symlinks.
 13. ls-F works with filenames that have metachars
 12. Completion/spelling works with quoted things.
 11. Fixed refresh bug. Repeat by:
     On an intelligent terminal that has insert and delete chars (xterm)
     > orphan
     > vi orphan.c
     > ^P^P
 10. Fixed so that if we don't have a tty on stdin editing is disabled.
  9. Check for nested process forking, to avoid loops such as:
     > alias foo 'set bar=`foo`'
     > foo
  8. Fix setting of AsciiOnly (Per)
  7. tw.spell.c, defined F_OK for systems that don't have it.
  6. ourwait.h had typo in ifdef.
  5. BSD compilers need a cast to int for enums used in 
     switches (Matthew Day)
  4. Found the cause for the core-dump in long backquote 
     expansions (Mark Davies)
  3. Some externs in ed.h needed to be truly externs...
     reported by Mark Davies, bug appeared only on hp9000s800.
  2. Changed $tcsh, and $version strings.
  1. Added internal sprintf function, renamed putchar to CSHputchar,
     printf to CSHprintf, sprintf to CSHsprintf.
 
 V5.19.02, 10/23/90.
 36. Added /etc/cshrc for the SGI irises.
 35. Added expand-variables function.
 34. Documented $time in tcsh.man
 33. Shell variables are now 'recognized' when expanding/listing things.
 32. ls-F does not eat the last slash on the / directory!
 31. Strings bound to keys are printed inside double quotes.
 30. History now remembers the exact line, not just an unparsed version of
     the tokens.
 29. Renamed itoa to Itoa(), so things in libc that use itoa() don't break.
 28. Ported to IBM aix/ps2. 
 27. Fixed eval so that it forks when the output is piped
     Repeat by:
     > who | grep $user
     > eval who | grep $user
 26. Fixed so that 'nice <builtin changing the working directory>' does not
     nice or fork.
     Consider doing:
     nice cd /tmp && rm *.c (don't try it!!!)
     [what actually happens is that nice has to fork, then the child executes
      chdir, and the parent stays where it was]
 25. Added Dan's patches (nls, builtin bindkey, fixes to the editor).
 24. Added aix370, migrate, getspath, getspath, getxvers, setxvers
 23. Added builtin echotc, removed sl and el.
 22. Ported to 4.4 BSD. This involved changing the way lots of flags worked,
     cleanup of the SVID stuff, and addition of more compilation flags.
     Now POSIX can work whed BSD is defined...
 21. Fixed so that el, sl work. Actually they are to be removed soon and
     be replaced with echotc.
 20. Avoid the Quoted Space hack for alias when printing jobs!
     [aliases to the same name avoid further alias expansion, by 
      inserting a quoted space in front of the command. In SHORT_STRINGS
      QUOTE is the 15th bit so print ignores it thinking it is the
      end of the string. So we just skip the Quoted Space....]
     Repeat by:
     > set notify
     > alias ls ls -F
     > (ls) &
     Prints        Exit 0 (
     Should print: Exit 0 ( ls -F )
 19. Fixed so that "", '', ``, all produce ': Command not found',
     and not the spurious messages.
     Repeat by:
     > set path = (/bin /usr/bin .... .)
     > ""
     /some/path/name/: Command not found
 18. Enable the use of <ctype.h> macros if they exist and NLS is defined.
     NLS code is not ready yet.
 17. Fixed rmstar and continue_jobs code, so that they are not compile
     options, but shell variables. Now you need to 'set rmstar' to get
     enable rmstar.
 16. Fixed SIGWINCH, SIGWINDOW, and setting of li, co, that broke
     suntools, and others.
     Repeat by:
     Start a shelltool of size other than 80x34
     > telltc
     > stty -a
     do not report the same number of lines and columns.
 15. More fixes to tw.parse.c, and tw.spell.c.
 14. More fixes to sh.char.c.
 13. Fixed coredump caused by ``.
 12. Fixed spell-line code..
 11. Trapped SIGCHLD in sh.sem.c, while forking. Still there is a small
     race, but the probability of happening is smaller!
 10. Fixed sh.char.c to be ISO compliant.
  9. Added expand-glob
  8. Fixed ourwait.h for little endians.
  7. Fixed that foreach i (^D expands correctly.
  6. Fixed so that listmax is ignored in ls-F.
  5. Fixed spelling correction so that single letter words and words that
     contain globbing chars do not get spell checked.
  4. Changed NeXT HOSTTYPE to next, since all HOSTTYPE's are lower case.
  3. Fixed symmetry, and changed symmetry HOSTTYPE from sequent to symmetry.
  2. Added boldfacing, underlining chars.
  1. Added IRIX3.3.1 support.
 
 V5.19.01, 9/26/90.
  7. Brought the README file up-to-date, and changed the bug report
     address to point to me.
  6. sh.lex.c. In addla(), overflow computation was wrong.
  5. Fixed SHELLPATH, to be set correctly when $SHELL is not set.
  4. Fixed print statement in sh.proc.c that contained \215.
  3. Fixed the Makefile and MAKEDIFFS so that a tahoe diff can be made.
  2. RS6000: hacked around execv bug, and ed.init.c warning.
  1. Editor should not be enabled when we don't have a tty.
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/README.md
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/README.md	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/README.md	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
-# Tcsh
+# TCSH
 
 *C shell with file name completion and command line editing*
 
 The Tcsh source code is available on GitHub as a read-only repo
 mirror at:
 
 > http://github.com/tcsh-org/tcsh
 
 Instructions for compiling Tcsh can be found in [BUILDING].
 
 PLEASE file any bug reports, fixes, and code for new features at:
 
 > https://bugs.astron.com/
 
 Comments, questions, etc. (even flames) are welcome via email to
-the Tcsh Bugs mailing list:
+the tcsh mailing list:
 
-> tcsh-bugs@astron.com
-> https://mailman.astron.com/
+> tcsh@astron.com  
+> https://mailman.astron.com/mailman/listinfo/tcsh
 
 [![Build Status][status]][travis]
 
 [BUILDING]: BUILDING
 [status]: https://travis-ci.org/tcsh-org/tcsh.svg?branch=master
 [travis]: https://travis-ci.org/tcsh-org/tcsh
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/glob.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/glob.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/glob.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,798 +1,801 @@
 /*
  * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
  * Guido van Rossum.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)glob.c	5.12 (Berkeley) 6/24/91";
 #endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
 /*
  * Glob: the interface is a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2,
  * draft 9.
  *
  * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh).
  *
  * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX:
  *
  * GLOB_QUOTE:
  *	Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following
  *	character might have (except \ at end of string is retained).
  * GLOB_MAGCHAR:
  *	Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character.
  * GLOB_ALTNOT:
  *	Use ^ instead of ! for "not".
  * gl_matchc:
  *	Number of matches in the current invocation of glob.
  */
 
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 	#pragma warning(disable:4244)
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 #define Char __Char
 #include "sh.h"
 #include "glob.h"
 
 #ifndef HAVE_MBLEN
 #undef mblen
 #define mblen(_s,_n)	mbrlen((_s),(_n),NULL)
 #endif
 
 #undef Char
 #undef QUOTE
 #undef TILDE
 #undef META
 #undef ismeta
 #undef Strchr
 
 #ifndef S_ISDIR
 #define S_ISDIR(a)	(((a) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
 #define S_ISLNK(a)	(((a) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(S_ISLNK) && !defined(lstat)
 #define lstat stat
 #endif
 
 typedef unsigned short Char;
 
 static	int	 glob1 		(Char *, glob_t *, int);
 static	int	 glob2		(struct strbuf *, const Char *, glob_t *, int);
 static	int	 glob3		(struct strbuf *, const Char *, const Char *,
 				 const Char *, glob_t *, int);
 static	void	 globextend	(const char *, glob_t *);
 static	int	 match		(const char *, const Char *, const Char *,
 				 int);
 static	int	 compare	(const void *, const void *);
 static 	DIR	*Opendir	(const char *);
 #ifdef S_IFLNK
 static	int	 Lstat		(const char *, struct stat *);
 #endif
 static	int	 Stat		(const char *, struct stat *sb);
 static 	Char 	*Strchr		(Char *, int);
 #ifdef DEBUG
-static	void	 qprintf	(const Char *);
+static	void	 qprintf	(const char *, const Char *);
 #endif
 
 #define	DOLLAR		'$'
 #define	DOT		'.'
 #define	EOS		'\0'
 #define	LBRACKET	'['
 #define	NOT		'!'
 #define ALTNOT		'^'
 #define	QUESTION	'?'
 #define	QUOTE		'\\'
 #define	RANGE		'-'
 #define	RBRACKET	']'
 #define	SEP		'/'
 #define	STAR		'*'
 #define	TILDE		'~'
 #define	UNDERSCORE	'_'
 
 #define	M_META		0x8000
 #define M_PROTECT	0x4000
 #define	M_MASK		0xffff
 #define	M_ASCII		0x00ff
 
 #define	LCHAR(c)	((c)&M_ASCII)
 #define	META(c)		((c)|M_META)
 #define	M_ALL		META('*')
 #define	M_END		META(']')
 #define	M_NOT		META('!')
 #define	M_ALTNOT	META('^')
 #define	M_ONE		META('?')
 #define	M_RNG		META('-')
 #define	M_SET		META('[')
 #define	ismeta(c)	(((c)&M_META) != 0)
 
 int
 globcharcoll(__Char c1, __Char c2, int cs)
 {
 #if defined(NLS) && defined(LC_COLLATE) && defined(HAVE_STRCOLL)
 # if defined(WIDE_STRINGS)
     wchar_t s1[2], s2[2];
 
     if (c1 == c2)
 	return (0);
     if (cs) {
 	c1 = towlower(c1);
 	c2 = towlower(c2);
     } else {
 #ifndef __FreeBSD__
 	/* This should not be here, but I'll rather leave it in than engage in
 	   a LC_COLLATE flamewar about a shell I don't use... */
 	if (iswlower(c1) && iswupper(c2))
 	    return (1);
 	if (iswupper(c1) && iswlower(c2))
 	    return (-1);
 #endif
     }
     s1[0] = c1;
     s2[0] = c2;
     s1[1] = s2[1] = '\0';
     return wcscoll(s1, s2);
 # else /* not WIDE_STRINGS */
     char s1[2], s2[2];
 
     if (c1 == c2)
 	return (0);
     /*
      * From kevin lyda <kevin@suberic.net>:
      * strcoll does not guarantee case sorting, so we pre-process now:
      */
     if (cs) {
 	c1 = islower(c1) ? c1 : tolower(c1);
 	c2 = islower(c2) ? c2 : tolower(c2);
     } else {
 	if (islower(c1) && isupper(c2))
 	    return (1);
 	if (isupper(c1) && islower(c2))
 	    return (-1);
     }
     s1[0] = c1;
     s2[0] = c2;
     s1[1] = s2[1] = '\0';
     return strcoll(s1, s2);
 # endif
 #else
     return (c1 - c2);
 #endif
 }
 
 /*
  * Need to dodge two kernel bugs:
  * opendir("") != opendir(".")
  * NAMEI_BUG: on plain files trailing slashes are ignored in some kernels.
  *            POSIX specifies that they should be ignored in directories.
  */
 
 static DIR *
 Opendir(const char *str)
 {
 #if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux)
     struct stat st;
 #endif
 
     if (!*str)
 	return (opendir("."));
 #if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux)
     /*
      * Opendir on some device files hangs, so avoid it
      */
     if (stat(str, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode))
 	return NULL;
 #endif
     return opendir(str);
 }
 
 #ifdef S_IFLNK
 static int
 Lstat(const char *fn, struct stat *sb)
 {
     int st;
 
     st = lstat(fn, sb);
 # ifdef NAMEI_BUG
     if (*fn != 0 && strend(fn)[-1] == '/' && !S_ISDIR(sb->st_mode))
 	st = -1;
 # endif	/* NAMEI_BUG */
     return st;
 }
 #else
 #define Lstat Stat
 #endif /* S_IFLNK */
 
 static int
 Stat(const char *fn, struct stat *sb)
 {
     int st;
 
     st = stat(fn, sb);
 #ifdef NAMEI_BUG
     if (*fn != 0 && strend(fn)[-1] == '/' && !S_ISDIR(sb->st_mode))
 	st = -1;
 #endif /* NAMEI_BUG */
     return st;
 }
 
 static Char *
 Strchr(Char *str, int ch)
 {
     do
 	if (*str == ch)
 	    return (str);
     while (*str++);
     return (NULL);
 }
 
 #ifdef DEBUG
 static void
-qprintf(const Char *s)
+qprintf(const char *pre, const Char *s)
 {
     const Char *p;
-
+	
+    xprintf("%s", pre);
     for (p = s; *p; p++)
-	printf("%c", *p & 0xff);
-    printf("\n");
+	xprintf("%c", *p & 0xff);
+    xprintf("\n%s", pre);
     for (p = s; *p; p++)
-	printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
-    printf("\n");
+	xprintf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
+    xprintf("\n%s", pre);
     for (p = s; *p; p++)
-	printf("%c", *p & M_META ? '_' : ' ');
-    printf("\n");
+	xprintf("%c", *p & M_META ? '_' : ' ');
+    xprintf("\n");
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG */
 
 static int
 compare(const void *p, const void *q)
 {
 #if defined(NLS) && defined(HAVE_STRCOLL)
     return (strcoll(*(char *const *) p, *(char *const *) q));
 #else
     return (strcmp(*(char *const *) p, *(char *const *) q));
 #endif /* NLS && HAVE_STRCOLL */
 }
 
 /*
  * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing
  * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally
  * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested).  Returns 0
  * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred.  It is not an error
  * to find no matches.
  */
 int
 glob(const char *pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc) (const char *, int),
      glob_t *pglob)
 {
     int     err, oldpathc;
     Char *bufnext, m_not;
     const unsigned char *patnext;
     int     c, not;
     Char *qpatnext, *patbuf;
     int     no_match;
 
     patnext = (const unsigned char *) pattern;
     if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) {
 	pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
 	pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
 	if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS))
 	    pglob->gl_offs = 0;
     }
     pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR;
     pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc;
     oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc;
     pglob->gl_matchc = 0;
 
     if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTNOT) {
 	not = ALTNOT;
 	m_not = M_ALTNOT;
     }
     else {
 	not = NOT;
 	m_not = M_NOT;
     }
 
     patbuf = xmalloc((strlen(pattern) + 1) * sizeof(*patbuf));
     bufnext = patbuf;
 
     no_match = *patnext == not;
     if (no_match)
 	patnext++;
 
     if (flags & GLOB_QUOTE) {
 	/* Protect the quoted characters */
 	while ((c = *patnext++) != EOS) {
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 	    int len;
 	    
 	    len = mblen((const char *)(patnext - 1), MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    if (len == -1)
 		TCSH_IGNORE(mblen(NULL, 0));
 	    else if (len > 1) {
 		*bufnext++ = (Char) c;
 		while (--len != 0)
 		    *bufnext++ = (Char) (*patnext++ | M_PROTECT);
 	    } else
 #endif /* WIDE_STRINGS */
 	    if (c == QUOTE) {
 		if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) {
 		    c = QUOTE;
 		    --patnext;
 		}
 		*bufnext++ = (Char) (c | M_PROTECT);
 	    }
 	    else
 		*bufnext++ = (Char) c;
 	}
     }
     else
 	while ((c = *patnext++) != EOS)
 	    *bufnext++ = (Char) c;
     *bufnext = EOS;
 
     bufnext = patbuf;
     qpatnext = patbuf;
     while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) {
 	switch (c) {
 	case LBRACKET:
 	    c = *qpatnext;
 	    if (c == not)
 		++qpatnext;
 	    if (*qpatnext == EOS ||
 		Strchr(qpatnext + 1, RBRACKET) == NULL) {
 		*bufnext++ = LBRACKET;
 		if (c == not)
 		    --qpatnext;
 		break;
 	    }
 	    pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
 	    *bufnext++ = M_SET;
 	    if (c == not)
 		*bufnext++ = m_not;
 	    c = *qpatnext++;
 	    do {
 		*bufnext++ = LCHAR(c);
 		if (*qpatnext == RANGE &&
 		    (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) {
 		    *bufnext++ = M_RNG;
 		    *bufnext++ = LCHAR(c);
 		    qpatnext += 2;
 		}
 	    } while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET);
 	    *bufnext++ = M_END;
 	    break;
 	case QUESTION:
 	    pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
 	    *bufnext++ = M_ONE;
 	    break;
 	case STAR:
 	    pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
 	    /* collapse adjacent stars to one [or three if globstar],
 	     * to avoid exponential behavior
 	     */
 	    if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL ||
 	       ((flags & GLOB_STAR) != 0 && 
 		 (bufnext - 1 == patbuf || bufnext[-2] != M_ALL ||
 		 bufnext - 2 == patbuf || bufnext[-3] != M_ALL)))
 		*bufnext++ = M_ALL;
 	    break;
 	default:
 	    *bufnext++ = LCHAR(c);
 	    break;
 	}
     }
     *bufnext = EOS;
 #ifdef DEBUG
-    qprintf(patbuf);
+    qprintf("patbuf=", patbuf);
 #endif
 
     if ((err = glob1(patbuf, pglob, no_match)) != 0) {
 	xfree(patbuf);
 	return (err);
     }
 
     /*
      * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern 
      * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified
      * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters
      * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh.
      */
     if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc && 
 	((flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) || 
 	 ((flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) && !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR)))) {
 	if (!(flags & GLOB_QUOTE))
 	    globextend(pattern, pglob);
 	else {
 	    char *copy, *dest;
 	    const char *src;
 
 	    /* copy pattern, interpreting quotes */
 	    copy = xmalloc(strlen(pattern) + 1);
 	    dest = copy;
 	    src = pattern;
 	    while (*src != EOS) {
 		/* Don't interpret quotes. The spec does not say we should do */
 		if (*src == QUOTE) {
 		    if (*++src == EOS)
 			--src;
 		}
 		*dest++ = *src++;
 	    }
 	    *dest = EOS;
 	    globextend(copy, pglob);
 	    xfree(copy);
 	}
 	xfree(patbuf);
 	return 0;
     }
     else if (!(flags & GLOB_NOSORT) && (pglob->gl_pathc != oldpathc))
 	qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc,
 	      pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare);
     xfree(patbuf);
     return (0);
 }
 
 static int
 glob1(Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int no_match)
 {
     struct strbuf pathbuf = strbuf_INIT;
     int err;
 
     /*
      * a null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4.
      */
     if (*pattern == EOS)
 	return (0);
     err = glob2(&pathbuf, pattern, pglob, no_match);
     xfree(pathbuf.s);
     return err;
 }
 
 /*
  * functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level
  * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or
  * more meta characters.
  */
 static int
 glob2(struct strbuf *pathbuf, const Char *pattern, glob_t *pglob, int no_match)
 {
     struct stat sbuf;
     int anymeta;
     const Char *p;
     size_t orig_len;
 
     /*
      * loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until segment with
      * meta character found.
      */
     anymeta = 0;
     for (;;) {
 	if (*pattern == EOS) {	/* end of pattern? */
 	    strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
 
 	    if (Lstat(pathbuf->s, &sbuf))
 		return (0);
 
 	    if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) &&
 		 pathbuf->s[pathbuf->len - 1] != SEP) &&
 		(S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)
 #ifdef S_IFLNK
 		 || (S_ISLNK(sbuf.st_mode) &&
 		     (Stat(pathbuf->s, &sbuf) == 0) &&
 		     S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode))
 #endif
 		 )) {
 		strbuf_append1(pathbuf, SEP);
 		strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
 	    }
 	    ++pglob->gl_matchc;
 	    globextend(pathbuf->s, pglob);
 	    return 0;
 	}
 
 	/* find end of next segment, tentatively copy to pathbuf */
 	p = pattern;
 	orig_len = pathbuf->len;
 	while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) {
 	    if (ismeta(*p))
 		anymeta = 1;
 	    strbuf_append1(pathbuf, *p++);
 	}
 
 	if (!anymeta) {		/* no expansion, do next segment */
 	    pattern = p;
 	    while (*pattern == SEP)
 		strbuf_append1(pathbuf, *pattern++);
 	}
 	else {			/* need expansion, recurse */
 	    pathbuf->len = orig_len;
 	    return (glob3(pathbuf, pattern, p, pattern, pglob, no_match));
 	}
     }
     /* NOTREACHED */
 }
 
 static size_t
 One_Char_mbtowc(__Char *pwc, const Char *s, size_t n)
 {
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
     char buf[MB_LEN_MAX], *p;
 
     if (n > MB_LEN_MAX)
 	n = MB_LEN_MAX;
     p = buf;
     while (p < buf + n && (*p++ = LCHAR(*s++)) != 0)
 	;
     return one_mbtowc(pwc, buf, n);
 #else
     *pwc = *s & CHAR;
     return 1;
 #endif
 }
  
 static int
 glob3(struct strbuf *pathbuf, const Char *pattern, const Char *restpattern,
       const Char *pglobstar, glob_t *pglob, int no_match)
 {
     DIR    *dirp;
     struct dirent *dp;
     struct stat sbuf;
     int     err;
     Char m_not = (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTNOT) ? M_ALTNOT : M_NOT;
     size_t orig_len;
     int globstar = 0;
     int chase_symlinks = 0;
     const Char *termstar = NULL;
 
     strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
     orig_len = pathbuf->len;
     errno = err = 0;
 
     while (pglobstar < restpattern) {
 	__Char wc;
 	size_t width = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pglobstar, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	if ((pglobstar[0] & M_MASK) == M_ALL &&
 	    (pglobstar[width] & M_MASK) == M_ALL) {
 	    globstar = 1;
 	    chase_symlinks = (pglobstar[2 * width] & M_MASK) == M_ALL;
 	    termstar = pglobstar + (2 + chase_symlinks) * width;
 	    break;
 	}
         pglobstar += width;
     } 
 
     if (globstar) {
 	err = pglobstar==pattern && termstar==restpattern ?
 		*restpattern == EOS ?
 		glob2(pathbuf, restpattern - 1, pglob, no_match) :
 		glob2(pathbuf, restpattern + 1, pglob, no_match) :
 		glob3(pathbuf, pattern, restpattern, termstar, pglob, no_match);
 	if (err)
 	    return err;
 	pathbuf->len = orig_len;
 	strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
     }
 
     if (*pathbuf->s && (Lstat(pathbuf->s, &sbuf) || !S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode)
 #ifdef S_IFLINK
 	     && ((globstar && !chase_symlinks) || !S_ISLNK(sbuf.st_mode))
 #endif
 	))
 	return 0;
 
     if (!(dirp = Opendir(pathbuf->s))) {
 	/* todo: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */
 	if ((pglob->gl_errfunc && (*pglob->gl_errfunc) (pathbuf->s, errno)) ||
 	    (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR))
 	    return (GLOB_ABEND);
 	else
 	    return (0);
     }
 
     /* search directory for matching names */
     while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
 	/* initial DOT must be matched literally */
 	if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT)
 	    if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_DOT) || !dp->d_name[1] ||
 		(dp->d_name[1] == DOT && !dp->d_name[2]))
 		continue; /*unless globdot and not . or .. */
 	pathbuf->len = orig_len;
 	strbuf_append(pathbuf, dp->d_name);
 	strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
 
 	if (globstar) {
 #ifdef S_IFLNK
 	    if (!chase_symlinks &&
 		(Lstat(pathbuf->s, &sbuf) || S_ISLNK(sbuf.st_mode)))
 		    continue;
 #endif
 	    if (match(pathbuf->s + orig_len, pattern, termstar,
 		(int)m_not) == no_match) 
 		    continue;
 	    strbuf_append1(pathbuf, SEP);
 	    strbuf_terminate(pathbuf);
 	    if ((err = glob2(pathbuf, pglobstar, pglob, no_match)) != 0)
 		break;
 	} else {
 	    if (match(pathbuf->s + orig_len, pattern, restpattern,
 		(int) m_not) == no_match)
 		continue;
 	    if ((err = glob2(pathbuf, restpattern, pglob, no_match)) != 0)
 		break;
 	}
     }
     /* todo: check error from readdir? */
     closedir(dirp);
     return (err);
 }
 
 
 /*
  * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accomodate a new item,
  * add the new item, and update gl_pathc.
  *
  * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size
  * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic
  * behavior.
  *
  * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated.
  *
  * Invariant of the glob_t structure:
  *	Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and
  *	 gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items.
  */
 static void
 globextend(const char *path, glob_t *pglob)
 {
     char **pathv;
     int i;
     size_t newsize;
 
     newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs);
     pathv = xrealloc(pglob->gl_pathv, newsize);
 
     if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) {
 	/* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */
 	pathv += pglob->gl_offs;
 	for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0;)
 	    *--pathv = NULL;
     }
     pglob->gl_pathv = pathv;
 
     pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = strsave(path);
     pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
 }
 
 /*
  * pattern matching function for filenames.
  */
 static  int
 match(const char *name, const Char *pat, const Char *patend, int m_not)
 {
     int ok, negate_range;
     const Char *patNext;
     const char *nameNext, *nameStart, *nameEnd;
     Char c;
 
     patNext = pat;
     nameStart = nameNext = name;
     nameEnd = NULL;
 
     while (pat < patend || *name) {
 	size_t lwk, pwk;
-	__Char wc, wk;
+	__Char wc, wk, wc1;
 
 	c = *pat; /* Only for M_MASK bits */
 	if (*name == EOS)
 		nameEnd = name;
 
 	pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	lwk = one_mbtowc(&wk, name, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	switch (c & M_MASK) {
 	case M_ALL:
 	    while ((*(pat + pwk) & M_MASK) == M_ALL) {
 		pat += pwk;
 		pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    }
 	    patNext = pat;
 	    nameNext = name + lwk;
 	    pat += pwk;
 	    continue;
 	case M_ONE:
 	    if (*name == EOS)
 		break;
 	    name += lwk;
 	    pat += pwk;
 	    continue;
 	case M_SET:
 	    ok = 0;
 	    if (*name == EOS)
 		break;
 	    pat += pwk;
 	    pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    name += lwk;
 	    if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == m_not)) != 0) {
 		pat += pwk;
 		pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    }
+	    wc1 = wc;
 	    while ((*pat & M_MASK) != M_END) {
 		if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) {
 		    __Char wc2;
 
 		    pat += pwk;
 		    pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc2, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
-		    if (globcharcoll(wc, wk, 0) <= 0 &&
+		    if (globcharcoll(wc1, wk, 0) <= 0 &&
 			globcharcoll(wk, wc2, 0) <= 0)
 			ok = 1;
 		} else if (wc == wk)
 		    ok = 1;
 		pat += pwk;
+		wc1 = wc;
 		pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    }
 	    pat += pwk;
 	    pwk = One_Char_mbtowc(&wc, pat, MB_LEN_MAX);
 	    if (ok == negate_range)
 		break;
 	    continue;
 	default:
 	    if (*name == EOS || samecase(wk) != samecase(wc))
 		break;
 	    name += lwk;
 	    pat += pwk;
 	    continue;
 	}
 	if (nameNext != nameStart
 	    && (nameEnd == NULL || nameNext <= nameEnd)) {
 	    pat = patNext;
 	    name = nameNext;
 	    continue;
 	}
 	return 0;
     }
     return 1;
 }
 
 /* free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure */
 void
 globfree(glob_t *pglob)
 {
     int i;
     char **pp;
 
     if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) {
 	pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs;
 	for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp)
 	    if (*pp)
 		xfree(*pp), *pp = NULL;
 	xfree(pglob->gl_pathv), pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
     }
 }
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/host.defs
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/host.defs	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/host.defs	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,1281 +1,1281 @@
 newcode :
 /*
  * host.defs: Hosttype/Machtype etc.
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #include "sh.h"
 
 endcode :
 
 macro	: M_mips64el : (defined(mips64) && defined(MIPSEL))
 macro	: M_mips64eb : (defined(mips64) && defined(MIPSEB))
 macro	: M_mipsel : (!defined(M_mips64el) && defined(mips) && defined(MIPSEL))
 macro	: M_mipseb : (!defined(M_mips64eb) && defined(mips) && defined(MIPSEB))
 macro	: M_amd64: (defined(amd64) || defined(x86_64))
 macro	: M_i386 : defined(i386)
 macro	: M_i486 : defined(i486)
 macro	: M_i586 : defined(i586)
 macro	: M_i686 : defined(i686)
 macro	: M_intel : (defined(M_i386) || defined(M_i486) || defined(M_i586))
 
 newdef	: defined(ns32000)
 newcode :
 static char *
 isamultimax(int flag)
 {
     if (access("/Umax.image", F_OK) == 0)
 	return "multimax";
     else 
 	return flag ? "mach" : "ns32000";
 }
 endcode :
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(cray)
 newcode :
 /*  
  * On crays, find the current machine type via the target() syscall
  * We need ctype.h to convert the name returned to lower case
  */
 # include <sys/target.h> 
 # include <ctype.h>
 # include <string.h>
 
 /* From: hpa@hook.eecs.nwu.edu (H. Peter Anvin) */
 static char *
 getcray(void)
 {
 # ifdef MC_GET_SYSTEM /* If we have target() */
     struct target data;
 
     if (target(MC_GET_SYSTEM, &data) != -1) {
 	static char hosttype_buf[sizeof(data.mc_pmt)+1];
 	unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) &(data.mc_pmt);
 	char *q = hosttype_buf;
 	int n;
 
 	/* 
 	 * Copy to buffer and convert to lower case 
 	 * String may not be null-terminated, so keep a counter
 	 */
 	for (n = 0; *p && n < sizeof(data.mc_pmt); n++)
 	  *q++ = tolower(p[n]);
 
 	*q = '\0';
 
 	/* replace dashes with underscores if present */
 	while ((q = strchr(hosttype_buf, '-')) != NULL)
 	    *q = '_';
 	return hosttype_buf;	/* Return in static buffer */
     }
     else
 # endif /* MC_GET_SYSTEM */
 	return "cray";		/* target() failed */
 }
 endcode :
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(convex)
 newcode :
 /*  
  * On convex, find the current machine type via the getsysinfo() syscall
  */
 #include <sys/sysinfo.h> 
 
 /* From: fox@convex.com (David DeSimone) */
 static char *
 getconvex(void)
 {
     struct system_information  sysinfo;
     static char	 result[8];
 
     if (getsysinfo(SYSINFO_SIZE, &sysinfo) == -1)
 	return "convex";
 
     switch(sysinfo.cpu_type) {
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C1
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C1:
 	return "c1";
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C2
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C2:
 	return "c2";
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C2MP
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C2MP:
 	(void) strcpy(result, "c2X0");
 	result[2] = sysinfo.cpu_count + '0';
 	return result;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C34
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C34:
 	(void) strcpy(result, "c34X0");
 	result[3] = sysinfo.cpu_count + '0';
 	return result;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C38
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C38:
 	(void) strcpy(result, "c38X0");
 	result[3] = sysinfo.cpu_count + '0';
 	return result;
 #endif
 
 #ifdef SI_CPUTYPE_C46
     case SI_CPUTYPE_C46:
 	(void) strcpy(result, "c46X0");
 	result[3] = sysinfo.cpu_count + '0';
 	return result;
 #endif
 
     default:
 	return "convex";
     }
 }
 endcode :
 enddef	:
 
 newdef : defined(linux) || defined(CYGWIN) || defined(GNU) || defined(GLIBC)
 newcode :
 # include "tw.h"
 #include <sys/utsname.h>
 static char mach[256];
 static char host[256];
 static char ostype[32];
 static void populate(void)
 {
 	struct utsname uts;
 	int e = uname(&uts);
 	const char *p = short2str(tgetenv(STROSTYPE));
 	if (p == NULL) {
 #if defined(__ANDROID__)
 		p = "android";
 #elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
 		p = "cygwin";
 #else
 		p = "linux";
 #endif
 	}
 	xsnprintf(ostype, sizeof(ostype), "%s", p);
 	xsnprintf(mach, sizeof(mach), "%s", e != -1 ? uts.machine : "unknown");
 	xsnprintf(host, sizeof(host), "%s-%s",
 	    e != -1 ? uts.machine : "unknown", ostype);
 }
 
 static char *
 getmach(void)
 {
     if (!mach[0])
 	populate();
     return mach;
 }
 
 static char *
 gethost(void)
 {
     if (!host[0])
 	populate();
     return host;
 }
 
 static char *
 getostype(void)
 {
     if (!ostype[0])
 	populate();
     return ostype;
 }
 
 endcode :
 enddef :
 
 newcode :
 void
 getmachine(void)
 {
      const char *hosttype;
      const char *ostype;
      const char *vendor;
      const char *machtype;
 
 endcode :
 
 
 newdef	: defined(HOSTTYPE)
 hosttype:						: HOSTTYPE
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(PARAGON)
 comment : Intel Paragon running OSF/1
 vendor	:						: "intel"
 hosttype:						: "paragon"
 ostype	:						: "osf1"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(AMIX)
 comment : Amiga running Amix 2.02
 vendor	:						: "commodore"
 hosttype:						: "amiga"
 ostype	:						: "Amix"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(accel)
 comment : celerity Accel
 vendor	:						: "celerity"
 hosttype:						: "celerityACCEL"
 ostype	:						: "unix"
 machtype:						: "accel"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_VMS_POSIX)
 comment : digital vax or alpha running vms posix
 vendor	:						: "dec"
 hosttype:						: "VMS-POSIX"
 ostype	:						: "vms"
 machtype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 machtype: defined(vax)					: "vax"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(hp_osf)
 comment : Hewlett Packard running OSF/1
 vendor	:						: "hp"
 hosttype: defined(pa_risc)				: "hp9000s700-osf1"
 hosttype:						: "hp-osf1"
 ostype	:						: "osf1"
 machtype: defined(pa_risc)				: "pa_risc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(hp9000)
 comment : Hewlett Packard running MORE/bsd 
 vendor	:						: "hp"
 hosttype: defined(hp300)				: "hp300"
 hosttype: defined(hp800)				: "hp800"
 hosttype:						: "hp9000"
 ostype	: defined(BSD4_4)				: "bsd44"
 ostype	:						: "mtXinu"
 machtype: defined(hp300)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(hp800)				: "pa_risc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(hpux)
 comment : Hewlett Packard running HP/UX
 vendor	:						: "hp"
 hosttype: defined(hp9000s800)				: "hp9000s800"
 hosttype: defined(hp9000s700)				: "hp9000s700"
 hosttype: defined(hp9000s500)				: "hp9000s500"
 hosttype: defined(hp9000s300)				: "hp9000s300"
 hosttype:						: "hp"
 ostype	:						: "hpux"
 machtype: defined(hp9000s800)				: "pa_risc"
 machtype: defined(hp9000s700)				: "pa_risc"
 machtype: defined(hp9000s500)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(hp9000s300)				: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(apollo)
 comment : Hewlett Packard apollo running Domain/OS
 vendor	:						: "hp"
 hosttype:						: "apollo"
 ostype	:						: "DomainOS"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sun)
 comment : Sun Microsystems series 2 workstation (68010 based)
 comment : Sun Microsystems series 3 workstation (68020 based)
 comment : Sun Microsystems 386i workstation (386 based)
 comment : Sun Microsystems series 4 workstation (SPARC based)
 vendor	:						: "sun"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386) && !defined(SVR4)		: "sun386i"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386) && defined(SVR4)		: "i86pc"
 hosttype: defined(M_amd64)				: "i86pc"
 hosttype: defined(mc68010)				: "sun2"
 hosttype: defined(mc68020)				: "sun3"
 hosttype: defined(sparc)				: "sun4"
 hosttype:						: "sun"
 ostype	: defined(SUNOS3)				: "sunos3"
 ostype	: defined(SUNOS4)				: "sunos4"
 ostype	: defined(SOLARIS2)				: "solaris"
 machtype: defined(mc68010)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(sparcv9)				: "sparcv9"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(M_amd64)				: "amd64"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(pyr)
 comment : Pyramid Technology
 vendor	:						: "pyramid"
 hosttype:						: "pyramid"
 machtype:						: "pyramid"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(hcx) || defined(_CX_UX)
 comment : Harris Tahoe running CX/UX
 vendor	:						: "harris"
 hosttype:						: "hcx"
 ostype	:						: "hcx"
 machtype:						: "tahoe"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(tahoe)
 comment : Harris Tahoe
 vendor	:						: "harris"
 hosttype:						: "tahoe"
 machtype:						: "tahoe"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(ibm032)
 comment : RT running IBM AOS4.3 or MACH
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "rt"
 ostype	: defined(MACH)					: "mach"
 ostype	:						: "aos"
 machtype:						: "ibm032"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(aiws)
 comment : RT running IBM aix2.x
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "rtpc"
 ostype	:						: "aix"
 machtype:						: "ibm032"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_AIX370)
 comment : IBM/370 running aix
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "aix370"
 ostype	:						: "aix"
 machtype:						: "ibm370"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_IBMESA)
 comment : IBM/ESA running aix
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "aixESA"
 ostype	:						: "aix"
 machtype:						: "esa"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_IBMR2)
 comment : IBM/RS6000 running aix
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "rs6000"
 ostype	:						: "aix"
 machtype:						: "rs6000"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_AIXPS2)
 comment : IBM/PS2 running aix
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "ps2"
 ostype	:						: "aix"
 machtype:						: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(OREO)
 comment : Macintosh running AU/X
 vendor	:						: "apple"
 hosttype:						: "mac2"
 ostype	:						: "aux"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(u3b20d)
 comment : AT&T 3B/20 series running SVR2/3 
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "att3b20"
 machtype:						: "u3b20"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(u3b15)
 comment : AT&T 3B/15 series running SVR2/3 
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "att3b15"
 machtype:						: "u3b15"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(u3b5)
 comment : AT&T 3B/5 series running SVR2/3 
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "att3b5"
 machtype:						: "u3b5"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(u3b2)
 comment : AT&T 3B/2 series running SVR2/3 
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "att3b2"
 machtype:						: "u3b2"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(UNIXPC)
 comment : AT&T UnixPC att3b1/att7300
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "unixpc"
 machtype: defined(u3b1)					: "u3b1"
 machtype: defined(att7300)				: "att7300"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_MINIX)
 comment : Andy Tanenbaum's minix
 vendor	: defined(M_i386)				: "intel"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "minix386"
 hosttype:						: "minix"
 ostype	:						: "minix"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(gnu_hurd)
 comment : GNU/HURD
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype: defined(M_i686)				: "i686"
 hosttype: defined(M_i586)				: "i586"
 hosttype: defined(M_i486)				: "i486"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 ostype	:						: "gnu"
 machtype: defined(M_i686)				: "i686-pc-gnu"
 machtype: defined(M_i586)				: "i586-pc-gnu"
 machtype: defined(M_i486)				: "i486-pc-gnu"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386-pc-gnu"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(linux) || defined(GNU) || defined(GLIBC)
 comment : Linus Torvalds's linux
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype:						: gethost()
 ostype	:						: getostype()
 machtype:						: getmach()
 vendor	: defined(ANDROID)				: "linux"
 vendor	: defined(alpha)				: "dec"
 vendor	: defined(PPC)					: "apple"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(EMX)
 comment : OS/2 EMX [unix emulation under OS/2]
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386-emx"
 ostype	:						: "os2"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(NetBSD) 
 comment : NetBSD
 vendor	: defined(algor)				: "algoritmics"
 vendor	: defined(arm32) || defined(arm)		: "acorn"
 vendor	: defined(alpha)				: "digital"
 vendor	: defined(amiga)				: "commodore"
 vendor	: defined(atari)				: "atari"
 vendor	: defined(hp300)				: "hp"
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 vendor	: defined(m68k)					: "motorola"
 vendor	: defined(mac68k)				: "apple"
 vendor	: defined(pc532)				: "national-semi"
 vendor	: defined(pmax)					: "dec"
 vendor	: defined(powerpc)				: "motorola"
 vendor	: defined(mips)					: "mips"
 vendor	: defined(sparc)				: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(sparc64)				: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(sun3)					: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(vax)					: "digital"
 vendor	: defined(M_amd64)				: "amd"
 hosttype:						: "NetBSD"
 ostype	:						: "NetBSD"
 machtype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 machtype: defined(algor)				: "algor"
 machtype: defined(arm32) || defined(APCS_32)		: "arm32"
 machtype: defined(arm26) || defined(APCS_26)		: "arm26"
 machtype: defined(arm)					: "arm"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype: defined(sparc64)				: "sparc64"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 machtype: defined(mips)					: "mips"
 machtype: defined(pc532)				: "pc532"
 machtype: defined(powerpc)				: "powerpc"
 machtype: defined(vax)					: "vax"
 machtype: defined(M_amd64)				: "x86_64"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef : defined(OpenBSD)
 comment        : OpenBSD
 vendor : defined(alpha)					: "digital"
 vendor : defined(M_amd64)				: "amd"
 vendor : defined(arm)					: "arm"
 vendor : defined(hppa) || defined(hppa64)		: "hp"
 vendor : defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 vendor : defined(m68k)					: "motorola"
 vendor : defined(m88k)					: "motorola"
 vendor : defined(mips) && defined(sgi)			: "sgi"
 vendor : defined(powerpc)				: "motorola"
 vendor : defined(sh)					: "io-data"
 vendor : defined(sparc) || defined(sparc64)		: "sun"
 vendor : defined(vax)					: "digital"
 hosttype:						: "OpenBSD"
 ostype :						: "OpenBSD"
 machtype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 machtype: defined(M_amd64)				: "amd64"
 machtype: defined(arm)					: "arm"
 machtype: defined(hppa)					: "hppa"
 machtype: defined(hppa64)				: "hppa64"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(m68k)					: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(m88k)					: "m88k"
 machtype: defined(mips)					: "mips"
 machtype: defined(sh)					: "sh"
 machtype: defined(sparc64)				: "sparc64"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype: defined(powerpc)				: "powerpc"
 machtype: defined(vax)					: "vax"
 enddef :
 
 
 newdef	: defined(FreeBSD) 
 comment : FreeBSD
 vendor	: defined(alpha)				: "digital"
 vendor	: defined(arm32) || defined(arm)		: "acorn"
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 vendor	: defined(ia64)					: "intel"
 vendor	: defined(mips)					: "mips"
 vendor	: defined(powerpc)				: "motorola"
 vendor	: defined(sparc)				: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(sparc64)				: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(M_amd64)				: "amd"
 hosttype:						: "FreeBSD"
 ostype	:						: "FreeBSD"
 machtype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 machtype: defined(arm32) || defined(APCS_32)		: "arm32"
 machtype: defined(arm)					: "arm"
 machtype: defined(ia64)					: "ia64"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(mips)					: "mips"
 machtype: defined(powerpc)				: "powerpc"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype: defined(sparc64)				: "sparc64"
 machtype: defined(M_amd64)				: "x86_64"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(MidnightBSD)
 comment : MidnightBSD
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype:						: "MidnightBSD"
 ostype	:						: "MidnightBSD"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(__386BSD__)
 comment : Bill Jolitz's 386BSD
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype:						: "386BSD"
 ostype	:						: "386BSD"
 machtype:						: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(bsdi)
 comment : BSDI's unix
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 vendor	: defined(sparc)				: "sun"
 vendor	: defined(powerpc)				: "motorola"
 hosttype: defined(M_intel)				: "bsd386"
 hosttype: defined(sparc)				: "bsd-sparc"
 hosttype: defined(powerpc)				: "bsd-powerpc"
 ostype	:						: "bsdi"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype: defined(powerpc)				: "powerpc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(COHERENT)
 comment : COHERENT's unix
 vendor	: defined(_I386)				: "intel"
 hosttype:						: "coh386"
 hosttype:						: "coherent"
 ostype	:						: "coherent"
 machtype: defined(_I386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(concurrent)
 comment : Concurrent PowerHawk
 vendor	:						: "concurrent"
 hosttype:						: "powerhawk"
 ostype	:						: "powermax_os"
 machtype:						: "powerhawk"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(SCO)
 comment : SCO UNIX System V/386 Release 3.2
 vendor	:						: "sco"
 hosttype:						: "sco386"
 ostype	:						: "sco_unix"
 machtype:						: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(M_XENIX) && !defined(M_UNIX)
 comment : SCO XENIX
 vendor	:						: "sco"
 hosttype:						: "sco_xenix"
 ostype	:						: "sco_xenix"
 machtype: defined(M_I386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(M_I286)				: "i286"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(ISC) || defined(ISC202)
 comment : Interactive Unix
 vendor	:						: "isc"
 hosttype:						: "isc386"
 ostype	: defined(POSIX)				: "POSIX"
 ostype	:						: "SVR3"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(INTEL)
 comment : Intel Unix
 vendor	:						: "intel"
 hosttype:						: "intel386"
 ostype	:						: "intel_unix"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(MACH)
 comment : cmu's mach
 vendor	:						: "cmu"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386-mach"
 ostype	:						: "mach"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(alliant)
 comment : Alliants FSX
 vendor	:						: "alliant"
 hosttype: defined(mc68000)				: "alliant-fx80"
 hosttype: defined(i860)					: "alliant-fx2800"
 hosttype:						: "alliant"
 ostype	:						: "fsx"
 machtype: defined(mc68000)				: "mc68000"
 machtype: defined(i860)					: "i860"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_FTX)
 comment : Stratus Computer, Inc FTX2 (i860 based)
 comment : Stratus Computer, Inc FTX3 (HPPA based)
 vendor	:						: "stratus"
 hosttype: defined(i860) && defined(_FTX)		: "atlantic"
 hosttype: defined(hppa) && defined(_FTX)		: "continuum"
 ostype	: defined(i860) && defined(_FTX)		: "ftx2"
 ostype	: defined(hppa) && defined(_FTX)		: "ftx3"
 machtype: defined(i860)					: "i860"
 machtype: defined(hppa)					: "hppa"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sequent) || defined(_SEQUENT_)
 comment : Sequent Balance (32000 based)
 comment : Sequent Symmetry running DYNIX/ptx (386/486 based)
 comment : Sequent Symmetry running DYNIX 3 (386/486 based)
 vendor	:						: "sequent"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386) && defined(sequent)		: "symmetry"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "ptx"
 hosttype:						: "balance"
 ostype	: defined(M_i386) && !defined(sequent)		: "ptx"
 ostype	:						: "dynix3"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(ns32000)				: "ns32000"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(ns32000)
 comment : Encore Computer Corp. Multimax (32000 based)
 vendor	:						: "encore"
 hosttype: defined(CMUCS)				: "multimax"
 hosttype:						: isamultimax(0)
 ostype	: defined(CMUCS)				: "mach"
 ostype	:						: isamultimax(1)
 machtype:						: "ns32000"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(iconuxv)
 comment : Icon 88k running Unix
 vendor	:						: "icon"
 hosttype:						: "icon"
 ostype	:						: "iconuxv"
 machtype: defined(m88k)					: "m88k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(_CRAY) && defined(_CRAYCOM)
 comment : Cray Computer Corp. running CSOS
 vendor	:						: "ccc"
 hosttype: defined(_CRAY2)				: "cray"
 hosttype: defined(_CRAY3)				: "cray"
 hosttype: defined(_CRAY4)				: "cray"
 ostype	:						: "CSOS"
 machtype: defined(_CRAY2)				: "cray2"
 machtype: defined(_CRAY3)				: "cray3"
 machtype: defined(_CRAY4)				: "cray4"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(cray) && !defined(_CRAYMPP)
 comment : Cray Research Inc. PVP running UNICOS
 vendor	:						: "cri"
 hosttype:						: getcray()
 ostype	:						: "unicos"
 machtype:						: getcray()
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(cray) && defined(_CRAYT3D)
 comment : Cray Research Inc. running UNICOS MAX
 vendor	:						: "cri"
 hosttype:						: getcray()
 ostype	:						: "unicosmax"
 machtype:						: getcray()
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(cray) && defined(_CRAYT3E)
 comment : Cray Research Inc. running UNICOS/mk
 vendor	:						: "cri"
 hosttype:						: getcray()
 ostype	:						: "unicosmk"
 machtype:						: getcray()
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(convex)
 comment : Convex
 vendor	:						: "convex"
 hosttype:						: "convex"
 ostype	:						: "convexos"
 machtype:						: getconvex()
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(butterfly)
 comment : BBN Butterfly 1000
 vendor	:						: "bbn"
 hosttype:						: "butterfly"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(NeXT)
 comment : NeXTStep
 vendor	:						: "next"
 hosttype: defined(mc68020)				: "next"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386) 				: "intel-pc"
 hosttype: defined(hppa)	  				: "hp"
 hosttype: defined(sparc)  				: "sun"
 ostype	:						: "nextstep"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(M_i386) 				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(hppa)	  				: "hppa"
 machtype: defined(sparc)  				: "sparc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(APPLE) && defined(MACH)
 comment : OS X
 vendor	:						: "apple"
-hosttype: defined(i386)					: "intel-pc"
+hosttype: defined(i386)					: "intel-mac"
 hosttype: defined(ppc)					: "powermac"
-hosttype: defined(M_amd64)				: "amd"
+hosttype: defined(M_amd64)				: "intel-mac"
 ostype	:						: "darwin"
 machtype: defined(i386)					: "i386"
 machtype: defined(M_amd64)				: "x86_64"
 machtype: defined(ppc)					: "powerpc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sony_news)
 comment : Sony NEWS 800 or 1700 workstation
 vendor	:						: "sony"
 hosttype: defined(mips)					: "news_mips"
 hosttype: defined(mc68020)				: "news_m68k"
 ostype	:						: "News"
 machtype: defined(mc68020)				: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sgi)
 comment : Silicon Graphics
 vendor	:						: "sgi"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "iris4d"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "iris4d"
 hosttype: defined(mc68000)				: "iris3d"
 ostype	:						: "irix"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 machtype: defined(mc68000)				: "mc68000"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(ultrix)
 comment : Digital's Ultrix 
 vendor	:						: "dec"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "decstation"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "decmips"
 hosttype: defined(vax)					: "vax"
 ostype	:						: "ultrix"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 machtype: defined(vax)					: "vax"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(MIPS)
 comment : Mips OS
 vendor	:						: "mips"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mips"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mips"
 ostype	:						: "mips"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(DECOSF1)
 comment : Digital's alpha running osf1
 vendor	:						: "dec"
 ostype	:						: "osf1"
 hosttype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 machtype: defined(alpha)				: "alpha"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(Lynx)
 comment : Lynx OS 2.1
 vendor	:						: "Lynx"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "lynxos-mips"
 hosttype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "lynxos-mips"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "lynxos-i386"
 hosttype: defined(i860)					: "lynxos-i860"
 hosttype: defined(m68k)					: "lynxos-m68k"
 hosttype: defined(m88k)					: "lynxos-m88k"
 hosttype: defined(sparc)				: "lynxos-sparc"
 hosttype:						: "lynxos-unknown"
 ostype	:						: "LynxOS"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(i860)					: "i860"
 machtype: defined(m68k)					: "m68k"
 machtype: defined(m88k)					: "m88k"
 machtype: defined(sparc)				: "sparc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(masscomp)
 comment : Masscomp
 vendor	:						: "masscomp"
 hosttype:						: "masscomp"
 ostype	:						: "masscomp"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(MACHTEN)
 comment : Machintosh
 vendor	:						: "Tenon"
 hosttype:						: "Macintosh"
 ostype	:						: "MachTen"
 machtype:						: "Macintosh"
 enddef	:
 
 
 
 newdef	: defined(GOULD_NP1)
 comment : Gould
 vendor	:						: "gould"
 hosttype:						: "gould_np1"
 machtype:						: "gould"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(MULTIFLOW)
 comment : Multiflow running 4.3BSD
 vendor	:						: "multiflow"
 hosttype:						: "multiflow"
 machtype:						: "multiflow"
 ostype	:						: "bsd43"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(SXA)
 comment : PFU/Fujitsu A-xx computer
 vendor	:						: "sxa"
 hosttype:						: "pfa50"
 ostype	: defined(_BSDX_)				: "e60-bsdx"
 ostype	:						: "e60"
 machtype:						: "pfa50"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(titan)
 comment : (St)Ardent Titan
 vendor	:						: "ardent"
 hosttype:						: "titan"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(stellar)
 comment : Stellar
 vendor	:						: "stellar"
 hosttype:						: "stellar"
 ostype	:						: "stellix"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(atari)
 comment : Atari TT running SVR4. This machine was never
 comment : commercially available.
 vendor	:						: "atari"
 hosttype:						: "atari"
 ostype	:						: "asv"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(OPUS)
 comment : ???
 vendor	:						: "opus"
 hosttype:						: "opus"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(eta10)
 comment : ETA running SVR3
 vendor	:						: "eta"
 hosttype:						: "eta10"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(hk68)
 comment : Heurikon HK68 running Uniplus+ 5.0
 vendor	:						: "heurikon"
 hosttype:						: "hk68"
 ostype	:						: "uniplus"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(NDIX)
 comment : Norsk Data ND 500/5000 running Ndix
 vendor	:						: "norsk"
 hosttype:						: "nd500"
 ostype	:						: "ndix"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(AMIGA)
 comment : Amiga running AmigaOS+GG
 vendor	:						: "commodore"
 hosttype:						: "amiga"
 ostype	:						: "AmigaOS"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(uts)
 comment : Amdahl running uts 2.1
 vendor	:						: "amdahl"
 hosttype:						: "amdahl"
 ostype	:						: "uts"
 machtype:						: "amdahl"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(UTek)
 comment : Tektronix 4300 running UTek (BSD 4.2 / 68020 based)
 vendor	:						: "tektronix"
 hosttype:						: "tek4300"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(UTekV)
 comment : Tektronix XD88/10 running UTekV 3.2e (SVR3/88100 based)
 vendor	:						: "tektronix"
 hosttype:						: "tekXD88"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(DGUX)
 comment : Data-General AViiON running DGUX
 hosttype:						: "aviion"
 ostype	:						: "dgux"
 vendor	:						: "dg"
 machtype: defined(m88k)					: "m88k"
 machtype: defined(i386)					: "pentium"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sysV68)
 comment : Motorola MPC running System V/68 R32V2 (SVR3/68020 based)
 vendor	:						: "motorola"
 hosttype:						: "sysV68"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(supermax)
 comment : DDE Supermax running System V/68 R3 (SVR3/68020 based)
 vendor	:						: "supermax"
 hosttype:						: "supermax"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sysV88)
 comment : Motorola MPC running System V/88 R32V2 (SVR3/88100 based)
 vendor	:						: "motorola"
 hosttype:						: "sysV88"
 machtype:						: "m88k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(clipper)
 comment : Clipper Chipset (Intergraph)
 vendor	:						: "intergraph"
 hosttype:						: "clipper"
 machtype:						: "clipper"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef : defined(QNX)
 ostype :						: "qnx"
 enddef :
 
 newdef	: (defined(SNI) || defined(sinix)) && !defined(_OSD_POSIX)
 comment : Fujitsu Siemens Computers (former "Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme"): SINIX aka. ReliantUNIX, a SVR4 derivative
 vendor	:						: "fsc"
 hosttype: defined(M_intel)				: "wx200i"
 hosttype: defined(MIPSEB)				: "rm400"
 ostype	: defined(sinix)				: "sinix"
 machtype: defined(M_i586)				: "i586"
 machtype: defined(M_i486)				: "i486"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 machtype: defined(M_mipsel)				: "mipsel"
 machtype: defined(M_mipseb)				: "mipseb"
 machtype:						: "mips"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(_OSD_POSIX)
 comment : Fujitsu Siemens Computers (former "Siemens Nixdorf Informationssysteme"): BS2000 POSIX (mainframe, EBCDIC)
 vendor	:						: "fsc"
 hosttype:						: "bs2000"
 ostype	:						: "osdposix"
 machtype: #machine(7500)				: "s390"
 machtype: #machine(mips)				: "mips"
 machtype: #machine(sparc)				: "sparc"
 machtype:						: "bs2000"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(MVS)
 comment : ibm uss s/390 (mainframe, EBCDIC)
 vendor	:						: "ibm"
 hosttype:						: "s390"
 ostype	:						: "os390"
 machtype:						: "s390"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(_SX)
 comment : NEC Corporation (SX-4)
 vendor	:						: "nec"
 ostype	:						: "superux"
 hosttype:						: "sx4"
 machtype:						: "sx4"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: !defined(SOLARIS2) && (SYSVREL == 4)
 comment : Unix System V Release 4.0
 vendor	: defined(DELL)					: "dell"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 ostype	:						: "svr4"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(uxp) || defined(uxps)
 comment : FUJITSU DS/90 7000
 vendor	:						: "fujitsu"
 hosttype:						: "ds90"
 ostype	:						: "sysv4"
 machtype:						: "sparc"
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(CYGWIN)
 comment : Cygwin
 vendor	: defined(M_intel)				: "intel"
 hosttype:						: gethost()
 ostype	:						: getostype()
 machtype:						: getmach()
 enddef	:
 
 newdef	: defined(_UWIN)
 comment : AT&T Research Unix for Windows
 vendor	:						: "att"
 hosttype:						: "win32.i386"
 machtype:						: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(mc68000) || defined(mc68k32) || defined(m68k) || defined(mc68010) || defined(mc68020)
 hosttype:						: "m68k"
 vendor	: defined(m68k)					: "motorola"
 machtype:						: "m68k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(m88k)
 hosttype:						: "m88k"
 machtype:						: "m88k"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(M_intel)
 hosttype: defined(M_i586)				: "i586"
 hosttype: defined(M_i486)				: "i486"
 hosttype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 vendor	:						: "intel"
 machtype: defined(M_i586)				: "i586"
 machtype: defined(M_i486)				: "i486"
 machtype: defined(M_i386)				: "i386"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(sparc)
 hosttype:						: "sparc"
 machtype:						: "sparc"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(i860)
 hosttype:						: "i860"
 machtype:						: "i860"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: defined(osf1)
 ostype	:						: "osf1"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: SYSVREL == 0
 ostype	: defined(BSD4_4)				: "bsd44"
 ostype	: defined(BSD)					: "bsd"
 ostype	: defined(POSIX)				: "posix"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: SYSVREL == 1
 ostype	:						: "svr1"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: SYSVREL == 2
 ostype	:						: "svr2"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: SYSVREL == 3
 ostype	:						: "svr3"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newdef	: SYSVREL == 4
 ostype	:						: "svr4"
 enddef	:
 
 
 newcode :
 #ifndef _hosttype_
     hosttype = "unknown";
 #endif
 #ifndef _ostype_
     ostype = "unknown";
 #endif
 #ifndef _vendor_
     vendor = "unknown";
 #endif
 #ifndef _machtype_
     machtype = "unknown";
 #endif
     tsetenv(STRHOSTTYPE, str2short(hosttype));
     tsetenv(STRVENDOR,	 str2short(vendor));
     tsetenv(STROSTYPE,	 str2short(ostype));
     tsetenv(STRMACHTYPE, str2short(machtype));
 } /* end setmachine */
 endcode :
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/sh.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/sh.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/sh.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,2541 +1,2549 @@
 /*
  * sh.c: Main shell routines
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #define EXTERN	/* Intern */
 #include "sh.h"
 
 #ifndef lint
 char    copyright[] =
 "@(#) Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.\n\
  All rights reserved.\n";
 #endif /* not lint */
 
 #include "tc.h"
 #include "ed.h"
 #include "tw.h"
 
 extern int MapsAreInited;
 extern int NLSMapsAreInited;
 
 /*
  * C Shell
  *
  * Bill Joy, UC Berkeley, California, USA
  * October 1978, May 1980
  *
  * Jim Kulp, IIASA, Laxenburg, Austria
  * April 1980
  *
  * Filename recognition added:
  * Ken Greer, Ind. Consultant, Palo Alto CA
  * October 1983.
  *
  * Karl Kleinpaste, Computer Consoles, Inc.
  * Added precmd, periodic/tperiod, prompt changes,
  * directory stack hack, and login watch.
  * Sometime March 1983 - Feb 1984.
  *
  * Added scheduled commands, including the "sched" command,
  * plus the call to sched_run near the precmd et al
  * routines.
  * Upgraded scheduled events for running events while
  * sitting idle at command input.
  *
  * Paul Placeway, Ohio State
  * added stuff for running with twenex/inputl  9 Oct 1984.
  *
  * ported to Apple Unix (TM) (OREO)  26 -- 29 Jun 1987
  */
 
 jmp_buf_t reslab IZERO_STRUCT;
 struct wordent paraml IZERO_STRUCT;
 
 static const char tcshstr[] = "tcsh";
 
 struct sigaction parintr;	/* Parents interrupt catch */
 struct sigaction parterm;	/* Parents terminate catch */
 
 #ifdef TESLA
 int do_logout = 0;
 #endif /* TESLA */
 
 
 int    use_fork = 0;		/* use fork() instead of vfork()? */
 
 /*
  * Magic pointer values. Used to specify other invalid conditions aside
  * from null.
  */
 static Char	INVCHAR;
 Char    *INVPTR = &INVCHAR;
 Char    **INVPPTR = &INVPTR;
 
 static int    fast = 0;
 static int    mflag = 0;
 static int    prompt = 1;
 int     enterhist = 0;
 int    tellwhat = 0;
 time_t  t_period;
 Char  *ffile = NULL;
 int	dolzero = 0;
 int	insource = 0;
 int	exitset = 0;
 static time_t  chktim;		/* Time mail last checked */
 char *progname;
 int tcsh;
 
 /*
  * This preserves the input state of the shell. It is used by
  * st_save and st_restore to manupulate shell state.
  */
 struct saved_state {
     int		  insource;
     int		  OLDSTD;
     int		  SHIN;
     int		  SHOUT;
     int		  SHDIAG;
     int		  intty;
     struct whyle *whyles;
     Char 	 *gointr;
     Char 	 *arginp;
     Char	 *evalp;
     Char	**evalvec;
     Char	 *alvecp;
     Char	**alvec;
     int		  onelflg;
     int	  enterhist;
     Char	**argv;
     Char	**av;
     Char	  HIST;
     int	  cantell;
     struct Bin	  B;
     int		  justpr;
 };
 
 static	int		  srccat	(Char *, Char *);
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 static	int		  srcfile	(const char *, int, int, Char **);
 #else
 int		  srcfile	(const char *, int, int, Char **);
 #endif /*WINNT_NATIVE*/
 static	void		  srcunit	(int, int, int, Char **);
 static	void		  mailchk	(void);
 #ifndef _PATH_DEFPATH
 static	Char	 	**defaultpath	(void);
 #endif
 static	void		  record	(void);
 static	void		  st_save	(struct saved_state *, int, int,
 					 Char **, Char **);
 static	void		  st_restore	(void *);
 
 	int		  main		(int, char **);
 
 #ifndef LOCALEDIR
 #define LOCALEDIR "/usr/share/locale"
 #endif
 
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
 static void
 add_localedir_to_nlspath(const char *path)
 {
     static const char msgs_LOC[] = "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat";
     static const char msgs_lang[] = "/%l/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat";
     char *old;
     char *new, *new_p;
     size_t len;
     int add_LOC = 1;
     int add_lang = 1;
     char trypath[MAXPATHLEN];
     struct stat st;
 
     if (path == NULL)
         return;
 
     (void) xsnprintf(trypath, sizeof(trypath), "%s/en/LC_MESSAGES/tcsh.cat",
 	path);
     if (stat(trypath, &st) == -1)
 	return;
 
     if ((old = getenv("NLSPATH")) != NULL)
         len = strlen(old) + 1;	/* don't forget the colon. */
     else
 	len = 0;
 
     len += 2 * strlen(path) +
 	   sizeof(msgs_LOC) + sizeof(msgs_lang); /* includes the extra colon */
 
     new = new_p = xcalloc(len, 1);
 
     if (old != NULL) {
 	size_t pathlen = strlen(path);
 	char *old_p;
 
 	(void) xsnprintf(new_p, len, "%s", old);
 	new_p += strlen(new_p);
 	len -= new_p - new;
 
 	/* Check if the paths we try to add are already present in NLSPATH.
 	   If so, note it by setting the appropriate flag to 0. */
 	for (old_p = old; old_p; old_p = strchr(old_p, ':'),
 				 old_p = old_p ? old_p + 1 : NULL) {
 	    if (strncmp(old_p, path, pathlen) != 0)
 	    	continue;
 	    if (strncmp(old_p + pathlen, msgs_LOC, sizeof(msgs_LOC) - 1) == 0)
 		add_LOC = 0;
 	    else if (strncmp(old_p + pathlen, msgs_lang,
 			      sizeof(msgs_lang) - 1) == 0)
 		add_lang = 0;
 	}
     }
 
     /* Add the message catalog paths not already present to NLSPATH. */
     if (add_LOC || add_lang)
 	(void) xsnprintf(new_p, len, "%s%s%s%s%s%s",
 			 old ? ":" : "",
 			 add_LOC ? path : "", add_LOC ? msgs_LOC : "",
 			 add_LOC && add_lang ? ":" : "",
 			 add_lang ? path : "", add_lang ? msgs_lang : "");
 
     tsetenv(STRNLSPATH, str2short(new));
     free(new);
 }
 #endif
 
 int
 main(int argc, char **argv)
 {
     int batch = 0;
     volatile int nexececho = 0;
     int nofile = 0;
     volatile int nverbose = 0;
     volatile int rdirs = 0;
+    volatile int exitcode = 0;
     int quitit = 0;
     Char *cp;
 #ifdef AUTOLOGOUT
     Char *cp2;
 #endif
     char *tcp, *ttyn;
     int f, reenter;
     char **tempv;
     static const char *targinp = NULL;
     int osetintr;
     struct sigaction oparintr;
 
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
     nt_init();
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
     (void)memset(&reslab, 0, sizeof(reslab));
 #if defined(NLS_CATALOGS) && defined(LC_MESSAGES)
     (void) setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, "");
 #endif /* NLS_CATALOGS && LC_MESSAGES */
 
 #ifdef NLS
 # ifdef LC_CTYPE
     (void) setlocale(LC_CTYPE, ""); /* for iscntrl */
 # endif /* LC_CTYPE */
 #endif /* NLS */
 
     STR_environ = blk2short(environ);
     environ = short2blk(STR_environ);	/* So that we can free it */
 
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
     add_localedir_to_nlspath(LOCALEDIR);
 #endif
 
     nlsinit();
     initlex(&paraml);
 
 #ifdef MALLOC_TRACE
     mal_setstatsfile(fdopen(dmove(xopen("/tmp/tcsh.trace", 
 	O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_LARGEFILE, 0666), 25), "w"));
     mal_trace(1);
 #endif /* MALLOC_TRACE */
 
 #if !(defined(BSDTIMES) || defined(_SEQUENT_)) && defined(POSIX)
 # ifdef _SC_CLK_TCK
     clk_tck = (clock_t) sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK);
 # else /* ! _SC_CLK_TCK */
 #  ifdef CLK_TCK
     clk_tck = CLK_TCK;
 #  else /* !CLK_TCK */
     clk_tck = HZ;
 #  endif /* CLK_TCK */
 # endif /* _SC_CLK_TCK */
 #endif /* !BSDTIMES && POSIX */
 
     settimes();			/* Immed. estab. timing base */
 #ifdef TESLA
     do_logout = 0;
 #endif /* TESLA */
 
     /*
      * Make sure we have 0, 1, 2 open
      * Otherwise `` jobs will not work... (From knaff@poly.polytechnique.fr)
      */
     {
 	do 
 	    if ((f = xopen(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE)) == -1 &&
 		(f = xopen("/", O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE)) == -1) 
 		exit(1);
 	while (f < 3);
 	xclose(f);
     }
 
     osinit();			/* Os dependent initialization */
 
     
     {
 	char *t;
 
 	t = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 	{
 	    char *s = strrchr(argv[0], '\\');
 	    if (s)
 		t = s;
 	}
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 	t = t ? t + 1 : argv[0];
 	if (*t == '-') t++;
 	progname = strsave((t && *t) ? t : tcshstr);    /* never want a null */
 	tcsh = strncmp(progname, tcshstr, sizeof(tcshstr) - 1) == 0;
     }
 
     /*
      * Initialize non constant strings
      */
 #ifdef _PATH_BSHELL
     STR_BSHELL = SAVE(_PATH_BSHELL);
 #endif
 #ifdef _PATH_TCSHELL
     STR_SHELLPATH = SAVE(_PATH_TCSHELL);
 #else
 # ifdef _PATH_CSHELL
     STR_SHELLPATH = SAVE(_PATH_CSHELL);
 # endif
 #endif
     STR_WORD_CHARS = SAVE(WORD_CHARS);
     STR_WORD_CHARS_VI = SAVE(WORD_CHARS_VI);
 
     HIST = '!';
     HISTSUB = '^';
     PRCH = tcsh ? '>' : '%';	/* to replace %# in $prompt for normal users */
     PRCHROOT = '#';		/* likewise for root */
     word_chars = STR_WORD_CHARS;
     bslash_quote = 0;		/* PWP: do tcsh-style backslash quoting? */
     anyerror = 1;		/* for compatibility */
     setcopy(STRanyerror, STRNULL, VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /* Default history size to 100 */
     setcopy(STRhistory, str2short("100"), VAR_READWRITE);
     sethistory(100);
 
     tempv = argv;
     ffile = SAVE(tempv[0]);
     dolzero = 0;
     if (eq(ffile, STRaout))	/* A.out's are quittable */
 	quitit = 1;
     uid = getuid();
     gid = getgid();
     euid = geteuid();
     egid = getegid();
     /*
      * We are a login shell if: 1. we were invoked as -<something> with
      * optional arguments 2. or we were invoked only with the -l flag
      */
     loginsh = (**tempv == '-') || (argc == 2 &&
 				   tempv[1][0] == '-' && tempv[1][1] == 'l' &&
 						tempv[1][2] == '\0');
 #ifdef _VMS_POSIX
     /* No better way to find if we are a login shell */
     if (!loginsh) {
 	loginsh = (argc == 1 && getppid() == 1);
 	**tempv = '-';	/* Avoid giving VMS an acidic stomach */
     }
 #endif /* _VMS_POSIX */
 
     if (loginsh && **tempv != '-') {
 	char *argv0;
 
 	/*
 	 * Mangle the argv space
 	 */
 	tempv[1][0] = '\0';
 	tempv[1][1] = '\0';
 	tempv[1] = NULL;
 	argv0 = strspl("-", *tempv);
 	*tempv = argv0;
 	argc--;
     }
     if (loginsh) {
 	(void) time(&chktim);
 	setNS(STRloginsh);
     }
 
     NoNLSRebind = getenv("NOREBIND") != NULL;
 #ifdef NLS
 # ifdef SETLOCALEBUG
     dont_free = 1;
 # endif /* SETLOCALEBUG */
     (void) setlocale(LC_ALL, "");
 # ifdef LC_COLLATE
     (void) setlocale(LC_COLLATE, "");
 # endif
 # ifdef SETLOCALEBUG
     dont_free = 0;
 # endif /* SETLOCALEBUG */
 # ifdef STRCOLLBUG
     fix_strcoll_bug();
 # endif /* STRCOLLBUG */
 
     /*
      * On solaris ISO8859-1 contains no printable characters in the upper half
      * so we need to test only for MB_CUR_MAX == 1, otherwise for multi-byte
      * locales we are always AsciiOnly == 0.
      */
     if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1) {
 	int     k;
 
 	for (k = 0200; k <= 0377 && !isprint(CTL_ESC(k)); k++)
 	    continue;
 	AsciiOnly = k > 0377;
     } else
 	AsciiOnly = 0;
 #else
     AsciiOnly = getenv("LANG") == NULL && getenv("LC_CTYPE") == NULL;
 #endif				/* NLS */
     if (MapsAreInited && !NLSMapsAreInited)
 	ed_InitNLSMaps();
     ResetArrowKeys();
 
     /*
      * Initialize for periodic command intervals. Also, initialize the dummy
      * tty list for login-watch.
      */
     (void) time(&t_period);
 #ifndef HAVENOUTMP
     initwatch();
 #endif /* !HAVENOUTMP */
 
 #if defined(alliant)
     /*
      * From:  Jim Pace <jdp@research.att.com>
      * tcsh does not work properly on the alliants through an rlogin session.
      * The shell generally hangs.  Also, reference to the controlling terminal
      * does not work ( ie: echo foo > /dev/tty ).
      *
      * A security feature was added to rlogind affecting FX/80's Concentrix
      * from revision 5.5.xx upwards (through 5.7 where this fix was implemented)
      * This security change also affects the FX/2800 series.
      * The security change to rlogind requires the process group of an rlogin
      * session become disassociated with the tty in rlogind.
      *
      * The changes needed are:
      * 1. set the process group
      * 2. reenable the control terminal
      */
      if (loginsh && isatty(SHIN)) {
 	 ttyn = ttyname(SHIN);
 	 xclose(SHIN);
 	 SHIN = xopen(ttyn, O_RDWR|O_LARGEFILE);
 	 shpgrp = getpid();
 	 (void) ioctl (SHIN, TIOCSPGRP, (ioctl_t) &shpgrp);
 	 (void) setpgid(0, shpgrp);
      }
 #endif /* alliant */
 
     /*
      * Move the descriptors to safe places. The variable didfds is 0 while we
      * have only FSH* to work with. When didfds is true, we have 0,1,2 and
      * prefer to use these.
      */
     initdesc();
 
     cdtohome = 1;
     setv(STRcdtohome, SAVE(""), VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * Get and set the tty now
      */
     if ((ttyn = ttyname(SHIN)) != NULL) {
 	/*
 	 * Could use rindex to get rid of other possible path components, but
 	 * hpux preserves the subdirectory /pty/ when storing the tty name in
 	 * utmp, so we keep it too.
 	 */
 	if (strncmp(ttyn, "/dev/", 5) == 0)
 	    setv(STRtty, cp = SAVE(ttyn + 5), VAR_READWRITE);
 	else
 	    setv(STRtty, cp = SAVE(ttyn), VAR_READWRITE);
     }
     else
 	setv(STRtty, cp = SAVE(""), VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * Initialize the shell variables. ARGV and PROMPT are initialized later.
      * STATUS is also munged in several places. CHILD is munged when
      * forking/waiting
      */
 
     /*
      * 7-10-87 Paul Placeway autologout should be set ONLY on login shells and
      * on shells running as root.  Out of these, autologout should NOT be set
      * for any psudo-terminals (this catches most window systems) and not for
      * any terminal running X windows.
      * 
      * At Ohio State, we have had problems with a user having his X session 
      * drop out from under him (on a Sun) because the shell in his master 
      * xterm timed out and exited.
      * 
      * Really, this should be done with a program external to the shell, that
      * watches for no activity (and NO running programs, such as dump) on a
      * terminal for a long peroid of time, and then SIGHUPS the shell on that
      * terminal.
      * 
      * bugfix by Rich Salz <rsalz@PINEAPPLE.BBN.COM>: For root rsh things 
      * allways first check to see if loginsh or really root, then do things 
      * with ttyname()
      * 
      * Also by Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy%ai.toronto.edu@RELAY.CS.NET>: check the
      * value of cp before using it! ("root can rsh too")
      * 
      * PWP: keep the nested ifs; the order of the tests matters and a good 
      * (smart) C compiler might re-arange things wrong.
      */
 #ifdef AUTOLOGOUT
 # ifdef convex
     if (uid == 0)
 	/*  root always has a 15 minute autologout  */
 	setcopy(STRautologout, STRrootdefautologout, VAR_READWRITE);
     else
 	if (loginsh)
 	    /*  users get autologout set to 0  */
 	    setcopy(STRautologout, STR0, VAR_READWRITE);
 # else /* convex */
     if (loginsh || (uid == 0)) {
 	if (*cp) {
 	    /* only for login shells or root and we must have a tty */
 	    if (((cp2 = Strrchr(cp, (Char) '/')) != NULL) &&
 		(Strncmp(cp, STRptssl, 3) != 0)) {
 		cp2 = cp2 + 1;
 	    }
 	    else
 		cp2 = cp;
 	    if (!(((Strncmp(cp2, STRtty, 3) == 0) && Isalpha(cp2[3])) ||
 	          Strstr(cp, STRptssl) != NULL)) {
 		if (getenv("DISPLAY") == NULL) {
 		    /* NOT on X window shells */
 		    setcopy(STRautologout, STRdefautologout, VAR_READWRITE);
 		}
 	    }
 	}
     }
 # endif /* convex */
 #endif /* AUTOLOGOUT */
 
     sigset_interrupting(SIGALRM, queue_alrmcatch);
 
     setcopy(STRstatus, STR0, VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * get and set machine specific environment variables
      */
     getmachine();
 
 
     /*
      * Publish the selected echo style
      */
 #if ECHO_STYLE != BSD_ECHO
     if (tcsh) {
 # if ECHO_STYLE == NONE_ECHO
 	setcopy(STRecho_style, STRnone, VAR_READWRITE);
 # endif /* ECHO_STYLE == NONE_ECHO */
 # if ECHO_STYLE == SYSV_ECHO
 	setcopy(STRecho_style, STRsysv, VAR_READWRITE);
 # endif /* ECHO_STYLE == SYSV_ECHO */
 # if ECHO_STYLE == BOTH_ECHO
 	setcopy(STRecho_style, STRboth, VAR_READWRITE);
 # endif /* ECHO_STYLE == BOTH_ECHO */
     } else
 #endif /* ECHO_STYLE != BSD_ECHO */
 	setcopy(STRecho_style, STRbsd, VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * increment the shell level.
      */
     shlvl(1);
 
 #ifdef __ANDROID__
     /* On Android, $HOME either isn't set or set to /data, a R/O location.
        Check for the environment variable EXTERNAL_STORAGE, which contains
        the mount point of the external storage (SD card, mostly).  If
        EXTERNAL_STORAGE isn't set fall back to "/sdcard".  Eventually
        override $HOME so the environment is on the same page. */
     if (((tcp = getenv("HOME")) != NULL && strcmp (tcp, "/data") != 0)
 	|| (tcp = getenv("EXTERNAL_STORAGE")) != NULL) {
 	cp = quote(SAVE(tcp));
     } else
 	cp = quote(SAVE("/sdcard"));
     tsetenv(STRKHOME, cp);
 #else
     if ((tcp = getenv("HOME")) != NULL)
 	cp = quote(SAVE(tcp));
     else
 	cp = NULL;
 #endif
 
     if (cp == NULL)
 	fast = 1;		/* No home -> can't read scripts */
     else
 	setv(STRhome, cp, VAR_READWRITE);
 
     dinit(cp);			/* dinit thinks that HOME == cwd in a login
 				 * shell */
     /*
      * Grab other useful things from the environment. Should we grab
      * everything??
      */
     {
 	char *cln, *cus, *cgr;
 	struct passwd *pw;
 	struct group *gr;
 
 
 #ifdef apollo
 	int     oid = getoid();
 
 	setv(STRoid, Itoa(oid, 0, 0), VAR_READWRITE);
 #endif /* apollo */
 
 	setv(STReuid, Itoa(euid, 0, 0), VAR_READWRITE);
 	if ((pw = xgetpwuid(euid)) == NULL)
 	    setcopy(STReuser, STRunknown, VAR_READWRITE);
 	else
 	    setcopy(STReuser, str2short(pw->pw_name), VAR_READWRITE);
 
 	setv(STRuid, Itoa(uid, 0, 0), VAR_READWRITE);
 
 	setv(STRgid, Itoa(gid, 0, 0), VAR_READWRITE);
 
 	cln = getenv("LOGNAME");
 	cus = getenv("USER");
 	if (cus != NULL)
 	    setv(STRuser, quote(SAVE(cus)), VAR_READWRITE);
 	else if (cln != NULL)
 	    setv(STRuser, quote(SAVE(cln)), VAR_READWRITE);
 	else if ((pw = xgetpwuid(uid)) == NULL)
 	    setcopy(STRuser, STRunknown, VAR_READWRITE);
 	else
 	    setcopy(STRuser, str2short(pw->pw_name), VAR_READWRITE);
 	if (cln == NULL)
 	    tsetenv(STRLOGNAME, varval(STRuser));
 	if (cus == NULL)
 	    tsetenv(STRKUSER, varval(STRuser));
 	
 	cgr = getenv("GROUP");
 	if (cgr != NULL)
 	    setv(STRgroup, quote(SAVE(cgr)), VAR_READWRITE);
 	else if ((gr = xgetgrgid(gid)) == NULL)
 	    setcopy(STRgroup, STRunknown, VAR_READWRITE);
 	else
 	    setcopy(STRgroup, str2short(gr->gr_name), VAR_READWRITE);
 	if (cgr == NULL)
 	    tsetenv(STRKGROUP, varval(STRgroup));
     }
 
     /*
      * HOST may be wrong, since rexd transports the entire environment on sun
      * 3.x Just set it again
      */
     {
 	char    cbuff[MAXHOSTNAMELEN];
 
 	if (gethostname(cbuff, sizeof(cbuff)) >= 0) {
 	    cbuff[sizeof(cbuff) - 1] = '\0';	/* just in case */
 	    tsetenv(STRHOST, str2short(cbuff));
 	}
 	else
 	    tsetenv(STRHOST, STRunknown);
     }
 
 
 #ifdef REMOTEHOST
     /*
      * Try to determine the remote host we were logged in from.
      */
     remotehost();
 #endif /* REMOTEHOST */
  
 #ifdef apollo
     if ((tcp = getenv("SYSTYPE")) == NULL)
 	tcp = "bsd4.3";
     tsetenv(STRSYSTYPE, quote(str2short(tcp)));
 #endif /* apollo */
 
     /*
      * set editing on by default, unless running under Emacs as an inferior
      * shell.
      * We try to do this intelligently. If $TERM is available, then it
      * should determine if we should edit or not. $TERM is preserved
      * across rlogin sessions, so we will not get confused if we rlogin
      * under an emacs shell. Another advantage is that if we run an
      * xterm under an emacs shell, then the $TERM will be set to 
      * xterm, so we are going to want to edit. Unfortunately emacs
      * does not restore all the tty modes, so xterm is not very well
      * set up. But this is not the shell's fault.
      * Also don't edit if $TERM == wm, for when we're running under an ATK app.
      * Finally, emacs compiled under terminfo, sets the terminal to dumb,
      * so disable editing for that too.
      * 
      * Unfortunately, in some cases the initial $TERM setting is "unknown",
      * "dumb", or "network" which is then changed in the user's startup files.
      * We fix this by setting noediting here if $TERM is unknown/dumb and
      * if noediting is set, we switch on editing if $TERM is changed.
      */
     if ((tcp = getenv("TERM")) != NULL) {
 	setv(STRterm, quote(SAVE(tcp)), VAR_READWRITE);
 	noediting = strcmp(tcp, "unknown") == 0 || strcmp(tcp, "dumb") == 0 ||
 		    strcmp(tcp, "network") == 0;
 	editing = strcmp(tcp, "emacs") != 0 && strcmp(tcp, "wm") != 0 &&
 		  !noediting;
     }
     else {
 	noediting = 0;
 	editing = ((tcp = getenv("EMACS")) == NULL || strcmp(tcp, "t") != 0);
     }
 
     /* 
      * The 'edit' variable is either set or unset.  It doesn't 
      * need a value.  Making it 'emacs' might be confusing. 
      */
     if (editing)
 	setNS(STRedit);
 
 
     /*
      * still more mutability: make the complete routine automatically add the
      * suffix of file names...
      */
     setNS(STRaddsuffix);
 
     /*
      * Compatibility with tcsh >= 6.12 by default
      */
     setNS(STRcsubstnonl);
     
     /*
      * Random default kill ring size
      */
     setcopy(STRkillring, str2short("30"), VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * Re-initialize path if set in environment
      */
     if ((tcp = getenv("PATH")) == NULL)
 #ifdef _PATH_DEFPATH
 	importpath(str2short(_PATH_DEFPATH));
 #else /* !_PATH_DEFPATH */
 	setq(STRpath, defaultpath(), &shvhed, VAR_READWRITE);
 #endif /* _PATH_DEFPATH */
     else
 	/* Importpath() allocates memory for the path, and the
 	 * returned pointer from SAVE() was discarded, so
 	 * this was a memory leak.. (sg)
 	 *
 	 * importpath(SAVE(tcp));
 	 */
 	importpath(str2short(tcp));
 
 
     {
 	/* If the SHELL environment variable ends with "tcsh", set
 	 * STRshell to the same path.  This is to facilitate using
 	 * the executable in environments where the compiled-in
 	 * default isn't appropriate (sg).
 	 */
 
 	size_t sh_len = 0;
 
 	if ((tcp = getenv("SHELL")) != NULL) {
 	    sh_len = strlen(tcp);
 	    if ((sh_len >= 5 && strcmp(tcp + (sh_len - 5), "/tcsh") == 0) || 
 	        (!tcsh && sh_len >= 4 && strcmp(tcp + (sh_len - 4), "/csh") == 0))
 		setv(STRshell, quote(SAVE(tcp)), VAR_READWRITE);
 	    else
 		sh_len = 0;
 	}
 	if (sh_len == 0)
 	    setcopy(STRshell, STR_SHELLPATH, VAR_READWRITE);
     }
 
 #ifdef _OSD_POSIX  /* BS2000 needs this variable set to "SHELL" */
     if ((tcp = getenv("PROGRAM_ENVIRONMENT")) == NULL)
 	tcp = "SHELL";
     tsetenv(STRPROGRAM_ENVIRONMENT, quote(str2short(tcp)));
 #endif /* _OSD_POSIX */
 
 #ifdef COLOR_LS_F
     if ((tcp = getenv("LS_COLORS")) != NULL)
 	parseLS_COLORS(str2short(tcp));
     if ((tcp = getenv("LSCOLORS")) != NULL)
 	parseLSCOLORS(str2short(tcp));
 #endif /* COLOR_LS_F */
 
     mainpid = getpid();
     doldol = putn((tcsh_number_t)mainpid);	/* For $$ */
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
     {
 	char *tmp;
 	Char *tmp2;
 	if ((tmp = getenv("TMP")) != NULL) {
 	    tmp = xasprintf("%s/%s", tmp, "sh");
 	    tmp2 = SAVE(tmp);
 	    xfree(tmp);
 	}
 	else {
 	    tmp2 = SAVE(""); 
 	}
 	shtemp = Strspl(tmp2, doldol);	/* For << */
 	xfree(tmp2);
     }
 #else /* !WINNT_NATIVE */
 #ifdef HAVE_MKSTEMP
     {
 	const char *tmpdir = getenv ("TMPDIR");
 	if (!tmpdir)
 	    tmpdir = "/tmp";
 	shtemp = Strspl(SAVE(tmpdir), SAVE("/sh" TMP_TEMPLATE)); /* For << */
     }
 #else /* !HAVE_MKSTEMP */
     shtemp = Strspl(STRtmpsh, doldol);	/* For << */
 #endif /* HAVE_MKSTEMP */
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
     /*
      * Record the interrupt states from the parent process. If the parent is
      * non-interruptible our hand must be forced or we (and our children) won't
      * be either. Our children inherit termination from our parent. We catch it
      * only if we are the login shell.
      */
     sigaction(SIGINT, NULL, &parintr);
     sigaction(SIGTERM, NULL, &parterm);
 
 
 #ifdef TCF
     /* Enable process migration on ourselves and our progeny */
     (void) signal(SIGMIGRATE, SIG_DFL);
 #endif /* TCF */
 
     /*
      * dspkanji/dspmbyte autosetting
      */
     /* PATCH IDEA FROM Issei.Suzuki VERY THANKS */
 #if defined(DSPMBYTE)
 #if defined(NLS) && defined(LC_CTYPE)
     if (((tcp = setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL)) != NULL || (tcp = getenv("LANG")) != NULL) && !adrof(CHECK_MBYTEVAR))
 #else
     if ((tcp = getenv("LANG")) != NULL && !adrof(CHECK_MBYTEVAR))
 #endif
     {
 	autoset_dspmbyte(str2short(tcp));
     }
 #if defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
     else if (!adrof(CHECK_MBYTEVAR))
       nt_autoset_dspmbyte();
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 #endif
 #if defined(AUTOSET_KANJI) 
 # if defined(NLS) && defined(LC_CTYPE)
     if (setlocale(LC_CTYPE, NULL) != NULL || getenv("LANG") != NULL)
 # else
     if (getenv("LANG") != NULL)
 # endif
 	autoset_kanji();
 #endif /* AUTOSET_KANJI */
     fix_version();		/* publish the shell version */
 
     if (argc > 1 && strcmp(argv[1], "--version") == 0) {
 	xprintf("%S\n", varval(STRversion));
 	xexit(0);
     }
     if (argc > 1 && strcmp(argv[1], "--help") == 0) {
 	xprintf("%S\n\n", varval(STRversion));
 	xprintf("%s", CGETS(11, 8, HELP_STRING));
 	xexit(0);
     }
     /*
      * Process the arguments.
      * 
      * Note that processing of -v/-x is actually delayed till after script
      * processing.
      * 
      * We set the first character of our name to be '-' if we are a shell 
      * running interruptible commands.  Many programs which examine ps'es 
      * use this to filter such shells out.
      */
     argc--, tempv++;
     while (argc > 0 && (tcp = tempv[0])[0] == '-' &&
 	   *++tcp != '\0' && !batch) {
 	do
 	    switch (*tcp++) {
 
 	    case 0:		/* -	Interruptible, no prompt */
 		prompt = 0;
 		setintr = 1;
 		nofile = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'b':		/* -b	Next arg is input file */
 		batch = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'c':		/* -c	Command input from arg */
 		if (argc == 1)
 		    xexit(0);
 		argc--, tempv++;
 #ifdef M_XENIX
 		/* Xenix Vi bug:
 		   it relies on a 7 bit environment (/bin/sh), so it
 		   pass ascii arguments with the 8th bit set */
 		if (!strcmp(argv[0], "sh"))
 		  {
 		    char *p;
 
 		    for (p = tempv[0]; *p; ++p)
 		      *p &= ASCII;
 		  }
 #endif
 		targinp = tempv[0];
 		prompt = 0;
 		nofile = 1;
 		break;
 	    case 'd':		/* -d	Load directory stack from file */
 		rdirs = 1;
 		break;
 
 #ifdef apollo
 	    case 'D':		/* -D	Define environment variable */
 		{
 		    Char *dp;
 
 		    cp = str2short(tcp);
 		    if (dp = Strchr(cp, '=')) {
 			*dp++ = '\0';
 			tsetenv(cp, dp);
 		    }
 		    else
 			tsetenv(cp, STRNULL);
 		}
 		*tcp = '\0'; 	/* done with this argument */
 		break;
 #endif /* apollo */
 
 	    case 'e':		/* -e	Exit on any error */
 		exiterr = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'f':		/* -f	Fast start */
 		fast = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'i':		/* -i	Interactive, even if !intty */
 		intact = 1;
 		nofile = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'm':		/* -m	read .cshrc (from su) */
 		mflag = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'n':		/* -n	Don't execute */
 		noexec = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'q':		/* -q	(Undoc'd) ... die on quit */
 		quitit = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 's':		/* -s	Read from std input */
 		nofile = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 't':		/* -t	Read one line from input */
 		onelflg = 2;
 		prompt = 0;
 		nofile = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case 'v':		/* -v	Echo hist expanded input */
 		nverbose = 1;	/* ... later */
 		break;
 
 	    case 'x':		/* -x	Echo just before execution */
 		nexececho = 1;	/* ... later */
 		break;
 
 	    case 'V':		/* -V	Echo hist expanded input */
 		setNS(STRverbose);	/* NOW! */
 		break;
 
 	    case 'X':		/* -X	Echo just before execution */
 		setNS(STRecho);	/* NOW! */
 		break;
 
 	    case 'F':
 		/*
 		 * This will cause children to be created using fork instead of
 		 * vfork.
 		 */
 		use_fork = 1;
 		break;
 
 	    case ' ':
 	    case '\t':
 	    case '\r':
 	    case '\n':
 		/* 
 		 * for O/S's that don't do the argument parsing right in 
 		 * "#!/foo -f " scripts
 		 */
 		break;
 
 	    default:		/* Unknown command option */
 		exiterr = 1;
 		stderror(ERR_TCSHUSAGE, tcp-1, progname);
 		break;
 
 	} while (*tcp);
 	tempv++, argc--;
     }
 
     if (quitit)			/* With all due haste, for debugging */
 	(void) signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_DFL);
 
     /*
      * Unless prevented by -, -c, -i, -s, or -t, if there are remaining
      * arguments the first of them is the name of a shell file from which to
      * read commands.
      */
     if (nofile == 0 && argc > 0) {
 	nofile = xopen(tempv[0], O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE);
 	if (nofile < 0) {
 	    child = 1;		/* So this ... */
 	    /* ... doesn't return */
 	    stderror(ERR_SYSTEM, tempv[0], strerror(errno));
 	}
 	xfree(ffile);
 	dolzero = 1;
 	ffile = SAVE(tempv[0]);
 	/* 
 	 * Replace FSHIN. Handle /dev/std{in,out,err} specially
 	 * since once they are closed we cannot open them again.
 	 * In that case we use our own saved descriptors
 	 */
 	if ((SHIN = dmove(nofile, FSHIN)) < 0) 
 	    switch(nofile) {
 	    case 0:
 		SHIN = FSHIN;
 		break;
 	    case 1:
 		SHIN = FSHOUT;
 		break;
 	    case 2:
 		SHIN = FSHDIAG;
 		break;
 	    default:
 		stderror(ERR_SYSTEM, tempv[0], strerror(errno));
 		break;
 	    }
 	(void) close_on_exec(SHIN, 1);
 	prompt = 0;
 	 /* argc not used any more */ tempv++;
     }
 
     /* 
      * Call to closem() used to be part of initdesc(). Now called below where
      * the script name argument has become stdin. Kernel may have used a file
      * descriptor to hold the name of the script (setuid case) and this name
      * mustn't be lost by closing the fd too soon.
      */
     closem();
 
     /*
      * Consider input a tty if it really is or we are interactive. but not for
      * editing (christos)
      */
     if (!(intty = isatty(SHIN))) {
 	if (adrof(STRedit))
 	    unsetv(STRedit);
 	editing = 0;
     }
     intty |= intact;
 #ifndef convex
     if (intty || (intact && isatty(SHOUT))) {
 	if (!batch && (uid != euid || gid != egid)) {
 	    errno = EACCES;
 	    child = 1;		/* So this ... */
 	    /* ... doesn't return */
 	    stderror(ERR_SYSTEM, progname, strerror(errno));
 	}
     }
 #endif /* convex */
     isoutatty = isatty(SHOUT);
     isdiagatty = isatty(SHDIAG);
     /*
      * Decide whether we should play with signals or not. If we are explicitly
      * told (via -i, or -) or we are a login shell (arg0 starts with -) or the
      * input and output are both the ttys("csh", or "csh</dev/ttyx>/dev/ttyx")
      * Note that in only the login shell is it likely that parent may have set
      * signals to be ignored
      */
     if (loginsh || intact || (intty && isatty(SHOUT)))
 	setintr = 1;
     settell();
     /*
      * Save the remaining arguments in argv.
      */
     setq(STRargv, blk2short(tempv), &shvhed, VAR_READWRITE);
 
     /*
      * Set up the prompt.
      */
     if (prompt) {
 	setcopy(STRprompt, STRdefprompt, VAR_READWRITE);
 	/* that's a meta-questionmark */
 	setcopy(STRprompt2, STRmquestion, VAR_READWRITE);
 	setcopy(STRprompt3, STRKCORRECT, VAR_READWRITE);
     }
 
     /*
      * If we are an interactive shell, then start fiddling with the signals;
      * this is a tricky game.
      */
     shpgrp = mygetpgrp();
     opgrp = tpgrp = -1;
     if (setintr) {
 	struct sigaction osig;
 
 	**argv = '-';
 	if (!quitit)		/* Wary! */
 	    (void) signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
 	pintr_disabled = 1;
 	sigset_interrupting(SIGINT, queue_pintr);
 	(void) signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
 
 	/* 
 	 * No reason I can see not to save history on all these events..
 	 * Most usual occurrence is in a window system, where we're not a login
 	 * shell, but might as well be... (sg)
 	 * But there might be races when lots of shells exit together...
 	 * [this is also incompatible].
 	 * We have to be mre careful here. If the parent wants to 
 	 * ignore the signals then we leave them untouched...
 	 * We also only setup the handlers for shells that are trully
 	 * interactive.
 	 */
 	sigaction(SIGHUP, NULL, &osig);
 	if (loginsh || osig.sa_handler != SIG_IGN)
 	    /* exit processing on HUP */
 	    sigset_interrupting(SIGHUP, queue_phup);
 #ifdef SIGXCPU
 	sigaction(SIGXCPU, NULL, &osig);
 	if (loginsh || osig.sa_handler != SIG_IGN)
 	    /* exit processing on XCPU */
 	    sigset_interrupting(SIGXCPU, queue_phup);
 #endif
 #ifdef SIGXFSZ
 	sigaction(SIGXFSZ, NULL, &osig);
 	if (loginsh || osig.sa_handler != SIG_IGN)
 	    /* exit processing on XFSZ */
 	    sigset_interrupting(SIGXFSZ, queue_phup);
 #endif
 
 	if (quitit == 0 && targinp == 0) {
 #ifdef SIGTSTP
 	    (void) signal(SIGTSTP, SIG_IGN);
 #endif
 #ifdef SIGTTIN
 	    (void) signal(SIGTTIN, SIG_IGN);
 #endif
 #ifdef SIGTTOU
 	    (void) signal(SIGTTOU, SIG_IGN);
 #endif
 	    /*
 	     * Wait till in foreground, in case someone stupidly runs csh &
 	     * dont want to try to grab away the tty.
 	     */
 	    if (isatty(FSHDIAG))
 		f = FSHDIAG;
 	    else if (isatty(FSHOUT))
 		f = FSHOUT;
 	    else if (isatty(OLDSTD))
 		f = OLDSTD;
 	    else
 		f = -1;
 
 #ifdef NeXT
 	    /* NeXT 2.0 /usr/etc/rlogind, does not set our process group! */
 	    if (f != -1 && shpgrp == 0) {
 	        shpgrp = getpid();
 		(void) setpgid(0, shpgrp);
 	        (void) tcsetpgrp(f, shpgrp);
 	    }
 #endif /* NeXT */
 #ifdef BSDJOBS			/* if we have tty job control */
 	    if (f != -1 && grabpgrp(f, shpgrp) != -1) {
 		/*
 		 * Thanks to Matt Day for the POSIX references, and to
 		 * Paul Close for the SGI clarification.
 		 */
 		if (setdisc(f) != -1) {
 		    opgrp = shpgrp;
 		    shpgrp = getpid();
 		    tpgrp = shpgrp;
 		    if (tcsetpgrp(f, shpgrp) == -1) {
 			/*
 			 * On hpux 7.03 this fails with EPERM. This happens on
 			 * the 800 when opgrp != shpgrp at this point. (we were
 			 * forked from a non job control shell)
 			 * POSIX 7.2.4, says we failed because the process
 			 * group specified did not belong to a process
 			 * in the same session with the tty. So we set our
 			 * process group and try again.
 			 */
 			if (setpgid(0, shpgrp) == -1) {
 			    xprintf("setpgid:");
 			    goto notty;
 			}
 			if (tcsetpgrp(f, shpgrp) == -1) {
 			    xprintf("tcsetpgrp:");
 			    goto notty;
 			}
 		    }
 		    /*
 		     * We check the process group now. If it is the same, then
 		     * we don't need to set it again. On hpux 7.0 on the 300's
 		     * if we set it again it fails with EPERM. This is the
 		     * correct behavior according to POSIX 4.3.3 if the process
 		     * was a session leader .
 		     */
 		    else if (shpgrp != mygetpgrp()) {
 			if(setpgid(0, shpgrp) == -1) {
 			    xprintf("setpgid:");
 			    goto notty;
 			}
 		    }
 #ifdef IRIS4D
 		    /*
 		     * But on irix 3.3 we need to set it again, even if it is
 		     * the same. We do that to tell the system that we
 		     * need BSD process group compatibility.
 		     */
 		    else
 			(void) setpgid(0, shpgrp);
 #endif
 		    (void) close_on_exec(dcopy(f, FSHTTY), 1);
 		}
 		else
 		    tpgrp = -1;
 	    }
 	    if (tpgrp == -1) {
 	notty:
 	        xprintf(CGETS(11, 1, "Warning: no access to tty (%s).\n"),
 		    strerror(errno));
 		xprintf("%s",
 		    CGETS(11, 2, "Thus no job control in this shell.\n"));
 		/*
 		 * Fix from:Sakari Jalovaara <sja@sirius.hut.fi> if we don't
 		 * have access to tty, disable editing too
 		 */
 		if (adrof(STRedit))
 		    unsetv(STRedit);
 		editing = 0;
 	    }
 #else	/* BSDJOBS */		/* don't have job control, so frotz it */
 	    tpgrp = -1;
 #endif				/* BSDJOBS */
 	}
     }
     if (setintr == 0 && parintr.sa_handler == SIG_DFL)
 	setintr = 1;
 
 /*
  * SVR4 doesn't send a SIGCHLD when a child is stopped or continued if the
  * handler is installed with signal(2) or sigset(2).  sigaction(2) must
  * be used instead.
  *
  * David Dawes (dawes@physics.su.oz.au) Sept 1991
  */
     sigset_interrupting(SIGCHLD, queue_pchild);
 
     if (intty && !targinp) 	
 	(void) ed_Setup(editing);/* Get the tty state, and set defaults */
 				 /* Only alter the tty state if editing */
     
     /*
      * Set an exit here in case of an interrupt or error reading the shell
      * start-up scripts.
      */
     osetintr = setintr;
     oparintr = parintr;
     (void)cleanup_push_mark(); /* There is no outer handler */
     if (setexit() != 0) /* PWP */
 	reenter = 1;
     else
 	reenter = 0;
     exitset++;
     haderr = 0;			/* In case second time through */
     if (!fast && reenter == 0) {
 	/* Will have varval(STRhome) here because set fast if don't */
 	{
 	    pintr_disabled++;
 	    cleanup_push(&pintr_disabled, disabled_cleanup);
 	    setintr = 0;/*FIXRESET:cleanup*/
 	    /* onintr in /etc/ files has no effect */
 	    parintr.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;/*FIXRESET: cleanup*/
 #ifdef LOGINFIRST
 #ifdef _PATH_DOTLOGIN
 	    if (loginsh)
 		(void) srcfile(_PATH_DOTLOGIN, 0, 0, NULL);
 #endif
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _PATH_DOTCSHRC
 	    (void) srcfile(_PATH_DOTCSHRC, 0, 0, NULL);
 #endif
 	    if (!targinp && !onelflg && !havhash)
 		dohash(NULL,NULL);
 #ifndef LOGINFIRST
 #ifdef _PATH_DOTLOGIN
 	    if (loginsh)
 		(void) srcfile(_PATH_DOTLOGIN, 0, 0, NULL);
 #endif
 #endif
 	    cleanup_until(&pintr_disabled);
 	    setintr = osetintr;
 	    parintr = oparintr;
 	}
 #ifdef LOGINFIRST
 	if (loginsh)
 	    (void) srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldotlogin);
 #endif
 	/* upward compat. */
 	if (!srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldottcshrc))
 	    (void) srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldotcshrc);
 
 	if (!targinp && !onelflg && !havhash)
 	    dohash(NULL,NULL);
 
 	/*
 	 * Source history before .login so that it is available in .login
 	 */
 	loadhist(NULL, 0);
 #ifndef LOGINFIRST
 	if (loginsh)
 	    (void) srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldotlogin);
 #endif
 	if (loginsh || rdirs)
 	    loaddirs(NULL);
     }
     /* Reset interrupt flag */
     setintr = osetintr;
     parintr = oparintr;
     exitset--;
 
     /* Initing AFTER .cshrc is the Right Way */
     if (intty && !targinp) {	/* PWP setup stuff */
 	ed_Init();		/* init the new line editor */
 #ifdef SIG_WINDOW
 	check_window_size(1);	/* mung environment */
 #endif				/* SIG_WINDOW */
     }
 
     /*
      * Now are ready for the -v and -x flags
      */
     if (nverbose)
 	setNS(STRverbose);
     if (nexececho)
 	setNS(STRecho);
     
 
     if (targinp) {
+	/* If this -c command caused an error before, skip processing */
+	if (reenter && arginp) {
+	    exitcode = 1;
+	    goto done;
+	}
+
 	arginp = SAVE(targinp);
 	/*
 	 * we put the command into a variable
 	 */
 	if (arginp != NULL)
 	    setv(STRcommand, quote(Strsave(arginp)), VAR_READWRITE);
 
 	/*
 	 * * Give an error on -c arguments that end in * backslash to
 	 * ensure that you don't make * nonportable csh scripts.
 	 */
 	{
 	    int count;
 
 	    cp = Strend(arginp);
 	    count = 0;
 	    while (cp > arginp && *--cp == '\\')
 		++count;
 	    if ((count & 1) != 0) {
 		exiterr = 1;
 		stderror(ERR_ARGC);
 	    }
 	}
     }
     /*
      * All the rest of the world is inside this call. The argument to process
      * indicates whether it should catch "error unwinds".  Thus if we are a
      * interactive shell our call here will never return by being blown past on
      * an error.
      */
     process(setintr);
 
+done:
     /*
      * Mop-up.
      */
     /* Take care of these (especially HUP) here instead of inside flush. */
     handle_pending_signals();
     if (intty) {
 	if (loginsh) {
 	    xprintf("logout\n");
 	    xclose(SHIN);
 	    child = 1;
 #ifdef TESLA
 	    do_logout = 1;
 #endif				/* TESLA */
 	    goodbye(NULL, NULL);
 	}
 	else {
 	    xprintf("exit\n");
 	}
     }
     record();
     exitstat();
-    return (0);
+    return exitcode;
 }
 
 void
 untty(void)
 {
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
     if (tpgrp > 0 && opgrp != shpgrp) {
 	(void) setpgid(0, opgrp);
 	(void) tcsetpgrp(FSHTTY, opgrp);
 	(void) resetdisc(FSHTTY);
     }
 #endif /* BSDJOBS */
 }
 
 void
 importpath(Char *cp)
 {
     size_t i = 0;
     Char *dp;
     Char **pv;
     int     c;
 
     for (dp = cp; *dp; dp++)
 	if (*dp == PATHSEP)
 	    i++;
     /*
      * i+2 where i is the number of colons in the path. There are i+1
      * directories in the path plus we need room for a zero terminator.
      */
     pv = xcalloc(i + 2, sizeof(Char *));
     dp = cp;
     i = 0;
     if (*dp)
 	for (;;) {
 	    if ((c = *dp) == PATHSEP || c == 0) {
 		*dp = 0;
 		pv[i++] = Strsave(*cp ? cp : STRdot);
 		if (c) {
 		    cp = dp + 1;
 		    *dp = PATHSEP;
 		}
 		else
 		    break;
 	    }
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 	    else if (*dp == '\\')
 		*dp = '/';
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 	    dp++;
 	}
     pv[i] = 0;
     cleanup_push(pv, blk_cleanup);
     setq(STRpath, pv, &shvhed, VAR_READWRITE);
     cleanup_ignore(pv);
     cleanup_until(pv);
 }
 
 /*
  * Source to the file which is the catenation of the argument names.
  */
 static int
 srccat(Char *cp, Char *dp)
 {
     if (cp[0] == '/' && cp[1] == '\0') 
 	return srcfile(short2str(dp), (mflag ? 0 : 1), 0, NULL);
     else {
 	Char *ep;
 	char   *ptr;
 	int rv;
 
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 	ep = Strend(cp);
 	if (ep != cp && ep[-1] == '/' && dp[0] == '/') /* silly win95 */
 	    dp++;
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 	ep = Strspl(cp, dp);
 	cleanup_push(ep, xfree);
 	ptr = short2str(ep);
 
 	rv = srcfile(ptr, (mflag ? 0 : 1), 0, NULL);
 	cleanup_until(ep);
 	return rv;
     }
 }
 
 /*
  * Source to a file putting the file descriptor in a safe place (> 2).
  */
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 static int
 #else
 int
 #endif /*WINNT_NATIVE*/
 srcfile(const char *f, int onlyown, int flag, Char **av)
 {
     int unit;
 
     if ((unit = xopen(f, O_RDONLY|O_LARGEFILE)) == -1) 
 	return 0;
     cleanup_push(&unit, open_cleanup);
     unit = dmove(unit, -1);
     cleanup_ignore(&unit);
     cleanup_until(&unit);
 
     (void) close_on_exec(unit, 1);
     srcunit(unit, onlyown, flag, av);
     return 1;
 }
 
 
 /*
  * Save the shell state, and establish new argument vector, and new input
  * fd.
  */
 static void
 st_save(struct saved_state *st, int unit, int hflg, Char **al, Char **av)
 {
     st->insource	= insource;
     st->SHIN		= SHIN;
     /* Want to preserve the meaning of "source file >output".
      * Save old descriptors, move new 0,1,2 to safe places and assign
      * them to SH* and let process() redo 0,1,2 from them.
      *
      * The macro returns true if d1 and d2 are good and they point to
      * different things.  If you don't avoid saving duplicate
      * descriptors, you really limit the depth of "source" recursion
      * you can do because of all the open file descriptors.  -IAN!
      */
 #define NEED_SAVE_FD(d1,d2) \
     (fstat(d1, &s1) != -1 && fstat(d2, &s2) != -1 \
 	&& (s1.st_ino != s2.st_ino || s1.st_dev != s2.st_dev) )
 
     st->OLDSTD = st->SHOUT = st->SHDIAG = -1;/* test later to restore these */
     if (didfds) {
 	    struct stat s1, s2;
 	    if (NEED_SAVE_FD(0,OLDSTD)) {
 		    st->OLDSTD = OLDSTD;
 		    OLDSTD = dmove(0, -1);
 		    (void)close_on_exec(OLDSTD, 1);
 	    }
 	    if (NEED_SAVE_FD(1,SHOUT)) {
 		    st->SHOUT = SHOUT;
 		    SHOUT = dmove(1, -1);
 		    (void)close_on_exec(SHOUT, 1);
 	    }
 	    if (NEED_SAVE_FD(2,SHDIAG)) {
 		    st->SHDIAG = SHDIAG;
 		    SHDIAG = dmove(2, -1);
 		    (void)close_on_exec(SHDIAG, 1);
 	    }
 	    donefds();
     }
 
     st->intty		= intty;
     st->whyles		= whyles;
     st->gointr		= gointr;
     st->arginp		= arginp;
     st->evalp		= evalp;
     st->evalvec		= evalvec;
     st->alvecp		= alvecp;
     st->alvec		= alvec;
     st->onelflg		= onelflg;
     st->enterhist	= enterhist;
     st->justpr		= justpr;
     if (hflg)
 	st->HIST	= HIST;
     else
 	st->HIST	= '\0';
     st->cantell		= cantell;
     cpybin(st->B, B);
 
     /*
      * we can now pass arguments to source. 
      * For compatibility we do that only if arguments were really
      * passed, otherwise we keep the old, global $argv like before.
      */
     if (av != NULL && *av != NULL) {
 	struct varent *vp;
 	if ((vp = adrof(STRargv)) != NULL && vp->vec != NULL)
 	    st->argv = saveblk(vp->vec);
 	else
 	    st->argv = NULL;
 	setq(STRargv, saveblk(av), &shvhed, VAR_READWRITE);
     }
     else
 	st->argv = NULL;
     st->av = av;
 
     SHIN	= unit;	/* Do this first */
 
     /* Establish new input arena */
     {
 	fbuf = NULL;
 	fseekp = feobp = fblocks = 0;
 	settell();
     }
 
     arginp	= 0;
     onelflg	= 0;
     intty	= isatty(SHIN);
     whyles	= 0;
     gointr	= 0;
     evalvec	= 0;
     evalp	= 0;
     alvec	= al;
     alvecp	= 0;
     enterhist	= hflg;
     if (enterhist)
 	HIST	= '\0';
     insource	= 1;
 }
 
 
 /*
  * Restore the shell to a saved state
  */
 static void
 st_restore(void *xst)
 {
     struct saved_state *st;
 
     st = xst;
     if (st->SHIN == -1)
 	return;
 
     /* Reset input arena */
     {
 	int i;
 	Char** nfbuf = fbuf;
 	int nfblocks = fblocks;
 
 	fblocks = 0;
 	fbuf = NULL;
 	for (i = 0; i < nfblocks; i++)
 	    xfree(nfbuf[i]);
 	xfree(nfbuf);
     }
     cpybin(B, st->B);
 
     xclose(SHIN);
 
     insource	= st->insource;
     SHIN	= st->SHIN;
     if (st->OLDSTD != -1)
 	xclose(OLDSTD), OLDSTD = st->OLDSTD;
     if (st->SHOUT != -1)
 	xclose(SHOUT),  SHOUT = st->SHOUT;
     if (st->SHDIAG != -1)
 	xclose(SHDIAG), SHDIAG = st->SHDIAG;
     arginp	= st->arginp;
     onelflg	= st->onelflg;
     evalp	= st->evalp;
     evalvec	= st->evalvec;
     alvecp	= st->alvecp;
     alvec	= st->alvec;
     intty	= st->intty;
     whyles	= st->whyles;
     gointr	= st->gointr;
     if (st->HIST != '\0')
 	HIST	= st->HIST;
     enterhist	= st->enterhist;
     cantell	= st->cantell;
     justpr	= st->justpr;
 
     if (st->argv != NULL)
 	setq(STRargv, st->argv, &shvhed, VAR_READWRITE);
     else if (st->av != NULL  && *st->av != NULL && adrof(STRargv) != NULL)
 	unsetv(STRargv);
 }
 
 /*
  * Source to a unit.  If onlyown it must be our file or our group or
  * we don't chance it.	This occurs on ".cshrc"s and the like.
  */
 static void
 srcunit(int unit, int onlyown, int hflg, Char **av)
 {
     struct saved_state st;
 
     st.SHIN = -1;	/* st_restore checks this */
 
     if (unit < 0)
 	return;
 
     if (onlyown) {
 	struct stat stb;
 
 	if (fstat(unit, &stb) < 0) {
 	    xclose(unit);
 	    return;
 	}
     }
 
     /* Does nothing before st_save() because st.SHIN == -1 */
     cleanup_push(&st, st_restore);
     if (setintr) {
 	pintr_disabled++;
 	cleanup_push(&pintr_disabled, disabled_cleanup);
     }
 
     /* Save the current state and move us to a new state */
     st_save(&st, unit, hflg, NULL, av);
 
     /*
      * Now if we are allowing commands to be interrupted, we let ourselves be
      * interrupted.
      */
     if (setintr) {
 	cleanup_until(&pintr_disabled);
 	pintr_disabled++;
 	cleanup_push(&pintr_disabled, disabled_cleanup);
     }
 
     process(0);		/* 0 -> blow away on errors */
 
     /* Restore the old state */
     cleanup_until(&st);
 }
 
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
 void
 goodbye(Char **v, struct command *c)
 {
     USE(v);
     USE(c);
     record();
 
     if (loginsh) {
 	size_t omark;
 	sigset_t set;
 
 	sigemptyset(&set);
 	signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN);
 	sigaddset(&set, SIGQUIT);
 	sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &set, NULL);
 	signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN);
 	sigaddset(&set, SIGINT);
 	signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN);
 	sigaddset(&set, SIGTERM);
 	signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
 	sigaddset(&set, SIGHUP);
 	sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &set, NULL);
 	phup_disabled = 1;
 	setintr = 0;		/* No interrupts after "logout" */
 	/* Trap errors inside .logout */
 	omark = cleanup_push_mark();
 	if (setexit() == 0) {
 	    if (!(adrof(STRlogout)))
 		setcopy(STRlogout, STRnormal, VAR_READWRITE);
 #ifdef _PATH_DOTLOGOUT
 	    (void) srcfile(_PATH_DOTLOGOUT, 0, 0, NULL);
 #endif
 	    if (adrof(STRhome))
 		(void) srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldtlogout);
 #ifdef TESLA
 	    do_logout = 1;
 #endif /* TESLA */
 	}
 	cleanup_pop_mark(omark);
     }
     exitstat();
 }
 
 void
 exitstat(void)
 {
 #ifdef PROF
     _mcleanup();
 #endif
     /*
      * Note that if STATUS is corrupted (i.e. getn bombs) then error will exit
      * directly because we poke child here. Otherwise we might continue
      * unwarrantedly (sic).
      */
     child = 1;
 
     xexit(getn(varval(STRstatus)));
 }
 
 /*
  * in the event of a HUP we want to save the history
  */
 void
 phup(void)
 {
     if (loginsh) {
 	setcopy(STRlogout, STRhangup, VAR_READWRITE);
 #ifdef _PATH_DOTLOGOUT
 	(void) srcfile(_PATH_DOTLOGOUT, 0, 0, NULL);
 #endif
 	if (adrof(STRhome))
 	    (void) srccat(varval(STRhome), STRsldtlogout);
     }
 
     record();
 
 #ifdef POSIXJOBS 
     /*
      * We kill the last foreground process group. It then becomes
      * responsible to propagate the SIGHUP to its progeny. 
      */
     {
 	struct process *pp, *np;
 
 	for (pp = proclist.p_next; pp; pp = pp->p_next) {
 	    np = pp;
 	    /* 
 	     * Find if this job is in the foreground. It could be that
 	     * the process leader has exited and the foreground flag
 	     * is cleared for it.
 	     */
 	    do 
 		/*
 		 * If a process is in the foreground we try to kill
 		 * it's process group. If we succeed, then the 
 		 * whole job is gone. Otherwise we keep going...
 		 * But avoid sending HUP to the shell again.
 		 */
 		if (((np->p_flags & PFOREGND) != 0) && np->p_jobid != shpgrp) {
 		    np->p_flags &= ~PHUP;
 		    if (killpg(np->p_jobid, SIGHUP) != -1) {
 			/* In case the job was suspended... */
 #ifdef SIGCONT
 			(void) killpg(np->p_jobid, SIGCONT);
 #endif
 			break;
 		    }
 		}
 	    while ((np = np->p_friends) != pp);
 	}
     }
 #endif /* POSIXJOBS */
 
     xexit(SIGHUP);
 }
 
 static Char   *jobargv[2] = {STRjobs, 0};
 
 /*
  * Catch an interrupt, e.g. during lexical input.
  * If we are an interactive shell, we reset the interrupt catch
  * immediately.  In any case we drain the shell output,
  * and finally go through the normal error mechanism, which
  * gets a chance to make the shell go away.
  */
 int just_signaled;		/* bugfix by Michael Bloom (mg@ttidca.TTI.COM) */
 
 void
 pintr(void)
 {
     just_signaled = 1;
     pintr1(1);
 }
 
 void
 pintr1(int wantnl)
 {
     if (setintr) {
 	if (pjobs) {
 	    pjobs = 0;
 	    xputchar('\n');
 	    dojobs(jobargv, NULL);
 	    stderror(ERR_NAME | ERR_INTR);
 	}
     }
     /* MH - handle interrupted completions specially */
     {
 	if (InsideCompletion)
 	    stderror(ERR_SILENT);
     }
     /* JV - Make sure we shut off inputl */
     {
 	(void) Cookedmode();
 	GettingInput = 0;
 	if (evalvec)
 	    doneinp = 1;
     }
     drainoline();
 #ifdef HAVE_GETPWENT
     (void) endpwent();
 #endif
 
     /*
      * If we have an active "onintr" then we search for the label. Note that if
      * one does "onintr -" then we shan't be interruptible so we needn't worry
      * about that here.
      */
     if (gointr) {
 	gotolab(gointr);
 	reset();
     }
     else if (intty && wantnl) {
 	if (editing) {
 	    /* 
 	     * If we are editing a multi-line input command, and move to
 	     * the beginning of the line, we don't want to trash it when
 	     * we hit ^C
 	     */
 	    PastBottom();
 	    ClearLines();
 	    ClearDisp();
 	}
 	else {
 	    /* xputchar('\n'); *//* Some like this, others don't */
 	    (void) putraw('\r');
 	    (void) putraw('\n');
 	}
     }
     stderror(ERR_SILENT);
 }
 
 /*
  * Process is the main driving routine for the shell.
  * It runs all command processing, except for those within { ... }
  * in expressions (which is run by a routine evalav in sh.exp.c which
  * is a stripped down process), and `...` evaluation which is run
  * also by a subset of this code in sh.glob.c in the routine backeval.
  *
  * The code here is a little strange because part of it is interruptible
  * and hence freeing of structures appears to occur when none is necessary
  * if this is ignored.
  *
  * Note that if catch is not set then we will unwind on any error.
  * If an end-of-file occurs, we return.
  */
 void
 process(int catch)
 {
     jmp_buf_t osetexit;
     /* PWP: This might get nuked by longjmp so don't make it a register var */
     size_t omark;
     volatile int didexitset = 0;
 
     getexit(osetexit);
     omark = cleanup_push_mark();
     for (;;) {
 	struct command *t;
 	int hadhist, old_pintr_disabled;
 
 	(void)setexit();
 	if (didexitset == 0) {
 	    exitset++;
 	    didexitset++;
 	}
 	pendjob();
 
 	justpr = enterhist;	/* execute if not entering history */
 
 	if (haderr) {
 	    if (!catch) {
 		/* unwind */
 		doneinp = 0;
 		cleanup_pop_mark(omark);
 		resexit(osetexit);
 		reset();
 	    }
 	    haderr = 0;
 	    /*
 	     * Every error is eventually caught here or the shell dies.  It is
 	     * at this point that we clean up any left-over open files, by
 	     * closing all but a fixed number of pre-defined files.  Thus
 	     * routines don't have to worry about leaving files open due to
 	     * deeper errors... they will get closed here.
 	     */
 	    closem();
 	    continue;
 	}
 	if (doneinp) {
 	    doneinp = 0;
 	    break;
 	}
 	if (chkstop)
 	    chkstop--;
 	if (neednote)
 	    pnote();
 	if (intty && prompt && evalvec == 0) {
 	    just_signaled = 0;
 	    mailchk();
 	    /*
 	     * Watch for logins/logouts. Next is scheduled commands stored
 	     * previously using "sched." Then execute periodic commands.
 	     * Following that, the prompt precmd is run.
 	     */
 #ifndef HAVENOUTMP
 	    watch_login(0);
 #endif /* !HAVENOUTMP */
 	    sched_run();
 	    period_cmd();
 	    precmd();
 	    /*
 	     * If we are at the end of the input buffer then we are going to
 	     * read fresh stuff. Otherwise, we are rereading input and don't
 	     * need or want to prompt.
 	     */
 	    if (fseekp == feobp && aret == TCSH_F_SEEK)
 		printprompt(0, NULL);
 	    flush();
 	    setalarm(1);
 	}
 	if (seterr) {
 	    xfree(seterr);
 	    seterr = NULL;
 	}
 
 	/*
 	 * Interruptible during interactive reads
 	 */
 	if (setintr)
 	    pintr_push_enable(&old_pintr_disabled);
 	freelex(&paraml);
 	hadhist = lex(&paraml);
 	if (setintr)
 	    cleanup_until(&old_pintr_disabled);
 	cleanup_push(&paraml, lex_cleanup);
 
 	/*
 	 * Echo not only on VERBOSE, but also with history expansion. If there
 	 * is a lexical error then we forego history echo.
 	 * Do not echo if we're only entering history (source -h).
 	 */
 	if ((hadhist && !seterr && intty && !tellwhat && !Expand && !whyles) ||
 	    (!enterhist && adrof(STRverbose)))
 	{
 	    int odidfds = didfds;
 	    haderr = 1;
 	    didfds = 0;
 	    prlex(&paraml);
 	    flush();
 	    haderr = 0;
 	    didfds = odidfds;
 	}
 	(void) alarm(0);	/* Autologout OFF */
 	alrmcatch_disabled = 1;
 
 	/*
 	 * Save input text on the history list if reading in old history, or it
 	 * is from the terminal at the top level and not in a loop.
 	 * 
 	 * PWP: entry of items in the history list while in a while loop is done
 	 * elsewhere...
 	 */
 	if (enterhist || (catch && intty && !whyles && !tellwhat && !arun))
 	    savehist(&paraml, enterhist > 1);
 
 	if (Expand && seterr)
 	    Expand = 0;
 
 	/*
 	 * Print lexical error messages, except when sourcing history lists.
 	 */
 	if (!enterhist && seterr)
 	    stderror(ERR_OLD);
 
 	/*
 	 * If had a history command :p modifier then this is as far as we
 	 * should go
 	 */
 	if (justpr)
 	    goto cmd_done;
 
 	/*
 	 * If had a tellwhat from twenex() then do
 	 */
 	if (tellwhat) {
 	    (void) tellmewhat(&paraml, NULL);
 	    goto cmd_done;
 	}
 
 	alias(&paraml);
 
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
 	/*
 	 * If we are interactive, try to continue jobs that we have stopped
 	 */
 	if (prompt)
 	    continue_jobs(&paraml);
 #endif				/* BSDJOBS */
 
 	/*
 	 * Check to see if the user typed "rm * .o" or something
 	 */
 	if (prompt)
 	    rmstar(&paraml);
 	/*
 	 * Parse the words of the input into a parse tree.
 	 */
 	t = syntax(paraml.next, &paraml, 0);
 	/*
 	 * We cannot cleanup push here, because cd /blah; echo foo
 	 * would rewind t on the chdir error, and free the rest of the command
 	 */
 	if (seterr) {
 	    freesyn(t);
 	    stderror(ERR_OLD);
 	}
 
 	postcmd();
 	/*
 	 * Execute the parse tree From: Michael Schroeder
 	 * <mlschroe@immd4.informatik.uni-erlangen.de> was execute(t, tpgrp);
 	 */
 	execute(t, (tpgrp > 0 ? tpgrp : -1), NULL, NULL, TRUE);
 	freesyn(t);
 
 	/*
 	 * Made it!
 	 */
 #ifdef SIG_WINDOW
 	if (windowchg || (catch && intty && !whyles && !tellwhat)) {
 	    (void) check_window_size(0);	/* for window systems */
 	}
 #endif /* SIG_WINDOW */
 	setcopy(STR_, InputBuf, VAR_READWRITE | VAR_NOGLOB);
     cmd_done:
 	if (cleanup_reset())
 	    cleanup_until(&paraml);
 	else
 	    haderr = 1;
     }
     cleanup_pop_mark(omark);
     resexit(osetexit);
     exitset--;
     handle_pending_signals();
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
 void
 dosource(Char **t, struct command *c)
 {
     Char *f;
     int    hflg = 0;
     char *file;
 
     USE(c);
     t++;
     if (*t && eq(*t, STRmh)) {
 	if (*++t == NULL)
 	    stderror(ERR_NAME | ERR_HFLAG);
 	hflg++;
     }
     else if (*t && eq(*t, STRmm)) {
     	if (*++t == NULL)
 	    stderror(ERR_NAME | ERR_MFLAG);
 	hflg = 2;
     }
 
     f = globone(*t++, G_ERROR);
     file = strsave(short2str(f));
     cleanup_push(file, xfree);
     xfree(f);
     t = glob_all_or_error(t);
     cleanup_push(t, blk_cleanup);
     if ((!srcfile(file, 0, hflg, t)) && (!hflg) && (!bequiet))
 	stderror(ERR_SYSTEM, file, strerror(errno));
     cleanup_until(file);
 }
 
 /*
  * Check for mail.
  * If we are a login shell, then we don't want to tell
  * about any mail file unless its been modified
  * after the time we started.
  * This prevents us from telling the user things he already
  * knows, since the login program insists on saying
  * "You have mail."
  */
 
 /*
  * The AMS version.
  * This version checks if the file is a directory, and if so,
  * tells you the number of files in it, otherwise do the old thang.
  * The magic "+1" in the time calculation is to compensate for
  * an AFS bug where directory mtimes are set to 1 second in
  * the future.
  */
 
 static void
 mailchk(void)
 {
     struct varent *v;
     Char **vp;
     time_t  t;
     int     intvl, cnt;
     struct stat stb;
     int    new;
 
     v = adrof(STRmail);
     if (v == NULL || v->vec == NULL)
 	return;
     (void) time(&t);
     vp = v->vec;
     cnt = blklen(vp);
     intvl = (cnt && number(*vp)) ? (--cnt, getn(*vp++)) : MAILINTVL;
     if (intvl < 1)
 	intvl = 1;
     if (chktim + intvl > t)
 	return;
     for (; *vp; vp++) {
 	char *filename = short2str(*vp);
 	char *mboxdir = filename;
 
 	if (stat(filename, &stb) < 0)
 	    continue;
 #if defined(BSDTIMES) || defined(_SEQUENT_)
 	new = stb.st_mtime > time0.tv_sec;
 #else
 	new = stb.st_mtime > seconds0;
 #endif
 	if (S_ISDIR(stb.st_mode)) {
 	    DIR *mailbox;
 	    int mailcount = 0;
 	    char *tempfilename;
 	    struct stat stc;
 
 	    tempfilename = xasprintf("%s/new", filename);
 
 	    if (stat(tempfilename, &stc) != -1 && S_ISDIR(stc.st_mode)) {
 		/*
 		 * "filename/new" exists and is a directory; you are
 		 * using Qmail.
 		 */
 		stb = stc;
 #if defined(BSDTIMES) || defined(_SEQUENT_)
 		new = stb.st_mtime > time0.tv_sec;
 #else
 		new = stb.st_mtime > seconds0;
 #endif
 		mboxdir = tempfilename;
 	    }
 
 	    if (stb.st_mtime <= chktim + 1 || (loginsh && !new)) {
 		xfree(tempfilename);
 		continue;
 	    }
 
 	    mailbox = opendir(mboxdir);
 	    xfree(tempfilename);
 	    if (mailbox == NULL)
 		continue;
 
 	    /* skip . and .. */
 	    if (!readdir(mailbox) || !readdir(mailbox)) {
 		(void)closedir(mailbox);
 		continue;
 	    }
 
 	    while (readdir(mailbox))
 		mailcount++;
 
 	    (void)closedir(mailbox);
 	    if (mailcount == 0)
 		continue;
 
 	    if (cnt == 1)
 		xprintf(CGETS(11, 3, "You have %d mail messages.\n"),
 			mailcount);
 	    else
 		xprintf(CGETS(11, 4, "You have %d mail messages in %s.\n"),
 			mailcount, filename);
 	}
 	else {
 	    char *type;
 	    
 	    if (stb.st_size == 0 || stb.st_atime >= stb.st_mtime ||
 		(stb.st_atime <= chktim && stb.st_mtime <= chktim) ||
 		(loginsh && !new))
 		continue;
 	    type = strsave(new ? CGETS(11, 6, "new ") : "");
 	    cleanup_push(type, xfree);
 	    if (cnt == 1)
 		xprintf(CGETS(11, 5, "You have %smail.\n"), type);
 	    else
 	        xprintf(CGETS(11, 7, "You have %smail in %s.\n"), type, filename);
 	    cleanup_until(type);
 	}
     }
     chktim = t;
 }
 
 /*
  * Extract a home directory from the password file
  * The argument points to a buffer where the name of the
  * user whose home directory is sought is currently.
  * We return home directory of the user, or NULL.
  */
 Char *
 gethdir(const Char *home)
 {
     Char   *h;
 
     /*
      * Is it us?
      */
     if (*home == '\0') {
 	if ((h = varval(STRhome)) != STRNULL)
 	    return Strsave(h);
 	else
 	    return NULL;
     }
 
     /*
      * Look in the cache
      */
     if ((h = gettilde(home)) == NULL)
 	return NULL;
     else
 	return Strsave(h);
 }
 
 /*
  * Move the initial descriptors to their eventual
  * resting places, closing all other units.
  */
 void
 initdesc(void)
 {
 #ifdef NLS_BUGS
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
     nlsclose();
 #endif /* NLS_CATALOGS */
 #endif /* NLS_BUGS */
 
 
     didfds = 0;			/* 0, 1, 2 aren't set up */
     (void) close_on_exec(SHIN = dcopy(0, FSHIN), 1);
     (void) close_on_exec(SHOUT = dcopy(1, FSHOUT), 1);
     (void) close_on_exec(SHDIAG = dcopy(2, FSHDIAG), 1);
     (void) close_on_exec(OLDSTD = dcopy(SHIN, FOLDSTD), 1);
 #ifndef CLOSE_ON_EXEC
     didcch = 0;			/* Havent closed for child */
 #endif /* CLOSE_ON_EXEC */
     if (SHDIAG >= 0)
 	isdiagatty = isatty(SHDIAG);
     else
     	isdiagatty = 0;
     if (SHDIAG >= 0)
 	isoutatty = isatty(SHOUT);
     else
     	isoutatty = 0;
 #ifdef NLS_BUGS
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
     nlsinit();
 #endif /* NLS_CATALOGS */
 #endif /* NLS_BUGS */
 }
 
 
 void
 #ifdef PROF
 done(int i)
 #else
 xexit(int i)
 #endif
 {
 #ifdef TESLA
     if (loginsh && do_logout) {
 	/* this is to send hangup signal to the develcon */
 	/* we toggle DTR. clear dtr - sleep 1 - set dtr */
 	/* ioctl will return ENOTTY for pty's but we ignore it 	 */
 	/* exitstat will run after disconnect */
 	/* we sleep for 2 seconds to let things happen in */
 	/* .logout and rechist() */
 #ifdef TIOCCDTR
 	(void) sleep(2);
 	(void) ioctl(FSHTTY, TIOCCDTR, NULL);
 	(void) sleep(1);
 	(void) ioctl(FSHTTY, TIOCSDTR, NULL);
 #endif /* TIOCCDTR */
     }
 #endif /* TESLA */
 
     {
 	struct process *pp, *np;
 	pid_t mypid = getpid();
 	/* Kill all processes marked for hup'ing */
 	for (pp = proclist.p_next; pp; pp = pp->p_next) {
 	    np = pp;
 	    do
 		if ((np->p_flags & PHUP) && np->p_jobid != shpgrp &&
 		    np->p_parentid == mypid) {
 		    if (killpg(np->p_jobid, SIGHUP) != -1) {
 			/* In case the job was suspended... */
 #ifdef SIGCONT
 			(void) killpg(np->p_jobid, SIGCONT);
 #endif
 			break;
 		    }
 		}
 	    while ((np = np->p_friends) != pp);
 	}
     }
     untty();
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
     /*
      * We need to call catclose, because SVR4 leaves symlinks behind otherwise
      * in the catalog directories. We cannot close on a vforked() child,
      * because messages will stop working on the parent too.
      */
     if (child == 0)
 	nlsclose();
 #endif /* NLS_CATALOGS */
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
     nt_cleanup();
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
     _exit(i);
 }
 
 #ifndef _PATH_DEFPATH
 static Char **
 defaultpath(void)
 {
     char   *ptr;
     Char  **blk, **blkp;
     struct stat stb;
 
     blkp = blk = xmalloc(sizeof(Char *) * 10);
 
 #ifndef NODOT
 # ifndef DOTLAST
     *blkp++ = Strsave(STRdot);
 # endif
 #endif
 
 #define DIRAPPEND(a)  \
 	if (stat(ptr = a, &stb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(stb.st_mode)) \
 		*blkp++ = SAVE(ptr)
 
 #ifdef _PATH_LOCAL
     DIRAPPEND(_PATH_LOCAL);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _PATH_USRUCB
     DIRAPPEND(_PATH_USRUCB);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _PATH_USRBSD
     DIRAPPEND(_PATH_USRBSD);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _PATH_BIN
     DIRAPPEND(_PATH_BIN);
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _PATH_USRBIN
     DIRAPPEND(_PATH_USRBIN);
 #endif
 
 #undef DIRAPPEND
 
 #ifndef NODOT
 # ifdef DOTLAST
     *blkp++ = Strsave(STRdot);
 # endif
 #endif
     *blkp = NULL;
     return (blk);
 }
 #endif
 
 static void
 record(void)
 {
     if (!fast) {
 	recdirs(NULL, adrof(STRsavedirs) != NULL);
 	rechist(NULL, adrof(STRsavehist) != NULL);
     }
     displayHistStats("Exiting");	/* no-op unless DEBUG_HIST */
 }
 
 /*
  * Grab the tty repeatedly, and give up if we are not in the correct
  * tty process group.
  */
 int
 grabpgrp(int fd, pid_t desired)
 {
     struct sigaction old;
     pid_t pgrp;
     size_t i;
 
     for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
 	if ((pgrp = tcgetpgrp(fd)) == -1)
 	    return -1;
 	if (pgrp == desired)
 	    return 0;
 	(void)sigaction(SIGTTIN, NULL, &old);
 	(void)signal(SIGTTIN, SIG_DFL);
 	(void)kill(0, SIGTTIN);
 	(void)sigaction(SIGTTIN, &old, NULL);
     }
     errno = EPERM;
     return -1;
 }
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/sh.err.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/sh.err.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/sh.err.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,653 +1,656 @@
 /*
  * sh.err.c: Error printing routines. 
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #define _h_sh_err		/* Don't redefine the errors	 */
 #include "sh.h"
 #include <assert.h>
 
 /*
  * C Shell
  */
 
 #ifdef lint
 #undef va_arg
 #define va_arg(a, b) (a ? (b) 0 : (b) 0)
 #endif
 
 char   *seterr = NULL;	/* Holds last error if there was one */
+extern int enterhist;
 
 #define ERR_FLAGS	0xf0000000
 #define ERR_NAME	0x10000000
 #define ERR_SILENT	0x20000000
 #define ERR_OLD		0x40000000
 #define ERR_INTERRUPT	0x80000000
 
 #define ERR_SYNTAX	0
 #define ERR_NOTALLOWED	1
 #define ERR_WTOOLONG	2
 #define ERR_LTOOLONG	3
 #define ERR_DOLZERO	4
 #define ERR_INCBR	5
 #define ERR_EXPORD	6
 #define ERR_BADMOD	7
 #define ERR_SUBSCRIPT	8
 #define ERR_BADNUM	9
 #define ERR_NOMORE	10
 #define ERR_FILENAME	11
 #define ERR_GLOB	12
 #define ERR_COMMAND	13
 #define ERR_TOOFEW	14
 #define ERR_TOOMANY	15
 #define ERR_DANGER	16
 #define ERR_EMPTYIF	17
 #define ERR_IMPRTHEN	18
 #define ERR_NOPAREN	19
 #define ERR_NOTFOUND	20
 #define ERR_MASK	21
 #define ERR_LIMIT	22
 #define ERR_TOOLARGE	23
 #define ERR_SCALEF	24
 #define ERR_UNDVAR	25
 #define ERR_DEEP	26
 #define ERR_BADSIG	27
 #define ERR_UNKSIG	28
 #define ERR_VARBEGIN	29
 #define ERR_VARTOOLONG	30
 #define ERR_VARALNUM	31
 #define ERR_JOBCONTROL	32
 #define ERR_EXPRESSION	33
 #define ERR_NOHOMEDIR	34
 #define ERR_CANTCHANGE	35
 #define ERR_NULLCOM	36
 #define ERR_ASSIGN	37
 #define ERR_UNKNOWNOP	38
 #define ERR_AMBIG	39
 #define ERR_EXISTS	40
 #define ERR_ARGC	41
 #define ERR_INTR	42
 #define ERR_RANGE	43
 #define ERR_OVERFLOW	44
 #define ERR_NOSUCHJOB	45
 #define ERR_TERMINAL	46
 #define ERR_NOTWHILE	47
 #define ERR_NOPROC	48
 #define ERR_NOMATCH	49
 #define ERR_MISSING	50
 #define ERR_UNMATCHED	51
 #define ERR_NOMEM	52
 #define ERR_PIPE	53
 #define ERR_SYSTEM	54
 #define ERR_STRING	55
 #define ERR_JOBS	56
 #define ERR_JOBARGS	57
 #define ERR_JOBCUR	58
 #define ERR_JOBPREV	59
 #define ERR_JOBPAT	60
 #define ERR_NESTING	61
 #define ERR_JOBCTRLSUB	62
 #define ERR_SYNC	63
 #define ERR_STOPPED	64
 #define ERR_NODIR	65
 #define ERR_EMPTY	66
 #define ERR_BADDIR	67
 #define ERR_DIRUS	68
 #define ERR_HFLAG	69
 #define ERR_NOTLOGIN	70
 #define ERR_DIV0	71
 #define ERR_MOD0	72
 #define ERR_BADSCALE	73
 #define ERR_SUSPLOG	74
 #define ERR_UNKUSER	75
 #define ERR_NOHOME	76
 #define ERR_HISTUS	77
 #define ERR_SPDOLLT	78
 #define ERR_NEWLINE	79
 #define ERR_SPSTAR	80
 #define ERR_DIGIT	81
 #define ERR_VARILL	82
 #define ERR_NLINDEX	83
 #define ERR_EXPOVFL	84
 #define ERR_VARSYN	85
 #define ERR_BADBANG	86
 #define ERR_NOSUBST	87
 #define ERR_BADSUBST	88
 #define ERR_LHS		89
 #define ERR_RHSLONG	90
 #define ERR_BADBANGMOD	91
 #define ERR_MODFAIL	92
 #define ERR_SUBOVFL	93
 #define ERR_BADBANGARG	94
 #define ERR_NOSEARCH	95
 #define ERR_NOEVENT	96
 #define ERR_TOOMANYRP	97
 #define ERR_TOOMANYLP	98
 #define ERR_BADPLP	99
 #define ERR_MISRED	100
 #define ERR_OUTRED	101
 #define ERR_REDPAR	102
 #define ERR_INRED	103
 #define ERR_BADPLPS	104
 #define ERR_ALIASLOOP	105
 #define ERR_NOWATCH	106
 #define ERR_NOSCHED	107
 #define ERR_SCHEDUSAGE	108
 #define ERR_SCHEDEV	109
 #define ERR_SCHEDCOM	110
 #define ERR_SCHEDTIME	111
 #define ERR_SCHEDREL	112
 #define ERR_TCNOSTR	113
 #define ERR_SETTCUS	114
 #define ERR_TCCAP	115
 #define ERR_TCPARM	116
 #define ERR_TCARGS	117
 #define ERR_TCNARGS	118
 #define ERR_TCUSAGE	119
 #define ERR_ARCH	120
 #define ERR_HISTLOOP	121
 #define ERR_FILEINQ	122
 #define ERR_SELOVFL	123
 #define ERR_TCSHUSAGE   124
 #define ERR_COMPCOM	125
 #define ERR_COMPINV	126
 #define ERR_COMPMIS	127
 #define ERR_COMPINC	128
 #define ERR_MFLAG	129
 #define ERR_ULIMUS	130
 #define ERR_READONLY	131
 #define ERR_BADJOB	132
 #define ERR_INVALID	133
 #define ERR_BADCOLORVAR	134
 #define ERR_EOF		135
 #define NO_ERRORS	136
 
 static const char *elst[NO_ERRORS] INIT_ZERO_STRUCT;
 
 /*
  * Init the elst depending on the locale
  */
 void
 errinit(void)
 {
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
     size_t i;
 
     for (i = 0; i < NO_ERRORS; i++)
 	xfree((char *)(intptr_t)elst[i]);
 #  if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(hpux) || defined(__MidnightBSD__)
 #  define NLS_MAXSET 30
     for (i = 1; i <= NLS_MAXSET; i++)
 	CGETS(i, 1, "" );
 #  endif
 #endif
 
     elst[ERR_SYNTAX] = CSAVS(1, 1, "Syntax Error");
     elst[ERR_NOTALLOWED] = CSAVS(1, 2, "%s is not allowed");
     elst[ERR_WTOOLONG] = CSAVS(1, 3, "Word too long");
     elst[ERR_LTOOLONG] = CSAVS(1, 4, "$< line too long");
     elst[ERR_DOLZERO] = CSAVS(1, 5, "No file for $0");
     elst[ERR_INCBR] = CSAVS(1, 6, "Incomplete [] modifier");
     elst[ERR_EXPORD] = CSAVS(1, 7, "$ expansion must end before ]");
     elst[ERR_BADMOD] = CSAVS(1, 8, "Bad : modifier in $ '%c'");
     elst[ERR_SUBSCRIPT] = CSAVS(1, 9, "Subscript error");
     elst[ERR_BADNUM] = CSAVS(1, 10, "Badly formed number");
     elst[ERR_NOMORE] = CSAVS(1, 11, "No more words");
     elst[ERR_FILENAME] = CSAVS(1, 12, "Missing file name");
     elst[ERR_GLOB] = CSAVS(1, 13, "Internal glob error");
     elst[ERR_COMMAND] = CSAVS(1, 14, "Command not found");
     elst[ERR_TOOFEW] = CSAVS(1, 15, "Too few arguments");
     elst[ERR_TOOMANY] = CSAVS(1, 16, "Too many arguments");
     elst[ERR_DANGER] = CSAVS(1, 17, "Too dangerous to alias that");
     elst[ERR_EMPTYIF] = CSAVS(1, 18, "Empty if");
     elst[ERR_IMPRTHEN] = CSAVS(1, 19, "Improper then");
     elst[ERR_NOPAREN] = CSAVS(1, 20, "Words not parenthesized");
     elst[ERR_NOTFOUND] = CSAVS(1, 21, "%s not found");
     elst[ERR_MASK] = CSAVS(1, 22, "Improper mask");
     elst[ERR_LIMIT] = CSAVS(1, 23, "No such limit");
     elst[ERR_TOOLARGE] = CSAVS(1, 24, "Argument too large");
     elst[ERR_SCALEF] = CSAVS(1, 25, "Improper or unknown scale factor");
     elst[ERR_UNDVAR] = CSAVS(1, 26, "Undefined variable");
     elst[ERR_DEEP] = CSAVS(1, 27, "Directory stack not that deep");
     elst[ERR_BADSIG] = CSAVS(1, 28, "Bad signal number");
     elst[ERR_UNKSIG] = CSAVS(1, 29, "Unknown signal; kill -l lists signals");
     elst[ERR_VARBEGIN] = CSAVS(1, 30, "Variable name must begin with a letter");
     elst[ERR_VARTOOLONG] = CSAVS(1, 31, "Variable name too long");
     elst[ERR_VARALNUM] = CSAVS(1, 32,
 	"Variable name must contain alphanumeric characters");
     elst[ERR_JOBCONTROL] = CSAVS(1, 33, "No job control in this shell");
     elst[ERR_EXPRESSION] = CSAVS(1, 34, "Expression Syntax");
     elst[ERR_NOHOMEDIR] = CSAVS(1, 35, "No home directory");
     elst[ERR_CANTCHANGE] = CSAVS(1, 36, "Can't change to home directory");
     elst[ERR_NULLCOM] = CSAVS(1, 37, "Invalid null command");
     elst[ERR_ASSIGN] = CSAVS(1, 38, "Assignment missing expression");
     elst[ERR_UNKNOWNOP] = CSAVS(1, 39, "Unknown operator");
     elst[ERR_AMBIG] = CSAVS(1, 40, "Ambiguous");
     elst[ERR_EXISTS] = CSAVS(1, 41, "%s: File exists");
     elst[ERR_ARGC] = CSAVS(1, 42, "Argument for -c ends in backslash");
     elst[ERR_INTR] = CSAVS(1, 43, "Interrupted");
     elst[ERR_RANGE] = CSAVS(1, 44, "Subscript out of range");
     elst[ERR_OVERFLOW] = CSAVS(1, 45, "Line overflow");
     elst[ERR_NOSUCHJOB] = CSAVS(1, 46, "No such job");
     elst[ERR_TERMINAL] = CSAVS(1, 47, "Can't from terminal");
     elst[ERR_NOTWHILE] = CSAVS(1, 48, "Not in while/foreach");
     elst[ERR_NOPROC] = CSAVS(1, 49, "No more processes");
     elst[ERR_NOMATCH] = CSAVS(1, 50, "No match");
     elst[ERR_MISSING] = CSAVS(1, 51, "Missing '%c'");
     elst[ERR_UNMATCHED] = CSAVS(1, 52, "Unmatched '%c'");
     elst[ERR_NOMEM] = CSAVS(1, 53, "Out of memory");
     elst[ERR_PIPE] = CSAVS(1, 54, "Can't make pipe");
     elst[ERR_SYSTEM] = CSAVS(1, 55, "%s: %s");
     elst[ERR_STRING] = CSAVS(1, 56, "%s");
     elst[ERR_JOBS] = CSAVS(1, 57, "Usage: jobs [ -l ]");
     elst[ERR_JOBARGS] = CSAVS(1, 58, "Arguments should be jobs or process id's");
     elst[ERR_JOBCUR] = CSAVS(1, 59, "No current job");
     elst[ERR_JOBPREV] = CSAVS(1, 60, "No previous job");
     elst[ERR_JOBPAT] = CSAVS(1, 61, "No job matches pattern");
     elst[ERR_NESTING] = CSAVS(1, 62, "Fork nesting > %d; maybe `...` loop");
     elst[ERR_JOBCTRLSUB] = CSAVS(1, 63, "No job control in subshells");
     elst[ERR_SYNC] = CSAVS(1, 64, "Sync fault: Process %d not found");
     elst[ERR_STOPPED] =
 #ifdef SUSPENDED
 	CSAVS(1, 65, "%sThere are suspended jobs");
 #else
 	CSAVS(1, 66, "%sThere are stopped jobs");
 #endif /* SUSPENDED */
     elst[ERR_NODIR] = CSAVS(1, 67, "No other directory");
     elst[ERR_EMPTY] = CSAVS(1, 68, "Directory stack empty");
     elst[ERR_BADDIR] = CSAVS(1, 69, "Bad directory");
     elst[ERR_DIRUS] = CSAVS(1, 70, "Usage: %s [-%s]%s");
     elst[ERR_HFLAG] = CSAVS(1, 71, "No operand for -h flag");
     elst[ERR_NOTLOGIN] = CSAVS(1, 72, "Not a login shell");
     elst[ERR_DIV0] = CSAVS(1, 73, "Division by 0");
     elst[ERR_MOD0] = CSAVS(1, 74, "Mod by 0");
     elst[ERR_BADSCALE] = CSAVS(1, 75, "Bad scaling; did you mean \"%s\"?");
     elst[ERR_SUSPLOG] = CSAVS(1, 76, "Can't suspend a login shell (yet)");
     elst[ERR_UNKUSER] = CSAVS(1, 77, "Unknown user: %s");
     elst[ERR_NOHOME] = CSAVS(1, 78, "No $home variable set");
     elst[ERR_HISTUS] = CSAVS(1, 79,
 	"Usage: history [-%s] [# number of events]");
     elst[ERR_SPDOLLT] = CSAVS(1, 80, "$, ! or < not allowed with $# or $?");
     elst[ERR_NEWLINE] = CSAVS(1, 81, "Newline in variable name");
     elst[ERR_SPSTAR] = CSAVS(1, 82, "* not allowed with $# or $?");
     elst[ERR_DIGIT] = CSAVS(1, 83, "$?<digit> or $#<digit> not allowed");
     elst[ERR_VARILL] = CSAVS(1, 84, "Illegal variable name");
     elst[ERR_NLINDEX] = CSAVS(1, 85, "Newline in variable index");
     elst[ERR_EXPOVFL] = CSAVS(1, 86, "Expansion buffer overflow");
     elst[ERR_VARSYN] = CSAVS(1, 87, "Variable syntax");
     elst[ERR_BADBANG] = CSAVS(1, 88, "Bad ! form");
     elst[ERR_NOSUBST] = CSAVS(1, 89, "No previous substitute");
     elst[ERR_BADSUBST] = CSAVS(1, 90, "Bad substitute");
     elst[ERR_LHS] = CSAVS(1, 91, "No previous left hand side");
     elst[ERR_RHSLONG] = CSAVS(1, 92, "Right hand side too long");
     elst[ERR_BADBANGMOD] = CSAVS(1, 93, "Bad ! modifier: '%c'");
     elst[ERR_MODFAIL] = CSAVS(1, 94, "Modifier failed");
     elst[ERR_SUBOVFL] = CSAVS(1, 95, "Substitution buffer overflow");
     elst[ERR_BADBANGARG] = CSAVS(1, 96, "Bad ! arg selector");
     elst[ERR_NOSEARCH] = CSAVS(1, 97, "No prev search");
     elst[ERR_NOEVENT] = CSAVS(1, 98, "%s: Event not found");
     elst[ERR_TOOMANYRP] = CSAVS(1, 99, "Too many )'s");
     elst[ERR_TOOMANYLP] = CSAVS(1, 100, "Too many ('s");
     elst[ERR_BADPLP] = CSAVS(1, 101, "Badly placed (");
     elst[ERR_MISRED] = CSAVS(1, 102, "Missing name for redirect");
     elst[ERR_OUTRED] = CSAVS(1, 103, "Ambiguous output redirect");
     elst[ERR_REDPAR] = CSAVS(1, 104, "Can't << within ()'s");
     elst[ERR_INRED] = CSAVS(1, 105, "Ambiguous input redirect");
     elst[ERR_BADPLPS] = CSAVS(1, 106, "Badly placed ()'s");
     elst[ERR_ALIASLOOP] = CSAVS(1, 107, "Alias loop");
     elst[ERR_NOWATCH] = CSAVS(1, 108, "No $watch variable set");
     elst[ERR_NOSCHED] = CSAVS(1, 109, "No scheduled events");
     elst[ERR_SCHEDUSAGE] = CSAVS(1, 110,
 	"Usage: sched -<item#>.\nUsage: sched [+]hh:mm <command>");
     elst[ERR_SCHEDEV] = CSAVS(1, 111, "Not that many scheduled events");
     elst[ERR_SCHEDCOM] = CSAVS(1, 112, "No command to run");
     elst[ERR_SCHEDTIME] = CSAVS(1, 113, "Invalid time for event");
     elst[ERR_SCHEDREL] = CSAVS(1, 114, "Relative time inconsistent with am/pm");
     elst[ERR_TCNOSTR] = CSAVS(1, 115, "Out of termcap string space");
     elst[ERR_SETTCUS] = CSAVS(1, 116, "Usage: settc %s [yes|no]");
     elst[ERR_TCCAP] = CSAVS(1, 117, "Unknown capability `%s'");
     elst[ERR_TCPARM] = CSAVS(1, 118, "Unknown termcap parameter '%%%c'");
     elst[ERR_TCARGS] = CSAVS(1, 119, "Too many arguments for `%s' (%d)");
     elst[ERR_TCNARGS] = CSAVS(1, 120, "`%s' requires %d arguments");
     elst[ERR_TCUSAGE] = CSAVS(1, 121,
 	"Usage: echotc [-v|-s] [<capability> [<args>]]");
     elst[ERR_ARCH] = CSAVS(1, 122, "%s: %s. Binary file not executable");
     elst[ERR_HISTLOOP] = CSAVS(1, 123, "!# History loop");
     elst[ERR_FILEINQ] = CSAVS(1, 124, "Malformed file inquiry");
     elst[ERR_SELOVFL] = CSAVS(1, 125, "Selector overflow");
 #ifdef apollo
     elst[ERR_TCSHUSAGE] = CSAVS(1, 126,
 "Unknown option: `-%s'\nUsage: %s [ -bcdefilmnqstvVxX -Dname[=value] ] [ argument ... ]");
 #else /* !apollo */
 # ifdef convex
     elst[ERR_TCSHUSAGE] = CSAVS(1, 127,
 "Unknown option: `-%s'\nUsage: %s [ -bcdefFilmnqstvVxX ] [ argument ... ]");
 # else /* rest */
     elst[ERR_TCSHUSAGE] = CSAVS(1, 128,
 "Unknown option: `-%s'\nUsage: %s [ -bcdefilmnqstvVxX ] [ argument ... ]");
 # endif /* convex */
 #endif /* apollo */
     elst[ERR_COMPCOM] = CSAVS(1, 129, "\nInvalid completion: \"%s\"");
     elst[ERR_COMPINV] = CSAVS(1, 130, "\nInvalid %s: '%c'");
     elst[ERR_COMPMIS] = CSAVS(1, 131,
 	"\nMissing separator '%c' after %s \"%s\"");
     elst[ERR_COMPINC] = CSAVS(1, 132, "\nIncomplete %s: \"%s\"");
     elst[ERR_MFLAG] = CSAVS(1, 133, "No operand for -m flag");
     elst[ERR_ULIMUS] = CSAVS(1, 134, "Usage: unlimit [-fh] [limits]");
     elst[ERR_READONLY] = CSAVS(1, 135, "$%S is read-only");
     elst[ERR_BADJOB] = CSAVS(1, 136, "No such job (badjob)");
     elst[ERR_BADCOLORVAR] = CSAVS(1, 137, "Unknown colorls variable '%c%c'");
     elst[ERR_EOF] = CSAVS(1, 138, "Unexpected end of file");
 }
 
 /* Cleanup data. */
 struct cleanup_entry
 {
     void *var;
     void (*fn) (void *);
 #ifdef CLEANUP_DEBUG
     const char *file;
     size_t line;
 #endif
 };
 
 static struct cleanup_entry *cleanup_stack INIT_ZERO; /* = NULL; */
 static size_t cleanup_sp INIT_ZERO; /* = 0; Next free entry */
 static size_t cleanup_mark INIT_ZERO; /* = 0; Last entry to handle before unwinding */
 static size_t cleanup_stack_size INIT_ZERO; /* = 0 */
 
 /* fn() will be run with all signals blocked, so it should not do anything
    risky. */
 void
 cleanup_push_internal(void *var, void (*fn) (void *)
 #ifdef CLEANUP_DEBUG
     , const char *file, size_t line
 #endif
 )
 {
     struct cleanup_entry *ce;
 
     if (cleanup_sp == cleanup_stack_size) {
 	if (cleanup_stack_size == 0)
 	    cleanup_stack_size = 64; /* Arbitrary */
 	else
 	    cleanup_stack_size *= 2;
 	cleanup_stack = xrealloc(cleanup_stack,
 				 cleanup_stack_size * sizeof (*cleanup_stack));
     }
     ce = cleanup_stack + cleanup_sp;
     ce->var = var;
     ce->fn = fn;
 #ifdef CLEANUP_DEBUG
     ce->file = file;
     ce->line = line;
 #endif
     cleanup_sp++;
 }
 
 static void
 cleanup_ignore_fn(void *dummy)
 {
     USE(dummy);
 }
 
 void
 cleanup_ignore(void *var)
 {
     struct cleanup_entry *ce;
 
     ce = cleanup_stack + cleanup_sp;
     while (ce != cleanup_stack) {
         ce--;
 	if (ce->var == var) {
 	    ce->fn = cleanup_ignore_fn;
 	    return;
 	}
     }
     abort();
 }
 
 void
 cleanup_until(void *last_var)
 {
     while (cleanup_sp != 0) {
 	struct cleanup_entry ce;
 
 	cleanup_sp--;
 	ce = cleanup_stack[cleanup_sp];
 	ce.fn(ce.var);
 	if (ce.var == last_var)
 	    return;
     }
     abort();
 }
 
 int
 cleanup_reset(void)
 {
     return cleanup_sp > cleanup_mark;
 }
 
 void
 cleanup_until_mark(void)
 {
     while (cleanup_sp > cleanup_mark) {
 	struct cleanup_entry ce;
 
 	cleanup_sp--;
 	ce = cleanup_stack[cleanup_sp];
 	ce.fn(ce.var);
     }
 }
 
 size_t
 cleanup_push_mark(void)
 {
     size_t old_mark;
 
     old_mark = cleanup_mark;
     cleanup_mark = cleanup_sp;
     return old_mark;
 }
 
 void
 cleanup_pop_mark(size_t mark)
 {
     assert (mark <= cleanup_sp);
     cleanup_mark = mark;
 }
 
 void
 sigint_cleanup(void *xsa)
 {
     const struct sigaction *sa;
 
     sa = xsa;
     sigaction(SIGINT, sa, NULL);
 }
 
 void
 sigprocmask_cleanup(void *xmask)
 {
     sigset_t *mask;
 
     mask = xmask;
     sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, mask, NULL);
 }
 
 void
 open_cleanup(void *xptr)
 {
     int *ptr;
 
     ptr = xptr;
     xclose(*ptr);
 }
 
 void
 opendir_cleanup(void *xdir)
 {
     DIR *dir;
 
     dir = xdir;
     xclosedir(dir);
 }
 
 void
 xfree_indirect(void *xptr)
 {
     void **ptr; /* This is actually type punning :( */
 
     ptr = xptr;
     xfree(*ptr);
 }
 
 void
 reset(void)
 {
     cleanup_until_mark();
     _reset();
     abort();
 }
 
 /*
  * The parser and scanner set up errors for later by calling seterr,
  * which sets the variable err as a side effect; later to be tested,
  * e.g. in process.
  */
 void
 /*VARARGS1*/
 seterror(unsigned int id, ...)
 {
     if (seterr == 0) {
 	va_list va;
 
 	va_start(va, id);
 	if (id >= sizeof(elst) / sizeof(elst[0]))
 	    id = ERR_INVALID;
 	seterr = xvasprintf(elst[id], va);
 	va_end(va);
     }
 }
 
 void
 fixerror(void)
 {
     didfds = 0;			/* Forget about 0,1,2 */
     /*
      * Go away if -e or we are a child shell
      */
     if (!exitset || exiterr || child)
 	xexit(1);
 
     /*
      * Reset the state of the input. This buffered seek to end of file will
      * also clear the while/foreach stack.
      */
     btoeof();
 
     setcopy(STRstatus, STR1, VAR_READWRITE);/*FIXRESET*/
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
     if (tpgrp > 0)
 	(void) tcsetpgrp(FSHTTY, tpgrp);
 #endif
 }
 
 /*
  * Print the error with the given id.
  *
  * Special ids:
  *	ERR_SILENT: Print nothing.
  *	ERR_OLD: Print the previously set error
  *	ERR_NAME: If this bit is set, print the name of the function
  *		  in bname
  *
  * This routine always resets or exits.  The flag haderr
  * is set so the routine who catches the unwind can propogate
  * it if they want.
  *
  * Note that any open files at the point of error will eventually
  * be closed in the routine process in sh.c which is the only
  * place error unwinds are ever caught.
  */
 void
 /*VARARGS*/
 stderror(unsigned int id, ...)
 {
     va_list va;
     int flags;
 
     va_start(va, id);
 
     /*
      * Reset don't free flag for buggy os's
      */
     dont_free = 0;
 
     flags = (int) id & ERR_FLAGS;
     id &= ~ERR_FLAGS;
 
     /* Pyramid's OS/x has a subtle bug in <varargs.h> which prevents calling
      * va_end more than once in the same function. -- sterling@netcom.com
      */
     assert(!((flags & ERR_OLD) && seterr == NULL));
 
     if (id >= sizeof(elst) / sizeof(elst[0]))
 	id = ERR_INVALID;
 
     if (!(flags & ERR_SILENT)) {
 	/*
 	 * Must flush before we print as we wish output before the error
 	 * to go on (some form of) standard output, while output after
 	 * goes on (some form of) diagnostic output. If didfds then output
 	 * will go to 1/2 else to FSHOUT/FSHDIAG. See flush in sh.print.c.
 	 */
 	flush();/*FIXRESET*/
 	haderr = 1;		/* Now to diagnostic output */
+	if (enterhist)
+	    xprintf("Can't load history: ");/*FIXRESET*/
 	if (flags & ERR_NAME)
 	    xprintf("%s: ", bname);/*FIXRESET*/
 	if ((flags & ERR_OLD)) {
 	    /* Old error. */
 	    xprintf("%s.\n", seterr);/*FIXRESET*/
 	} else {
 	    xvprintf(elst[id], va);/*FIXRESET*/
 	    xprintf(".\n");/*FIXRESET*/
 	}
     }
     va_end(va);
 
     if (seterr) {
 	xfree(seterr);
 	seterr = NULL;
     }
 
     fixerror();
 
     reset();		/* Unwind */
 }
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/sh.h
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/sh.h	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/sh.h	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,1287 +1,1301 @@
 /*
  * sh.h: Catch it all globals and includes file!
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #ifndef _h_sh
 #define _h_sh
 
 #include "config.h"
 
 #include <stddef.h>
 #include <signal.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_ICONV
 # include <iconv.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
 # include <stdint.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
 # include <inttypes.h>
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) && !defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 typedef unsigned long intptr_t;
 #endif
 
 #ifndef EXTERN
 # define EXTERN extern
 #else /* !EXTERN */
 # ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 #  define IZERO = 0
 #  define IZERO_STRUCT = {0}
 # endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 #endif /* EXTERN */
 
 #ifndef IZERO
 # define IZERO
 #endif /* IZERO */
 #ifndef IZERO_STRUCT
 # define IZERO_STRUCT
 #endif /* IZERO_STRUCT */
 
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 # define INIT_ZERO
 # define INIT_ZERO_STRUCT
 # define force_read xread
 #endif /*!WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 #if defined(KANJI) && defined(WIDE_STRINGS) && defined(HAVE_NL_LANGINFO) && defined(CODESET)
 #define AUTOSET_KANJI
 #endif
 /*
  * Sanity
  */
 #if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) && !defined(POSIX)
 # define POSIX
 #endif 
 
 #if defined(POSIXJOBS) && !defined(BSDJOBS)
 # define BSDJOBS
 #endif 
 
 #define TMP_TEMPLATE ".XXXXXX"
 
 #ifdef SHORT_STRINGS
 # ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 #include <wchar.h>
 #  ifdef UTF16_STRINGS
 typedef wint_t Char;
 #  else
 typedef wchar_t Char;
 #endif
 typedef unsigned long uChar;
 typedef wint_t eChar; /* Can contain any Char value or CHAR_ERR */
 #define CHAR_ERR WEOF /* Pretty please, use bit 31... */
 #define normal_mbtowc(PWC, S, N) rt_mbtowc(PWC, S, N)
 #define reset_mbtowc() TCSH_IGNORE(mbtowc(NULL, NULL, 0))
 # else
 typedef short Char;
 typedef unsigned short uChar;
 typedef int eChar;
 #define CHAR_ERR (-1)
 #define normal_mbtowc(PWC, S, N) ((void)(N), *(PWC) = (unsigned char)*(S), 1)
 #define reset_mbtowc() ((void)0)
 # endif
 # define SAVE(a) (Strsave(str2short(a)))
 #else
 typedef char Char;
 typedef unsigned char uChar;
 typedef int eChar;
 #define CHAR_ERR (-1)
 #define normal_mbtowc(PWC, S, N) ((void)(N), *(PWC) = (unsigned char)*(S), 1)
 #define reset_mbtowc() ((void)0)
 # define SAVE(a) (strsave(a))
 #endif
 
 #if !defined(__inline) && !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_MSC_VER)
 #define __inline
 #endif
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #define TCSH_PTRDIFF_T_FMT "I"
 #else
 #define TCSH_PTRDIFF_T_FMT "t"
 #endif
 /* Elide unused argument warnings */
 #define USE(a)	(void) (a)
 #define TCSH_IGNORE(a)	tcsh_ignore((intptr_t)a)
 static __inline void tcsh_ignore(intptr_t a)
 {
     USE(a);
 }
 
 /*
  * Return true if the path is absolute
  */
 #if defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 # define ABSOLUTEP(p)	((p)[0] == '/' || \
     (Isalpha((p)[0]) && (p)[1] == ':'))
 #elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
 # define ABSOLUTEP(p)	((p)[0] == '/' || \
     (Isalpha((p)[0]) && (p)[1] == ':' && \
      ((p)[2] == '\0' || (p)[2] == '/')))
 #else /* !WINNT_NATIVE && !__CYGWIN__ */
 # define ABSOLUTEP(p)	(*(p) == '/')
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE || __CYGWIN__ */
 
 /*
  * Fundamental definitions which may vary from system to system.
  *
  *	BUFSIZE		The i/o buffering size; also limits word size
  *	MAILINTVL	How often to mailcheck; more often is more expensive
  */
 #ifdef BUFSIZE
 # if	   BUFSIZE < 4096
 #  undef   BUFSIZE
 #  define  BUFSIZE	4096	/* buffer size should be no less than this */
 # endif
 #else
 # define   BUFSIZE	4096
 #endif /* BUFSIZE */
 
 #define FORKSLEEP	10	/* delay loop on non-interactive fork failure */
 #define	MAILINTVL	600	/* 10 minutes */
 
 #ifndef INBUFSIZE
 # define INBUFSIZE    2*BUFSIZE /* Num input characters on the command line */
 #endif /* INBUFSIZE */
 
 
 /*
  * What our builtin echo looks like
  */
 #define NONE_ECHO	0
 #define BSD_ECHO	1
 #define SYSV_ECHO	2
 #define BOTH_ECHO	(BSD_ECHO|SYSV_ECHO)
 
 #ifndef ECHO_STYLE
 # if SYSVREL > 0
 #  define ECHO_STYLE SYSV_ECHO
 # else /* SYSVREL == 0 */
 #  define ECHO_STYLE BSD_ECHO
 # endif /* SYSVREL */
 #endif /* ECHO_STYLE */
 
 /* values for noclobber */
 #define NOCLOBBER_DEFAULT  1
 #define NOCLOBBER_NOTEMPTY 2
 #define NOCLOBBER_ASK      4
 
 /*
  * The shell moves std in/out/diag and the old std input away from units
  * 0, 1, and 2 so that it is easy to set up these standards for invoked
  * commands.
  */
 #define	FSAFE	5		/* We keep the first 5 descriptors untouched */
 #define	FSHTTY	15		/* /dev/tty when manip pgrps */
 #define	FSHIN	16		/* Preferred desc for shell input */
 #define	FSHOUT	17		/* ... shell output */
 #define	FSHDIAG	18		/* ... shell diagnostics */
 #define	FOLDSTD	19		/* ... old std input */
 
 #ifdef PROF
 #define	xexit(n)	done(n)
 #endif 
 
 #ifdef cray
 # define word word_t           /* sys/types.h defines word.. bad move! */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #ifdef cray
 # undef word
 #endif 
 
 /* 
  * Path separator in environment variables
  */
 #ifndef PATHSEP
 # if defined(__EMX__) || defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 #  define PATHSEP ';'
 # else /* unix */
 #  define PATHSEP ':'
 # endif /* __EMX__ || WINNT_NATIVE */
 #endif /* !PATHSEP */
 
 #if defined(__HP_CXD_SPP) && !defined(__hpux)
 # include <sys/cnx_stat.h>
 # define stat stat64
 # define fstat fstat64
 # define lstat lstat64
 #endif /* __HP_CXD_SPP && !__hpux */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG
 typedef long long tcsh_number_t;
 #else
 typedef long tcsh_number_t;
 #endif
 /*
  * This macro compares the st_dev field of struct stat. On aix on ibmESA
  * st_dev is a structure, so comparison does not work. 
  */
 #ifndef DEV_DEV_COMPARE
 # define DEV_DEV_COMPARE(x,y)   ((x) == (y))
 #endif /* DEV_DEV_COMPARE */
 
 #ifdef _SEQUENT_
 # include <sys/procstats.h>
 #endif /* _SEQUENT_ */
 #if (defined(POSIX) || SYSVREL > 0) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 # include <sys/times.h>
 #endif /* (POSIX || SYSVREL > 0) && !WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 #ifdef NLS
 # include <locale.h>
 #endif /* NLS */
 
 #if !defined(_MINIX) && !defined(_VMS_POSIX) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE) && !defined(__MVS__)
 # include <sys/param.h>
 #endif /* !_MINIX && !_VMS_POSIX && !WINNT_NATIVE && !__MVS__ */
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
 #if defined(BSDTIMES) || defined(BSDLIMIT)
 # include <sys/time.h>
 # if SYSVREL>3 && !defined(SCO) && !defined(sgi) && !defined(SNI) && !defined(sun) && !(defined(__alpha) && defined(__osf__)) && !defined(_SX) && !defined(__MVS__)
 #  include "/usr/ucbinclude/sys/resource.h"
 # else
 #  ifdef convex
 #   define sysrusage cvxrusage
 #   include <sys/sysinfo.h>
 #  else
 #   define sysrusage rusage
 #   include <sys/resource.h>
 #  endif /* convex */
 # endif /* SYSVREL>3 */
 #endif /* BSDTIMES */
 
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 # ifndef POSIX
 #  ifdef TERMIO
 #   include <termio.h>
 #  else /* SGTTY */
 #   include <sgtty.h>
 #  endif /* TERMIO */
 # else /* POSIX */
 #  ifndef _UWIN
 #   include <termios.h>
 #  else
 #   include <termio.h>
 #  endif /* _UWIN */
 #  if SYSVREL > 3 || defined(__linux__)
 #   undef TIOCGLTC	/* we don't need those, since POSIX has them */
 #   undef TIOCSLTC
 #   undef CSWTCH
 #   define CSWTCH _POSIX_VDISABLE	/* So job control works */
 #  endif /* SYSVREL > 3 */
 # endif /* POSIX */
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 #ifdef sonyrisc
 # include <sys/ttold.h>
 #endif /* sonyrisc */
 
 #if defined(POSIX) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 # include <unistd.h>
 
 /*
  * the gcc+protoize version of <stdlib.h>
  * redefines malloc(), so we define the following
  * to avoid it.
  */
 # if defined(SYSMALLOC) || defined(__linux__) || defined(__GNU__) || defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(sgi) || defined(_OSD_POSIX)
 #  define NO_FIX_MALLOC
 #  include <stdlib.h>
 # else /* glibc */
 #  define _GNU_STDLIB_H
 #  define malloc __malloc
 #  define free __free
 #  define calloc __calloc
 #  define realloc __realloc
 #  include <stdlib.h>
 #  undef malloc
 #  undef free
 #  undef calloc
 #  undef realloc
 # endif /* glibc || sgi */
 #endif /* POSIX && !WINNT_NATIVE */
 #include <limits.h>
 
 #if SYSVREL > 0 || defined(_IBMR2) || defined(_MINIX) || defined(__linux__) || defined(__GNU__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
 # if !defined(pyr) && !defined(stellar)
 #  include <time.h>
 #  ifdef _MINIX
 #   define HZ CLOCKS_PER_SEC
 #  endif /* _MINIX */
 # endif /* !pyr && !stellar */
 #endif /* SYSVREL > 0 ||  _IBMR2 */
 
 /* In the following ifdef the DECOSF1 has been commented so that later
  * versions of DECOSF1 will get TIOCGWINSZ. This might break older versions...
  */
 #if !((defined(SUNOS4) || defined(_MINIX) /* || defined(DECOSF1) */) && defined(TERMIO))
 # if !defined(_VMS_POSIX) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE)
 #  include <sys/ioctl.h>
 #  if SYSVREL > 3 || defined(__linux__)
 #   undef TIOCGLTC	/* we don't need those, since POSIX has them */
 #   undef TIOCSLTC
 #   undef CSWTCH
 #   define CSWTCH _POSIX_VDISABLE	/* So job control works */
 #  endif /* SYSVREL > 3 */
 # endif
 #endif 
 
 #if (defined(__DGUX__) && defined(POSIX)) || defined(DGUX)
 #undef CSWTCH
 #define CSWTCH _POSIX_VDISABLE
 #endif
 
 #if (!defined(FIOCLEX) && defined(SUNOS4)) || ((SYSVREL == 4) && !defined(_SEQUENT_) && !defined(SCO) && !defined(_SX)) && !defined(__MVS__)
 # include <sys/filio.h>
 #endif /* (!FIOCLEX && SUNOS4) || (SYSVREL == 4 && !_SEQUENT_ && !SCO && !_SX ) */
 
 #if !defined(_MINIX) && !defined(supermax) && !defined(WINNT_NATIVE) && !defined(IRIS4D)
 # include <sys/file.h>
 #endif	/* !_MINIX && !supermax && !WINNT_NATIVE && !defined(IRIS4D) */
 
 #if !defined(O_RDONLY) || !defined(O_NDELAY)
 # include <fcntl.h>
 #endif 
 
 #include <errno.h>
 
 #include <setjmp.h>
 
 #include <stdarg.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
 # include <dirent.h>
 #else
 # ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
 #  include <ndir.h>
 # else
 #  include <sys/dir.h>
 # endif
 # define dirent direct
 #endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
 #ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
 # define d_ino d_fileno
 #endif
 #if defined(hpux) || defined(sgi) || defined(OREO)
 # include <stdio.h>	/* So the fgetpwent() prototypes work */
 #endif /* hpux || sgi || OREO */
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 #ifdef HAVE_SHADOW_H
 # include <shadow.h>
 #endif /* HAVE_SHADOW_H */
 #ifdef HAVE_AUTH_H
 # include <auth.h>
 #endif /* HAVE_AUTH_H */
 #if defined(BSD) && !defined(POSIX)
 # include <strings.h>
 # define strchr(a, b) index(a, b)
 # define strrchr(a, b) rindex(a, b)
 #else
 # include <string.h>
 #endif /* BSD */
 
 /*
  * IRIX-5.0 has <sys/cdefs.h>, but most system include files do not
  * include it yet, so we include it here
  */
 #if defined(sgi) && SYSVREL > 3
 # include <sys/cdefs.h>
 #endif /* sgi && SYSVREL > 3 */
 
 #ifdef REMOTEHOST
 # ifdef ISC
 #  undef MAXHOSTNAMELEN	/* Busted headers? */
 # endif
 
 # include <netinet/in.h>
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 # include <sys/socket.h>
 # if (defined(_SS_SIZE) || defined(_SS_MAXSIZE)) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_STORAGE_SS_FAMILY)
 #  if !defined(__APPLE__) /* Damnit, where is getnameinfo() folks? */
 #   if !defined(sgi)
 #    define INET6
 #   endif /* sgi */
 #  endif /* __APPLE__ */
 # endif
 # include <sys/uio.h>	/* For struct iovec */
 #endif /* REMOTEHOST */
 
 #ifdef PURIFY
 /* exit normally, allowing purify to trace leaks */
 # define _exit		exit
 #endif /* !PURIFY */
 
 /*
  * ASCII vs. EBCDIC
  */
 #if 'Z' - 'A' == 25
 # ifndef IS_ASCII
 #  define IS_ASCII
 # endif
 #endif
 
 #include "sh.types.h"
 
 #if !HAVE_DECL_GETPGRP
 # ifndef GETPGRP_VOID
 extern pid_t getpgrp (int);
 # else
 extern pid_t getpgrp (void);
 # endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef lint
 typedef ptr_t memalign_t;
 #else
 typedef union {
     char    am_char, *am_char_p;
     short   am_short, *am_short_p;
     int     am_int, *am_int_p;
     long    am_long, *am_long_p;
     float   am_float, *am_float_p;
     double  am_double, *am_double_p;
 }      *memalign_t;
 
 # define malloc		lint_malloc
 # define free		lint_free
 # define realloc	lint_realloc
 # define calloc		lint_calloc
 #endif 
 
 #ifdef SYSMALLOC
 # define xmalloc(i)	smalloc(i)
 # define xrealloc(p, i)	srealloc(p, i)
 # define xcalloc(n, s)	scalloc(n, s)
 # define xfree		sfree
 #else
 # define xmalloc(i)  	malloc(i)
 # define xrealloc(p, i)	realloc(p, i)
 # define xcalloc(n, s)	calloc(n, s)
 # define xfree	 	free
 #endif /* SYSMALLOC */
 #include "sh.char.h"
 #include "sh.err.h"
 #include "sh.dir.h"
 #include "sh.proc.h"
 
 #include "pathnames.h"
 
 
 /*
  * C shell
  *
  * Bill Joy, UC Berkeley
  * October, 1978; May 1980
  *
  * Jim Kulp, IIASA, Laxenburg Austria
  * April, 1980
  */
 
 #ifdef HESIOD
 # include <hesiod.h>
 #endif /* HESIOD */
 
 #ifdef REMOTEHOST
 # include <netdb.h>
 #endif /* REMOTEHOST */
 
 #ifndef MAXHOSTNAMELEN
 # ifdef HOST_NAME_MAX
 #  define MAXHOSTNAMELEN (HOST_NAME_MAX + 1)
 # elif defined(SCO) && (SYSVREL > 3)
 #  include <sys/socket.h>
 # else
 #  define MAXHOSTNAMELEN 256
 # endif
 #endif /* MAXHOSTNAMELEN */
 
 
 
 #define	eq(a, b)	(Strcmp(a, b) == 0)
 
 /* globone() flags */
 #define G_ERROR		0	/* default action: error if multiple words */
 #define G_IGNORE	1	/* ignore the rest of the words		   */
 #define G_APPEND	2	/* make a sentence by cat'ing the words    */
 
 /*
  * Global flags
  */
 EXTERN int    chkstop IZERO;	/* Warned of stopped jobs... allow exit */
 
 #if (defined(FIOCLEX) && defined(FIONCLEX)) || defined(F_SETFD)
 # define CLOSE_ON_EXEC
 #else
 EXTERN int    didcch IZERO;	/* Have closed unused fd's for child */
 #endif /* (FIOCLEX && FIONCLEX) || F_SETFD */
 
 EXTERN int    didfds IZERO;	/* Have setup i/o fd's for child */
 EXTERN int    doneinp IZERO;	/* EOF indicator after reset from readc */
 EXTERN int    exiterr IZERO;	/* Exit if error or non-zero exit status */
 EXTERN int    child IZERO;	/* Child shell ... errors cause exit */
 EXTERN int    haderr IZERO;	/* Reset was because of an error */
 EXTERN int    intty IZERO;	/* Input is a tty */
 EXTERN int    intact IZERO;	/* We are interactive... therefore prompt */
 EXTERN int    justpr IZERO;	/* Just print because of :p hist mod */
 EXTERN int    loginsh IZERO;	/* We are a loginsh -> .login/.logout */
 EXTERN int    neednote IZERO;	/* Need to pnotify() */
 EXTERN int    noexec IZERO;	/* Don't execute, just syntax check */
 EXTERN int    pjobs IZERO;	/* want to print jobs if interrupted */
 EXTERN int    setintr IZERO;	/* Set interrupts on/off -> Wait intr... */
 EXTERN int    handle_interrupt IZERO;/* Are we currently handling an interrupt? */
 EXTERN int    havhash IZERO;	/* path hashing is available */
 EXTERN int    editing IZERO;	/* doing filename expansion and line editing */
 EXTERN int    noediting IZERO;	/* initial $term defaulted to noedit */
 EXTERN int    bslash_quote IZERO;/* PWP: tcsh-style quoting?  (in sh.c) */
 EXTERN int    anyerror IZERO;	/* propagate errors from pipelines/backq */
 EXTERN int    compat_expr IZERO;/* csh-style expressions? */
 EXTERN int    isoutatty IZERO;	/* is SHOUT a tty */
 EXTERN int    isdiagatty IZERO;/* is SHDIAG a tty */
 EXTERN int    is1atty IZERO;	/* is file descriptor 1 a tty (didfds mode) */
 EXTERN int    is2atty IZERO;	/* is file descriptor 2 a tty (didfds mode) */
 EXTERN int    arun IZERO;	/* Currently running multi-line-aliases */
 EXTERN int    implicit_cd IZERO;/* implicit cd enabled?(1=enabled,2=verbose) */
 EXTERN int    cdtohome IZERO;	/* cd without args goes home */
 EXTERN int    inheredoc IZERO;	/* Currently parsing a heredoc */
 EXTERN int    no_clobber IZERO;	/* no clobber enabled? 1=yes 2=notempty, 4=ask*/
 /* We received a window change event */
 EXTERN volatile sig_atomic_t windowchg IZERO;
 #if defined(KANJI) && defined(SHORT_STRINGS) && defined(DSPMBYTE)
 EXTERN int    dspmbyte_ls;
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Global i/o info
  */
 EXTERN Char   *arginp IZERO;	/* Argument input for sh -c and internal `xx` */
 EXTERN int     onelflg IZERO;	/* 2 -> need line for -t, 1 -> exit on read */
 extern Char   *ffile;		/* Name of shell file for $0 */
 extern int    dolzero;		/* if $?0 should return true... */
 
 extern char *seterr;		/* Error message from scanner/parser */
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;		/* Error from C library routines */
 #endif
 extern int exitset;
 /* Temp name for << shell files in /tmp, for xfree() */
 EXTERN Char   *shtemp IZERO;
 
 #ifdef BSDTIMES
 EXTERN struct timeval time0;	/* Time at which the shell started */
 EXTERN struct sysrusage ru0;
 #else
 # ifdef _SEQUENT_
 EXTERN timeval_t time0;		/* time at which shell started */
 EXTERN struct process_stats ru0;
 # else /* _SEQUENT_ */
 #  ifndef POSIX
 EXTERN time_t  time0;		/* time at which shell started */
 #  else	/* POSIX */
 EXTERN clock_t time0;		/* time at which shell started */
 EXTERN clock_t clk_tck;
 #  endif /* POSIX */
 EXTERN struct tms shtimes;	/* shell and child times for process timing */
 # endif /* _SEQUENT_ */
 EXTERN time_t seconds0;
 #endif /* BSDTIMES */
 
 #ifndef HZ
 # define HZ	100		/* for division into seconds */
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Miscellany
  */
 EXTERN pid_t   mainpid;		/* pid of the main shell ($$) */
 EXTERN Char   *doldol;		/* Character pid for $$ */
 EXTERN pid_t   backpid;		/* pid of the last background job */
 
 
 /*
  * Ideally these should be uid_t, gid_t, pid_t. I cannot do that right now
  * cause pid's could be unsigned and that would break our -1 flag, and 
  * uid_t and gid_t are not defined in all the systems so I would have to
  * make special cases for them. In the future...
  */
 EXTERN uid_t   uid, euid; 	/* Invokers real and effective */
 EXTERN gid_t   gid, egid;	/* User and group ids */
 EXTERN pid_t   opgrp,		/* Initial pgrp and tty pgrp */
                shpgrp,		/* Pgrp of shell */
                tpgrp;		/* Terminal process group */
 				/* If tpgrp is -1, leave tty alone! */
 
 EXTERN Char   *Prompt;		/* The actual printed prompt or NULL */
 EXTERN Char   *RPrompt;		/* Right-hand side prompt or NULL */
 
 /*
  * To be able to redirect i/o for builtins easily, the shell moves the i/o
  * descriptors it uses away from 0,1,2.
  * Ideally these should be in units which are closed across exec's
  * (this saves work) but for version 6, this is not usually possible.
  * The desired initial values for these descriptors are defined in
  * sh.local.h.
  */
 EXTERN int   SHIN IZERO;	/* Current shell input (script) */
 EXTERN int   SHOUT IZERO;	/* Shell output */
 EXTERN int   SHDIAG IZERO;	/* Diagnostic output... shell errs go here */
 EXTERN int   OLDSTD IZERO;	/* Old standard input (def for cmds) */
 
 
 #if (SYSVREL == 4 && defined(_UTS)) || defined(__linux__)
 /* 
  * From: fadden@uts.amdahl.com (Andy McFadden)
  * we need sigsetjmp for UTS4, but not UTS2.1
  */
 # define SIGSETJMP
 #endif
 
 /*
  * Error control
  *
  * Errors in scanning and parsing set up an error message to be printed
  * at the end and complete.  Other errors always cause a reset.
  * Because of source commands and .cshrc we need nested error catches.
  */
 
 #ifdef SIGSETJMP
-   typedef struct { sigjmp_buf j; } jmp_buf_t;
-# define setexit()  sigsetjmp(reslab.j, 1)
-# define _reset()    siglongjmp(reslab.j, 1)
+   typedef struct { const char *f; size_t l; sigjmp_buf j; } jmp_buf_t;
+# define tcsh_setjmp() sigsetjmp(reslab.j, 1)
+# define tcsh_longjmp()   siglongjmp(reslab.j, 1)
+# define setexit()  (reslab.f = __func__, \
+		    reslab.l = __LINE__, \
+		    sigsetjmp(reslab.j, 1))
+# define _reset()   siglongjmp(reslab.j, 1)
 #else
-   typedef struct { jmp_buf j; } jmp_buf_t;
-# define setexit()  setjmp(reslab.j)
-# define _reset()    longjmp(reslab.j, 1)
+   typedef struct { const char *f; size_t l; jmp_buf j; } jmp_buf_t;
+# define tcsh_setjmp() setjmp(reslab.j)
+# define tcsh_longjmp()   longjmp(reslab.j, 1)
+#endif
+
+#define setexit()  (reslab.f = __func__, \
+		    reslab.l = __LINE__, \
+		    tcsh_setjmp())
+#ifdef SETJMP_DEBUG
+# define _reset()   xprintf("reset %s %zu\n", reslab.f, reslab.l), \
+		    flush(), tcsh_longjmp()
+#else
+# define _reset()   tcsh_longjmp()
 #endif
 
 #define getexit(a) (void) ((a) = reslab)
 #define resexit(a) (void) (reslab = (a))
 
 #define cpybin(a, b) (void) ((a) = (b))
 
 extern jmp_buf_t reslab;
 
 EXTERN Char   *gointr;		/* Label for an onintr transfer */
 
 extern struct sigaction parintr;	/* Parents interrupt catch */
 extern struct sigaction parterm;	/* Parents terminate catch */
 
 /*
  * Lexical definitions.
  *
  * All lexical space is allocated dynamically.
  * The eighth/sixteenth bit of characters is used to prevent recognition,
  * and eventually stripped.
  */
 #define		META		0200
 #define		ASCII		0177
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS		/* Implies SHORT_STRINGS */
 /* 31st char bit used for 'ing (not 32nd, we want all values nonnegative) */
 /*
  * Notice
  *
  * By fix for handling unicode name file, 32nd bit is used.
  * We need use '&' instead of '> or <' when comparing with INVALID_BYTE etc..
  * Cast to uChar is not recommended,
  *  becase Char is 4bytes but uChar is 8bytes on I32LP64. */
 # define	QUOTE		0x80000000
 # define	TRIM		0x7FFFFFFF /* Mask to strip quote bit */
 # define	UNDER		0x08000000 /* Underline flag */
 # define	BOLD		0x04000000 /* Bold flag */
 # define	STANDOUT	0x02000000 /* Standout flag */
 # define	LITERAL		0x01000000 /* Literal character flag */
 # define	ATTRIBUTES	0x0F000000 /* The bits used for attributes */
 # define	INVALID_BYTE	0xF0000000 /* Invalid character on input */
 # ifdef SOLARIS2
 #  define	CHAR		0x30FFFFFF /* Mask to mask out the character */
 # else
 #  define	CHAR		0x00FFFFFF /* Mask to mask out the character */
 # endif
 #elif defined (SHORT_STRINGS)
 # define	QUOTE 	((Char)	0100000)/* 16nth char bit used for 'ing */
 # define	TRIM		0073777	/* Mask to strip quote/lit bit */
 # define	UNDER		0040000	/* Underline flag */
 # define	BOLD		0020000	/* Bold flag */
 # define	STANDOUT	0010000	/* Standout flag */
 # define	LITERAL		0004000	/* Literal character flag */
 # define	ATTRIBUTES	0074000	/* The bits used for attributes */
 # define	INVALID_BYTE	0
 # define	CHAR		0000377	/* Mask to mask out the character */
 #else
 # define	QUOTE 	((Char)	0200)	/* Eighth char bit used for 'ing */
 # define	TRIM		0177	/* Mask to strip quote bit */
 # define	UNDER		0000000	/* No extra bits to do both */
 # define	BOLD		0000000	/* Bold flag */
 # define	STANDOUT	META	/* Standout flag */
 # define	LITERAL		0000000	/* Literal character flag */
 # define	ATTRIBUTES	0200	/* The bits used for attributes */
 # define	INVALID_BYTE	0
 # define	CHAR		0000177	/* Mask to mask out the character */
 #endif
 #define		CHAR_DBWIDTH	(LITERAL|(LITERAL-1))
 
 # define 	MAX_UTF32	0x7FFFFFFF	/* max UTF32 is U+7FFFFFFF */
 
 EXTERN int     AsciiOnly;	/* If set only 7 bits expected in characters */
 
 /*
  * Each level of input has a buffered input structure.
  * There are one or more blocks of buffered input for each level,
  * exactly one if the input is seekable and tell is available.
  * In other cases, the shell buffers enough blocks to keep all loops
  * in the buffer.
  *
  * If (WIDE_STRINGS && cantell), fbobp is always a byte offset, but
  * (fseekp - fbobp) and (feobp - fbobp) are character offsets (usable for
  * fbuf indexing).
  *
  * If (!cantell), all offsets are character offsets; if (!WIDE_STRINGS), there
  * is no difference between byte and character offsets.
  */
 EXTERN struct Bin {
     off_t   Bfseekp;		/* Seek pointer, generally != lseek() value */
     off_t   Bfbobp;		/* Seekp of beginning of buffers */
     off_t   Bfeobp;		/* Seekp of end of buffers */
     int     Bfblocks;		/* Number of buffer blocks */
     Char  **Bfbuf;		/* The array of buffer blocks */
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
     /* Number of bytes in each character if (cantell) */
     unsigned char Bfclens[BUFSIZE + 1];
 #endif
 }       B;
 
 /*
  * This structure allows us to seek inside aliases
  */
 struct Ain {
     int type;
 #define TCSH_I_SEEK 	 0		/* Invalid seek */
 #define TCSH_A_SEEK	 1		/* Alias seek */
 #define TCSH_F_SEEK	 2		/* File seek */
 #define TCSH_E_SEEK	 3		/* Eval seek */
     union {
 	off_t _f_seek;		/* A byte offset if (cantell) */
 	Char* _c_seek;
     } fc;
 #define f_seek fc._f_seek
 #define c_seek fc._c_seek
     Char **a_seek;
 } ;
 
 extern int aret;		/* Type of last char returned */
 #define SEEKEQ(a, b) ((a)->type == (b)->type && \
 		      (a)->f_seek == (b)->f_seek && \
 		      (a)->a_seek == (b)->a_seek)
 
 #define	fseekp	B.Bfseekp
 #define	fbobp	B.Bfbobp
 #define	feobp	B.Bfeobp
 #define	fblocks	B.Bfblocks
 #define	fbuf	B.Bfbuf
 #define fclens  B.Bfclens
 
 /*
  * The shell finds commands in loops by reseeking the input
  * For whiles, in particular, it reseeks to the beginning of the
  * line the while was on; hence the while placement restrictions.
  */
 EXTERN struct Ain lineloc;
 
 EXTERN int    cantell;		/* Is current source tellable ? */
 
 /*
  * Input lines are parsed into doubly linked circular
  * lists of words of the following form.
  */
 struct wordent {
     Char   *word;
     struct wordent *prev;
     struct wordent *next;
 };
 
 /*
  * During word building, both in the initial lexical phase and
  * when expanding $ variable substitutions, expansion by `!' and `$'
  * must be inhibited when reading ahead in routines which are themselves
  * processing `!' and `$' expansion or after characters such as `\' or in
  * quotations.  The following flags are passed to the getC routines
  * telling them which of these substitutions are appropriate for the
  * next character to be returned.
  */
 #define	DODOL	1
 #define	DOEXCL	2
 #define	DOALL	DODOL|DOEXCL
 
 /*
  * Labuf implements a general buffer for lookahead during lexical operations.
  * Text which is to be placed in the input stream can be stuck here.
  * We stick parsed ahead $ constructs during initial input,
  * process id's from `$$', and modified variable values (from qualifiers
  * during expansion in sh.dol.c) here.
  */
 extern struct Strbuf labuf;
 EXTERN size_t lap; /* N/A if == labuf.len, index into labuf.s otherwise */
 
 /*
  * Parser structure
  *
  * Each command is parsed to a tree of command structures and
  * flags are set bottom up during this process, to be propagated down
  * as needed during the semantics/exeuction pass (sh.sem.c).
  */
 struct command {
     unsigned char   t_dtyp;	/* Type of node 		 */
 #define	NODE_COMMAND	1	/* t_dcom <t_dlef >t_drit	 */
 #define	NODE_PAREN	2	/* ( t_dspr ) <t_dlef >t_drit	 */
 #define	NODE_PIPE	3	/* t_dlef | t_drit		 */
 #define	NODE_LIST	4	/* t_dlef ; t_drit		 */
 #define	NODE_OR		5	/* t_dlef || t_drit		 */
 #define	NODE_AND	6	/* t_dlef && t_drit		 */
     unsigned char   t_nice;	/* Nice value			 */
 #ifdef apollo
     unsigned char   t_systype;	/* System environment		 */
 #endif 
     unsigned long   t_dflg;	/* Flags, e.g. F_AMPERSAND|... 	 */
 /* save these when re-doing 	 */
 #ifndef apollo
 #define	F_SAVE	(F_NICE|F_TIME|F_NOHUP|F_HUP)	
 #else
 #define	F_SAVE	(F_NICE|F_TIME|F_NOHUP||F_HUP|F_VER)
 #endif 
 #define	F_AMPERSAND	(1<<0)	/* executes in background	 */
 #define	F_APPEND	(1<<1)	/* output is redirected >>	 */
 #define	F_PIPEIN	(1<<2)	/* input is a pipe		 */
 #define	F_PIPEOUT	(1<<3)	/* output is a pipe		 */
 #define	F_NOFORK	(1<<4)	/* don't fork, last ()ized cmd	 */
 #define	F_NOINTERRUPT	(1<<5)	/* should be immune from intr's */
 /* spare */
 #define	F_STDERR	(1<<7)	/* redirect unit 2 with unit 1	 */
 #define	F_OVERWRITE	(1<<8)	/* output was !			 */
 #define	F_READ		(1<<9)	/* input redirection is <<	 */
 #define	F_REPEAT	(1<<10)	/* reexec aft if, repeat,...	 */
 #define	F_NICE		(1<<11)	/* t_nice is meaningful 	 */
 #define	F_NOHUP		(1<<12)	/* nohup this command 		 */
 #define	F_TIME		(1<<13)	/* time this command 		 */
 #define F_BACKQ		(1<<14)	/* command is in ``		 */
 #define F_HUP		(1<<15)	/* hup this command		 */
 #ifdef apollo
 #define F_VER		(1<<16)	/* execute command under SYSTYPE */
 #endif 
     union {
 	Char   *T_dlef;		/* Input redirect word 		 */
 	struct command *T_dcar;	/* Left part of list/pipe 	 */
     }       L;
     union {
 	Char   *T_drit;		/* Output redirect word 	 */
 	struct command *T_dcdr;	/* Right part of list/pipe 	 */
     }       R;
 #define	t_dlef	L.T_dlef
 #define	t_dcar	L.T_dcar
 #define	t_drit	R.T_drit
 #define	t_dcdr	R.T_dcdr
     Char  **t_dcom;		/* Command/argument vector 	 */
     struct command *t_dspr;	/* Pointer to ()'d subtree 	 */
 };
 
 
 /*
  * The keywords for the parser
  */
 #define	TC_BREAK	0
 #define	TC_BRKSW	1
 #define	TC_CASE		2
 #define	TC_DEFAULT 	3
 #define	TC_ELSE		4
 #define	TC_END		5
 #define	TC_ENDIF	6
 #define	TC_ENDSW	7
 #define	TC_EXIT		8
 #define	TC_FOREACH	9
 #define	TC_GOTO		10
 #define	TC_IF		11
 #define	TC_LABEL	12
 #define	TC_LET		13
 #define	TC_SET		14
 #define	TC_SWITCH	15
 #define	TC_TEST		16
 #define	TC_THEN		17
 #define	TC_WHILE	18
 
 /*
  * These are declared here because they want to be
  * initialized in sh.init.c (to allow them to be made readonly)
  */
 
 #if defined(hpux) && defined(__STDC__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
     /* Avoid hpux ansi mode spurious warnings */
 typedef void (*bfunc_t) ();
 #else
 typedef void (*bfunc_t) (Char **, struct command *);
 #endif /* hpux && __STDC__ && !__GNUC__ */
 
 extern const struct biltins {
     const char   *bname;
     bfunc_t bfunct;
     int     minargs, maxargs;
 } bfunc[];
 extern int nbfunc;
 #ifdef WINNT_NATIVE
 extern struct biltins  nt_bfunc[];
 extern int nt_nbfunc;
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE*/
 extern int bequiet;
 
 extern struct srch {
     const char *s_name;
     int  s_value;
 } srchn[];
 extern int nsrchn;
 
 /*
  * Structure defining the existing while/foreach loops at this
  * source level.  Loops are implemented by seeking back in the
  * input.  For foreach (fe), the word list is attached here.
  */
 EXTERN struct whyle {
     struct Ain   w_start;	/* Point to restart loop */
     struct Ain   w_end;		/* End of loop (0 if unknown) */
     Char  **w_fe, **w_fe0;	/* Current/initial wordlist for fe */
     Char   *w_fename;		/* Name for fe */
     struct whyle *w_next;	/* Next (more outer) loop */
 }      *whyles;
 
 /*
  * Variable structure
  *
  * Aliases and variables are stored in AVL balanced binary trees.
  */
 EXTERN struct varent {
     Char  **vec;		/* Array of words which is the value */
     Char   *v_name;		/* Name of variable/alias */
     int	    v_flags;		/* Flags */
 #define VAR_ALL		-1
 #define VAR_READONLY	1
 #define VAR_READWRITE	2
 #define VAR_NOGLOB	4
 #define VAR_FIRST       32
 #define VAR_LAST        64
     struct varent *v_link[3];	/* The links, see below */
     int     v_bal;		/* Balance factor */
 }       shvhed IZERO_STRUCT, aliases IZERO_STRUCT;
 
 #define v_left		v_link[0]
 #define v_right		v_link[1]
 #define v_parent	v_link[2]
 
 #define adrof(v)	adrof1(v, &shvhed)
 #define varval(v)	value1(v, &shvhed)
 
 /*
  * The following are for interfacing redo substitution in
  * aliases to the lexical routines.
  */
 EXTERN struct wordent *alhistp IZERO_STRUCT;/* Argument list (first) */
 EXTERN struct wordent *alhistt IZERO_STRUCT;/* Node after last in arg list */
 EXTERN Char  **alvec IZERO_STRUCT,
 	      *alvecp IZERO_STRUCT;/* The (remnants of) alias vector */
 
 /*
  * Filename/command name expansion variables
  */
 
 #ifndef MAXPATHLEN
 # ifdef PATH_MAX
 #  define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
 # else
 #  define MAXPATHLEN 2048
 # endif
 #endif /* MAXPATHLEN */
 
 #ifndef HAVENOLIMIT
 /*
  * resource limits
  */
 extern struct limits {
     int         limconst;
     const char *limname;
     int         limdiv;
     const char *limscale;
 } limits[];
 #endif /* !HAVENOLIMIT */
 
 /*
  * History list
  *
  * Each history list entry contains an embedded wordlist
  * from the scanner, a number for the event, and a reference count
  * to aid in discarding old entries.
  *
  * Essentially "invisible" entries are put on the history list
  * when history substitution includes modifiers, and thrown away
  * at the next discarding since their event numbers are very negative.
  */
 EXTERN struct Hist {
     struct wordent Hlex;
     int     Hnum;		 /* eventno when inserted into history list  */
     int     Href;
     time_t  Htime;
     Char   *histline;
     struct Hist *Hnext, *Hprev;         /* doubly linked list */
     unsigned Hhash;                     /* hash value of command line */
 }       Histlist IZERO_STRUCT;
 
 extern struct wordent paraml;	/* Current lexical word list */
 EXTERN int     eventno;		/* Next events number */
 EXTERN int     lastev;		/* Last event reference (default) */
 
 EXTERN Char    HIST;		/* history invocation character */
 EXTERN Char    HISTSUB;		/* auto-substitute character */
 EXTERN Char    PRCH;		/* Prompt symbol for regular users */
 EXTERN Char    PRCHROOT;	/* Prompt symbol for root */
 
 /*
  * For operating systems with single case filenames (OS/2)
  */
 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE
 # ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 #  define samecase(x) (towlower(x))
 # else
 #  define samecase(x) (isupper((unsigned char)(x)) ? \
 		       tolower((unsigned char)(x)) : (x))
 # endif
 #else
 # define samecase(x) (x)
 #endif /* CASE_INSENSITIVE */
 
 /*
  * strings.h:
  */
 #ifndef SHORT_STRINGS
 #define Strchr(a, b)  		strchr(a, b)
 #define Strrchr(a, b)  		strrchr(a, b)
 #define Strcat(a, b)  		strcat(a, b)
 #define Strncat(a, b, c) 	strncat(a, b, c)
 #define Strcpy(a, b)  		strcpy(a, b)
 #define Strncpy(a, b, c) 	strncpy(a, b, c)
 #define Strlen(a)		strlen(a)
 #define Strcmp(a, b)		strcmp(a, b)
 #define Strncmp(a, b, c)	strncmp(a, b, c)
 #define Strcasecmp(a, b)	strcasecmp(a, b)
 
 #define Strspl(a, b)		strspl(a, b)
 #define Strnsave(a, b)		strnsave(a, b)
 #define Strsave(a)		strsave(a)
 #define Strend(a)		strend(a)
 #define Strstr(a, b)		strstr(a, b)
 
 #define str2short(a) 		(a)
 #define blk2short(a) 		saveblk(a)
 #define short2blk(a) 		saveblk(a)
 #define short2str(a) 		caching_strip(a)
 #else
 #if defined(WIDE_STRINGS) && !defined(UTF16_STRINGS)
 #define Strchr(a, b)		wcschr(a, b)
 #define Strrchr(a, b)		wcsrchr(a, b)
 #define Strcat(a, b)  		wcscat(a, b)
 #define Strncat(a, b, c) 	wcsncat(a, b, c)
 #define Strcpy(a, b)  		wcscpy(a, b)
 #define Strncpy(a, b, c)	wcsncpy(a, b, c)
 #define Strlen(a)		wcslen(a)
 #define Strcmp(a, b)		wcscmp(a, b)
 #define Strncmp(a, b, c)	wcsncmp(a, b, c)
 #else
 #define Strchr(a, b)		s_strchr(a, b)
 #define Strrchr(a, b) 		s_strrchr(a, b)
 #define Strcat(a, b)  		s_strcat(a, b)
 #define Strncat(a, b, c) 	s_strncat(a, b, c)
 #define Strcpy(a, b)  		s_strcpy(a, b)
 #define Strncpy(a, b, c)	s_strncpy(a, b, c)
 #define Strlen(a)		s_strlen(a)
 #define Strcmp(a, b)		s_strcmp(a, b)
 #define Strncmp(a, b, c)	s_strncmp(a, b, c)
 #endif
 #define Strcasecmp(a, b)	s_strcasecmp(a, b)
 
 #define Strspl(a, b)		s_strspl(a, b)
 #define Strnsave(a, b)		s_strnsave(a, b)
 #define Strsave(a)		s_strsave(a)
 #define Strend(a)		s_strend(a)
 #define Strstr(a, b)		s_strstr(a, b)
 #endif 
 
 /*
  * setname is a macro to save space (see sh.err.c)
  */
 EXTERN const char   *bname;
 
 #define	setname(a)	(bname = (a))
 
 #ifdef VFORK
 EXTERN Char   *Vsav;
 EXTERN Char   *Vdp;
 EXTERN Char   *Vexpath;
 EXTERN char  **Vt;
 #endif /* VFORK */
 
 EXTERN Char  **evalvec;
 EXTERN Char   *evalp;
 
 extern struct mesg {
     const char   *iname;	/* name from /usr/include */
     const char *pname;		/* print name */
 } mesg[];
 
 /* word_chars is set by default to WORD_CHARS (or WORD_CHARS_VI) but can
    be overridden by the wordchars variable--if unset, reverts to
    WORD_CHARS (or WORD_CHARS_VI) */
 
 EXTERN Char   *word_chars;
 
 #define WORD_CHARS "*?_-.[]~="	/* default chars besides alnums in words */
 #define WORD_CHARS_VI "_"	/* default chars besides alnums in words */
 
 EXTERN Char   *STR_SHELLPATH;
 
 #ifdef _PATH_BSHELL
 EXTERN Char   *STR_BSHELL;
 #endif 
 EXTERN Char   *STR_WORD_CHARS;
 EXTERN Char   *STR_WORD_CHARS_VI;
 EXTERN Char  **STR_environ IZERO;
 
 extern int     dont_free;	/* Tell free that we are in danger if we free */
 
 extern Char    *INVPTR;
 extern Char    **INVPPTR;
 
 extern char    *progname;
 extern int	tcsh;
 extern int	xlate_cr;
 extern int	output_raw;
 extern int	lbuffed;
 extern time_t	Htime;
 extern int	numeof;
 extern int 	insource;
 extern char	linbuf[];
 extern char 	*linp;
 extern int	nsig;
 #ifdef VFORK
 extern int	use_fork;
 #endif
 extern int	tellwhat;
 extern int	NoNLSRebind;
 #if !HAVE_DECL_ENVIRON
 extern char   **environ;
 #endif
 
 #include "tc.h"
 
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 # ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
 #  ifdef HAVE_FEATURES_H
 #   include <features.h>
 #  endif
 #  ifdef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
 #   include <langinfo.h>
 #  endif
 #  ifdef __uxps__
 #   define gettxt gettxt_ds
 #  endif
 #  include <nl_types.h>
 #  ifdef __uxps__
 #   undef gettxt
 #  endif
 EXTERN nl_catd catd;
 #  if defined(HAVE_ICONV) && defined(HAVE_NL_LANGINFO)
 #   define CGETS(b, c, d)	iconv_catgets(catd, b, c, d)
 #  else
 #   define CGETS(b, c, d)	xcatgets(catd, b, c, d)
 #  endif
 #  define CSAVS(b, c, d)	strsave(CGETS(b, c, d))
 # else
 #  define CGETS(b, c, d)	d
 #  define CSAVS(b, c, d)	d
 # endif 
 #else /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 # define CGETS(b, c, d)	nt_cgets( b, c, d)
 # define CSAVS(b, c, d)	strsave(CGETS(b, c, d))
 #endif /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 
 #if defined(FILEC)
 extern int    filec;
 #endif /* FILEC */
 
 #include "sh.decls.h"
 /*
  * Since on some machines characters are unsigned, and the signed
  * keyword is not universally implemented, we treat all characters
  * as unsigned and sign extend them where we need.
  */
 #define SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR(a)	(((a) & 0x80) ? ((a) | ~0x7f) : (a))
 
 /*
  * explanation for use by the "--help" option
  */
 #define HELP_STRING "\
 -b file		batch mode, read and execute commands from `file' \n\
 -c command	run `command' from next argument \n\
 -d		load directory stack from `~/.cshdirs' \n\
 -Dname[=value]	define environment variable `name' to `value' (DomainOS only) \n\
 -e		exit on any error \n\
 -f		start faster by ignoring the start-up file \n\
 -F		use fork() instead of vfork() when spawning (ConvexOS only) \n\
 -i		interactive, even when input is not from a terminal \n\
 -l		act as a login shell, must be the only option specified \n\
 -m		load the start-up file, whether or not owned by effective user \n\
 -n file		no execute mode, just check syntax of the following `file' \n\
 -q		accept SIGQUIT for running under a debugger \n\
 -s		read commands from standard input \n\
 -t		read one line from standard input \n\
 -v		echo commands after history substitution \n\
 -V		like -v but including commands read from the start-up file \n\
 -x		echo commands immediately before execution \n\
 -X		like -x but including commands read from the start-up file \n\
 --help		print this message and exit \n\
 --version	print the version shell variable and exit \n\
 \nSee the tcsh(1) manual page for detailed information.\n"
 
 #include "tc.nls.h"
 
 #endif /* _h_sh */
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/sh.hist.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/sh.hist.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/sh.hist.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,1363 +1,1367 @@
 /*
  * sh.hist.c: Shell history expansions and substitutions
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #include "sh.h"
 #include <stdio.h>	/* for rename(2), grr. */
 #include <assert.h>
 #include "tc.h"
 #include "dotlock.h"
 
 extern int histvalid;
 extern struct Strbuf histline;
 Char HistLit = 0;
 
 static	int	heq	(const struct wordent *, const struct wordent *);
 static	void	hfree	(struct Hist *);
 
 #define HIST_ONLY	0x01
 #define HIST_SAVE	0x02
 #define HIST_LOAD	0x04
 #define HIST_REV	0x08
 #define HIST_CLEAR	0x10
 #define HIST_MERGE	0x20
 #define HIST_TIME	0x40
 
 /*
  * C shell
  */
 
 /* Static functions don't show up in gprof summaries.  So eliminate "static"
  * modifier from some frequently called functions. */
 #ifdef PROF
 #define PG_STATIC
 #else
 #define PG_STATIC static
 #endif
 
 /* #define DEBUG_HIST 1 */
 
 static const int fastMergeErase = 1;
 static unsigned histCount = 0;		/* number elements on history list */
 static int histlen = 0;
 static struct Hist *histTail = NULL;     /* last element on history list */
 static struct Hist *histMerg = NULL;	 /* last element merged by Htime */
 
 static void insertHistHashTable(struct Hist *, unsigned);
 
 /* Insert new element (hp) in history list after specified predecessor (pp). */
 static void
 hinsert(struct Hist *hp, struct Hist *pp)
 {
     struct Hist *fp = pp->Hnext;        /* following element, if any */
     hp->Hnext = fp, hp->Hprev = pp;
     pp->Hnext = hp;
     if (fp)
         fp->Hprev = hp;
     else
         histTail = hp;                  /* meaning hp->Hnext == NULL */
     histCount++;
 }
 
 /* Remove the entry from the history list. */
 static void
 hremove(struct Hist *hp)
 {
     struct Hist *pp = hp->Hprev;
     assert(pp);                         /* elements always have a previous */
     pp->Hnext = hp->Hnext;
     if (hp->Hnext)
         hp->Hnext->Hprev = pp;
     else
         histTail = pp;                  /* we must have been last */
     if (hp == histMerg)			/* deleting this hint from list */
 	histMerg = NULL;
     assert(histCount > 0);
     histCount--;
 }
 
 /* Prune length of history list to specified size by history variable. */
 PG_STATIC void
 discardExcess(int hlen)
 {
     struct Hist *hp, *np;
     if (histTail == NULL) {
         assert(histCount == 0);
         return;                         /* no entries on history list */
     }
     /* Prune dummy entries from the front, then old entries from the back. If
      * the list is still too long scan the whole list as before.  But only do a
      * full scan if the list is more than 6% (1/16th) too long. */
     while (histCount > (unsigned)hlen && (np = Histlist.Hnext)) {
         if (eventno - np->Href >= hlen || hlen == 0)
             hremove(np), hfree(np);
         else
             break;
     }
     while (histCount > (unsigned)hlen && (np = histTail) != &Histlist) {
         if (eventno - np->Href >= hlen || hlen == 0)
             hremove(np), hfree(np);
         else
             break;
     }
     if (histCount - (hlen >> 4) <= (unsigned)hlen)
 	return;				/* don't bother doing the full scan */
     for (hp = &Histlist; histCount > (unsigned)hlen &&
 	(np = hp->Hnext) != NULL;)
         if (eventno - np->Href >= hlen || hlen == 0)
             hremove(np), hfree(np);
         else
             hp = np;
 }
 
 /* Add the command "sp" to the history list. */
 void
 savehist(
   struct wordent *sp,
   int mflg)				/* true if -m (merge) specified */
 {
     /* throw away null lines */
     if (sp && sp->next->word[0] == '\n')
 	return;
     if (sp)
         (void) enthist(++eventno, sp, 1, mflg, histlen);
     discardExcess(histlen);
 }
 
 #define USE_JENKINS_HASH 1
 /* #define USE_ONE_AT_A_TIME 1 */
 #undef PRIME_LENGTH			/* no need for good HTL */
 
 #ifdef USE_JENKINS_HASH
 #define hashFcnName "lookup3"
 /* From:
    lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain.
    "...  You can use this free for any purpose.  It's in
     the public domain.  It has no warranty."
    http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/index.html
  */
 
 #define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) | ((x)>>(32-(k))))
 #define mix(a,b,c) \
 { \
   a -= c;  a ^= rot(c, 4);  c += b; \
   b -= a;  b ^= rot(a, 6);  a += c; \
   c -= b;  c ^= rot(b, 8);  b += a; \
   a -= c;  a ^= rot(c,16);  c += b; \
   b -= a;  b ^= rot(a,19);  a += c; \
   c -= b;  c ^= rot(b, 4);  b += a; \
 }
 #define final(a,b,c) \
 { \
   c ^= b; c -= rot(b,14); \
   a ^= c; a -= rot(c,11); \
   b ^= a; b -= rot(a,25); \
   c ^= b; c -= rot(b,16); \
   a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 4); \
   b ^= a; b -= rot(a,14); \
   c ^= b; c -= rot(b,24); \
 }
 
 struct hashValue		  /* State used to hash a wordend word list. */
 {
     uint32_t a, b, c;
 };
 
 /* Set up the internal state */
 static void
 initializeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     h->a = h->b = h->c = 0xdeadbeef;
 }
 
 /* This does a partial hash of the Chars in a single word.  For efficiency we
  * include 3 versions of the code to pack Chars into 32-bit words for the
  * mixing function. */
 static void
 addWordToHash(struct hashValue *h, const Char *word)
 {
     uint32_t a = h->a, b = h->b, c = h->c;
 #ifdef SHORT_STRINGS
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
     assert(sizeof(Char) >= 4);
     while (1) {
 	unsigned k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; a += k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; b += k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; c += k;
 	mix(a, b, c);
     }
 #else
     assert(sizeof(Char) == 2);
     while (1) {
 	unsigned k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; a += k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; a += k << 16;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; b += k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; b += k << 16;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; c += k;
 	if ((k = (uChar)*word++) == 0) break; c += k << 16;
 	mix(a, b, c);
     }
 #endif
 #else
     assert(sizeof(Char) == 1);
     while (1) {
 	unsigned k;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; a += k;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; a += k << 8;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; a += k << 16;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; a += k << 24;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; b += k;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; b += k << 8;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; b += k << 16;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; b += k << 24;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; c += k;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; c += k << 8;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; c += k << 16;
 	if ((k = *word++) == 0) break; c += k << 24;
 	mix(a, b, c);
     }
 #endif
     h->a = a, h->b = b, h->c = c;
 }
 
 static void
 addCharToHash(struct hashValue *h, Char ch)
 {
     /* The compiler (gcc -O2) seems to do a good job optimizing this without
      * explicitly extracting into local variables. */
     h->a += (uChar)ch;
     mix(h->a, h->b, h->c);
 }
 
 static uint32_t
 finalizeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     uint32_t a = h->a, b = h->b, c = h->c;
     final(a, b, c);
     return c;
 }
 
 #elif USE_ONE_AT_A_TIME
 #define hashFcnName "one-at-a-time"
 /* This one is also from Bob Jenkins, but is slower but simpler than lookup3.
    "...  The code given here are all public domain."
    http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/doobs.html */
 
 #if 0
 ub4
 one_at_a_time(char *key, ub4 len)
 {
   ub4   hash, i;
   for (hash=0, i=0; i<len; ++i)
   {
     hash += key[i];
     hash += (hash << 10);
     hash ^= (hash >> 6);
   }
   hash += (hash << 3);
   hash ^= (hash >> 11);
   hash += (hash << 15);
   return (hash & mask);
 }
 #endif
 
 struct hashValue { uint32_t h; };
 static void
 initializeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     h->h = 0;
 }
 
 static void
 addWordToHash(struct hashValue *h, const Char *word)
 {
     unsigned k;
     uint32_t hash = h->h;
     while (k = (uChar)*word++)
 	hash += k, hash += hash << 10, hash ^= hash >> 6;
     h->h = hash;
 }
 
 static void
 addCharToHash(struct hashValue *h, Char c)
 {
     Char b[2] = { c, 0 };
     addWordToHash(h, b);
 }
 
 static uint32_t
 finalizeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     unsigned hash = h->h;
     hash += (hash << 3);
     hash ^= (hash >> 11);
     hash += (hash << 15);
     return hash;
 }
 
 #else
 #define hashFcnName "add-mul"
 /* Simple multipy and add hash. */
 #define PRIME_LENGTH 1			/* need "good" HTL */
 struct hashValue { uint32_t h; };
 static void
 initializeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     h->h = 0xe13e2345;
 }
 
 static void
 addWordToHash(struct hashValue *h, const Char *word)
 {
     unsigned k;
     uint32_t hash = h->h;
     while (k = (uChar)*word++)
 	hash = hash * 0x9e4167b9 + k;
     h->h = hash;
 }
 
 static void
 addCharToHash(struct hashValue *h, Char c)
 {
     h->h = h->h * 0x9e4167b9 + (uChar)c;
 }
 
 static uint32_t
 finalizeHash(struct hashValue *h)
 {
     return h->h;
 }
 #endif
 
 static unsigned
 hashhist(struct wordent *h0)
 {
     struct hashValue s;
     struct wordent *firstWord = h0->next;
     struct wordent *h = firstWord;
     unsigned hash = 0;
 
     initializeHash(&s);
     for (; h != h0; h = h->next) {
         if (h->word[0] == '\n')
             break;                      /* don't hash newline */
         if (h != firstWord)
             addCharToHash(&s, ' ');	/* space between words */
 	addWordToHash(&s, h->word);
     }
     hash = finalizeHash(&s);
     /* Zero means no hash value, so never return zero as a hash value. */
     return hash ? hash : 0x7fffffff;	/* prime! */
 }
 
 #if 0
 unsigned
 hashStr(Char *str)
 {
     struct hashValue s;
     initializeHash(&s);
     addWordToHash(&s, str);
     return finalizeHash(&s);
 }
 #endif
 
 #ifdef PRIME_LENGTH			/* need good HTL */
 #define hash2tableIndex(hash, len) ((hash) % len)
 #else
 #define hash2tableIndex(hash, len) ((hash) & (len-1))
 #endif
 
 /* This code can be enabled to test the above hash functions for speed and
  * collision avoidance.  The testing is enabled by "occasional" calls to
  * displayHistStats(), see which. */
 #ifdef DEBUG_HIST
 
 #ifdef BSDTIMES
 static double
 doTiming(int start) {
     static struct timeval beginTime;
     if (start) {
 	gettimeofday(&beginTime, NULL);
 	return 0.0;
     } else {
 	struct timeval now;
 	gettimeofday(&now, NULL);
 	return (now.tv_sec-beginTime.tv_sec) +
 	    (now.tv_usec-beginTime.tv_usec)/1e6;
     }
 }
 #else
 static double
 doTiming(int start) {
     USE(start);
     return 0.0;
 }
 #endif
 
 static void
 generateHashes(int nChars, unsigned nWords, unsigned samples, unsigned *hashes,
     unsigned length)
 {
     if (nChars < 1)
 	return;
     nWords = (nWords < 1) ? 1 : (nWords > 4) ? 4 : nWords;
     Char *number = xmalloc((nChars+nWords)*sizeof(Char));
     struct wordent word[4];
     struct wordent base = { NULL, &word[0], &word[0] };
     word[0].word = number, word[0].next = &base, word[0].prev = &base;
     unsigned w = 0;			/* word number */
     /* Generate multiple words of length 2, 3, 5, then all the rest. */
     unsigned wBoundaries[4] = { 2-1, 2+3-1, 2+3+5-1, 0 };
     /* Ensure the last word has at least 4 Chars in it. */
     while (nWords >= 2 && nChars < (wBoundaries[nWords-2]+1) + 4)
 	nWords--;
     wBoundaries[nWords-1] = 0xffffffff;	/* don't end word past this point */
     unsigned i;
     for (i = 0; i<nChars; i++) {
 	/* In deference to the gawd awful add-mul hash, we won't use the worse
 	 * case here (setting all Chars to 1), but assume mostly (or at least
 	 * initially) ASCII data. */
 	number[i+w] = '!';		/* 0x21 = 33 */
 
 	if (i == wBoundaries[w]) {	/* end a word here and move to next */
 	    w++;			/* next word */
 	    number[i+w] = 0;		/* terminate */
 	    word[w].word = &number[i+w+1];
 	    word[w].next = &base, word[w].prev = &word[w-1];
 	    word[w-1].next = &word[w], base.prev = &word[w];
 	}
     }
     /* w is the index of the last word actually created. */
     number[nChars + w] = 0;		/* terminate last word */
     unsigned timeLimit = !samples;
     if (samples == 0)
 	samples = 1000000000;
     doTiming(1);
     double sec;
     for (i = 0; i < samples; i++) {
 	/* increment 4 digit base 255 number; last characters vary fastest */
 	unsigned j = nChars-1 + w;
 	while (1) {
 	    if (++number[j] != 0)
 		break;
 	    /* else reset this digit and proceed to next one */
 	    number[j] = 1;
 	    if (&number[j] <= word[w].word)
 		break;			/* stop at beginning of last word */
 	    j--;
 	}
 	if (word[w].word[0] == '\n')
 	    word[w].word[0]++;		/* suppress newline character */
 	unsigned hash = hashhist(&base);
 	hashes[hash2tableIndex(hash, length)]++;
 	if (timeLimit && (i & 0x3ffff) == 0x3ffff) {
 	    sec = doTiming(0);
 	    if (sec > 10)
 		break;
 	}
     }
     if (i >= samples)
 	sec = doTiming(0);
     else
 	samples = i;			/* number we actually did */
     if (sec > 0.01) {
 	xprintf("Hash %d (%d Char %u words) with %s: %d nsec/hash, %d mcps\n",
 		samples, nChars, w+1, hashFcnName, (int)((sec/samples)*1e9),
 		(int)((double)samples*nChars/sec/1e6));
     }
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG_HIST */
 
 #ifdef DEBUG_HIST
 static void
 testHash(void)
 {
     static const Char STRtestHashTimings[] =
 	{ 't','e','s','t','H','a','s','h','T','i','m','i','n','g','s', 0 };
     struct varent *vp = adrof(STRtestHashTimings);
     if (vp && vp->vec) {
 	unsigned hashes[4];		/* dummy place to put hashes */
 	Char **vals = vp->vec;
 	while (*vals) {
 	    int length = getn(*vals);
 	    unsigned words =
 		(length < 5) ? 1 : (length < 25) ? 2 : (length < 75) ? 3 : 4;
 	    if (length > 0)
 		generateHashes(length, words, 0, hashes, 4);
 	    vals++;
 	}
     }
     unsigned length = 1024;
 #ifdef PRIME_LENGTH			/* need good HTL */
     length = 1021;
 #endif
     unsigned *hashes = xmalloc(length*sizeof(unsigned));
     memset(hashes, 0, length*sizeof(unsigned));
     /* Compute collision statistics for half full hashes modulo "length". */
     generateHashes(4, 1, length/2, hashes, length);
     /* Evaluate collisions by comparing occupancy rates (mean value 0.5).
      * One bin for each number of hits. */
     unsigned bins[155];
     memset(bins, 0, sizeof(bins));
     unsigned highest = 0;
     unsigned i;
     for (i = 0; i<length; i++) {
 	unsigned hits = hashes[i];
 	if (hits >= sizeof(bins)/sizeof(bins[0])) /* clip */
 	    hits = highest = sizeof(bins)/sizeof(bins[0]) - 1;
 	if (hits > highest)
 	    highest = hits;
 	bins[hits]++;
     }
     xprintf("Occupancy of %d buckets by %d hashes %d Chars %d word with %s\n",
 	    length, length/2, 4, 1, hashFcnName);
     for (i = 0; i <= highest; i++) {
 	xprintf(" %d buckets (%d%%) with %d hits\n",
 		bins[i], bins[i]*100/length, i);
     }
     /* Count run lengths to evaluate linear rehashing effectiveness.  Estimate
      * a little corrupted by edge effects. */
     memset(bins, 0, sizeof(bins));
     highest = 0;
     for (i = 0; hashes[i] == 0; i++);	/* find first occupied bucket */
     unsigned run = 0;
     unsigned rehashed = 0;
     for (; i<length; i++) {
 	unsigned hits = hashes[i];
 	if (hits == 0 && rehashed > 0)
 	    hits = 1 && rehashed--;
 	else if (hits > 1)
 	    rehashed += hits-1;
 	if (hits)
 	    run++;
 	else {
 	    /* a real free slot, count it */
 	    if (run >= sizeof(bins)/sizeof(bins[0])) /* clip */
 		run = highest = sizeof(bins)/sizeof(bins[0]) - 1;
 	    if (run > highest)
 		highest = run;
 	    bins[run]++;
 	    run = 0;
 	}
     }
     /* Ignore the partial run at end as we ignored the beginning. */
     double merit = 0.0, entries = 0;
     for (i = 0; i <= highest; i++) {
 	entries += bins[i]*i;		/* total hashed objects */
 	merit += bins[i]*i*i;
     }
     xprintf("Rehash collision figure of merit %u (ideal=100), run lengths:\n",
 	    (int)(100.0*merit/entries));
     for (i = 0; i <= highest; i++) {
 	if (bins[i] != 0)
 	    xprintf(" %d runs of length %d buckets\n", bins[i], i);
     }
     xfree(hashes);
 }
 #endif /* DEBUG_HIST */
 
 /* Compares two word lists for equality. */
 static int
 heq(const struct wordent *a0, const struct wordent *b0)
 {
     const struct wordent *a = a0->next, *b = b0->next;
 
     for (;;) {
 	if (Strcmp(a->word, b->word) != 0)
 	    return 0;
 	a = a->next;
 	b = b->next;
 	if (a == a0)
 	    return (b == b0) ? 1 : 0;
 	if (b == b0)
 	    return 0;
     }
 }
 
 /* Renumber entries following p, which we will be deleting. */
 PG_STATIC void
 renumberHist(struct Hist *p)
 {
     int n = p->Href;
     while ((p = p->Hnext))
         p->Href = n--;
 }
 
 /* The hash table is implemented as an array of pointers to Hist entries.  Each
  * entry is located in the table using hash2tableIndex() and checking the
  * following entries in case of a collision (linear rehash).  Free entries in
  * the table are zero (0, NULL, emptyHTE).  Deleted entries that cannot yet be
  * freed are set to one (deletedHTE).  The Hist.Hhash member is non-zero iff
  * the entry is in the hash table.  When the hash table get too full, it is
  * reallocated to be approximately twice the history length (see
  * getHashTableSize). */
 static struct Hist **histHashTable = NULL;
 static unsigned histHashTableLength = 0; /* number of Hist pointers in table */
 
 static struct Hist * const emptyHTE = NULL;
 static struct Hist * const deletedHTE = (struct Hist *)1;
 
 static struct {
     unsigned insertCount;
     unsigned removeCount;
     unsigned rehashes;
     int deleted;
 } hashStats;
 
 #ifdef DEBUG_HIST
 void
 checkHistHashTable(int print)
 {
     unsigned occupied = 0;
     unsigned deleted = 0;
     unsigned i;
     for (i = 0; i<histHashTableLength; i++)
 	if (histHashTable[i] == emptyHTE)
 	    continue;
 	else if (histHashTable[i] == deletedHTE)
 	    deleted++;
 	else
 	    occupied++;
     if (print)
 	xprintf("  found len %u occupied %u deleted %u\n",
 		histHashTableLength, occupied, deleted);
     assert(deleted == hashStats.deleted);
 }
 
 static int doneTest = 0;
 
 /* Main entry point for displaying history statistics and hash function
  * behavior. */
 void
 displayHistStats(const char *reason)
 {
     /* Just hash statistics for now. */
     xprintf("%s history hash table len %u count %u (deleted %d)\n", reason,
 	    histHashTableLength, histCount, hashStats.deleted);
     xprintf("  inserts %u rehashes %u%% each\n",
 	    hashStats.insertCount,
 	    (hashStats.insertCount
 	     ? 100*hashStats.rehashes/hashStats.insertCount : 0));
     xprintf("  removes %u net %u\n",
 	    hashStats.removeCount,
 	    hashStats.insertCount - hashStats.removeCount);
     assert(hashStats.insertCount >= hashStats.removeCount);
     checkHistHashTable(1);
     memset(&hashStats, 0, sizeof(hashStats));
     if (!doneTest) {
 	testHash();
 	doneTest = 1;
     }
 }
 #else
 void
 displayHistStats(const char *reason)
 {
     USE(reason);
 }
 #endif
 
 static void
 discardHistHashTable(void)
 {
     if (histHashTable == NULL)
         return;
     displayHistStats("Discarding");
     xfree(histHashTable);
     histHashTable = NULL;
 }
 
 /* Computes a new hash table size, when the current one is too small. */
 static unsigned
 getHashTableSize(int hlen)
 {
     unsigned target = hlen * 2;
     unsigned e = 5;
     unsigned size;
     while ((size = 1<<e) < target)
 	e++;
 #ifdef PRIME_LENGTH			/* need good HTL */
     /* Not all prime, but most are and none have factors smaller than 11. */
     return size+15;
 #else
     assert((size & (size-1)) == 0);	/* must be a power of two */
     return size;
 #endif
 }
 
 /* Create the hash table or resize, if necessary. */
 static void
 createHistHashTable(int hlen)
 {
     if (hlen == 0) {
 	discardHistHashTable();
         return;
     }
     if (hlen < 0) {
 	if (histlen <= 0)
 	    return;			/* no need for hash table */
 	hlen = histlen;
     }
     if (histHashTable != NULL) {
 	if (histCount < histHashTableLength * 3 / 4)
 	    return;			/* good enough for now */
 	discardHistHashTable();		/* too small */
     }
     histHashTableLength = getHashTableSize(
 	hlen > (int)histCount ? hlen : (int)histCount);
     histHashTable = xmalloc(histHashTableLength * sizeof(struct Hist *));
     memset(histHashTable, 0, histHashTableLength * sizeof(struct Hist *));
     assert(histHashTable[0] == emptyHTE);
 
     /* Now insert all the entries on the history list into the hash table. */
     {
         struct Hist *hp;
         for (hp = &Histlist; (hp = hp->Hnext) != NULL;) {
             unsigned lpHash = hashhist(&hp->Hlex);
             assert(!hp->Hhash || hp->Hhash == lpHash);
             hp->Hhash = 0;              /* force insert to new hash table */
             insertHistHashTable(hp, lpHash);
         }
     }
 }
 
 /* Insert np into the hash table.  We assume that np is already on the
  * Histlist.  The specified hashval matches the new Hist entry but has not yet
  * been assigned to Hhash (or the element is already on the hash table). */
 static void
 insertHistHashTable(struct Hist *np, unsigned hashval)
 {
     unsigned rehashes = 0;
     unsigned hi = 0;
     if (!histHashTable)
 	return;
     if (np->Hhash != 0) {
         /* already in hash table */
         assert(hashval == np->Hhash);
         return;
     }
     assert(np != deletedHTE);
     /* Find a free (empty or deleted) slot, using linear rehash. */
     assert(histHashTable);
     for (rehashes = 0;
          ((hi = hash2tableIndex(hashval + rehashes, histHashTableLength)),
           histHashTable[hi] != emptyHTE && histHashTable[hi] != deletedHTE);
          rehashes++) {
         assert(np != histHashTable[hi]);
         if (rehashes >= histHashTableLength / 10) {
             /* Hash table is full, so grow it.  We assume the create function
              * will roughly double the size we give it.  Create initializes the
              * new table with everything on the Histlist, so we are done when
              * it returns.  */
 #ifdef DEBUG_HIST
 	    xprintf("Growing history hash table from %d ...",
 		histHashTableLength);
 	    flush();
 #endif
             discardHistHashTable();
             createHistHashTable(histHashTableLength);
 #ifdef DEBUG_HIST
 	    xprintf("to %d.\n", histHashTableLength);
 #endif
             return;
         }
     }
     /* Might be sensible to grow hash table if rehashes is "too big" here. */
     if (histHashTable[hi] == deletedHTE)
 	hashStats.deleted--;
     histHashTable[hi] = np;
     np->Hhash = hashval;
     hashStats.insertCount++;
     hashStats.rehashes += rehashes;
 }
 
 /* Remove the 'np' entry from the hash table. */
 static void
 removeHistHashTable(struct Hist *np)
 {
     unsigned hi = np->Hhash;
     if (!histHashTable || !hi)
         return;                         /* no hash table or not on it */
     /* find desired entry */
     while ((hi = hash2tableIndex(hi, histHashTableLength)),
            histHashTable[hi] != emptyHTE) {
         if (np == histHashTable[hi]) {
 	    unsigned i;
 	    unsigned deletes = 0;
 	    histHashTable[hi] = deletedHTE; /* dummy, but non-zero entry */
 	    /* now peek ahead to see if the dummies are really necessary. */
 	    i = 1;
 	    while (histHashTable[hash2tableIndex(hi+i, histHashTableLength)] ==
 		   deletedHTE)
 		i++;
 	    if (histHashTable[hash2tableIndex(hi+i, histHashTableLength)] ==
 		emptyHTE) {
 		/* dummies are no longer necessary placeholders. */
 		deletes = i;
 		while (i-- > 0) {
 		    histHashTable[hash2tableIndex(hi+i, histHashTableLength)] =
 			emptyHTE;
 		}
 	    }
 	    hashStats.deleted += 1 - deletes; /* delta deleted entries */
 	    hashStats.removeCount++;
             return;
         }
         hi++;                           /* linear rehash */
     }
     assert(!"Hist entry not found in hash table");
 }
 
 /* Search the history hash table for a command matching lp, using hashval as
  * its hash value. */
 static struct Hist *
 findHistHashTable(struct wordent *lp, unsigned hashval)
 {
     unsigned deleted = 0;		/* number of deleted entries skipped */
     unsigned hi = hashval;
     struct Hist *hp;
     if (!histHashTable)
 	return NULL;
     while ((hi = hash2tableIndex(hi, histHashTableLength)),
            (hp = histHashTable[hi]) != emptyHTE) {
         if (hp == deletedHTE)
 	    deleted++;
 	else if (hp->Hhash == hashval && heq(lp, &(hp->Hlex)))
             return hp;
 	if (deleted > (histHashTableLength>>4)) {
 	    /* lots of deletes, so we need a sparser table. */
             discardHistHashTable();
             createHistHashTable(histHashTableLength);
 	    return findHistHashTable(lp, hashval);
 	}
         hi++;                           /* linear rehash */
     }
     return NULL;
 }
 
 /* When merge semantics are in use, find the approximate predecessor for the
  * new entry, so that the Htime entries are decreasing.  Return the entry just
  * before the first entry with equal times, so the caller can check for
  * duplicates.  When pTime is not NULL, use it as a starting point for search,
  * otherwise search from beginning (largest time value) of history list. */
 PG_STATIC struct Hist *
 mergeInsertionPoint(
     struct Hist *np,                      /* new entry to be inserted */
     struct Hist *pTime)                   /* hint about where to insert */
 {
     struct Hist *pp, *p;
     if (histTail && histTail->Htime >= np->Htime)
 	pTime = histTail;		/* new entry goes at the end */
     if (histMerg && histMerg != &Histlist && histMerg != Histlist.Hnext) {
 	/* Check above and below previous insertion point, in case we're adding
 	 * sequential times in the middle of the list (e.g. history -M). */
 	if (histMerg->Htime >= np->Htime)
 	    pTime = histMerg;
 	else if (histMerg->Hprev->Htime >= np->Htime)
 	    pTime = histMerg->Hprev;
     }
     if (pTime) {
         /* With hint, search up the list until Htime is greater.  We skip past
          * the equal ones, too, so our caller can elide duplicates. */
         pp = pTime;
         while (pp != &Histlist && pp->Htime <= np->Htime)
             pp = pp->Hprev;
     } else
         pp = &Histlist;
     /* Search down the list while current entry's time is too large. */
     while ((p = pp->Hnext) && (p->Htime > np->Htime))
             pp = p;                     /* advance insertion point */
     /* Remember recent position as hint for next time */
     histMerg = pp;
     return pp;
 }
 
 /* Bubble Hnum & Href in new entry down to pp through earlier part of list. */
 PG_STATIC void bubbleHnumHrefDown(struct Hist *np, struct Hist *pp)
 {
     struct Hist *p;
     for (p = Histlist.Hnext; p != pp->Hnext; p = p->Hnext) {
         /* swap Hnum & Href values of p and np. */
         int n = p->Hnum, r = p->Href;
         p->Hnum = np->Hnum; p->Href = np->Href;
         np->Hnum = n; np->Href = r;
     }
 }
 
 /* Enter new command into the history list according to current settings. */
 struct Hist *
 enthist(
   int event,				/* newly incremented global eventno */
   struct wordent *lp,
   int docopy,
   int mflg,				/* true if merge requested */
   int hlen)				/* -1 if unknown */
 {
     struct Hist *p = NULL, *pp = &Histlist, *pTime = NULL;
     struct Hist *np;
     const Char *dp;
     unsigned lpHash = 0;                /* non-zero if hashing entries */
 
     if ((dp = varval(STRhistdup)) != STRNULL) {
 	if (eq(dp, STRerase)) {
 	    /* masaoki@akebono.tky.hp.com (Kobayashi Masaoki) */
             createHistHashTable(hlen);
             lpHash = hashhist(lp);
             assert(lpHash != 0);
             p = findHistHashTable(lp, lpHash);
             if (p) {
 		if (Htime != 0 && p->Htime > Htime)
 		    Htime = p->Htime;
                 /* If we are merging, and the old entry is at the place we want
                  * to insert the new entry, then remember the place. */
                 if (mflg && Htime != 0 && p->Hprev->Htime >= Htime)
                     pTime = p->Hprev;
 		if (!fastMergeErase)
 		    renumberHist(p);	/* Reset Href of subsequent entries */
                 hremove(p);
 		hfree(p);
                 p = NULL;               /* so new entry is allocated below */
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (eq(dp, STRall)) {
             createHistHashTable(hlen);
             lpHash = hashhist(lp);
             assert(lpHash != 0);
             p = findHistHashTable(lp, lpHash);
 	    if (p)   /* p!=NULL, only update this entry's Htime below */
 		eventno--;		/* not adding a new event */
 	}
 	else if (eq(dp, STRprev)) {
 	    if (pp->Hnext && heq(lp, &(pp->Hnext->Hlex))) {
 		p = pp->Hnext;
 		eventno--;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
     np = p ? p : xmalloc(sizeof(*np));
 
     /* Pick up timestamp set by lex() in Htime if reading saved history */
     if (Htime != 0) {
 	np->Htime = Htime;
 	Htime = 0;
     }
     else
         (void) time(&(np->Htime));
 
     if (p == np)
         return np;                      /* reused existing entry */
 
     /* Initialize the new entry. */
     np->Hnum = np->Href = event;
     if (docopy) {
         copylex(&np->Hlex, lp);
 	if (histvalid)
 	    np->histline = Strsave(histline.s);
 	else
 	    np->histline = NULL;
     }
     else {
 	np->Hlex.next = lp->next;
 	lp->next->prev = &np->Hlex;
 	np->Hlex.prev = lp->prev;
         lp->prev->next = &np->Hlex;
         np->histline = NULL;
     }
     np->Hhash = 0;
 
     /* The head of history list is the default insertion point.
        If merging, advance insertion point, in pp, according to Htime. */
     /* XXX -- In histdup=all, Htime values can be non-monotonic. */
     if (mflg) {                         /* merge according to np->Htime */
         pp = mergeInsertionPoint(np, pTime);
         for (p = pp->Hnext; p && p->Htime == np->Htime; pp = p, p = p->Hnext) {
             if (heq(&p->Hlex, &np->Hlex)) {
                 eventno--;              /* duplicate, so don't add new event */
                 hfree(np);
                 return (p);
               }
           }
         /* pp is now the last entry with time >= to np. */
 	if (!fastMergeErase) {		/* renumber at end of loadhist */
 	    /* Before inserting np after pp, bubble its Hnum & Href values down
 	     * through the earlier part of list. */
 	    bubbleHnumHrefDown(np, pp);
 	}
     }
     else
         pp = &Histlist;                 /* insert at beginning of history */
     hinsert(np, pp);
     if (lpHash && hlen != 0)		/* erase & all modes use hash table */
         insertHistHashTable(np, lpHash);
     else
         discardHistHashTable();
     return (np);
 }
 
 static void
 hfree(struct Hist *hp)
 {
     assert(hp != histMerg);
     if (hp->Hhash)
         removeHistHashTable(hp);
     freelex(&hp->Hlex);
     if (hp->histline)
         xfree(hp->histline);
     xfree(hp);
 }
 
 PG_STATIC void
 phist(struct Hist *hp, int hflg)
 {
     if (hp->Href < 0)
 	return;
     if (hflg & HIST_ONLY) {
 	int old_output_raw;
 
        /*
         * Control characters have to be written as is (output_raw).
         * This way one can preserve special characters (like tab) in
         * the history file.
         * From: mveksler@vnet.ibm.com (Veksler Michael)
         */
 	old_output_raw = output_raw;
         output_raw = 1;
 	cleanup_push(&old_output_raw, output_raw_restore);
 	if (hflg & HIST_TIME)
 	    /* 
 	     * Make file entry with history time in format:
 	     * "+NNNNNNNNNN" (10 digits, left padded with ascii '0') 
 	     */
 
 	    xprintf("#+%010lu\n", (unsigned long)hp->Htime);
 
 	if (HistLit && hp->histline)
 	    xprintf("%S\n", hp->histline);
 	else
 	    prlex(&hp->Hlex);
         cleanup_until(&old_output_raw);
     }
     else {
 	Char   *cp = str2short("%h\t%T\t%R\n");
 	Char *p;
 	struct varent *vp = adrof(STRhistory);
 
 	if (vp && vp->vec != NULL && vp->vec[0] && vp->vec[1])
 	    cp = vp->vec[1];
 
 	p = tprintf(FMT_HISTORY, cp, NULL, hp->Htime, hp);
 	cleanup_push(p, xfree);
 	for (cp = p; *cp;)
 	    xputwchar(*cp++);
 	cleanup_until(p);
     }
 }
 
 PG_STATIC void
 dophist(int n, int hflg)
 {
     struct Hist *hp;
     if (setintr) {
 	int old_pintr_disabled;
 
 	pintr_push_enable(&old_pintr_disabled);
 	cleanup_until(&old_pintr_disabled);
     }
     if ((hflg & HIST_REV) == 0) {
 	/* Since the history list is stored most recent first, non-reversing
 	 * print needs to print (backwards) up the list. */
 	if ((unsigned)n >= histCount)
 	    hp = histTail;
 	else {
 	    for (hp = Histlist.Hnext;
 		 --n > 0 && hp->Hnext != NULL;
 		 hp = hp->Hnext)
 		;
 	}
 	if (hp == NULL)
 	    return;			/* nothing to print */
 	for (; hp != &Histlist; hp = hp->Hprev)
 	    phist(hp, hflg);
     } else {
 	for (hp = Histlist.Hnext; n-- > 0 && hp != NULL; hp = hp->Hnext)
 	    phist(hp, hflg);
     }
 }
 
 /*ARGSUSED*/
 void
 dohist(Char **vp, struct command *c)
 {
     int     n, hflg = 0;
 
     USE(c);
     if (getn(varval(STRhistory)) == 0)
 	return;
     while (*++vp && **vp == '-') {
 	Char   *vp2 = *vp;
 
 	while (*++vp2)
 	    switch (*vp2) {
 	    case 'c':
 		hflg |= HIST_CLEAR;
 		break;
 	    case 'h':
 		hflg |= HIST_ONLY;
 		break;
 	    case 'r':
 		hflg |= HIST_REV;
 		break;
 	    case 'S':
 		hflg |= HIST_SAVE;
 		break;
 	    case 'L':
 		hflg |= HIST_LOAD;
 		break;
 	    case 'M':
 	    	hflg |= HIST_MERGE;
 		break;
 	    case 'T':
 	    	hflg |= HIST_TIME;
 		break;
 	    default:
 		stderror(ERR_HISTUS, "chrSLMT");
 		break;
 	    }
     }
     if (hflg & HIST_CLEAR) {
         struct Hist *np, *hp;
         for (hp = &Histlist; (np = hp->Hnext) != NULL;)
             hremove(np), hfree(np);
     }
 
     if (hflg & (HIST_LOAD | HIST_MERGE))
 	loadhist(*vp, (hflg & HIST_MERGE) ? 1 : 0);
     else if (hflg & HIST_SAVE)
 	rechist(*vp, 1);
     else {
 	if (*vp)
 	    n = getn(*vp);
 	else {
 	    n = getn(varval(STRhistory));
 	}
 	dophist(n, hflg);
     }
 }
 
 
 char *
 fmthist(int fmt, ptr_t ptr)
 {
     struct Hist *hp = ptr;
     char *buf;
 
     switch (fmt) {
     case 'h':
 	return xasprintf("%6d", hp->Hnum);
     case 'R':
 	if (HistLit && hp->histline)
 	    return xasprintf("%S", hp->histline);
 	else {
 	    Char *istr, *ip;
 	    char *p;
 
 	    istr = sprlex(&hp->Hlex);
 	    buf = xmalloc(Strlen(istr) * MB_LEN_MAX + 1);
 
 	    for (p = buf, ip = istr; *ip != '\0'; ip++)
 		p += one_wctomb(p, *ip);
 
 	    *p = '\0';
 	    xfree(istr);
 	    return buf;
 	}
     default:
 	buf = xmalloc(1);
 	buf[0] = '\0';
 	return buf;
     }
 }
 
 static void
 dotlock_cleanup(void* lockpath)
 {
 	dot_unlock((char*)lockpath);
 }
 
 /* Save history before exiting the shell. */
 void
 rechist(Char *fname, int ref)
 {
     Char    *snum, *rs;
     int     fp, ftmp, oldidfds;
     struct varent *shist;
     char path[MAXPATHLEN];
     struct stat st;
     static Char   *dumphist[] = {STRhistory, STRmhT, 0, 0};
 
     if (fname == NULL && !ref) 
 	return;
     /*
      * If $savehist is just set, we use the value of $history
      * else we use the value in $savehist
      */
     if (((snum = varval(STRsavehist)) == STRNULL) &&
 	((snum = varval(STRhistory)) == STRNULL))
 	snum = STRmaxint;
 
 
     if (fname == NULL) {
 	if ((fname = varval(STRhistfile)) == STRNULL)
 	    fname = Strspl(varval(STRhome), &STRtildothist[1]);
 	else
 	    fname = Strsave(fname);
     }
     else
 	fname = globone(fname, G_ERROR);
     cleanup_push(fname, xfree);
 
     /*
      * The 'savehist merge' feature is intended for an environment
      * with numerous shells being in simultaneous use. Imagine
      * any kind of window system. All these shells 'share' the same 
      * ~/.history file for recording their command line history. 
      * We try to handle the case of multiple shells trying to merge
      * histories at the same time, by creating semi-unique filenames
      * and saving the history there first and then trying to rename
      * them in the proper history file.
      *
      * Users that like to nuke their environment require here an atomic
      * loadhist-creat-dohist(dumphist)-close sequence which is given
 		 * by optional lock parameter to savehist.
      *
      * jw.
      */ 
     /*
      * We need the didfds stuff before loadhist otherwise
      * exec in a script will fail to print if merge is set.
      * From: mveksler@iil.intel.com (Veksler Michael)
      */
     oldidfds = didfds;
     didfds = 0;
     if ((shist = adrof(STRsavehist)) != NULL && shist->vec != NULL) {
 	size_t i;
 	int merge = 0, lock = 0;
 
 	for (i = 1; shist->vec[i]; i++) {
 	    if (eq(shist->vec[i], STRmerge))
 		merge++;
 	    if (eq(shist->vec[i], STRlock))
 		lock++;
 	}
 
 	if (merge) {
+	    jmp_buf_t osetexit;
 	    if (lock) {
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 		char *lockpath = strsave(short2str(fname));
 		cleanup_push(lockpath, xfree);
 		/* Poll in 100 miliseconds interval to obtain the lock. */
 		if ((dot_lock(lockpath, 100) == 0))
 		    cleanup_push(lockpath, dotlock_cleanup);
 #endif
 	    }
-	    loadhist(fname, 1);
+	    getexit(osetexit);
+	    if (setexit())
+		loadhist(fname, 1);
+	    resexit(osetexit);
 	}
     }
     rs = randsuf();
     xsnprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%S.%S", fname, rs);
     xfree(rs);
 
     fp = xcreat(path, 0600);
     if (fp == -1) {
 	didfds = oldidfds;
 	cleanup_until(fname);
 	return;
     }
     /* Try to preserve ownership and permissions of the original history file */
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
     if (stat(short2str(fname), &st) != -1) {
 	TCSH_IGNORE(fchown(fp, st.st_uid, st.st_gid));
 	TCSH_IGNORE(fchmod(fp, st.st_mode));
     }
 #else
     UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(st);
 #endif
     ftmp = SHOUT;
     SHOUT = fp;
     dumphist[2] = snum;
     dohist(dumphist, NULL);
     xclose(fp);
     SHOUT = ftmp;
     didfds = oldidfds;
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
     (void)rename(path, short2str(fname));
 #else
     (void)ReplaceFile( short2str(fname),path,NULL,0,NULL,NULL);
 #endif
     cleanup_until(fname);
 }
 
 
 /* This is the entry point for loading history data from a file. */
 void
 loadhist(Char *fname, int mflg)
 {
     static Char   *loadhist_cmd[] = {STRsource, NULL, NULL, NULL};
     loadhist_cmd[1] = mflg ? STRmm : STRmh;
 
     if (fname != NULL)
 	loadhist_cmd[2] = fname;
     else if ((fname = varval(STRhistfile)) != STRNULL)
 	loadhist_cmd[2] = fname;
     else
 	loadhist_cmd[2] = STRtildothist;
 
     dosource(loadhist_cmd, NULL);
 
     /* During history merging (enthist sees mflg set), we disable management of
      * Hnum and Href (because fastMergeErase is true).  So now reset all the
      * values based on the final ordering of the history list. */
     if (mflg) {
 	int n = eventno;
         struct Hist *hp = &Histlist;
         while ((hp = hp->Hnext))
 	    hp->Hnum = hp->Href = n--;
     }
 }
 
 void
 sethistory(int n)
 {
     histlen = n;
     discardExcess(histlen);
 }
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/sh.lex.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/sh.lex.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/sh.lex.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,1855 +1,1857 @@
 /*
  * sh.lex.c: Lexical analysis into tokens
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #include "sh.h"
 #include "ed.h"
 
 #include <assert.h>
 /* #define DEBUG_INP */
 /* #define DEBUG_SEEK */
 
 /*
  * C shell
  */
 
 #define FLAG_G	1
 #define FLAG_A	2
 /*
  * These lexical routines read input and form lists of words.
  * There is some involved processing here, because of the complications
  * of input buffering, and especially because of history substitution.
  */
 static	Char		*word		(int);
 static	eChar	 	 getC1		(int);
 static	void	 	 getdol		(void);
 static	void	 	 getexcl	(Char);
 static	struct Hist 	*findev		(Char *, int);
 static	void	 	 setexclp	(Char *);
 static	eChar	 	 bgetc		(void);
 static	void		 balloc		(int);
 static	void	 	 bfree		(void);
 static	struct wordent	*gethent	(Char);
 static	int	 	 matchs		(const Char *, const Char *);
 static	int	 	 getsel		(int *, int *, int);
 static	struct wordent	*getsub		(struct wordent *);
 static	Char 		*subword	(Char *, Char, int *, size_t *);
 static	struct wordent	*dosub		(Char, struct wordent *, int);
 
 /*
  * Peekc is a peek character for getC, peekread for readc.
  * There is a subtlety here in many places... history routines
  * will read ahead and then insert stuff into the input stream.
  * If they push back a character then they must push it behind
  * the text substituted by the history substitution.  On the other
  * hand in several places we need 2 peek characters.  To make this
  * all work, the history routines read with getC, and make use both
  * of ungetC and unreadc.  The key observation is that the state
  * of getC at the call of a history reference is such that calls
  * to getC from the history routines will always yield calls of
  * readc, unless this peeking is involved.  That is to say that during
  * getexcl the variables lap, exclp, and exclnxt are all zero.
  *
  * Getdol invokes history substitution, hence the extra peek, peekd,
  * which it can ungetD to be before history substitutions.
  */
 static Char peekc = 0, peekd = 0;
 static Char peekread = 0;
 
 /* (Tail of) current word from ! subst */
 static Char *exclp = NULL;
 
 /* The rest of the ! subst words */
 static struct wordent *exclnxt = NULL;
 
 /* Count of remaining words in ! subst */
 static int exclc = 0;
 
 /* "Globp" for alias resubstitution */
 int aret = TCSH_F_SEEK;
 
 /*
  * Labuf implements a general buffer for lookahead during lexical operations.
  * Text which is to be placed in the input stream can be stuck here.
  * We stick parsed ahead $ constructs during initial input,
  * process id's from `$$', and modified variable values (from qualifiers
  * during expansion in sh.dol.c) here.
  */
 struct Strbuf labuf; /* = Strbuf_INIT; */
 
 /*
  * Lex returns to its caller not only a wordlist (as a "var" parameter)
  * but also whether a history substitution occurred.  This is used in
  * the main (process) routine to determine whether to echo, and also
  * when called by the alias routine to determine whether to keep the
  * argument list.
  */
 static int hadhist = 0;
 
 /*
  * Avoid alias expansion recursion via \!#
  */
 int     hleft;
 
 struct Strbuf histline; /* = Strbuf_INIT; last line input */
 
 int    histvalid = 0;		/* is histline valid */
 
 static Char getCtmp;
 
 #define getC(f)		(((getCtmp = peekc) != '\0') ? (peekc = 0, (eChar)getCtmp) : getC1(f))
 #define	ungetC(c)	peekc = (Char) c
 #define	ungetD(c)	peekd = (Char) c
 
 /* Use Htime to store timestamps picked up from history file for enthist()
  * if reading saved history (sg)
  */
 time_t Htime = (time_t)0;
 static time_t a2time_t (Char *);
 
 /*
  * special parsing rules apply for source -h
  */
 extern int enterhist;
 extern int postcmd_active;
 
 int
 lex(struct wordent *hp)
 {
     struct wordent *wdp;
     eChar    c;
     int     parsehtime = enterhist;
     int	    toolong = 0;
 
     histvalid = 0;
     histline.len = 0;
 
     if (!postcmd_active)
 	btell(&lineloc);
     hp->next = hp->prev = hp;
     hp->word = STRNULL;
     hadhist = 0;
     do
 	c = readc(0);
     while (c == ' ' || c == '\t');
     if (c == (eChar)HISTSUB && intty)
 	/* ^lef^rit	from tty is short !:s^lef^rit */
 	getexcl(c);
     else
 	unreadc(c);
     cleanup_push(hp, lex_cleanup);
     wdp = hp;
     /*
      * The following loop is written so that the links needed by freelex will
      * be ready and rarin to go even if it is interrupted.
      */
     do {
 	struct wordent *new;
 
 	new = xmalloc(sizeof(*new));
 	new->word = NULL;
 	new->prev = wdp;
 	new->next = hp;
 	wdp->next = new;
 	hp->prev = new;
 	wdp = new;
 	wdp->word = word(parsehtime);
 	parsehtime = 0;
 	if (enterhist && toolong++ > 10 * 1024)
 	    stderror(ERR_LTOOLONG);
     } while (wdp->word[0] != '\n');
     cleanup_ignore(hp);
     cleanup_until(hp);
     Strbuf_terminate(&histline);
     if (histline.len != 0 && histline.s[histline.len - 1] == '\n')
 	histline.s[histline.len - 1] = '\0';
     histvalid = 1;
 
     return (hadhist);
 }
 
 static time_t
 a2time_t(Char *wordx)
 {
     /* Attempt to distinguish timestamps from other possible entries.
      * Format: "+NNNNNNNNNN" (10 digits, left padded with ascii '0') */
 
     time_t ret;
     Char *s;
     int ct;
 
     if (!wordx || *(s = wordx) != '+')
 	return (time_t)0;
 
     for (++s, ret = 0, ct = 0; *s; ++s, ++ct) {
 	if (!isdigit((unsigned char)*s))
 	    return (time_t)0;
 	ret = ret * 10 + (time_t)((unsigned char)*s - '0');
     }
 
     if (ct != 10)
 	return (time_t)0;
 
     return ret;
 }
 
 void
 prlex(struct wordent *sp0)
 {
     struct wordent *sp = sp0->next;
 
     for (;;) {
 	xprintf("%S", sp->word);
 	sp = sp->next;
 	if (sp == sp0)
 	    break;
 	if (sp->word[0] != '\n')
 	    xputchar(' ');
     }
 }
 
 void
 copylex(struct wordent *hp, struct wordent *fp)
 {
     struct wordent *wdp;
 
     wdp = hp;
     fp = fp->next;
     do {
 	struct wordent *new;
 
 	new = xmalloc(sizeof(*new));
 	new->word = NULL;
 	new->prev = wdp;
 	new->next = hp;
 	wdp->next = new;
 	hp->prev = new;
 	wdp = new;
 	wdp->word = Strsave(fp->word);
 	fp = fp->next;
     } while (wdp->word[0] != '\n');
 }
 
 void
 initlex(struct wordent *vp)
 {
 	vp->word = STRNULL;
 	vp->prev = vp;
 	vp->next = vp;
 }
 
 void
 freelex(struct wordent *vp)
 {
     struct wordent *fp;
 
     while (vp->next != vp) {
 	fp = vp->next;
 	vp->next = fp->next;
 	xfree(fp->word);
 	xfree(fp);
     }
     vp->prev = vp;
 }
 
 void
 lex_cleanup(void *xvp)
 {
     struct wordent *vp;
 
     vp = xvp;
     freelex(vp);
 }
 
 static Char *
 word(int parsehtime)
 {
     eChar c, c1;
     struct Strbuf wbuf = Strbuf_INIT;
     Char    hbuf[12];
     int	    h;
     int dolflg;
     int toolong = 0;
 
     cleanup_push(&wbuf, Strbuf_cleanup);
 loop:
     if (enterhist && toolong++ > 256 * 1024)
 	seterror(ERR_WTOOLONG);
     while ((c = getC(DOALL)) == ' ' || c == '\t')
 	continue;
     if (cmap(c, _META | _ESC))
 	switch (c) {
 	case '&':
 	case '|':
 	case '<':
 	case '>':
 	    Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, c);
 	    c1 = getC(DOALL);
 	    if (c1 == c)
 		Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, c1);
 	    else
 		ungetC(c1);
 	    goto ret;
 
 	case '#':
 	    if (intty || (enterhist && !parsehtime))
 		break;
 	    c = 0;
 	    h = 0;
 	    do {
 		c1 = c;
 		c = getC(0);
 		if (h < 11 && parsehtime)
 		    hbuf[h++] = c;
 	    } while (c != '\n');
 	    if (parsehtime) {
 		hbuf[11] = '\0';
 		Htime = a2time_t(hbuf); 
 	    }
 	    if (c1 == '\\')
 		goto loop;
 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
 
 	case ';':
 	case '(':
 	case ')':
 	case '\n':
 	    Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, c);
 	    goto ret;
 
 	case '\\':
 	    c = getC(0);
 	    if (c == '\n') {
 		if (onelflg == 1)
 		    onelflg = 2;
 		goto loop;
 	    }
 	    if (c != (eChar)HIST)
 		Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, '\\');
 	    c |= QUOTE;
 	default:
 	    break;
 	}
     c1 = 0;
     dolflg = DOALL;
     for (;;) {
 	if (enterhist && toolong++ > 256 * 1024)
 	    seterror(ERR_WTOOLONG);
 	if (c1) {
 	    if (c == c1) {
 		c1 = 0;
 		dolflg = DOALL;
 	    }
 	    else if (c == '\\') {
 		c = getC(0);
 /*
  * PWP: this is dumb, but how all of the other shells work.  If \ quotes
  * a character OUTSIDE of a set of ''s, why shouldn't it quote EVERY
  * following character INSIDE a set of ''s.
  *
  * Actually, all I really want to be able to say is 'foo\'bar' --> foo'bar
  */
 		if (c == (eChar)HIST)
 		    c |= QUOTE;
 		else {
 		    if (bslash_quote &&
 			((c == '\'') || (c == '"') ||
 			 (c == '\\') || (c == '$'))) {
 			c |= QUOTE;
 		    }
 		    else {
 			if (c == '\n')
 			    /*
 			     * if (c1 == '`') c = ' '; else
 			     */
 			    c |= QUOTE;
 			ungetC(c);
 			c = '\\' | QUOTE;
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 	    else if (c == '\n') {
 		seterror(ERR_UNMATCHED, c1);
 		ungetC(c);
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (cmap(c, _META | _QF | _QB | _ESC)) {
 	    if (c == '\\') {
 		c = getC(0);
 		if (c == '\n') {
 		    if (onelflg == 1)
 			onelflg = 2;
 		    break;
 		}
 		if (c != (eChar)HIST)
 		    Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, '\\');
 		c |= QUOTE;
 	    }
 	    else if (cmap(c, _QF | _QB)) {	/* '"` */
 		c1 = c;
 		dolflg = c == '"' ? DOALL : DOEXCL;
 	    }
 	    else if (c != '#' || (!intty && !enterhist)) {
 		ungetC(c);
 		break;
 	    }
 	}
 	Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, c);
 	c = getC(dolflg);
     }
 ret:
     cleanup_ignore(&wbuf);
     cleanup_until(&wbuf);
     return Strbuf_finish(&wbuf);
 }
 
 static eChar
 getC1(int flag)
 {
     eChar c;
 
     for (;;) {
 	if ((c = peekc) != 0) {
 	    peekc = 0;
 	    return (c);
 	}
 	if (lap < labuf.len) {
 	    c = labuf.s[lap++];
 	    if (cmap(c, _META | _QF | _QB))
 		c |= QUOTE;
 	    return (c);
 	}
 	if ((c = peekd) != 0) {
 	    peekd = 0;
 	    return (c);
 	}
 	if (exclp) {
 	    if ((c = *exclp++) != 0)
 		return (c);
 	    if (exclnxt && --exclc >= 0) {
 		exclnxt = exclnxt->next;
 		setexclp(exclnxt->word);
 		return (' ');
 	    }
 	    exclp = 0;
 	    exclnxt = 0;
 	    /* this will throw away the dummy history entries */
 	    savehist(NULL, 0);
 
 	}
 	if (exclnxt) {
 	    exclnxt = exclnxt->next;
 	    if (--exclc < 0)
 		exclnxt = 0;
 	    else
 		setexclp(exclnxt->word);
 	    continue;
 	}
 	c = readc(1);
 
 	/* Catch EOF in the middle of a line.  (An EOF at the beginning of
 	 * a line would have been processed by the readc(0) in lex().) */
 	if (c == CHAR_ERR)
 	    c = '\n';
 
 	if (c == '$' && (flag & DODOL)) {
 	    getdol();
 	    continue;
 	}
 	if (c == (eChar)HIST && (flag & DOEXCL)) {
 	    getexcl(0);
 	    continue;
 	}
 	break;
     }
     return (c);
 }
 
 static void
 getdol(void)
 {
     struct Strbuf name = Strbuf_INIT;
     eChar c;
     eChar   sc;
     int    special = 0;
 
     c = sc = getC(DOEXCL);
     if (any("\t \n", c)) {
 	ungetD(c);
 	ungetC('$' | QUOTE);
 	return;
     }
     cleanup_push(&name, Strbuf_cleanup);
     Strbuf_append1(&name, '$');
     if (c == '{')
 	Strbuf_append1(&name, c), c = getC(DOEXCL);
     if (c == '#' || c == '?' || c == '%')
 	special++, Strbuf_append1(&name, c), c = getC(DOEXCL);
     Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
     switch (c) {
 
     case '<':
     case '$':
     case '!':
 	if (special)
 	    seterror(ERR_SPDOLLT);
 	goto end;
 
     case '\n':
 	ungetD(c);
 	name.len--;
 	if (!special)
 	    seterror(ERR_NEWLINE);
 	goto end;
 
     case '*':
 	if (special)
 	    seterror(ERR_SPSTAR);
 	goto end;
 
     default:
 	if (Isdigit(c)) {
 #ifdef notdef
 	    /* let $?0 pass for now */
 	    if (special) {
 		seterror(ERR_DIGIT);
 		goto end;
 	    }
 #endif
 	    while ((c = getC(DOEXCL)) != 0) {
 		if (!Isdigit(c))
 		    break;
 		Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 	    }
 	}
 	else if (letter(c)) {
 	    while ((c = getC(DOEXCL)) != 0) {
 		/* Bugfix for ${v123x} from Chris Torek, DAS DEC-90. */
 		if (!letter(c) && !Isdigit(c))
 		    break;
 		Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 	    }
 	}
 	else {
 	    if (!special)
 		seterror(ERR_VARILL);
 	    else {
 		ungetD(c);
 		name.len--;
 	    }
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	break;
     }
     if (c == '[') {
 	Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 	do {
 	    /*
 	     * Michael Greim: Allow $ expansion to take place in selector
 	     * expressions. (limits the number of characters returned)
 	     */
 	    c = getC(DOEXCL | DODOL);
 	    if (c == '\n') {
 		ungetD(c);
 		name.len--;
 		seterror(ERR_NLINDEX);
 		goto end;
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 	} while (c != ']');
 	c = getC(DOEXCL);
     }
     if (c == ':') {
 	/*
 	 * if the :g modifier is followed by a newline, then error right away!
 	 * -strike
 	 */
 
 	int     gmodflag = 0, amodflag = 0;
 
 	do {
 	    Strbuf_append1(&name, c), c = getC(DOEXCL);
 	    if (c == 'g' || c == 'a') {
 		if (c == 'g')
 		    gmodflag++;
 		else
 		    amodflag++;
 		Strbuf_append1(&name, c); c = getC(DOEXCL);
 	    }
 	    if ((c == 'g' && !gmodflag) || (c == 'a' && !amodflag)) {
 		if (c == 'g')
 		    gmodflag++;
 		else
 		    amodflag++;
 		Strbuf_append1(&name, c); c = getC(DOEXCL);
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 	    /* scan s// [eichin:19910926.0512EST] */
 	    if (c == 's') {
 		int delimcnt = 2;
 		eChar delim = getC(0);
 
 		Strbuf_append1(&name, delim);
 		if (!delim || letter(delim)
 		    || Isdigit(delim) || any(" \t\n", delim)) {
 		    seterror(ERR_BADSUBST);
 		    break;
 		}
 		while ((c = getC(0)) != CHAR_ERR) {
 		    Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
 		    if(c == delim) delimcnt--;
 		    if(!delimcnt) break;
 		}
 		if(delimcnt) {
 		    seterror(ERR_BADSUBST);
 		    break;
 		}
 		c = 's';
 	    }
 	    if (!any("htrqxesul", c)) {
 		if ((amodflag || gmodflag) && c == '\n')
 		    stderror(ERR_VARSYN);	/* strike */
 		seterror(ERR_BADMOD, c);
 		goto end;
 	    }
 	}
 	while ((c = getC(DOEXCL)) == ':');
 	ungetD(c);
     }
     else
 	ungetD(c);
     if (sc == '{') {
 	c = getC(DOEXCL);
 	if (c != '}') {
 	    ungetD(c);
 	    seterror(ERR_MISSING, '}');
 	    goto end;
 	}
 	Strbuf_append1(&name, c);
     }
  end:
     cleanup_ignore(&name);
     cleanup_until(&name);
     addla(Strbuf_finish(&name));
 }
 
 /* xfree()'s its argument */
 void
 addla(Char *cp)
 {
     static struct Strbuf buf; /* = Strbuf_INIT; */
 
     buf.len = 0;
     Strbuf_appendn(&buf, labuf.s + lap, labuf.len - lap);
     labuf.len = 0;
     Strbuf_append(&labuf, cp);
     Strbuf_terminate(&labuf);
     Strbuf_appendn(&labuf, buf.s, buf.len);
     xfree(cp);
     lap = 0;
 }
 
 /* left-hand side of last :s or search string of last ?event? */
 static struct Strbuf lhsb; /* = Strbuf_INIT; */
 static struct Strbuf slhs; /* = Strbuf_INIT; left-hand side of last :s */
 static struct Strbuf rhsb; /* = Strbuf_INIT; right-hand side of last :s */
 static int quesarg;
 
 static void
 getexcl(Char sc)
 {
     struct wordent *hp, *ip;
     int     left, right, dol;
     eChar c;
 
     if (sc == 0) {
 	c = getC(0);
 	if (c == '{')
 	    sc = (Char) c;
 	else
 	    ungetC(c);
     }
     quesarg = -1;
 
     lastev = eventno;
     hp = gethent(sc);
     if (hp == 0)
 	return;
     hadhist = 1;
     dol = 0;
     if (hp == alhistp)
 	for (ip = hp->next->next; ip != alhistt; ip = ip->next)
 	    dol++;
     else
 	for (ip = hp->next->next; ip != hp->prev; ip = ip->next)
 	    dol++;
     left = 0, right = dol;
     if (sc == HISTSUB && HISTSUB != '\0') {
 	ungetC('s'), unreadc(HISTSUB), c = ':';
 	goto subst;
     }
     c = getC(0);
     if (!any(":^$*-%", c))
 	goto subst;
     left = right = -1;
     if (c == ':') {
 	c = getC(0);
 	unreadc(c);
 	if (letter(c) || c == '&') {
 	    c = ':';
 	    left = 0, right = dol;
 	    goto subst;
 	}
     }
     else
 	ungetC(c);
     if (!getsel(&left, &right, dol))
 	return;
     c = getC(0);
     if (c == '*')
 	ungetC(c), c = '-';
     if (c == '-') {
 	if (!getsel(&left, &right, dol))
 	    return;
 	c = getC(0);
     }
 subst:
     exclc = right - left + 1;
     while (--left >= 0)
 	hp = hp->next;
     if ((sc == HISTSUB && HISTSUB != '\0') || c == ':') {
 	do {
 	    hp = getsub(hp);
 	    c = getC(0);
 	} while (c == ':');
     }
     unreadc(c);
     if (sc == '{') {
 	c = getC(0);
 	if (c != '}')
 	    seterror(ERR_BADBANG);
     }
     exclnxt = hp;
 }
 
 static struct wordent *
 getsub(struct wordent *en)
 {
     eChar   delim;
     eChar   c;
     eChar   sc;
     int global;
 
     do {
 	exclnxt = 0;
 	global = 0;
 	sc = c = getC(0);
 	while (c == 'g' || c == 'a') {
 	    global |= (c == 'g') ? FLAG_G : FLAG_A;
 	    sc = c = getC(0);
 	}
 
 	switch (c) {
 	case 'p':
 	    justpr++;
 	    return (en);
 
 	case 'x':
 	case 'q':
 	    global |= FLAG_G;
 	    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
 
 	case 'h':
 	case 'r':
 	case 't':
 	case 'e':
 	case 'u':
 	case 'l':
 	    break;
 
 	case '&':
 	    if (slhs.len == 0) {
 		seterror(ERR_NOSUBST);
 		return (en);
 	    }
 	    lhsb.len = 0;
 	    Strbuf_append(&lhsb, slhs.s);
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    break;
 
 #ifdef notdef
 	case '~':
 	    if (lhsb.len == 0)
 		goto badlhs;
 	    break;
 #endif
 
 	case 's':
 	    delim = getC(0);
 	    if (letter(delim) || Isdigit(delim) || any(" \t\n", delim)) {
 		unreadc(delim);
 		lhsb.len = 0;
 		seterror(ERR_BADSUBST);
 		return (en);
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    lhsb.len = 0;
 	    for (;;) {
 		c = getC(0);
 		if (c == '\n') {
 		    unreadc(c);
 		    break;
 		}
 		if (c == delim)
 		    break;
 		if (c == '\\') {
 		    c = getC(0);
 		    if (c != delim && c != '\\')
 			Strbuf_append1(&lhsb, '\\');
 		}
 		Strbuf_append1(&lhsb, c);
 	    }
 	    if (lhsb.len != 0)
 		Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    else if (lhsb.s[0] == 0) {
 		seterror(ERR_LHS);
 		return (en);
 	    } else
 		lhsb.len = Strlen(lhsb.s); /* lhsb.s wasn't changed */
 	    rhsb.len = 0;
 	    for (;;) {
 		c = getC(0);
 		if (c == '\n') {
 		    unreadc(c);
 		    break;
 		}
 		if (c == delim)
 		    break;
 		if (c == '\\') {
 		    c = getC(0);
 		    if (c != delim /* && c != '~' */ )
 			Strbuf_append1(&rhsb,  '\\');
 		}
 		Strbuf_append1(&rhsb, c);
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&rhsb);
 	    break;
 
 	default:
 	    if (c == '\n')
 		unreadc(c);
 	    seterror(ERR_BADBANGMOD, (int)c);
 	    return (en);
 	}
 	slhs.len = 0;
 	if (lhsb.s != NULL && lhsb.len != 0)
 	    Strbuf_append(&slhs, lhsb.s);
 	Strbuf_terminate(&slhs);
 	if (exclc)
 	    en = dosub(sc, en, global);
     }
     while ((c = getC(0)) == ':');
     unreadc(c);
     return (en);
 }
 
 /*
  * 
  * From Beto Appleton (beto@aixwiz.austin.ibm.com)
  *
  * when using history substitution, and the variable
  * 'history' is set to a value higher than 1000,
  * the shell might either freeze (hang) or core-dump.
  * We raise the limit to 50000000
  */
 
 #define HIST_PURGE -50000000
 static struct wordent *
 dosub(Char sc, struct wordent *en, int global)
 {
     struct wordent lexi;
     int    didsub = 0, didone = 0;
     struct wordent *hp = &lexi;
     struct wordent *wdp;
     int i = exclc;
     struct Hist *hst;
 
     wdp = hp;
     while (--i >= 0) {
 	struct wordent *new = xcalloc(1, sizeof *wdp);
 
 	new->word = 0;
 	new->prev = wdp;
 	new->next = hp;
 	wdp->next = new;
 	wdp = new;
 	en = en->next;
 	if (en->word) {
 	    Char *tword, *otword;
 
 	    if ((global & FLAG_G) || didsub == 0) {
 		size_t pos;
 
 		pos = 0;
 		tword = subword(en->word, sc, &didone, &pos);
 		if (didone)
 		    didsub = 1;
 		if (global & FLAG_A) {
 		    while (didone && tword != STRNULL) {
 			otword = tword;
 			tword = subword(otword, sc, &didone, &pos);
 			if (Strcmp(tword, otword) == 0) {
 			    xfree(otword);
 			    break;
 			}
 			else
 			    xfree(otword);
 		    }
 		}
 	    }
 	    else
 		tword = Strsave(en->word);
 	    wdp->word = tword;
 	}
     }
     if (didsub == 0)
 	seterror(ERR_MODFAIL);
     hp->prev = wdp;
     /* 
      * ANSI mode HP/UX compiler chokes on
      * return &enthist(HIST_PURGE, &lexi, 0)->Hlex;
      */
     hst = enthist(HIST_PURGE, &lexi, 0, 0, -1);
     return &(hst->Hlex);
 }
 
 /* Return a newly allocated result of one modification of CP using the
    operation TYPE.  Set ADID to 1 if a modification was performed.
    If TYPE == 's', perform substitutions only from *START_POS on and set
    *START_POS to the position of next substitution attempt. */
 static Char *
 subword(Char *cp, Char type, int *adid, size_t *start_pos)
 {
     Char *wp;
     const Char *mp, *np;
 
     switch (type) {
 
     case 'r':
     case 'e':
     case 'h':
     case 't':
     case 'q':
     case 'x':
     case 'u':
     case 'l':
 	wp = domod(cp, type);
 	if (wp == 0) {
 	    *adid = 0;
 	    return (Strsave(cp));
 	}
 	*adid = 1;
 	return (wp);
 
     default:
 	for (mp = cp + *start_pos; *mp; mp++) {
 	    if (matchs(mp, lhsb.s)) {
 		struct Strbuf wbuf = Strbuf_INIT;
 
 		Strbuf_appendn(&wbuf, cp, mp - cp);
 		for (np = rhsb.s; *np; np++)
 		    switch (*np) {
 
 		    case '\\':
 			if (np[1] == '&')
 			    np++;
 			/* fall into ... */
 
 		    default:
 			Strbuf_append1(&wbuf, *np);
 			continue;
 
 		    case '&':
 			Strbuf_append(&wbuf, lhsb.s);
 			continue;
 		    }
 		*start_pos = wbuf.len;
 		Strbuf_append(&wbuf, mp + lhsb.len);
 		*adid = 1;
 		return Strbuf_finish(&wbuf);
 	    }
 	}
 	*adid = 0;
 	return (Strsave(cp));
     }
 }
 
 Char   *
 domod(Char *cp, Char type)
 {
     Char *wp, *xp;
     int c;
 
     switch (type) {
 
-    case 'x':
     case 'q':
+    case 'x':
+	if (*cp == '\0')
+	    return Strsave(STRQNULL);
 	wp = Strsave(cp);
 	for (xp = wp; (c = *xp) != 0; xp++)
 	    if ((c != ' ' && c != '\t') || type == 'q')
 		*xp |= QUOTE;
 	return (wp);
 
     case 'l':
 	wp = NLSChangeCase(cp, 1);
 	return wp ? wp : Strsave(cp);
 
     case 'u':
 	wp = NLSChangeCase(cp, 0);
 	return wp ? wp : Strsave(cp);
 
     case 'h':
     case 't':
 	if (!any(short2str(cp), '/'))
 	    return (type == 't' ? Strsave(cp) : 0);
 	wp = Strrchr(cp, '/');
 	if (type == 'h')
 	    xp = Strnsave(cp, wp - cp);
 	else
 	    xp = Strsave(wp + 1);
 	return (xp);
 
     case 'e':
     case 'r':
 	wp = Strend(cp);
 	for (wp--; wp >= cp && *wp != '/'; wp--)
 	    if (*wp == '.') {
 		if (type == 'e')
 		    xp = Strsave(wp + 1);
 		else
 		    xp = Strnsave(cp, wp - cp);
 		return (xp);
 	    }
 	return (Strsave(type == 'e' ? STRNULL : cp));
     default:
 	break;
     }
     return (0);
 }
 
 static int
 matchs(const Char *str, const Char *pat)
 {
     while (*str && *pat && *str == *pat)
 	str++, pat++;
     return (*pat == 0);
 }
 
 static int
 getsel(int *al, int *ar, int dol)
 {
     eChar c = getC(0);
     int i;
     int    first = *al < 0;
 
     switch (c) {
 
     case '%':
 	if (quesarg == -1) {
 	    seterror(ERR_BADBANGARG);
 	    return (0);
 	}
 	if (*al < 0)
 	    *al = quesarg;
 	*ar = quesarg;
 	break;
 
     case '-':
 	if (*al < 0) {
 	    *al = 0;
 	    *ar = dol - 1;
 	    unreadc(c);
 	}
 	return (1);
 
     case '^':
 	if (*al < 0)
 	    *al = 1;
 	*ar = 1;
 	break;
 
     case '$':
 	if (*al < 0)
 	    *al = dol;
 	*ar = dol;
 	break;
 
     case '*':
 	if (*al < 0)
 	    *al = 1;
 	*ar = dol;
 	if (*ar < *al) {
 	    *ar = 0;
 	    *al = 1;
 	    return (1);
 	}
 	break;
 
     default:
 	if (Isdigit(c)) {
 	    i = 0;
 	    while (Isdigit(c)) {
 		i = i * 10 + c - '0';
 		c = getC(0);
 	    }
 	    if (i < 0)
 		i = dol + 1;
 	    if (*al < 0)
 		*al = i;
 	    *ar = i;
 	}
 	else if (*al < 0)
 	    *al = 0, *ar = dol;
 	else
 	    *ar = dol - 1;
 	unreadc(c);
 	break;
     }
     if (first) {
 	c = getC(0);
 	unreadc(c);
 	if (any("-$*", c))
 	    return (1);
     }
     if (*al > *ar || *ar > dol) {
 	seterror(ERR_BADBANGARG);
 	return (0);
     }
     return (1);
 
 }
 
 static struct wordent *
 gethent(Char sc)
 {
     struct Hist *hp;
     Char *np;
     eChar c;
     int     event;
     int    back = 0;
 
     c = (sc == HISTSUB && HISTSUB != '\0') ? (eChar)HIST : getC(0);
     if (c == (eChar)HIST) {
 	if (alhistp)
 	    return (alhistp);
 	event = eventno;
     }
     else
 	switch (c) {
 
 	case ':':
 	case '^':
 	case '$':
 	case '*':
 	case '%':
 	    ungetC(c);
 	    if (lastev == eventno && alhistp)
 		return (alhistp);
 	    event = lastev;
 	    break;
 
 	case '#':		/* !# is command being typed in (mrh) */
 	    if (--hleft == 0) {
 		seterror(ERR_HISTLOOP);
 		return (0);
 	    }
 	    else
 		return (&paraml);
 	    /* NOTREACHED */
 
 	case '-':
 	    back = 1;
 	    c = getC(0);
 	    /* FALLSTHROUGH */
 
 	default:
 	    if (any("(=~", c)) {
 		unreadc(c);
 		ungetC(HIST);
 		return (0);
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    lhsb.len = 0;
 	    event = 0;
 	    while (!cmap(c, _ESC | _META | _QF | _QB) && !any("^*-%${}:#", c)) {
 		if (event != -1 && Isdigit(c))
 		    event = event * 10 + c - '0';
 		else
 		    event = -1;
 		Strbuf_append1(&lhsb, c);
 		c = getC(0);
 	    }
 	    unreadc(c);
 	    if (lhsb.len == 0) {
 		lhsb.len = Strlen(lhsb.s); /* lhsb.s wasn't changed */
 		ungetC(HIST);
 		return (0);
 	    }
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    if (event != -1) {
 		/*
 		 * History had only digits
 		 */
 		if (back)
 		    event = eventno + (alhistp == 0) - event;
 		break;
 	    }
 	    if (back) {
 		Strbuf_append1(&lhsb, '\0'); /* Allocate space */
 		Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 		memmove(lhsb.s + 1, lhsb.s, (lhsb.len - 1) * sizeof (*lhsb.s));
 		lhsb.s[0] = '-';
 	    }
 	    hp = findev(lhsb.s, 0);
 	    if (hp)
 		lastev = hp->Hnum;
 	    return (&hp->Hlex);
 
 	case '?':
 	    Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    lhsb.len = 0;
 	    for (;;) {
 		c = getC(0);
 		if (c == '\n') {
 		    unreadc(c);
 		    break;
 		}
 		if (c == '?')
 		    break;
 		Strbuf_append1(&lhsb, c);
 	    }
 	    if (lhsb.len == 0) {
 		lhsb.len = Strlen(lhsb.s); /* lhsb.s wasn't changed */
 		if (lhsb.len == 0) {
 		    seterror(ERR_NOSEARCH);
 		    return (0);
 		}
 	    }
 	    else
 		Strbuf_terminate(&lhsb);
 	    hp = findev(lhsb.s, 1);
 	    if (hp)
 		lastev = hp->Hnum;
 	    return (&hp->Hlex);
 	}
 
     for (hp = Histlist.Hnext; hp; hp = hp->Hnext)
 	if (hp->Hnum == event) {
 	    hp->Href = eventno;
 	    lastev = hp->Hnum;
 	    return (&hp->Hlex);
 	}
     np = putn((tcsh_number_t)event);
     seterror(ERR_NOEVENT, short2str(np));
     xfree(np);
     return (0);
 }
 
 static struct Hist *
 findev(Char *cp, int anyarg)
 {
     struct Hist *hp;
 
     for (hp = Histlist.Hnext; hp; hp = hp->Hnext) {
 	Char   *dp;
 	Char *p, *q;
 	struct wordent *lp = hp->Hlex.next;
 	int     argno = 0;
 
 	/*
 	 * The entries added by alias substitution don't have a newline but do
 	 * have a negative event number. Savehist() trims off these entries,
 	 * but it happens before alias expansion, too early to delete those
 	 * from the previous command.
 	 */
 	if (hp->Hnum < 0)
 	    continue;
 	if (lp->word[0] == '\n')
 	    continue;
 	if (!anyarg) {
 	    p = cp;
 	    q = lp->word;
 	    do
 		if (!*p)
 		    return (hp);
 	    while (*p++ == *q++);
 	    continue;
 	}
 	do {
 	    for (dp = lp->word; *dp; dp++) {
 		p = cp;
 		q = dp;
 		do
 		    if (!*p) {
 			quesarg = argno;
 			return (hp);
 		    }
 		while (*p++ == *q++);
 	    }
 	    lp = lp->next;
 	    argno++;
 	} while (lp->word[0] != '\n');
     }
     seterror(ERR_NOEVENT, short2str(cp));
     return (0);
 }
 
 
 static void
 setexclp(Char *cp)
 {
     if (cp && cp[0] == '\n')
 	return;
     exclp = cp;
 }
 
 void
 unreadc(Char c)
 {
     peekread = (Char) c;
 }
 
 eChar
 readc(int wanteof)
 {
     eChar c;
     static  int sincereal;	/* Number of real EOFs we've seen */
 
 #ifdef DEBUG_INP
     xprintf("readc\n");
 #endif
     if ((c = peekread) != 0) {
 	peekread = 0;
 	return (c);
     }
 
 top:
     aret = TCSH_F_SEEK;
     if (alvecp) {
 	arun = 1;
 #ifdef DEBUG_INP
 	xprintf("alvecp %c\n", *alvecp & 0xff);
 #endif
 	aret = TCSH_A_SEEK;
 	if ((c = *alvecp++) != 0)
 	    return (c);
 	if (alvec && *alvec) {
 		alvecp = *alvec++;
 		return (' ');
 	}
 	else {
 	    alvecp = NULL;
 	    aret = TCSH_F_SEEK;
 	    return('\n');
 	}
     }
     if (alvec) {
 	arun = 1;
 	if ((alvecp = *alvec) != 0) {
 	    alvec++;
 	    goto top;
 	}
 	/* Infinite source! */
 	return ('\n');
     }
     arun = 0;
     if (evalp) {
 	aret = TCSH_E_SEEK;
 	if ((c = *evalp++) != 0)
 	    return (c);
 	if (evalvec && *evalvec) {
 	    evalp = *evalvec++;
 	    return (' ');
 	}
 	aret = TCSH_F_SEEK;
 	evalp = 0;
     }
     if (evalvec) {
 	if (evalvec == INVPPTR) {
 	    doneinp = 1;
 	    reset();
 	}
 	if ((evalp = *evalvec) != 0) {
 	    evalvec++;
 	    goto top;
 	}
 	evalvec = INVPPTR;
 	return ('\n');
     }
     do {
 	if (arginp == INVPTR || onelflg == 1) {
 	    if (wanteof)
 		return CHAR_ERR;
 	    exitstat();
 	}
 	if (arginp) {
 	    if ((c = *arginp++) == 0) {
 		arginp = INVPTR;
 		return ('\n');
 	    }
 	    return (c);
 	}
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
 reread:
 #endif /* BSDJOBS */
 	c = bgetc();
 	if (c == CHAR_ERR) {
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 # ifndef POSIX
 #  ifdef TERMIO
 	    struct termio tty;
 #  else /* SGTTYB */
 	    struct sgttyb tty;
 #  endif /* TERMIO */
 # else /* POSIX */
 	    struct termios tty;
 # endif /* POSIX */
 #endif /* !WINNT_NATIVE */
 	    if (wanteof)
 		return CHAR_ERR;
 	    /* was isatty but raw with ignoreeof yields problems */
 #ifndef WINNT_NATIVE
 # ifndef POSIX
 #  ifdef TERMIO
 	    if (ioctl(SHIN, TCGETA, (ioctl_t) & tty) == 0 &&
 		(tty.c_lflag & ICANON))
 #  else /* GSTTYB */
 	    if (ioctl(SHIN, TIOCGETP, (ioctl_t) & tty) == 0 &&
 		(tty.sg_flags & RAW) == 0)
 #  endif /* TERMIO */
 # else /* POSIX */
 	    if (tcgetattr(SHIN, &tty) == 0 &&
 		(tty.c_lflag & ICANON))
 # endif /* POSIX */
 #else /* WINNT_NATIVE */
 	    if (isatty(SHIN))
 #endif /* !WINNT_NATIVE */
 	    {
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
 		pid_t ctpgrp;
 #endif /* BSDJOBS */
 
 		if (numeof != 0 && ++sincereal >= numeof)	/* Too many EOFs?  Bye! */
 		    goto oops;
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
 		if (tpgrp != -1 &&
 		    (ctpgrp = tcgetpgrp(FSHTTY)) != -1 &&
 		    tpgrp != ctpgrp) {
 		    (void) tcsetpgrp(FSHTTY, tpgrp);
 # ifdef _SEQUENT_
 		    if (ctpgrp)
 # endif /* _SEQUENT */
 		    (void) killpg(ctpgrp, SIGHUP);
 # ifdef notdef
 		    /*
 		     * With the walking process group fix, this message
 		     * is now obsolete. As the foreground process group
 		     * changes, the shell needs to adjust. Well too bad.
 		     */
 		    xprintf(CGETS(16, 1, "Reset tty pgrp from %d to %d\n"),
 			    (int)ctpgrp, (int)tpgrp);
 # endif /* notdef */
 		    goto reread;
 		}
 #endif /* BSDJOBS */
 		/* What follows is complicated EOF handling -- sterling@netcom.com */
 		/* First, we check to see if we have ignoreeof set */
 		if (adrof(STRignoreeof)) {
 			/* If so, we check for any stopped jobs only on the first EOF */
 			if ((sincereal == 1) && (chkstop == 0)) {
 				panystop(1);
 			}
 		} else {
 			/* If we don't have ignoreeof set, always check for stopped jobs */
 			if (chkstop == 0) {
 				panystop(1);
 			}
 		}
 		/* At this point, if there were stopped jobs, we would have already
 		 * called reset().  If we got this far, assume we can print an
 		 * exit/logout message if we ignoreeof, or just exit.
 		 */
 		if (adrof(STRignoreeof)) {
 			/* If so, tell the user to use exit or logout */
 		    if (loginsh) {
 				xprintf("%s", CGETS(16, 2,
 					"\nUse \"logout\" to logout.\n"));
 		   	} else {
 				xprintf(CGETS(16, 3,
 					"\nUse \"exit\" to leave %s.\n"),
 					progname);
 			}
 		    reset();
 		} else {
 			/* If we don't have ignoreeof set, just fall through */
 			;	/* EMPTY */
 		}
 	    }
     oops:
 	    doneinp = 1;
 	    reset();
 	}
 	sincereal = 0;
 	if (c == '\n' && onelflg)
 	    onelflg--;
     } while (c == 0);
     Strbuf_append1(&histline, c);
     return (c);
 }
 
 static void
 balloc(int buf)
 {
     Char **nfbuf;
 
     while (buf >= fblocks) {
 	nfbuf = xcalloc(fblocks + 2, sizeof(Char **));
 	if (fbuf) {
 	    (void) blkcpy(nfbuf, fbuf);
 	    xfree(fbuf);
 	}
 	fbuf = nfbuf;
 	fbuf[fblocks] = xcalloc(BUFSIZE, sizeof(Char));
 	fblocks++;
     }
 }
 
 ssize_t
 wide_read(int fildes, Char *buf, size_t nchars, int use_fclens)
 {
     char cbuf[BUFSIZE + 1];
     ssize_t res, r = 0;
     size_t partial;
     int err;
 
     if (nchars == 0)
 	return 0;
     assert (nchars <= sizeof(cbuf) / sizeof(*cbuf));
     USE(use_fclens);
     res = 0;
     partial = 0;
     do {
 	size_t i;
 	size_t len = nchars > partial ? nchars - partial : 1;
 
 	if (partial + len >= sizeof(cbuf) / sizeof(*cbuf))
 	    break;
 	
 	r = xread(fildes, cbuf + partial, len);
 		  
 	if (partial == 0 && r <= 0)
 	    break;
 	partial += r;
 	i = 0;
 	while (i < partial && nchars != 0) {
 	    int tlen;
 
 	    tlen = normal_mbtowc(buf + res, cbuf + i, partial - i);
 	    if (tlen == -1) {
 	        reset_mbtowc();
 		if ((partial - i) < MB_LEN_MAX && r > 0)
 		    /* Maybe a partial character and there is still a chance
 		       to read more */
 		    break;
 		buf[res] = (unsigned char)cbuf[i] | INVALID_BYTE;
 	    }
 	    if (tlen <= 0)
 		tlen = 1;
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 	    if (use_fclens)
 		fclens[res] = tlen;
 #endif
 	    i += tlen;
 	    res++;
 	    nchars--;
 	}
 	if (i != partial)
 	    memmove(cbuf, cbuf + i, partial - i);
 	partial -= i;
     } while (partial != 0 && nchars > 0);
     /* Throwing away possible partial multibyte characters on error if the
        stream is not seekable */
     err = errno;
     lseek(fildes, -(off_t)partial, L_INCR);
     errno = err;
     return res != 0 ? res : r;
 }
 
 static eChar
 bgetc(void)
 {
     Char ch;
     int c, off, buf;
     int numleft = 0, roomleft;
 
     if (cantell) {
 	if (fseekp < fbobp || fseekp > feobp) {
 	    fbobp = feobp = fseekp;
 	    (void) lseek(SHIN, fseekp, L_SET);
 	}
 	if (fseekp == feobp) {
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 	    off_t bytes;
 	    size_t i;
 
 	    bytes = fbobp;
 	    for (i = 0; i < (size_t)(feobp - fbobp); i++)
 		bytes += fclens[i];
 	    fseekp = feobp = bytes;
 #endif
 	    fbobp = feobp;
 	    c = wide_read(SHIN, fbuf[0], BUFSIZE, 1);
 #ifdef convex
 	    if (c < 0)
 		stderror(ERR_SYSTEM, progname, strerror(errno));
 #endif /* convex */
 	    if (c <= 0)
 		return CHAR_ERR;
 	    feobp += c;
 	}
 #if !defined(WINNT_NATIVE) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
 	ch = fbuf[0][fseekp - fbobp];
 	fseekp++;
 #else
 	do {
 	    ch = fbuf[0][fseekp - fbobp];
 	    fseekp++;
 	} while(ch == '\r');
 #endif /* !WINNT_NATIVE && !__CYGWIN__ */
 	return (ch);
     }
 
     while (fseekp >= feobp) {
 	if ((editing
 #if defined(FILEC) && defined(TIOCSTI)
 	    || filec
 #endif /* FILEC && TIOCSTI */
 	    ) && intty) {		/* then use twenex routine */
 	    fseekp = feobp;		/* where else? */
 #if defined(FILEC) && defined(TIOCSTI)
 	    if (!editing)
 		c = numleft = tenex(InputBuf, BUFSIZE);
 	    else
 #endif /* FILEC && TIOCSTI */
 	    c = numleft = Inputl();	/* PWP: get a line */
 	    while (numleft > 0) {
 		off = (int) feobp % BUFSIZE;
 		buf = (int) feobp / BUFSIZE;
 		balloc(buf);
 		roomleft = BUFSIZE - off;
 		if (roomleft > numleft)
 		    roomleft = numleft;
 		(void) memcpy(fbuf[buf] + off, InputBuf + c - numleft,
 			      roomleft * sizeof(Char));
 		numleft -= roomleft;
 		feobp += roomleft;
 	    }
 	} else {
 	    off = (int) feobp % BUFSIZE;
 	    buf = (int) feobp / BUFSIZE;
 	    balloc(buf);
 	    roomleft = BUFSIZE - off;
 	    c = wide_read(SHIN, fbuf[buf] + off, roomleft, 0);
 	    if (c > 0)
 		feobp += c;
 	}
 	if (c == 0 || (c < 0 && fixio(SHIN, errno) == -1))
 	    return CHAR_ERR;
     }
 #ifdef SIG_WINDOW
     if (windowchg)
 	(void) check_window_size(0);	/* for window systems */
 #endif /* SIG_WINDOW */
 #if !defined(WINNT_NATIVE) && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
     ch = fbuf[(int) fseekp / BUFSIZE][(int) fseekp % BUFSIZE];
     fseekp++;
 #else
     do {
 	ch = fbuf[(int) fseekp / BUFSIZE][(int) fseekp % BUFSIZE];
 	fseekp++;
     } while(ch == '\r');
 #endif /* !WINNT_NATIVE && !__CYGWIN__ */
     return (ch);
 }
 
 static void
 bfree(void)
 {
     int sb, i;
 
     if (cantell)
 	return;
     if (whyles)
 	return;
     sb = (int) (fseekp - 1) / BUFSIZE;
     if (sb > 0) {
 	for (i = 0; i < sb; i++)
 	    xfree(fbuf[i]);
 	(void) blkcpy(fbuf, &fbuf[sb]);
 	fseekp -= BUFSIZE * sb;
 	feobp -= BUFSIZE * sb;
 	fblocks -= sb;
     }
 }
 
 void
 bseek(struct Ain *l)
 {
     switch (aret = l->type) {
     case TCSH_E_SEEK:
 	evalvec = l->a_seek;
 	evalp = l->c_seek;
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 4, "seek to eval %x %x\n"), evalvec, evalp);
 #endif
 	return;
     case TCSH_A_SEEK:
 	alvec = l->a_seek;
 	alvecp = l->c_seek;
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 5, "seek to alias %x %x\n"), alvec, alvecp);
 #endif
 	return;
     case TCSH_F_SEEK:	
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 6, "seek to file %x\n"), fseekp);
 #endif
 	fseekp = l->f_seek;
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 	if (cantell) {
 	    if (fseekp >= fbobp && feobp >= fbobp) {
 		size_t i;
 		off_t o;
 
 		o = fbobp;
 		for (i = 0; i < (size_t)(feobp - fbobp); i++) {
 		    if (fseekp == o) {
 			fseekp = fbobp + i;
 			return;
 		    }
 		    o += fclens[i];
 		}
 		if (fseekp == o) {
 		    fseekp = feobp;
 		    return;
 		}
 	    }
 	    fbobp = feobp = fseekp + 1; /* To force lseek() */
 	}
 #endif
 	return;
     default:
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 7, "Bad seek type %d\n"), aret);
 	abort();
     }
 }
 
 /* any similarity to bell telephone is purely accidental */
 void
 btell(struct Ain *l)
 {
     switch (l->type = aret) {
     case TCSH_E_SEEK:
 	l->a_seek = evalvec;
 	l->c_seek = evalp;
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 8, "tell eval %x %x\n"), evalvec, evalp);
 #endif
 	return;
     case TCSH_A_SEEK:
 	l->a_seek = alvec;
 	l->c_seek = alvecp;
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 9, "tell alias %x %x\n"), alvec, alvecp);
 #endif
 	return;
     case TCSH_F_SEEK:
 #ifdef WIDE_STRINGS
 	if (cantell && fseekp >= fbobp && fseekp <= feobp) {
 	    size_t i;
 
 	    l->f_seek = fbobp;
 	    for (i = 0; i < (size_t)(fseekp - fbobp); i++)
 		l->f_seek += fclens[i];
 	} else
 #endif
 	    /*SUPPRESS 112*/
 	    l->f_seek = fseekp;
 	l->a_seek = NULL;
 #ifdef DEBUG_SEEK
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 10, "tell file %x\n"), fseekp);
 #endif
 	return;
     default:
 	xprintf(CGETS(16, 7, "Bad seek type %d\n"), aret);
 	abort();
     }
 }
 
 void
 btoeof(void)
 {
     (void) lseek(SHIN, (off_t) 0, L_XTND);
     aret = TCSH_F_SEEK;
     fseekp = feobp;
     alvec = NULL;
     alvecp = NULL;
     evalvec = NULL;
     evalp = NULL;
     wfree();
     bfree();
 }
 
 void
 settell(void)
 {
     off_t x;
     cantell = 0;
     if (arginp || onelflg || intty)
 	return;
     if ((x = lseek(SHIN, (off_t) 0, L_INCR)) == -1)
 	return;
     fbuf = xcalloc(2, sizeof(Char **));
     fblocks = 1;
     fbuf[0] = xcalloc(BUFSIZE, sizeof(Char));
     fseekp = fbobp = feobp = x;
     cantell = 1;
 }
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/tc.const.c
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/tc.const.c	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/tc.const.c	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,522 +1,522 @@
 /*
  * sh.const.c: String constants for tcsh.
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #include "sh.h"
 
 Char STRlogout[]	= { 'l', 'o', 'g', 'o', 'u', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRautologout[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'l', 'o', 'g', 'o', 'u', 't', 
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRdefautologout[] = { '6', '0', '\0' };
 #ifdef convex
 Char STRrootdefautologout[] = { '1', '5', '\0' };
 #endif
 Char STRautomatic[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'm', 'a', 't', 'i', 'c',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRanyerror[]	= { 'a', 'n', 'y', 'e', 'r', 'r', 'o', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRhangup[]	= { 'h', 'a', 'n', 'g', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRaout[]		= { 'a', '.', 'o', 'u', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRtty[]		= { 't', 't', 'y', '\0' };
 Char STRptssl[]		= { 'p', 't', 's', '/', '\0' };
 Char STRany[]		= { 'a', 'n', 'y', '\0' };
 Char STRstatus[]	= { 's', 't', 'a', 't', 'u', 's', '\0' };
 Char STR0[]		= { '0', '\0' };
 Char STR1[]		= { '1', '\0' };
 /* STRm1 would look too much like STRml IMHO */
 Char STRminus1[]	= { '-', '1', '\0' };
 Char STRmaxint[]	= { '0', 'x', '7', 'f', 'f', 'f', 'f', 'f', 'f', 'f',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRcolon[]		= { ':', '\0' };
 Char STR_[]		= { '_', '\0' };
 Char STRNULL[]		= { '\0' };
 Char STRtcsh[]		= { 't', 'c', 's', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRhome[]		= { 'h', 'o', 'm', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STReuser[]         = { 'e', 'u', 's', 'e', 'r', '\0'};
 Char STRuser[]		= { 'u', 's', 'e', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRgroup[]		= { 'g', 'r', 'o', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 #ifdef AFS
 Char STRafsuser[]	   = { 'a', 'f', 's', 'u', 's', 'e', 'r', '\0' };
 #endif /* AFS */
 Char STRterm[]		= { 't', 'e', 'r', 'm', '\0' };
 Char STRversion[]	= { 'v', 'e', 'r', 's', 'i', 'o', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STReuid[]		= { 'e', 'u', 'i', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRuid[]		= { 'u', 'i', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRgid[]		= { 'g', 'i', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRunknown[]	= { 'u', 'n', 'k', 'n', 'o', 'w', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRnetwork[]	= { 'n', 'e', 't', 'w', 'o', 'r', 'k', '\0' };
 Char STRdumb[]		= { 'd', 'u', 'm', 'b', '\0' };
 Char STRHOST[]		= { 'H', 'O', 'S', 'T', '\0' };
 #ifdef REMOTEHOST
 Char STRREMOTEHOST[]	= { 'R', 'E', 'M', 'O', 'T', 'E', 'H', 
 			    'O', 'S', 'T', '\0' };
 #endif /* REMOTEHOST */
 Char STRHOSTTYPE[]	= { 'H', 'O', 'S', 'T', 'T', 'Y', 'P', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRVENDOR[]	= { 'V', 'E', 'N', 'D', 'O', 'R', '\0' };
 Char STRMACHTYPE[]	= { 'M', 'A', 'C', 'H', 'T', 'Y', 'P', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STROSTYPE[]	= { 'O', 'S', 'T', 'Y', 'P', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRedit[]		= { 'e', 'd', 'i', 't', '\0' };
 Char STReditors[]	= { 'e', 'd', 'i', 't', 'o', 'r', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRvimode[]	= { 'v', 'i', 'm', 'o', 'd', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRaddsuffix[]	= { 'a', 'd', 'd', 's', 'u', 'f', 'f', 'i', 'x',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRcsubstnonl[]	= { 'c', 's', 'u', 'b', 's', 't', 'n', 'o', 'n', 'l',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRnostat[]	= { 'n', 'o', 's', 't', 'a', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRshell[]		= { 's', 'h', 'e', 'l', 'l', '\0' };
 Char STRtmpsh[]		= { '/', 't', 'm', 'p', '/', 's', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRverbose[]	= { 'v', 'e', 'r', 'b', 'o', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRecho[]		= { 'e', 'c', 'h', 'o', '\0' };
 Char STRpath[]		= { 'p', 'a', 't', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRprompt[]	= { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'm', 'p', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRprompt2[]	= { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'm', 'p', 't', '2', '\0' };
 Char STRprompt3[]	= { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'm', 'p', 't', '3', '\0' };
 Char STRrprompt[]	= { 'r', 'p', 'r', 'o', 'm', 'p', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRellipsis[]	= { 'e', 'l', 'l', 'i', 'p', 's', 'i', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRcwd[]		= { 'c', 'w', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRowd[]		= { 'o', 'w', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRstar[]		= { '*', '\0' };
 Char STRdot[]		= { '.', '\0' };
 Char STRhistory[]	= { 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'o', 'r', 'y', '\0' };
 Char STRhistdup[]	= { 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'd', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRhistfile[]	= { 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'f', 'i', 'l', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRsource[]	= { 's', 'o', 'u', 'r', 'c', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRmh[]		= { '-', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRmhT[]		= { '-', 'h', 'T', '\0' };
 Char STRmm[]		= { '-', 'm', '\0' };
 Char STRmr[]		= { '-', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRmerge[]		= { 'm', 'e', 'r', 'g', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRlock[]		= { 'l', 'o', 'c', 'k', '\0' };
 Char STRtildothist[]	= { '~', '/', '.', 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'o', 'r', 
 			    'y', '\0' };
 
 #ifdef NLS_CATALOGS
 Char STRcatalog[]	= { 'c', 'a', 't', 'a', 'l', 'o', 'g', '\0' };
 Char STRNLSPATH[]	= { 'N', 'L', 'S', 'P', 'A', 'T', 'H', '\0' };
 #endif /* NLS_CATALOGS */
 #ifdef KANJI
 Char STRnokanji[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'k', 'a', 'n', 'j', 'i', '\0' };
 # ifdef DSPMBYTE
 Char STRdspmbyte[]	= { 'd', 's', 'p', 'm', 'b', 'y', 't', 'e', '\0' };
 # ifdef BSDCOLORLS
 Char STRmmliteral[]	= { '-', 'G', '\0' };
 # else
 Char STRmmliteral[]	= { '-', '-', 'l', 'i', 't', 'e', 'r', 'a', 'l', '\0' };
 # endif
 Char STReuc[]		= { 'e', 'u', 'c', '\0' };
 Char STRsjis[]		= { 's', 'j', 'i', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRbig5[]		= { 'b', 'i', 'g', '5', '\0' };
 Char STRutf8[]		= { 'u', 't', 'f', '8', '\0' };
 Char STRstarutfstar8[]	= { '*', 'u', 't', 'f', '*', '8', '\0' };
 Char STRGB2312[]	= { 'g', 'b', '2', '3', '1', '2', '\0' };
 #  ifdef MBYTEDEBUG	/* Sorry, use for beta testing */
 Char STRmbytemap[]	= { 'm', 'b', 'y', 't', 'e', 'm', 'a', 'p', '\0' };
 #  endif /* MBYTEMAP */
 /* PATCH IDEA FROM Issei.Suzuki VERY THANKS */
 /* dspmbyte autoset trap */
 /* STRLANGEUCJP,STRLANGEUCJPB(,STRLANGEUCJPC) = EUCJP Trap */
 /* STRLANGEUCKR,STRLANGEUCKRB = EUCKR Trap */
 /* STRLANGEUCZH,STRLANGEUCZHB = EUCZH Trap */
 /* STRLANGSJIS,STRLANGSJISB = SJIS Trap */
 #  if defined(__uxps__) || defined(sgi)  || defined(aix) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 #   if defined(__uxps__)
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { 'j', 'a', 'p', 'a', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { 'k', 'o', 'r', 'e', 'a', '\0' };
 #   elif defined(aix)
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '\0' };
 #   else
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { '\0' };
 #   endif
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { 'z', 'h', '_', 'T', 'W', '.', 'B', 'i', 'g', '5',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 #  elif defined(__linux__) || defined(__GNU__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '-',
 			    'J', 'P', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'J',
 			    'P', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPC[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'u', 'j', 'i', 's',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { 'z', 'h', '_', 'T', 'W', '.', 'B', 'i', 'g', '5',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 #  elif (defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__)) || defined(__MidnightBSD__)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'J',
 			    'P', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'K',
 			    'R', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { 'z', 'h', '_', 'C', 'N', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'C',
 			    'N', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { 'z', 'h', '_', 'C', 'N', '.', 'E', 'U', 'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'S', 'h', 'i', 'f',
 			    't', '_', 'J', 'I', 'S', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { 'z', 'h', '_', 'T', 'W', '.', 'B', 'i', 'g', '5',
 			    '\0' };
 #  elif defined(__uxpm__)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', 'p', 'a', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', 'r', 'e', 'a', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { '\0' };
 #  elif defined(SOLARIS2)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { 'j', 'a', 'p', 'a', 'n', 'e', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { 'k', 'o', 'r', 'e', 'a', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { '\0' };
 #  elif defined(hpux)
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { 'j', 'a', '_', 'J', 'P', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'J', 'P' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { 'k', 'o', '_', 'K', 'R', '.', 'e', 'u', 'c', 'K', 'R' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { '\0' };
 #  else
 Char STRLANGEUCJP[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKR[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZH[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCJPB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCKRB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGEUCZHB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJIS[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGSJISB[]	= { '\0' };
 Char STRLANGBIG5[]	= { '\0' };
 #  endif
 # endif /* defined(DSPMBYTE) */
 #endif
 
 Char STRtildotdirs[]	= { '~', '/', '.', 'c', 's', 'h', 'd', 'i', 'r',
 			    's', '\0' };
 Char STRdirsfile[]	= { 'd', 'i', 'r', 's', 'f', 'i', 'l', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRsavedirs[]	= { 's', 'a', 'v', 'e', 'd', 'i', 'r', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRloginsh[]	= { 'l', 'o', 'g', 'i', 'n', 's', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRdirstack[]	= { 'd', 'i', 'r', 's', 't', 'a', 'c', 'k', '\0' };
 Char STRargv[]		= { 'a', 'r', 'g', 'v', '\0' };
 Char STRcommand[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'm', 'm', 'a', 'n', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRsavehist[]	= { 's', 'a', 'v', 'e', 'h', 'i', 's', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRnormal[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'r', 'm', 'a', 'l', '\0' };
 Char STRsldtlogout[]	= { '/', '.', 'l', 'o', 'g', 'o', 'u', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRjobs[]		= { 'j', 'o', 'b', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRdefprompt[]	= { '%', '#', ' ', '\0' };
-Char STRmquestion[]	= { '%', 'R', '?' | QUOTE, ' ', '\0' };
+Char STRmquestion[]	= { '%', 'R', (Char)('?' | QUOTE), ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRKCORRECT[]	= { 'C', 'O', 'R', 'R', 'E', 'C', 'T', '>', '%', 'R', 
 			    ' ', '(', 'y', '|', 'n', '|', 'e', '|', 'a', ')', 
-			    '?' | QUOTE, ' ', '\0' };
+			    (Char)('?' | QUOTE), ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRunalias[]	= { 'u', 'n', 'a', 'l', 'i', 'a', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRalias[]		= { 'a', 'l', 'i', 'a', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRprecmd[]	= { 'p', 'r', 'e', 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRjobcmd[]	= { 'j', 'o', 'b', 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' }; /*GrP*/
 Char STRpostcmd[]	= { 'p', 'o', 's', 't', 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRcwdcmd[]	= { 'c', 'w', 'd', 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRperiodic[]	= { 'p', 'e', 'r', 'i', 'o', 'd', 'i', 'c', '\0' };
 Char STRtperiod[]	= { 't', 'p', 'e', 'r', 'i', 'o', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRmf[]		= { '-', 'f', '\0' };
 Char STRml[]		= { '-', 'l', '\0' };
 Char STRslash[]		= { '/', '\0' };
 Char STRdotsl[]		= { '.', '/', '\0' };
 Char STRdotdotsl[]	= { '.', '.', '/', '\0' };
 Char STRcdpath[]	= { 'c', 'd', 'p', 'a', 't', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRcd[]		= { 'c', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRpushdtohome[]	= { 'p', 'u', 's', 'h', 'd', 't', 'o', 'h', 'o', 'm',
 			    'e', '\0' };
 Char STRpushdsilent[]	= { 'p', 'u', 's', 'h', 'd', 's', 'i', 'l', 'e', 'n',
 			    't', '\0' };
 Char STRdextract[]	= { 'd', 'e', 'x', 't', 'r', 'a', 'c', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRdunique[]	= { 'd', 'u', 'n', 'i', 'q', 'u', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRsymlinks[]	= { 's', 'y', 'm', 'l', 'i', 'n', 'k', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRignore[]	= { 'i', 'g', 'n', 'o', 'r', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRchase[]		= { 'c', 'h', 'a', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRexpand[]	= { 'e', 'x', 'p', 'a', 'n', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRecho_style[]	= { 'e', 'c', 'h', 'o', '_', 's', 't', 'y', 'l', 'e', 
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRbsd[]		= { 'b', 's', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRsysv[]		= { 's', 'y', 's', 'v', '\0' };
 Char STRboth[]		= { 'b', 'o', 't', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRnone[]		= { 'n', 'o', 'n', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRPWD[]		= { 'P', 'W', 'D', '\0' };
 Char STRor2[]		= { '|', '|', '\0' };
 Char STRand2[]		= { '&', '&', '\0' };
 Char STRor[]		= { '|', '\0' };
 Char STRcaret[]		= { '^', '\0' };
 Char STRand[]		= { '&', '\0' };
 Char STRequal[]		= { '=', '\0' };
 Char STRbang[]		= { '!', '\0' };
 Char STRtilde[]		= { '~', '\0' };
 Char STRLparen[]	= { '(', '\0' };
 Char STRLbrace[]	= { '{', '\0' };
 Char STRfakecom[]	= { '{', ' ', '.', '.', '.', ' ', '}', '\0' };
 Char STRRbrace[]	= { '}', '\0' };
 Char STRKPATH[]		= { 'P', 'A', 'T', 'H', '\0' };
 Char STRdefault[]	= { 'd', 'e', 'f', 'a', 'u', 'l', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRmn[]		= { '-', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRminus[]		= { '-', '\0' };
 Char STRnoglob[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'g', 'l', 'o', 'b', '\0' };
 Char STRnonomatch[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'n', 'o', 'm', 'a', 't', 'c', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRglobstar[]	= { 'g', 'l', 'o', 'b', 's', 't', 'a', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRglobdot[]	= { 'g', 'l', 'o', 'b', 'd', 'o', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRfakecom1[]	= { '`', ' ', '.', '.', '.', ' ', '`', '\0' };
 Char STRampm[]		= { 'a', 'm', 'p', 'm', '\0' };
 Char STRtime[]		= { 't', 'i', 'm', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRnotify[]	= { 'n', 'o', 't', 'i', 'f', 'y', '\0' };
 Char STRprintexitvalue[] = { 'p', 'r', 'i', 'n', 't', 'e', 'x', 'i', 't', 'v', 
 			    'a', 'l', 'u', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRLparensp[]	= { '(', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRspRparen[]	= { ' ', ')', '\0' };
 Char STRspace[]		= { ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRspor2sp[]	= { ' ', '|', '|', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRspand2sp[]	= { ' ', '&', '&', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRsporsp[]	= { ' ', '|', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRsemisp[]	= { ';', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRsemi[]		= { ';', '\0' };
 Char STRQQ[]		= { '"', '"', '\0' };
 Char STRBB[]		= { '[', ']', '\0' };
 Char STRspLarrow2sp[]	= { ' ', '<', '<', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRspLarrowsp[]	= { ' ', '<', ' ', '\0' };
 Char STRspRarrow2[]	= { ' ', '>', '>', '\0' };
 Char STRspRarrow[]	= { ' ', '>', '\0' };
 Char STRgt[]		= { '>', '\0' };
 Char STRcent2[]		= { '%', '%', '\0' };
 Char STRcentplus[]	= { '%', '+', '\0' };
 Char STRcentminus[]	= { '%', '-', '\0' };
 Char STRcenthash[]	= { '%', '#', '\0' };
 #ifdef BSDJOBS
 Char STRcontinue[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'n', 't', 'i', 'n', 'u', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRcontinue_args[] = { 'c', 'o', 'n', 't', 'i', 'n', 'u', 'e', '_', 'a',
 			    'r', 'g', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRunderpause[]	= { '_', 'p', 'a', 'u', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 #endif
 Char STRbackqpwd[]	= { '`', 'p', 'w', 'd', '`', '\0' };
 #if defined(FILEC) && defined(TIOCSTI)
 Char STRfilec[]		= { 'f', 'i', 'l', 'e', 'c', '\0' };
 #endif /* FILEC && TIOCSTI */
 Char STRhistchars[]	= { 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'c', 'h', 'a', 'r', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRpromptchars[]	= { 'p', 'r', 'o', 'm', 'p', 't', 'c', 'h', 'a', 'r',
 			    's', '\0' };
 Char STRhistlit[]	= { 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'l', 'i', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRKUSER[]		= { 'U', 'S', 'E', 'R', '\0' };
 Char STRLOGNAME[]	= { 'L', 'O', 'G', 'N', 'A', 'M', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRKGROUP[]	= { 'G', 'R', 'O', 'U', 'P', '\0' };
 Char STRwordchars[]	= { 'w', 'o', 'r', 'd', 'c', 'h', 'a', 'r', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRKTERM[]		= { 'T', 'E', 'R', 'M', '\0' };
 Char STRKHOME[]		= { 'H', 'O', 'M', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRbackslash_quote[] = { 'b', 'a', 'c', 'k', 's', 'l', 'a', 's', 'h', '_',
 			     'q', 'u', 'o', 't', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRcompat_expr[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p', 'a', 't', '_', 'e', 'x', 'p',
 			     'r', '\0' };
 Char STRRparen[]	= { ')', '\0' };
 Char STRmail[]		= { 'm', 'a', 'i', 'l', '\0' };
 #ifndef HAVENOUTMP
 Char STRwatch[]		= { 'w', 'a', 't', 'c', 'h', '\0' };
 #endif /* HAVENOUTMP */
 
 Char STRsldottcshrc[]	= { '/', '.', 't', 'c', 's', 'h', 'r', 'c', '\0' };
 Char STRsldotcshrc[]	= { '/', '.', 'c', 's', 'h', 'r', 'c', '\0' };
 Char STRsldotlogin[]	= { '/', '.', 'l', 'o', 'g', 'i', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRignoreeof[]	= { 'i', 'g', 'n', 'o', 'r', 'e', 'e', 'o', 'f', '\0' };
 Char STRnoclobber[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'c', 'l', 'o', 'b', 'b', 'e', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRnotempty[]	= { 'n', 'o', 't', 'e', 'm', 'p', 't', 'y', '\0' };
 Char STRask[]		= { 'a', 's', 'k', '\0' };
 Char STRhelpcommand[]	= { 'h', 'e', 'l', 'p', 'c', 'o', 'm', 'm', 'a', 'n', 
 			    'd', '\0' };
 Char STRfignore[]	= { 'f', 'i', 'g', 'n', 'o', 'r', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRrecexact[]	= { 'r', 'e', 'c', 'e', 'x', 'a', 'c', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRlistmaxrows[]	= { 'l', 'i', 's', 't', 'm', 'a', 'x', 'r', 'o', 'w',
 			    's', '\0' };
 Char STRlistmax[]	= { 'l', 'i', 's', 't', 'm', 'a', 'x', '\0' };
 Char STRlistlinks[]	= { 'l', 'i', 's', 't', 'l', 'i', 'n', 'k', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRDING[]		= { 'D', 'I', 'N', 'G', '!', '\0' };
-Char STRQNULL[]		= { '\0' | QUOTE, '\0' };
+Char STRQNULL[]		= { (Char)('\0' | QUOTE), '\0' };
 Char STRcorrect[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'r', 'r', 'e', 'c', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRcmd[]		= { 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRall[]		= { 'a', 'l', 'l', '\0' };
 Char STRalways[]	= { 'a', 'l', 'w', 'a', 'y', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRerase[]		= { 'e', 'r', 'a', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRprev[]		= { 'p', 'r', 'e', 'v', '\0' };
 Char STRcomplete[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p', 'l', 'e', 't', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STREnhance[]	= { 'E', 'n', 'h', 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRenhance[]	= { 'e', 'n', 'h', 'a', 'n', 'c', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRigncase[]	= { 'i', 'g', 'n', 'c', 'a', 's', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRautoexpand[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'e', 'x', 'p', 'a', 'n', 'd',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRautocorrect[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'c', 'o', 'r', 'r', 'e', 'c',
 			    't', '\0' };
 Char STRautolist[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'l', 'i', 's', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRautorehash[]	= { 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', 'r', 'e', 'h', 'a', 's', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRbeepcmd[]	= { 'b', 'e', 'e', 'p', 'c', 'm', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRmatchbeep[]	= { 'm', 'a', 't', 'c', 'h', 'b', 'e', 'e', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRnomatch[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'm', 'a', 't', 'c', 'h', '\0' };
 Char STRambiguous[]	= { 'a', 'm', 'b', 'i', 'g', 'u', 'o', 'u', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRnotunique[]	= { 'n', 'o', 't', 'u', 'n', 'i', 'q', 'u', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRret[]		= { '\n', '\0' };
 Char STRnobeep[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'b', 'e', 'e', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRnoding[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'd', 'i', 'n', 'g', '\0' };
 Char STRpadhour[]	= { 'p', 'a', 'd', 'h', 'o', 'u', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRnoambiguous[]	= { 'n', 'o', 'a', 'm', 'b', 'i', 'g', 'u', 'o', 'u', 
 			    's', '\0' };
 Char STRvisiblebell[]	= { 'v', 'i', 's', 'i', 'b', 'l', 'e', 'b', 'e', 'l', 
 			    'l', '\0' };
 Char STRrecognize_only_executables[] = { 'r', 'e', 'c', 'o', 'g', 'n', 'i',
 					 'z', 'e', '_', 'o', 'n', 'l', 'y',
 					 '_', 'e', 'x', 'e', 'c', 'u', 't',
 					 'a', 'b', 'l', 'e', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRinputmode[]	= { 'i', 'n', 'p', 'u', 't', 'm', 'o', 'd', 'e',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRoverwrite[]	= { 'o', 'v', 'e', 'r', 'w', 'r', 'i', 't', 'e',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRinsert[]	= { 'i', 'n', 's', 'e', 'r', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRnohup[]		= { 'n', 'o', 'h', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRhup[]		= { 'h', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRnice[]		= { 'n', 'i', 'c', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRthen[]		= { 't', 'h', 'e', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRlistjobs[]	= { 'l', 'i', 's', 't', 'j', 'o', 'b', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRlistflags[]	= { 'l', 'i', 's', 't', 'f', 'l', 'a', 'g', 's', '\0' };
 Char STRlong[]		= { 'l', 'o', 'n', 'g', '\0' };
 Char STRwho[]		= { 'w', 'h', 'o', '\0' };
 Char STRsched[]		= { 's', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRrmstar[]	= { 'r', 'm', 's', 't', 'a', 'r', '\0' };
 Char STRrm[]		= { 'r', 'm', '\0' };
 Char STRhighlight[]	= { 'h', 'i', 'g', 'h', 'l', 'i', 'g', 'h', 't', '\0' };
 
 Char STRimplicitcd[]	= { 'i', 'm', 'p', 'l', 'i', 'c', 'i', 't',
 			    'c', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRcdtohome[]	= { 'c', 'd', 't', 'o', 'h', 'o', 'm', 'e', '\0' };
 Char STRkillring[] 	= { 'k', 'i', 'l', 'l', 'r', 'i', 'n', 'g', '\0' };
 Char STRkilldup[] 	= { 'k', 'i', 'l', 'l', 'd', 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRshlvl[]		= { 's', 'h', 'l', 'v', 'l', '\0' };
 Char STRKSHLVL[]	= { 'S', 'H', 'L', 'V', 'L', '\0' };
 Char STRLANG[]		= { 'L', 'A', 'N', 'G', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_ALL[]		= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'A', 'L', 'L', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_CTYPE[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'C', 'T', 'Y', 'P', 'E' ,'\0' };
 Char STRLC_NUMERIC[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'N', 'U', 'M', 'E', 'R', 'I',
 			    'C', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_TIME[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'T', 'I', 'M', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_COLLATE[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'C', 'O', 'L', 'L', 'A', 'T',
 			    'E', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_MESSAGES[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'M', 'E', 'S', 'S', 'A', 'G',
 			    'E', 'S', '\0' };
 Char STRLC_MONETARY[]	= { 'L', 'C', '_', 'M', 'O', 'N', 'E', 'T', 'A',
 			    'R', 'Y', '\0' };
 Char STRNOREBIND[] 	= { 'N', 'O', 'R', 'E', 'B', 'I', 'N', 'D', '\0' };
 
 #if defined(SIG_WINDOW) || defined(SIGWINCH) || defined(SIGWINDOW) || defined (_VMS_POSIX) || defined(_SIGWINCH)
 /* atp - problem with declaration of str{lines,columns} in sh.func.c (1277) */
 Char STRLINES[]		= { 'L', 'I', 'N', 'E', 'S', '\0'};
 Char STRCOLUMNS[]	= { 'C', 'O', 'L', 'U', 'M', 'N', 'S', '\0'};
 Char STRTERMCAP[]	= { 'T', 'E', 'R', 'M', 'C', 'A', 'P', '\0'};
 #endif /* SIG_WINDOW  || SIGWINCH || SIGWINDOW || _VMS_POSIX */
 
 #if defined (_OSD_POSIX)  /* BS2000 needs this variable set to "SHELL" */
 Char STRPROGRAM_ENVIRONMENT[] = { 'P', 'R', 'O', 'G', 'R', 'A', 'M',
 			    '_', 'E', 'N', 'V', 'I', 'R', 'O', 'N', 'M',
 			    'E', 'N', 'T', '\0'};
 #endif /* _OSD_POSIX */
 Char STRCOMMAND_LINE[]	= { 'C', 'O', 'M', 'M', 'A', 'N', 'D', '_', 'L', 'I',
 			    'N', 'E', '\0' };
 
 #ifdef WARP
 Char STRwarp[]		= { 'w', 'a', 'r', 'p', '\0' };
 #endif /* WARP */
 
 #ifdef apollo
 Char STRSYSTYPE[] 	= { 'S', 'Y', 'S', 'T', 'Y', 'P', 'E', '\0' };
 Char STRoid[] 		= { 'o', 'i', 'd', '\0' };
 Char STRbsd43[] 	= { 'b', 's', 'd', '4', '.', '3', '\0' };
 Char STRsys53[] 	= { 's', 'y', 's', '5', '.', '3', '\0' };
 Char STRver[]		= { 'v', 'e', 'r', '\0' };
 #endif /* apollo */
 
 #ifndef IS_ASCII
 Char STRwarnebcdic[]    = { 'w', 'a', 'r', 'n', 'e', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'i', 'c', '\0' };
 #endif
 
 Char STRmCF[]		= { '-', 'C', 'F', '\0', '\0' };
 #ifdef COLOR_LS_F
 Char STRlsmF[]		= { 'l', 's', '-', 'F', '\0' };
 Char STRcolor[]		= { 'c', 'o', 'l', 'o', 'r', '\0' };
 #ifdef BSD_STYLE_COLORLS
 Char STRmmcolormauto[]	= { '-', 'G', '\0' };
 #else
 Char STRmmcolormauto[]	= { '-', '-', 'c', 'o', 'l', 'o', 'r', '=', 'a', 'u', 't', 'o', '\0' };
 #endif /* BSD_STYLE_COLORLS */
 Char STRLS_COLORS[]	= { 'L', 'S', '_', 'C', 'O', 'L', 'O', 'R', 'S', '\0' };
 Char STRLSCOLORS[]	= { 'L', 'S', 'C', 'O', 'L', 'O', 'R', 'S', '\0' };
 #endif /* COLOR_LS_F */
 
 Char STRls[]		= { 'l', 's', '\0' };
 
 Char STRup[]		= { 'u', 'p', '\0' };
 Char STRdown[]		= { 'd', 'o', 'w', 'n', '\0' };
 Char STRleft[]		= { 'l', 'e', 'f', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRright[]		= { 'r', 'i', 'g', 'h', 't', '\0' };
 Char STRend[]           = { 'e', 'n', 'd', '\0' };
 
 #ifdef COLORCAT
 Char STRcolorcat[]	= { 'c', 'o', 'l', 'o', 'r', 'c', 'a', 't', '\0' };
 #endif
 
 Char STRshwspace[]	= { ' ', '\t', '\0' };
 Char STRshwordsep[]	= { ' ', '\t', '&', '|', ';', '<', '>', '(', ')', '\0' };
 Char STRrepeat[]	= { 'r', 'e', 'p', 'e', 'a', 't', '\0' };
 
 Char STReof[]		= { '^', 'D', '\b', '\b', '\0' };
 Char STRonlyhistory[]	= { 'o', 'n', 'l', 'y', 'h', 'i', 's', 't', 'o', 'r',
 			    'y', '\0' };
 Char STRparseoctal[]	= { 'p', 'a', 'r', 's', 'e', 'o', 'c', 't', 'a', 'l',
 			    '\0' };
 Char STRli[]		= { 'l', 'i', '#', '\0' };
 Char STRco[]		= { 'c', 'o', '#', '\0' };
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/tc.sig.h
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/tc.sig.h	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/tc.sig.h	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,172 +1,172 @@
 /*
  * tc.sig.h: Signal handling
  *
  */
 /*-
  * Copyright (c) 1980, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
  * All rights reserved.
  *
  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
  * are met:
  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
  *    without specific prior written permission.
  *
  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
  * SUCH DAMAGE.
  */
 #ifndef _h_tc_sig
 #define _h_tc_sig
 
 #if (SYSVREL > 0) || defined(BSD4_4) || defined(_MINIX) || defined(DGUX) || defined(WINNT_NATIVE) || defined(__QNXNTO__)
 # include <signal.h>
 # ifndef SIGCHLD
 #  define SIGCHLD SIGCLD
 # endif /* SIGCHLD */
 #else /* SYSVREL == 0 */
 # include <sys/signal.h>
 #endif /* SYSVREL > 0 */
 
-#if defined(__APPLE__) || defined(SUNOS4) || defined(DGUX) || defined(hp800) || (SYSVREL > 3 && defined(VFORK))
+#if defined(SUNOS4) || defined(DGUX) || defined(hp800) || (SYSVREL > 3 && defined(VFORK))
 # define SAVESIGVEC
 #endif /* SUNOS4 || DGUX || hp800 || SVR4 & VFORK */
 
 #if SYSVREL > 0
 # ifdef BSDJOBS
 /* here I assume that systems that have bsdjobs implement the
  * the setpgrp call correctly. Otherwise defining this would
  * work, but it would kill the world, because all the setpgrp
  * code is the the part defined when BSDJOBS are defined
  * NOTE: we don't want killpg(a, b) == kill(-getpgrp(a), b)
  * cause process a might be already dead and getpgrp would fail
  */
 #  define killpg(a, b) kill(-(a), (b))
 # else
 /* this is the poor man's version of killpg()! Just kill the
  * current process and don't worry about the rest. Someday
  * I hope I get to fix that.
  */
 #  define killpg(a, b) kill((a), (b))
 # endif /* BSDJOBS */
 #endif /* SYSVREL > 0 */
 
 #ifdef _MINIX
 # include <signal.h>
 # define killpg(a, b) kill((a), (b))
 # ifdef _MINIX_VMD
 #  define signal(a, b) signal((a), (a) == SIGCHLD ? SIG_IGN : (b))
 # endif /* _MINIX_VMD */
 #endif /* _MINIX */
 
 #ifdef _VMS_POSIX
 # define killpg(a, b) kill(-(a), (b))
 #endif /* atp _VMS_POSIX */
 
 #ifdef aiws
 # undef	killpg
 # define 	killpg(a, b)	kill(-getpgrp(a), b)
 #endif /* aiws */
 
 #if !defined(NSIG) && defined(SIGMAX)
 # define NSIG (SIGMAX+1)
 #endif /* !NSIG && SIGMAX */
 #if !defined(NSIG) && defined(_SIG_MAX)
 # define NSIG (_SIG_MAX+1)
 #endif /* !NSIG && _SIG_MAX */
 #if !defined(NSIG) && defined(_NSIG)
 # define NSIG _NSIG
 #endif /* !NSIG && _NSIG */
 #if !defined(NSIG)
 #define NSIG (sizeof(sigset_t) * 8)
 #endif /* !NSIG */
 #if !defined(MAXSIG) && defined(NSIG)
 # define MAXSIG NSIG
 #endif /* !MAXSIG && NSIG */
 
 /*
  * We choose a define for the window signal if it exists..
  */
 #ifdef SIGWINCH
 # define SIG_WINDOW SIGWINCH
 #else
 # ifdef SIGWINDOW
 #  define SIG_WINDOW SIGWINDOW
 # endif /* SIGWINDOW */
 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
 
 #ifdef SAVESIGVEC
 # define NSIGSAVED 7
  /*
   * These are not inline for speed. gcc -traditional -O on the sparc ignores
   * the fact that vfork() corrupts the registers. Calling a routine is not
   * nice, since it can make the compiler put some things that we want saved
   * into registers 				- christos
   */
 # define savesigvec(sv, sm)			\
     do {					\
 	sigset_t m__;				\
 						\
 	sigaction(SIGINT,  NULL, &(sv)[0]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGQUIT, NULL, &(sv)[1]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTSTP, NULL, &(sv)[2]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTTIN, NULL, &(sv)[3]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTTOU, NULL, &(sv)[4]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTERM, NULL, &(sv)[5]);	\
 	sigaction(SIGHUP,  NULL, &(sv)[6]);	\
 	sigemptyset(&m__);			\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGINT);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGQUIT);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGTSTP);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGTTIN);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGTTOU);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGTERM);		\
 	sigaddset(&m__, SIGHUP);		\
 	sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &m__, &sm);	\
     } while (0)
 
 # define restoresigvec(sv, sm)			\
     do {					\
 	sigaction(SIGINT,  &(sv)[0], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGQUIT, &(sv)[1], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTSTP, &(sv)[2], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTTIN, &(sv)[3], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTTOU, &(sv)[4], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGTERM, &(sv)[5], NULL);	\
 	sigaction(SIGHUP,  &(sv)[6], NULL);	\
 	sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sm, NULL);	\
     } while (0)
 # endif /* SAVESIGVEC */
 
 extern int alrmcatch_disabled;
 extern int pchild_disabled;
 extern int phup_disabled;
 extern int pintr_disabled;
 
 extern void sigset_interrupting(int, void (*) (int));
 extern int handle_pending_signals(void);
 
 extern void queue_alrmcatch(int);
 extern void queue_pchild(int);
 extern void queue_phup(int);
 extern void queue_pintr(int);
 
 extern void disabled_cleanup(void *);
 extern void pintr_disabled_restore(void *);
 extern void pintr_push_enable(int *);
 
 #endif /* _h_tc_sig */
Index: head/contrib/tcsh/tcsh.man.new
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh/tcsh.man.new	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh/tcsh.man.new	(revision 353875)
@@ -1,9865 +1,9733 @@
 .\"
 .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993
 .\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
 .\"
 .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
 .\" are met:
 .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
 .\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 .\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 .\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
 .\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
 .\"    without specific prior written permission.
 .\"
 .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS `AS IS' AND
 .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
 .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
 .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
 .\" OR SERVICES; LESS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
 .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
 .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
 .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
 .\" SUCH DAMAGE.
 .\"
 .\" - Indent in multiples of 4, usually 8.
 .\"
 .\" - Use \` for literal back-quote (`).
 .\"
 .\" - Use \e for literal backslash (\).
 .\"
 .\" - Use \-, not -.
 .\"
 .\" - Include the tilde when naming dot files. .Pa ~/.login , not .Pa .login
 .\"
 .\" - Refer to external commands in man page format, e.g., .Xr csh 1
 .\" However, tcsh is .Nm , because this is the tcsh man page (and
 .\" see the next note anyway).
 .\"
 .\" - Say .Sq the shell , not .Sq tcsh ,
 .\" unless distinguishing between tcsh and csh.
 .\"
 .\" - Say .Sq shell variable / .Sq environment variable instead of
 .\" .Sq variable and .Sq builtin command / .Sq editor command instead of
 .\" .Sq builtin or .Sq command
 .\"   unless the distinction is absolutely clear from context.
 .\"
 .\" - Use the simple present tense.
 .\" .Sq The shell uses , not .Sq The shell will use
 .\"
 .\" - IMPORTANT: Cross-reference as much as possible. Commands, variables,
 .\"   etc. in the reference section should be mentioned in the appropriate
 .\"   descriptive section, or at least in the reference-section description
 .\"   of another command (or whatever) which is mentioned in a description
 .\"   section. Remember to note OS-specific things in "OS variant support",
 .\"   new features in NEW FEATURES and referenced external commands in SEE
 .\"   ALSO.
 .\"
 .\" - tcsh.man2html depends heavily on the specific nroff commands used in the
 .\"   man page when the script was written. Please stick closely to the style
 .\"   used here if you can. In particular, please don't use nroff commands
 .\"   which aren't already used herein.
 .\"
 .Dd May 8, 2019
 .Dt TCSH 1
 .Os Astron 6.21.00
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm tcsh
 .Nd C shell with file name completion and command line editing
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm
 .Op Fl bcdefFimnqstvVxX
 .Op Fl Dname Ns Op =value
 .Op Ar arg ...
 .Nm
 .Fl l
 .Ek
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 .Nm
 is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley
 UNIX C shell,
 .Xr csh 1 .
 It is a command language interpreter usable both as an interactive login
 shell and a shell script command processor.
 It includes a command-line editor (see
 .Sx The command-line editor )
 programmable word completion (see
 .Sx Completion and listing )
 spelling correction (see
 .Sx Spelling correction ) ,
 a history mechanism (see
 .Sx History substitution ) ,
 job control (see
 .Sx Jobs )
 and a C-like syntax.
 The
 .Sx NEW FEATURES
 section describes major enhancements of
 .Nm
 over
 .Xr csh 1 .
 Throughout this manual, features of
 .Nm
 not found in most
 .Xr csh 1
 implementations
 (specifically, the 4.4BSD one)
 are labeled with
 .Sq (+) ,
 and features which are present in
 .Xr csh 1
 but not usually documented are labeled with
 .Sq (u) .
 .Bl -tag
 .Ss Argument list processing
 If the first argument (argument 0) to the shell is
 .Sq \-
 then it is a login shell.
 A login shell can be also specified by invoking the shell with
 the
 .Fl l
 flag as the only argument.
 .Pp
 The rest of the flag arguments are interpreted as follows:
 .Bl -tag -width indent
 .It Fl b
 Forces a
 .Dq break
 from option processing, causing any
 further shell arguments to be treated as non-option arguments.
 The remaining arguments will not be interpreted as shell options.
 This may be used to pass options to a shell script without confusion
 or possible subterfuge.
 The shell will not run a set-user ID script without this option.
 .It Fl c
 Commands are read from the following argument (which must be present, and
 must be a single argument),
 stored in the
 .Va command
 shell variable for reference, and executed.
 Any remaining arguments are placed in the
 .Va argv
 shell variable.
 .It Fl d
 The shell loads the directory stack from
 .Pa ~/.cshdirs
 as described under
 .Sx Startup and shutdown ,
 whether or not it is a login shell. (+)
 .It Fl Dname Ns Op =value
 Sets the environment variable
 .Va name
 .Dv value .
 (Domain/OS only) (+)
 .It Fl e
 The shell exits if any invoked command terminates abnormally or
 yields a non-zero exit status.
 .It Fl f
 The shell does not load any resource or startup files, or perform any
 command hashing, and thus starts faster.
 .It Fl F
 The shell uses
 .Xr fork 2
 instead of
 .Xr vfork 2
 to spawn processes. (+)
 .It Fl i
 The shell is interactive and prompts for its top-level input, even if
 it appears to not be a terminal.
 Shells are interactive without this option if
 their inputs and outputs are terminals.
 .It Fl l
 The shell is a login shell.
 Applicable only if
 .Fl l
 is the only
 flag specified.
 .It Fl m
 The shell loads
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 even if it does not belong to the effective user.
 Newer versions of
 .Xr su 1
 can pass
 .Fl m
 to the shell. (+)
 .It Fl n
 The shell parses commands but does not execute them.
 This aids in debugging shell scripts.
 .It Fl q
 The shell accepts SIGQUIT (see
 .Sx Signal handling )
 and behaves when it is used under a debugger.
 Job control is disabled. (u)
 .It Fl s
 Command input is taken from the standard input.
 .It Fl t
 The shell reads and executes a single line of input.
 A
 .Sq \e
 may be used to
 escape the newline at the end of this line and continue onto another line.
 .It Fl v
 Sets the
 .Va verbose
 shell variable, so that
 command input is echoed after history substitution.
 .It Fl x
 Sets the
 .Va echo
 shell variable, so that commands are echoed
 immediately before execution.
 .It Fl V
 Sets the
 .Va verbose
 shell variable even before executing
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc .
 .It Fl X
 Is to
 .Fl x
 as
 .Fl V
 is to
 .Fl v .
 .TP 4
 .It Fl \-help
 Print a help message on the standard output and exit. (+)
 .It Fl \-version
 Print the version/platform/compilation options on the standard output and exit.
 This information is also contained in the
 .Va version
 shell variable. (+)
 .El
 .Pp
 After processing of flag arguments, if arguments remain but none of the
 .Fl c ,
 .Fl i ,
 .Fl s ,
 or
 .Fl t
 options were given, the first argument is taken as the name of a file of
 commands, or
 .Dq script ,
 to be executed.
 The shell opens this file and saves its name for possible
 resubstitution by
 .Sq $0 .
 Because many systems use either the standard
 version 6 or version 7 shells whose shell scripts are not compatible
 with this shell, the shell uses such a
 .Sq standard
 shell to execute a script
 whose first character is not a
 .Sq # ,
 i.e., that does not start with a
 comment.
 .Pp
 Remaining arguments are placed in the
 .Va argv
 shell variable.
 .Ss Startup and shutdown
 A login shell begins by executing commands from the system files
 .Pa /etc/csh.cshrc
 and
 .Pa /etc/csh.login .
 It then executes commands from files in the user's
 .Pa home
 directory:
 first
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc (+)
 or, if
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 is not found,
 .Pa ~/.cshrc ,
 then
 .Pa ~/.history
 (or the value of the
 .Va histfile
 shell variable), then
 .Pa ~/.login ,
 and finally
 .Pa ~/.cshdirs
 (or the value of the
 .Va dirsfile
 shell variable) (+).
 The shell may read
 .Pa /etc/csh.login
 before instead of after
 .Pa /etc/csh.cshrc ,
 and
 .Pa ~/.login
 before instead of after
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 or
 .Pa ~/.cshrc
 and
 .Pa ~/.history ,
 if so compiled;
 see the
 .Va version
 shell variable. (+)
 .Pp
 Non-login shells read only
 .Pa /etc/csh.cshrc
 and
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 or
 .Pa ~/.cshrc
 on startup.
 .Pp
 For examples of startup files, please consult:
 .Lk http://tcshrc.sourceforge.net
 .Pp
 Commands like
 .Xr stty 1
 and
 .Xr tset 1 ,
 which need be run only once per login, usually go in one's
 .Pa ~/.login
 file.
 Users who need to use the same set of files with both
 .Xr csh 1
 and
 .Nm
 can have only a
 .Pa ~/.cshrc
 which checks for the existence of the
 .Va tcsh
 shell variable (q.v.) before using
 .Nm \-
 specific commands,
 or can have both a
 .Pa ~/.cshrc
 and a
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 which
 .Ic sources
 (see the builtin command)
 .Pa ~/.cshrc .
 The rest of this manual uses
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 to mean
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 or,
 if
 .Pa ~/.tcshrc
 is not found,
 .Pa ~/.cshrc .
 .Pp
 In the normal case, the shell begins reading commands from the terminal,
 prompting with
 .Sq >\~ .
 (Processing of arguments and the use of the shell to
 process files containing command scripts are described later.)
 The shell repeatedly reads a line of command input, breaks it into words,
 places it on the command history list, parses it and executes each command
 in the line.
 .Pp
 One can log out by typing
 .Sq ^D
 on an empty line,
 .Sq logout
 or
 .Sq login
 or
 via the shell's autologout mechanism (see the
 .Va autologout
 shell variable).
 When a login shell terminates it sets the
 .Va logout
 shell variable to
 .Sq normal
 or
 .Sq automatic
 as appropriate, then executes commands from the files
 .Pa /etc/csh.logout
 and
 .Pa ~/.logout .
 The shell may drop DTR on logout
 if so compiled; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .Pp
 The names of the system login and logout files vary from system to system for
 compatibility with different
 .Xr csh 1
 variants; see
 .Sx FILES .
 .Ss Editing
 We first describe
-.Sx The command-line editor" 
+.Sx The command-line editor
 The
 .Sx Completion and listing
 and
 .Sx Spelling correction
 sections describe two sets of functionality that are implemented as editor
 commands but which deserve their own treatment.
 Finally,
 .Sx Editor commands
 lists and describes
 the editor commands specific to the shell and their default bindings.
-.It Sx The command-line editor (+)
+.Ss The command-line editor (+)
 Command-line input can be edited using key sequences much like those used in
 .Xr emacs 1
 or
 .Xr vi 1 .
 The editor is active only when the
 .Va edit
 shell variable is set, which it is by default in interactive shells.
 The
 .Ic bindkey
 builtin can display and change key bindings.
 .Xr emacs 1
 style key bindings are used by default
 (unless the shell was compiled otherwise; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable),
 but
 .Ic bindkey
 can change the key bindings to
 .Xr vi 1
 style bindings en masse.
 .Pp
 The shell always binds the arrow keys (as defined in the
 .Va TERMCAP
 environment variable) to:
 .Pp
 .Bl -tag -width right -compact -offset indent
 .It down
 .Ic down-history
 .It up
 .Ic up-history
 .It left
 .Ic backward-char
 .It right
 .Ic forward-char
 .El
 .Pp
 unless doing so would alter another single-character binding.
 One can set the arrow key escape sequences to the empty string with
 .Va settc
 to prevent these bindings.
 The ANSI/VT100 sequences for arrow keys are always bound.
 .Pp
 Other key bindings are, for the most part, what
 .Xr emacs 1
 and
 .Xr vi 1
 users would expect and can easily be displayed by
 .Ic bindkey ,
 so there
 is no need to list them here.
 Likewise,
 .Ic bindkey
 can list the editor
 commands with a short description of each.
 Certain key bindings have different behavior depending if
 .Xr emacs 1
 or
 .Xr vi 1
 style bindings are being used; see
 .Va vimode
 for more information.
 .Pp
 Note that editor commands do not have the same notion of a
 .Dq word
 as does the shell.
 The editor delimits words with any non-alphanumeric characters not in
 the shell variable
 .Va wordchars ,
 while the shell recognizes only whitespace
 and some of the characters with special meanings to it, listed under
 .Sx Lexical structure .
 .Ss Completion and listing (+)
 The shell is often able to complete words when given a unique abbreviation.
 Type part of a word (for example
 .Ic ls
 .Pa /usr/lost )
 and hit the tab key to run the
 .Ic complete-word
 editor command.
 The shell completes the filename
 .Pa /usr/lost
 to
 .Pa /usr/lost+found/ ,
 replacing the incomplete word with the complete word in the input buffer.
 (Note the terminal
 .Sq / ;
 completion adds a
 .Sq /
 to the end of completed directories and a space to the end of other completed
 words, to speed typing and provide a visual indicator of successful completion.
 The
 .Va addsuffix
 shell variable can be unset to prevent this.)
 If no match is found (perhaps
 .Pa /usr/lost+found
 doesn't exist), the terminal bell rings.
 If the word is already complete (perhaps there is a
 .Pa /usr/lost
 on your
 system, or perhaps you were thinking too far ahead and typed the whole thing)
 a
 .Sq /
 or space is added to the end if it isn't already there.
 .Pp
 Completion works anywhere in the line, not at just the end; completed
 text pushes the rest of the line to the right.
 Completion in the middle of a word
 often results in leftover characters to the right of the cursor that need
 to be deleted.
 .Pp
 Commands and variables can be completed in much the same way.
 For example, typing
 .Sq em[tab]
 would complete
 .Sq em
 to
 .Sq emacs
 if
 .Pa emacs
 were the only command on your system beginning with
 .Sq em .
 Completion can find a command in any directory in
 .Pa path
 or if given a full pathname.
 Typing
 .Sq echo $ar[tab]
 would complete
 .Sq $ar
 to
 .Sq $argv
 if no other variable began with
 .Sq ar .
 .Pp
 The shell parses the input buffer to determine whether the word you want to
 complete should be completed as a filename, command or variable.
 The first word in the buffer and the first word following
 .Sq \&; ,
 .Sq | ,
 .Sq |& ,
 .Sq &&
 or
 .Sq ||
 is considered to be a command.
 A word beginning with
 .Sq $
 is considered to be a variable.
 Anything else is a filename.
 An empty line is
 .Sq completed
 as a filename.
 .Pp
 You can list the possible completions of a word at any time by typing
 .Sq ^D
 to run the
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 editor command.
 The shell lists the possible completions using the
 .Ic ls\-F
 builtin (q.v.)
 and reprints the prompt and unfinished command line, for example:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > ls /usr/l[^D]
 lbin/       lib/        local/      lost+found/
 > ls /usr/l
 .Ed
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va autolist
 shell variable is set, the shell lists the remaining
 choices (if any) whenever completion fails:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > set autolist
 > nm /usr/lib/libt[tab]
 libtermcap.a@ libtermlib.a@
 > nm /usr/lib/libterm
 .Ed
 .Pp
 If
 .Va autolist
 shell variable is set to
 .Sq ambiguous ,
 choices are listed only when
 completion fails and adds no new characters to the word being completed.
 .Pp
 A filename to be completed can contain variables, your own or others' home
 directories abbreviated with
 .Sq ~
 (see
 .Sx Filename substitution )
 and directory stack entries abbreviated with
 .Sq =
 (see
 .Sx Directory stack substitution ) .
 For example,
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > ls ~k[^D]
 kahn    kas     kellogg
 > ls ~ke[tab]
 > ls ~kellogg/
 .Ed
 or
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > set local = /usr/local
 > ls $lo[tab]
 > ls $local/[^D]
 bin/ etc/ lib/ man/ src/
 > ls $local/
 .Ed
 .Pp
 Note that variables can also be expanded explicitly with the
 .Ic expand-variables
 editor command.
 .Pp
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 lists at only the end of the line;
 in the middle of a line it deletes the character under the cursor and
 on an empty line it logs one out or, if then
 .Va ignoreeof
 variable is set, does nothing.
 .Sq M-^D ,
 bound to the editor command
 .Ic list-choices ,
 lists completion
 possibilities anywhere on a line, and
 .Ic list-choices
 (or any one of the
 related editor commands that do or don't delete, list and/or log out,
 listed under
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof )
 can be bound to
 .Sq ^D
 with the
 .Ic bindkey
 builtin command if so desired.
 .Pp
 The
 .Ic complete-word-fwd
 and
 .Ic complete-word-back
 editor commands
 (not bound to any keys by default) can be used to cycle up and down through
 the list of possible completions, replacing the current word with the next or
 previous word in the list.
 .Pp
 The shell variable
 .Va fignore
 can be set to a list of suffixes to be ignored by completion.
 Consider the following:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > ls
 Makefile        condiments.h~   main.o          side.c
 README          main.c          meal            side.o
 condiments.h    main.c~
 > set fignore = (.o \e~)
 > emacs ma[^D]
 main.c   main.c~  main.o
 > emacs ma[tab]
 > emacs main.c
 .Ed
 .Pp
 .Sq main.c~
 and
 .Sq main.o
 are ignored by completion (but not listing),
 because they end in suffixes in
 .Va fignore .
 Note that a
 .Sq \e
 was needed in front of
 .Sq ~
 to prevent it from being expanded to
 .Va home
 as described under
 .Sx Filename substitution .
 .Va fignore
 is ignored if only one completion is possible.
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va complete
 shell variable is set to
 .Sq enhance ,
-completion
-1) ignores case and 2) considers periods, hyphens and underscores
-.Sq ( . ,
+completion 1) ignores case and 2) considers periods, hyphens and underscores
+.Sq ( \&. ,
 .Sq \&-
 and
 .Sq _ )
 to be word separators and hyphens and underscores to be equivalent.
 If you had the following files
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 comp.lang.c      comp.lang.perl   comp.std.c++
 comp.lang.c++    comp.std.c
 .Ed
 .Pp
 and typed
 .Sq mail \-f c.l.c[tab] ,
 it would be completed to
 .Sq mail \-f comp.lang.c ,
 and
 .Sq ^D
 would list
 .Sq comp.lang.c
 and
 .Sq comp.lang.c++ .
 .Sq mail \-f c..c++[^D]
 would list
 .Sq comp.lang.c++
 and
 .Sq comp.std.c++ .
 Typing
 .Sq rm a\-\-file[^D]
 in the following directory
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 A_silly_file    a-hyphenated-file    another_silly_file
 .Ed
 .Pp
 would list all three files, because case is ignored and hyphens and
 underscores are equivalent.
 Periods, however, are not equivalent to
 hyphens or underscores.
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va complete
 shell variable is set to
-.Sq enhance ,
+.Sq Enhance ,
 completion
 ignores case and differences between a hyphen and an underscore word
 separator only when the user types a lowercase character or a hyphen.
 Entering an uppercase character or an underscore will not match the
 corresponding lowercase character or hyphen word separator.
 Typing
 .Sq rm a\-\-file[^D]
 in the directory of the previous example would
 still list all three files, but typing
 .Sq rm A\-\-file
 would match only
 .Sq A_silly_file
 and typing
 .Sq rm a__file[^D]
 would match just
 .Sq A_silly_file
 and
 .Sq another_silly_file
 because the user explicitly used an uppercase
 or an underscore character.
 .Pp
 Completion and listing are affected by several other shell variables:
 .Va recexact
 can be set to complete on the shortest possible unique
 match, even if more typing might result in a longer match:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > ls
 fodder   foo      food     foonly
 > set recexact
 > rm fo[tab]
 .Ed
 .Pp
 just beeps, because
 .Sq fo
 could expand to
 .Sq fod
 or
 .Sq foo ,
 but if we type another
 .Sq o ,
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > rm foo[tab]
 > rm foo
 .Ed
 .Pp
 the completion completes on
 .Sq foo ,
 even though
 .Sq food
 and
 .Sq foonly
 also match.
 .Va autoexpand
 can be set to run the
 .Ic expand-history
 editor command
 before each completion attempt,
 .Va autocorrect
 can be set to
 spelling-correct the word to be completed (see
 .Sx Spelling correction )
 before each completion attempt and
 .Va correct
 can be set to complete commands automatically after one hits
 .Sq return .
 .Va matchbeep
 can be set to make completion beep or not beep in a variety
 of situations, and
 .Va nobeep
 can be set to never beep at all.
 .Va nostat
 can be set to a list of directories and/or patterns that
 match directories to prevent the completion mechanism from
 .Xr stat 2
 ing
 those directories.
 .Va listmax
 and
 .Va listmaxrows
 can be set to limit the number of items
 and rows (respectively) that are listed without asking first.
 .Va recognize_only_executables
 can be set to make the shell list only
 executables when listing commands, but it is quite slow.
 .Pp
 Finally, the
 .Ic complete
 builtin command can be used to tell the shell how
 to complete words other than filenames, commands and variables.
 Completion and listing do not work on glob-patterns (see
 .Sx Filename substitution ) ,
 but the
 .Ic list-glob
 and
 .Ic expand-glob
 editor commands perform
 equivalent functions for glob-patterns.
 .Ss Spelling correction (+)
 The shell can sometimes correct the spelling of filenames, commands and
 variable names as well as completing and listing them.
 .Pp
 Individual words can be spelling-corrected with the
 .Ic spell-word
 editor command (usually bound to M-s and M-S)
 and the entire input buffer with
 .Ic spell-line
 (usually bound to M-$).
 The
 .Va correct
 shell variable can be set to
 .Dv cmd
 to correct the command name or
 .Dv all
 to correct the entire line each time return is typed, and
 .Va autocorrect
 can be set to correct the word to be completed
 before each completion attempt.
 .Pp
 When spelling correction is invoked in any of these ways and
 the shell thinks that any part of the command line is misspelled,
 it prompts with the corrected line:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > set correct = cmd
 > lz /usr/bin
 CORRECT>ls /usr/bin (y|n|e|a)?
 .Ed
 .Pp
 One can answer
 .Sq y
 or space to execute the corrected line,
 .Sq e
 to leave the uncorrected command in the input buffer,
 .Sq a
 to abort the command as if
 .Sq ^C
 had been hit, and
 anything else to execute the original line unchanged.
 .Pp
 Spelling correction recognizes user-defined completions (see the
 .Ic complete
 builtin command).
 If an input word in a position for
 which a completion is defined resembles a word in the completion list,
 spelling correction registers a misspelling and suggests the latter
 word as a correction.
 However, if the input word does not match any of
 the possible completions for that position, spelling correction does
 not register a misspelling.
 .Pp
 Like completion, spelling correction works anywhere in the line,
 pushing the rest of the line to the right and possibly leaving
 extra characters to the right of the cursor.
 .Ss Editor commands (+)
 .Ic bindkey
 lists key bindings and
 .Ic bindkey \-l
 lists and briefly describes editor commands.
 Only new or especially interesting editor commands are described here.
 See
 .Xr emacs 1
 and
 .Xr vi 1
 for descriptions of each editor's key bindings.
 .Pp
 The character or characters to which each command is bound by default is
 given in parentheses.
 .Sq ^character
 means a control character and
 .Sq M-character
 a meta character, typed as
 .Sq escape-character
 on terminals without a meta key.
 Case counts, but commands that are bound
 to letters by default are bound to both lower- and uppercase letters for
 convenience.
 .Bl -tag -width indent
 .It Ic backward-char Ar (^B, left)
 Move back a character.
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic backward-delete-word Ar (M-^H, M-^?)
 Cut from beginning of current word to cursor \- saved in cut buffer.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic backward-word Ar (M-b, M-B)
 Move to beginning of current word.
 Word boundary and cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic beginning-of-line Ar (^A, home)
 Move to beginning of line.
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic capitalize-word Ar (M-c, M-C)
 Capitalize the characters from cursor to end of current word.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic complete-word Ar (tab)
 Completes a word as described under
 .Sx Completion and listing
 .It Ic complete-word-back Ar (not bound)
 Like
 .Ic complete-word-fwd ,
 but steps up from the end of the list.
 .It Ic complete-word-fwd Ar (not bound)
 Replaces the current word with the first word in the list of possible
 completions.
 May be repeated to step down through the list.
 At the end of the list, beeps and reverts to the incomplete word.
 .It Ic complete-word-raw Ar (^X-tab)
 Like
 .Ic complete-word ,
 but ignores user-defined completions.
 .It Ic copy-prev-word Ar (M-^_)
 Copies the previous word in the current line into the input buffer.
 See also
 .Ic insert-last-word
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic dabbrev-expand Ar (M-/)
 Expands the current word to the most recent preceding one for which
 the current is a leading substring, wrapping around the history list
 (once) if necessary.
 Repeating
 .Ic dabbrev-expand
 without any intervening typing
 changes to the next previous word etc., skipping identical matches
 much like
 .Ic history-search-backward
 does.
 .It Ic delete-char Ar (not bound)
 Deletes the character under the cursor.
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic delete-char-or-eof Ar (not bound)
 Does
 .Ic delete-char
 if there is a character under the cursor or
 .Ic end-of-file
 on an empty line.
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic delete-char-or-list Ar (not bound)
 Does
 .Ic delete-char
 if there is a character under the cursor
 or
 .Ic list-choices
 at the end of the line.
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 .It Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof Ar (^D)
 Does
 .Ic delete-char
 if there is a character under the cursor,
 .Ic list-choices
 at the end of the line or
 .Ic end-of-file
 on an empty line.
 See also those three commands, each of which does only a single action, and
 .Ic delete-char-or-eof ,
 .Ic delete-char-or-list
 and
 .Ic list-or-eof ,
 each of which does a different two out of the three.
 .It Ic delete-word Ar (M-d, M-D)
 Cut from cursor to end of current word \- save in cut buffer.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic down-history Ar (down-arrow, ^N)
 Like
 .Ic up-history ,
 but steps down, stopping at the original input line.
 .It Ic downcase-word Ar (M-l, M-L)
 Lowercase the characters from cursor to end of current word.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic end-of-file Ar (not bound)
 Signals an end of file, causing the shell to exit unless the
 .Va ignoreeof
 shell variable (q.v.) is set to prevent this.
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 .It Ic end-of-line Ar (^E, end)
 Move cursor to end of line.
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic expand-history Ar (M-space)
 Expands history substitutions in the current word.
 See
 .Sx History substitution
 See also
 .Ic magic-space ,
 .Ic toggle-literal-history
 and the
 .Va autoexpand
 shell variable.
 .It Ic expand-glob Ar (^X-*)
 Expands the glob-pattern to the left of the cursor.
 See
 .Sx Filename substitution
 .It Ic expand-line Ar (not bound)
 Like
 .Ic expand-history ,
 but expands history substitutions in each word in the input buffer.
 .It Ic expand-variables Ar (^X-$)
 Expands the variable to the left of the cursor.
 See
 .Sx Variable substitution
 .It Ic forward-char Ar (^F, right)
 Move forward one character.
 Cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic forward-word Ar (M-f, M-F)
 Move forward to end of current word.
 Word boundary and cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic history-search-backward Ar (M-p, M-P)
 Searches backwards through the history list for a command beginning with
 the current contents of the input buffer up to the cursor and copies it
 into the input buffer.
 The search string may be a glob-pattern (see
 .Sx Filename substitution )
 containing
 .Sq * ,
 .Sq \&?  ,
 .Sq []
 or
 .Sq {}
 .Ic up-history
 and
 .Ic down-history
 will proceed from the
 appropriate point in the history list.
 Emacs mode only.
 See also
 .Ic history-search-forward
 and
 .Ic i-search-back
 .It Ic history-search-forward Ar (M-n, M-N)
 Like
 .Ic history-search-backward ,
 but searches forward.
 .It Ic i-search-back Ar (not bound)
 Searches backward like
 .Ic history-search-backward ,
 copies the first match
 into the input buffer with the cursor positioned at the end of the pattern,
 and prompts with
 .Sq bck:
 and the first match.
 Additional characters may be
 typed to extend the search,
 .Ic i-search-back
 may be typed to continue
 searching with the same pattern, wrapping around the history list if
 necessary,
 .Ic ( i-search-back
 must be bound to a
 single character for this to work) or one of the following special characters
 may be typed:
 .Pp
-.Sq ^W
+.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
+.It ^W
 Appends the rest of the word under the cursor to the search pattern.
-delete (or any character bound to
+.It delete
+(or any character bound to
 .Ic backward-delete-char )
 Undoes the effect of the last character typed and deletes a character
 from the search pattern if appropriate.
-.Sq ^G
+.It ^G
 If the previous search was successful, aborts the entire search.
 If not, goes back to the last successful search.
-escape
+.It escape
 Ends the search, leaving the current line in the input buffer.
+.El
 .Pp
 Any other character not bound to
 .Ic self-insert-command
 terminates the
 search, leaving the current line in the input buffer, and
 is then interpreted as normal input.
 In particular, a carriage return
 causes the current line to be executed.
 See also
 .Ic i-search-fwd
 and
 .Ic history-search-backward
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic i-search-fwd Ar (not bound)
 Like
 .Ic i-search-back ,
 but searches forward.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic insert-last-word Ar (M-_)
 Inserts the last word of the previous input line
 .Sq ( \&!$ )
 into the input buffer.
 See also
 .Ic copy-prev-word
 .It Ic list-choices Ar (M-^D)
 Lists completion possibilities as described under
 .Sx Completion and listing
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 and
 .Ic list-choices-raw
 .It Ic list-choices-raw Ar (^X-^D)
 Like
 .Ic list-choices ,
 but ignores user-defined completions.
 .It Ic list-glob Ar (^X-g, ^X-G)
 Lists (via the
 .Ic ls\-F
 builtin) matches to the glob-pattern
 (see
 .Sx Filename substitution )
 to the left of the cursor.
 .It Ic list-or-eof Ar (not bound)
 Does
 .Ic list-choices
 or
 .Ic end-of-file
 on an empty line.
 See also
 .Ic delete-char-or-list-or-eof
 .It Ic magic-space Ar (not bound)
 Expands history substitutions in the current line,
 like
 .Ic expand-history ,
 and inserts a space.
 .Ic magic-space
 is designed to be bound to the space bar,
 but is not bound by default.
 .It Ic normalize-command Ar (^X-?)
 Searches for the current word in PATH and, if it is found, replaces it with
 the full path to the executable.
 Special characters are quoted.
 Aliases are
 expanded and quoted but commands within aliases are not.
 This command is
 useful with commands that take commands as arguments, e.g.,
 .Sq dbx
 and
 .Sq sh \-x
 .It Ic normalize-path Ar (^X-n, ^X-N)
 Expands the current word as described under the
 .Sq expand
 setting
 of the
 .Va symlinks
 shell variable.
 .It Ic overwrite-mode Ar (unbound)
 Toggles between input and overwrite modes.
 .It Ic run-fg-editor Ar (M-^Z)
 Saves the current input line and
 looks for a stopped job where the file name portion of its first word
 is found in the
 .Va editors
 shell variable.
 If
 .Va editors
 is not set, then the file name portion of the
 .Va EDITOR
 environment variable
 .Sq ( ed
 if unset)
 and the
 .Va VISUAL
 environment variable
 Sq ( vi
 if unset)
 will be used.
 If such a job is found, it is restarted as if
 .Sq fg %
 .Ic job
 had been typed.
 This is used to toggle back and forth between an editor and
 the shell easily.
 Some people bind this command to
 .Sq ^Z
 so they
 can do this even more easily.
 .It Ic run-help Ar (M-h, M-H)
 Searches for documentation on the current command, using the same notion of
 .Sq current command
 as the completion routines, and prints it.
 There is no way
 to use a pager;
 .Ic run-help
 is designed for short help files.
 If the special alias
 .Va helpcommand
 is defined, it is run with the
 command name as a sole argument.
 Else,
 documentation should be in a file named
 .Sq command.help ,
 .Sq command.1 ,
 .Sq command.6 ,
 .Sq command.8 ,
 or
 .Sq command ,
 which should be in one
 of the directories listed in the
 .Va HPATH
 environment variable.
 If there is more than one help file only the first is printed.
 .It Ic self-insert-command Ar (text characters)
 In insert mode (the default), inserts the typed character into the input line after the character under the cursor.
 In overwrite mode, replaces the character under the cursor with the typed character.
 The input mode is normally preserved between lines, but the
 .Va inputmode
 shell variable can be set to
 .Dv insert
 or
 .Dv overwrite
 to put the
 editor in that mode at the beginning of each line.
 See also
 .Ic overwrite-mode
 .It Ic sequence-lead-in Ar (arrow prefix, meta prefix, ^X)
 Indicates that the following characters are part of a
 multi-key sequence.
 Binding a command to a multi-key sequence really creates
 two bindings: the first character to
 .Ic sequence-lead-in
 and the
 whole sequence to the command.
 All sequences beginning with a character
 bound to
 .Ic sequence-lead-in
 are effectively bound to
 .Ic undefined-key
 unless bound to another command.
 .It Ic spell-line Ar (M-$)
 Attempts to correct the spelling of each word in the input buffer, like
 .Ic spell-word ,
 but ignores words whose first character is one of
 .Sq \- ,
 .Sq \ ! ,
 .Sq ^
 or
 .Sq % ,
 or which contain
 .Sq \e ,
 .Sq *
 or
 .Sq \&? ,
 to avoid problems with switches, substitutions and the like.
 See
 .Sx Spelling correction
 .It Ic spell-word Ar (M-s, M-S)
 Attempts to correct the spelling of the current word as described under
 .Sx Spelling correction
 Checks each component of a word which appears to be a pathname.
 .It Ic toggle-literal-history Ar (M-r, M-R)
 Expands or
 .Sq unexpands
 history substitutions in the input buffer.
 See also
 .Ic expand-history
 and the
 .Va autoexpand
 shell variable.
 .It Ic undefined-key Ar (any unbound key)
 Beeps.
 .It Ic up-history Ar (up-arrow, ^P)
 Copies the previous entry in the history list into the input buffer.
 If
 .Va histlit
 is set, uses the literal form of the entry.
 May be repeated to step up through the history list, stopping at the top.
 .It Ic upcase-word Ar (M-u, M-U)
 Uppercase the characters from cursor to end of current word.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic vi-beginning-of-next-word Ar (not bound)
 Vi goto the beginning of next word.
 Word boundary and cursor behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic vi-eword Ar (not bound)
 Vi move to the end of the current word.
 Word boundary behavior modified by
 .Va vimode
 .It Ic vi-search-back Ar (?)
 Prompts with
 .Sq \&?
 for a search string (which may be a glob-pattern, as with
 .Ic history-search-backward ),
 searches for it and copies it into the input buffer.
 The bell rings if no match is found.
 Hitting return ends the search and leaves the last match in the input
 buffer.
 Hitting escape ends the search and executes the match.
 .Ic vi
 mode only.
 .It Ic vi-search-fwd Ar (/)
 Like
 .Ic vi-search-back ,
 but searches forward.
 .It Ic which-command Ar (M-?)
 Does a
 .Ic which
 (see the description of the builtin command) on the
 first word of the input buffer.
 .It Ic yank-pop Ar (M-y)
 When executed immediately after a
 .Ic yank
 or another
 .Ic yank-pop ,
 replaces the yanked string with the next previous string from the
 killring. This also has the effect of rotating the killring, such that
 this string will be considered the most recently killed by a later
 .Ic yank
 command. Repeating
 .Ic yank-pop
 will cycle through the
 killring any number of times.
 .El
 .Ss Lexical structure
 The shell splits input lines into words at blanks and tabs.
 The special
 characters
 .Sq \&& ,
 .Sq | ,
 .Sq \&; ,
 .Sq < ,
 .Sq > ,
 .Sq \&( ,
 and
 .Sq \&)
 and the doubled characters
 .Sq && ,
 .Sq || ,
 .Sq <<
 and
 .Sq >>
 are always separate words, whether or not they are
 surrounded by whitespace.
 .Pp
 When the shell's input is not a terminal, the character
 .Sq #
 is taken to begin a
 comment.
 Each
 .Sq #
 and the rest of the input line on which it appears is
 discarded before further parsing.
 .Pp
 A special character (including a blank or tab) may be prevented from having
 its special meaning, and possibly made part of another word, by preceding it
 with a backslash
 .Sq ( \e )
 or enclosing it in single
 .Sq ( \&' ) ,
 , double
 .Sq ( \&" )
 or
 backward
 .Sq ( \&` )
 quotes.
 When not otherwise quoted a newline preceded by a
 .Sq \e
 is equivalent to a blank, but inside quotes this sequence results in a
 newline.
 .Pp
 Furthermore, all
 .Sx Substitutions
 (see below) except
 .Sx History substitution
 can be prevented by enclosing the strings (or parts of strings)
 in which they appear with single quotes or by quoting the crucial character(s)
 (e.g.,
 .Sq $
 or
 .Sq \&`
 for
 .Sx Variable substitution
 or
 .Sx Command substitution
 respectively)
 with
 .Sq \e
 .Sx ( Alias substitution
 is no exception: quoting in any way any
 character of a word for which an
 .Va alias
 has been defined prevents
 substitution of the alias.
 The usual way of quoting an alias is to precede it
 with a backslash.)
 .Sx History substitution
 is prevented by
 backslashes but not by single quotes.
 Strings quoted with double or backward
 quotes undergo
 .Sx Variable substitution
 and
 .Sx Command substitution ,
 but other substitutions are prevented.
 .Pp
 Text inside single or double quotes becomes a single word (or part of one).
 Metacharacters in these strings, including blanks and tabs, do not form
 separate words.
 Only in one special case (see
 .Sx Command substitution
 below) can a double-quoted string yield parts of more than one word;
 single-quoted strings never do.
 Backward quotes are special: they signal
 .Sx Command substitution
 (q.v.), which may result in more than one word.
 .Pp
 Quoting complex strings, particularly strings which themselves contain quoting
 characters, can be confusing.
 Remember that quotes need not be used as they are
 in human writing!
 It may be easier to quote not an entire string, but only
 those parts of the string which need quoting, using different types of quoting
 to do so if appropriate.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va backslash_quote
 shell variable (q.v.) can be set to make backslashes
 always quote
 .Sq \e ,
 .Sq \&' ,
 and
 .Sq \&"
 (+) This may make complex quoting tasks
 easier, but it can cause syntax errors in
 .Xr csh 1
 scripts.
 .Ss Substitutions
 We now describe the various transformations the shell performs on the input in
 the order in which they occur.
 We note in passing the data structures involved
 and the commands and variables which affect them.
 Remember that substitutions
 can be prevented by quoting as described under
 .Sx Lexical structure .
 .Ss History substitution
 Each command, or
 .Sq event ,
 input from the terminal is saved in the history list.
 The previous command is always saved, and the
 .Va history
 shell
 variable can be set to a number to save that many commands.
 The
 .Va histdup
 shell variable can be set to not save duplicate events or consecutive duplicate
 events.
 .Pp
 Saved commands are numbered sequentially from 1 and stamped with the time.
 It is not usually necessary to use event numbers, but the current event number
 can be made part of the prompt by placing an
 .Sq \&!
 in the
 .Va prompt
 shell variable.
 .Pp
 The shell actually saves history in expanded and literal (unexpanded) forms.
 If the
 .Va histlit
 shell variable is set, commands that display and store
 history use the literal form.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va history
 builtin command can print, store in a file, restore
 and clear the history list at any time,
 and the
 .Va savehist
 and
 .Va histfile
 shell variables can be set to
 store the history list automatically on logout and restore it on login.
 .Pp
 History substitutions introduce words from the history list into the input
 stream, making it easy to repeat commands, repeat arguments of a previous
 command in the current command, or fix spelling mistakes in the previous
 command with little typing and a high degree of confidence.
 .Pp
 History substitutions begin with the character
 .Sq \&!
 They may begin anywhere in
 the input stream, but they do not nest.
 The
 .Sq \&!
 may be preceded by a
 .Sq \e
 to
 prevent its special meaning; for convenience, a
 .Sq \&!
 is passed unchanged when it
 is followed by a blank, tab, newline,
 .Sq =
 or
 .Sq \&(
 History substitutions also
 occur when an input line begins with
 .Sq ^
 This special abbreviation will be
 described later.
 The characters used to signal history substitution 
 .Sq ( \&!
 and
 .Sq ^ )
 can be changed by setting the
 .Va histchars
 shell variable.
 Any input
 line which contains a history substitution is printed before it is executed.
 .Pp
 A history substitution may have an
 .Sq event specification ,
 which indicates the event from which words are to be taken, a
 .Sq word designator ,
 which selects particular words from the chosen event, and/or a
 .Sq modifier ,
 which manipulates the selected words.
 .Pp
 An event specification can be
 .Pp
 .Bl -tag -width XXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar n
 A number, referring to a particular event
 .It Ar \-n
 An offset, referring to the event
 .Ar n
 before the current event
 .It Ar #
 The current event.
 This should be used carefully in
 .Xr csh 1 ,
 where there is no check for recursion.
 .Nm
 allows 10 levels of recursion.
 (+)
 .It Ar \&!
 The previous event (equivalent to
 .Sq \-1 )
 .It Ar s
 The most recent event whose first word begins with the string
 .Va s
 .It Ar ?s?
 The most recent event which contains the string
 .Va s
 The second
 .Sq \&?
 can be omitted if it is immediately followed by a newline.
 .El
 .Pp
 For example, consider this bit of someone's history list:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
  9  8:30    nroff \-man wumpus.man
 10  8:31    cp wumpus.man wumpus.man.old
 11  8:36    vi wumpus.man
 12  8:37    diff wumpus.man.old wumpus.man
 .Ed
 .Pp
 The commands are shown with their event numbers and time stamps.
 The current event, which we haven't typed in yet, is event 13.
 .Sq !11
 and
 .Sq !\-2
 refer to event 11.
 .Sq \&!!
 refers to the previous event, 12.
 .Sq \&!!
 can be abbreviated
 .Sq \&!
 if it is
 followed by
 .Sq \&: 
 .Sq ( \&:
 is described below).
 .Sq !n
 refers to event 9, which begins with
 .Sq n
 .Sq !?old?
 also refers to event 12, which contains
 .Sq old
 Without word designators or modifiers history references simply expand to the
 entire event, so we might type
 .Sq !cp
 to redo the copy command or
 .Sq !!|more
 if the
 .Sq diff
 output scrolled off the top of the screen.
 .Pp
 History references may be insulated from the surrounding text with braces if
 necessary.
 For example,
 .Sq !vdoc
 would look for a command beginning with
 .Sq vdoc ,
 and, in this example, not find one, but
 .Sq !{v}doc
 would expand
 unambiguously to
 .Sq vi wumpus.mandoc
 Even in braces, history substitutions do not nest.
 .Pp
 (+) While
 .Xr csh 1
 expands, for example,
 .Sq !3d
 to event 3 with the
 letter
 .Sq d
 appended to it,
 .Nm
 expands it to the last event beginning
 with
 .Sq 3d ;
 only completely numeric arguments are treated as event numbers.
 This makes it possible to recall events beginning with numbers.
 To expand
 .Sq !3d
 as in
 .Xr csh 1
 say
 .Sq !{3}d
 .Pp
 To select words from an event we can follow the event specification by a
 .Sq \&:
 and a designator for the desired words.
 The words of an input line are
 numbered from 0, the first (usually command) word being 0, the second word
 (first argument) being 1, etc.
 The basic word designators are:
+.Pp
 .Bl -tag -width XXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar 0
 The first (command) word
 .It Ar n
 The
 .Va n
 th argument
 .It Ar ^
 The first argument, equivalent to
 .Sq 1
 .It Ar $
 The last argument
 .It Ar %
 The word matched by an ?
 .Va s
 ? search
 .It Ar x\-y
 A range of words
 .It Ar \-y
 Equivalent to
 .Sq 0\-y
 .It Ar *
 Equivalent to
 .Sq ^\-$ ,
 but returns nothing if the event contains only 1 word
 .It Ar x*
 Equivalent to
 .Sq x\-$
 .It Ar x\-
 Equivalent to
 .Sq x* ,
 but omitting the last word
 .Sq ( $ )
 .El
 .Pp
 Selected words are inserted into the command line separated by single blanks.
 For example, the
 .Sq diff
 command in the previous example might have been
 typed as
 .Sq diff !!:1.old !!:1
 (using
 .Sq \&:1
 to select the first argument
 from the previous event) or
 .Sq diff !\-2:2 !\-2:1
 to select and swap the
 arguments from the
 .Sq cp
 command.
 If we didn't care about the order of the
 `diff' we might have said
 .Sq diff !\-2:1\-2
 or simply
 .Sq diff !\-2:*
 The
 .Sq cp
 command might have been written
 .Sq cp wumpus.man !#:1.old
 , using
 .Sq #
 to refer to the current event.
 `!n:\- hurkle.man' would reuse the first two words from the
 .Sq nroff
 command
 to say
 .Sq nroff \-man hurkle.man
 .Pp
 The
 .Sq \&:
 separating the event specification from the word designator can be
 omitted if the argument selector begins with a
 .Sq ^ ,
 .Sq $ ,
 .Sq * ,
 .Sq %
 or
 .Sq \&-
 For example, our
 .Sq diff
 command might have been
 .Sq diff !!^.old !!^
 or,
 equivalently,
 .Sq diff !!$.old !!$
 However, if
 .Sq \&!!
 is abbreviated
 .Sq \&!
 ,
 an argument selector beginning with
 .Sq \-
 will be interpreted as an event
 specification.
 .Pp
 A history reference may have a word designator but no event specification.
 It then references the previous command.
 Continuing our
 .Sq diff
 example, we could have said simply `diff
 !^.old !^' or, to get the arguments in the opposite order, just
 .Sq diff !*
 .Pp
 The word or words in a history reference can be edited, or
 .Sq `modified
 ',
 by following it with one or more modifiers, each preceded by a
 .Sq \&: :
 .Pp
 .Bl -tag -width XXXXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar h
 Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving the head.
 .It Ar t
 Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail.
 .It Ar r
 Remove a filename extension
 .Sq .xxx ,
 leaving the root name.
 .It Ar e
 Remove all but the extension.
 .It Ar u
 Uppercase the first lowercase letter.
 .It Ar l
 Lowercase the first uppercase letter.
 .It Ar s/l/r/
 Substitute
 .Ar l
 for
 .Ar r
 .Ar l
 is simply a string like
 .Ar r
 , not a regular expression as in
 the eponymous
 .Xr ed 1
 command.
 Any character may be used as the delimiter in place of
 .Sq / ;
 a
 .Sq \e
 can be used to quote the delimiter inside
 .Va l
 and
 .Va r
 The character
 .Sq &
 in the
 .Va r
 is replaced by
 .Va l ;
 .Sq \e
 also quotes
 .Sq &
 If
 .Va l
 is empty (
 .Dq \& ) ,
 the
 .Va l
 from a previous substitution or the
 .Va s
 from a previous search or event number in event specification is used.
 The trailing delimiter may be omitted if it is immediately followed by a
 newline.
 .It Ar \&&
 Repeat the previous substitution.
 .It Ar g
 Apply the following modifier once to each word.
 .It Ar a (+)
 Apply the following modifier as many times as possible to a single word.
 .Sq a
 and
 .Sq g
 can be used together to apply a modifier globally.
 With the
 .Sq s
 modifier, only the patterns contained in the original word are
 substituted, not patterns that contain any substitution result.
 .It Ar p
 Print the new command line but do not execute it.
 .It Ar q
 Quote the substituted words, preventing further substitutions.
 .It Ar x
 Like 
 .Ar q ,
 but break into words at blanks, tabs and newlines.
 .El
 .Pp
 Modifiers are applied to only the first modifiable word (unless
 .Sq g
 is used).
 It is an error for no word to be modifiable.
 .Pp
 For example, the
 .Sq diff
 command might have been written as `diff wumpus.man.old
 !#^:r', using
 .Sq \&:r
 to remove
 .Sq .old
 from the first argument on the same line
 (`!#^').
 We could say
 .Sq echo hello out there
 , then
 .Sq echo !*:u
 to capitalize
 `hello',
 .Sq echo !*:au
 to say it out loud, or
 .Sq echo !*:agu
 to really shout.
 We might follow
 .Sq mail \-s "I forgot my password" rot
 with
 .Sq !:s/rot/root
 to
 correct the spelling of
 .Sq root
 (but see
 .Sx Spelling correction
 for a
 different approach).
 .Pp
 There is a special abbreviation for substitutions.
 .Sq ^ ,
 when it is the first character on an input line, is equivalent to
 .Sq !:s^
 Thus we might have said
 .Sq ^rot^root
 to make the spelling correction in the
 previous example.
 This is the only history substitution which does not explicitly begin with
 .Sq \&!
 .Pp
 (+) In
 .Xr csh 1
 as such, only one modifier may be applied to each history
 or variable expansion.
 In
 .Nm ,
 more than one may be used, for example
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 % mv wumpus.man /usr/man/man1/wumpus.1
 % man !$:t:r
 man wumpus
 .Ed
 .Pp
 In
 .Xr csh 1 ,
 the result would be
 .Sq wumpus.1:r
 A substitution followed by a
 colon may need to be insulated from it with braces:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > mv a.out /usr/games/wumpus
 > setenv PATH !$:h:$PATH
 Bad ! modifier: $.
 > setenv PATH !{\-2$:h}:$PATH
 setenv PATH /usr/games:/bin:/usr/bin:.
 .Ed
 .Pp
 The first attempt would succeed in
 .Xr csh 1
 but fails in
 .Nm ,
 because
 .Nm
 expects another modifier after the second colon
 rather than
 .Sq $
 .Pp
 Finally, history can be accessed through the editor as well as through
 the substitutions just described.
 The
 .Ic up-
 and
 .Ic down-history ,
 .Ic history-search-backward
 and
 .Va -forward ,
 .Ic i-search-back
 and
 .Ic -fwd ,
 .Ic vi-search-back
 and
 .Ic -fwd ,
 .Ic copy-prev-word
 and
 .Ic insert-last-word
 editor commands search for
 events in the history list and copy them into the input buffer.
 The
 .Ic toggle-literal-history
 editor command switches between the
 expanded and literal forms of history lines in the input buffer.
 .Ic expand-history
 and
 .Ic expand-line
 expand history substitutions
 in the current word and in the entire input buffer respectively.
 .Ss Alias substitution
 The shell maintains a list of aliases which can be set, unset and printed by
 the
 .Ic alias
 and
 .Ic unalias
 commands.
 After a command line is parsed
 into simple commands (see
 .Sx Commands )
 the first word of each command,
 left-to-right, is checked to see if it has an alias.
 If so, the first word is
 replaced by the alias.
 If the alias contains a history reference, it undergoes
 .Va History substitution
 (q.v.) as though the original command were the
 previous input line.
 If the alias does not contain a history reference, the
 argument list is left untouched.
 .Pp
 Thus if the alias for
 .Sq ls
 were
 .Sq ls \-l
 the command
 .Sq ls /usr
 would become `ls
 \-l /usr', the argument list here being undisturbed.
 If the alias for
 .Sq lookup
 were
 .Sq grep !/etc/passwd
 then
 .Sq lookup bill
 would become `grep bill
 /etc/passwd'.
 Aliases can be used to introduce parser metasyntax.
 For
 example,
 .Sq alias print
 pr \e!* | lpr'' defines a
 .Sq `command
 ' (`print') which
 .Va pr
 (1)s its arguments to the line printer.
 .Pp
 Alias substitution is repeated until the first word of the command has no
 alias.
 If an alias substitution does not change the first word (as in the
 previous example) it is flagged to prevent a loop.
 Other loops are detected and
 cause an error.
 .Pp
 Some aliases are referred to by the shell; see
 .Va Special aliases
-.Sx Variable substitution
+.Ss Variable substitution
 The shell maintains a list of variables, each of which has as value a list of
 zero or more words.
 The values of shell variables can be displayed and changed with the
 .Va set
 and
 .Va unset
 commands.
 The system maintains its own list of
 .Sq `environment
 ' variables.
 These can be displayed and changed with
 .Va printenv
 ,
 .Va setenv
 and
 .Va unsetenv
 .Pp
 (+) Variables may be made read-only with
 .Sq set \-r
 (q.v.).
 Read-only variables may not be modified or unset;
 attempting to do so will cause an error.
 Once made read-only, a variable cannot be made writable,
 so
 .Sq set \-r
 should be used with caution.
 Environment variables cannot be made read-only.
 .Pp
 Some variables are set by the shell or referred to by it.
 For instance, the
 .Va argv
 variable is an image of the shell's argument
 list, and words of this variable's value are referred to in special ways.
 Some of the variables referred to by the shell are toggles;
 the shell does not care what their value is, only whether they are set or not.
 For instance, the
 .Va verbose
 variable is a toggle which causes command
 input to be echoed.
 The
 .Fl v\fR command line option sets this variable.
 .Va Special shell variables
 lists all variables which are referred to by the shell.
 .Pp
 Other operations treat variables numerically.
 The
 .Sq @
 command permits numeric
 calculations to be performed and the result assigned to a variable.
 Variable
 values are, however, always represented as (zero or more) strings.
 For the
 purposes of numeric operations, the null string is considered to be zero, and
 the second and subsequent words of multi-word values are ignored.
 .Pp
 After the input line is aliased and parsed, and before each command is
 executed, variable substitution is performed keyed by
 .Sq $
 characters.
 This
 expansion can be prevented by preceding the
 .Sq $
 with a
 .Sq \e
 except within
 .Sq "
 s
 where it
 .Va always
 occurs, and within
 .Sq
 's where it
 .Va never
 occurs.
 Strings quoted by
 .Sq \`
 are interpreted later (see
 .Sx Command substitution
 below) so
 .Sq $
 substitution does not occur there until later,
 if at all.
 A
 .Sq $
 is passed unchanged if followed by a blank, tab, or
 end-of-line.
 .Pp
 Input/output redirections are recognized before variable expansion, and are
 variable expanded separately.
 Otherwise, the command name and entire argument
 list are expanded together.
 It is thus possible for the first (command) word
 (to this point) to generate more than one word, the first of which becomes the
 command name, and the rest of which become arguments.
 .Pp
 Unless enclosed in
 .Sq "
 or given the
 .Sq \&:q
 modifier the results of variable
 substitution may eventually be command and filename substituted.
 Within
 .Sq "
 , a
 variable whose value consists of multiple words expands to a (portion of a)
 single word, with the words of the variable's value separated by blanks.
 When
 the
 .Sq \&:q
 modifier is applied to a substitution the variable will expand to
 multiple words with each word separated by a blank and quoted to prevent later
 command or filename substitution.
 .Pp
 The following metasequences are provided for introducing variable values into
 the shell input.
 Except as noted, it is an error to reference a variable which
 is not set.
 .Pp
 .Bl -tag -width XXXXXXXXXX -offset indent -compact
 .PD 0
 .It Ar $name
 .It Ar ${name}
 Substitutes the words of the value of variable
 .Va name ,
 each separated
 by a blank.
 Braces insulate
 .Va name
 from following characters which would
 otherwise be part of it.
 Shell variables have names consisting of
 letters and digits starting with a letter.
 The underscore character is
 considered a letter.
 If
 .Va name
 is not a shell variable, but is set in the
 environment, then that value is returned (but some of the other forms
 given below are not available in this case).
 .It Ar $name[selector]
 .It Ar ${name[selector]}
 Substitutes only the selected words from the value of
 .Va name
 The
 .Va selector
 is subjected to
 .Sq $
 substitution and may consist of
 a single number or two numbers separated by a
 .Sq \&-
 The first word of a variable's value is numbered
 .Sq 1
 If the first number of a range is omitted it defaults to
 .Sq 1
 If the last member of a range is omitted it defaults to
 .Sq $#
 .Va name
 The
 .Va selector
 .Sq *
 selects all words.
 It is not an error for a range to be empty if the
 second argument is omitted or in range.
 .It Ar $0
 Substitutes the name of the file from which command input
 is being read.
 An error occurs if the name is not known.
 .It Ar $number
 .It Ar ${number}
 Equivalent to
 .Sq $argv[number]
 .It Ar $*
 Equivalent to
 .Sq $argv ,
 which is equivalent to
 .Sq $argv[*]
 .El
 .Pp
 The
 .Sq \&:
 modifiers described under
 .Sx History substitution ,
 except for
 .Sq \&:p ,
 can be applied to the substitutions above.
 More than one may be used.
 (+)
 Braces may be needed to insulate a variable substitution from a literal colon
 just as with
 .Sx History substitution
 (q.v.); any modifiers must appear
 within the braces.
 .Pp
 The following substitutions can not be modified with
 .Sq \&:
 modifiers.
 .Pp
-.Bl -tag -width XXXXXXXX -offset indent -compact
+.Bl -tag -width XXXXXXXXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar $?name
 .It Ar ${?name}
 Substitutes the string
 .Sq 1
 if
 .Va name
 is set,
 .Sq 0
 if it is not.
 .It Ar $?0
 Substitutes
 .Sq 1
 if the current input filename is known,
 .Sq 0
 if it is not.
 Always
 .Sq 0
 in interactive shells.
-.It Ar
-$#name
-${#name}
+.It Ar $#name
+.It Ar ${#name}
 Substitutes the number of words in
 .Va name
-.It Ar
-$#
+.It Ar $#
 Equivalent to
 .Sq $#argv
 (+)
-.It Ar
-$%
-.Va name
+.It Ar $%name
 .It Ar ${%name}
 Substitutes the number of characters in
 .Va name
 (+)
 .Pp
-$%
-.Va number
-.TP 8
+.It Ar $%number
 .It Ar ${%number}
 Substitutes the number of characters in
 .Va $argv[number] .
 (+)
 .It Ar $?
 Equivalent to
 .Sq $status
 (+)
 .It Ar $$
 Substitutes the (decimal) process number of the (parent) shell.
 .It Ar $!
 Substitutes the (decimal) process number of the last
 background process started by this shell.
 (+)
 .It Ar $_
 Substitutes the command line of the last command executed.
 (+)
 .It Ar $<
 Substitutes a line from the standard input, with no further interpretation
 thereafter.
 It can be used to read from the keyboard in a shell script.
 (+) While
 .Xr csh 1
 always quotes $<, as if it were equivalent to
 .Sq $<:q ,
 .Nm
 does not.
 Furthermore, when
 .Nm
 is waiting for a line to be
 typed the user may type an interrupt to interrupt the sequence into
 which the line is to be substituted, but
 .Xr csh 1
 does not allow this.
 .El
 .Pp
 The editor command
 .Va expand-variables
 , normally bound to
 .Sq ^X-$ ,
 can be used to interactively expand individual variables.
 .Ss "Command, filename and directory stack substitution"
 The remaining substitutions are applied selectively to the arguments
 of builtin commands.
 This means that portions of expressions which are not evaluated are
 not subjected to these expansions.
 For commands which are not internal to the
 shell, the command name is substituted separately from the argument list.
 This occurs very late, after input-output redirection is performed, andk
 in a child of the main shell.
 .Ss "Command substitution"
 Command substitution is indicated by a command enclosed in
 .Sq \&`
 The output
 from such a command is broken into separate words at blanks, tabs and newlines,
 and null words are discarded.
 The output is variable and command substituted
 and put in place of the original string.
 .Pp
 Command substitutions inside double
 quotes
 .Sq ( \&" )
 retain blanks and tabs; only newlines force new words.
 The single
 final newline does not force a new word in any case.
 It is thus possible for a
 command substitution to yield only part of a word, even if the command outputs
 a complete line.
 .Pp
 By default, the shell since version 6.12 replaces all newline and carriage
 return characters in the command by spaces.
 If this is switched off by
 unsetting
 .Va csubstnonl ,
 newlines separate commands as usual.
 .Ss "Filename substitution"
 If a word contains any of the characters
 .Sq * ,
 .Sq \&? ,
 .Sq \&[
 or
 .Sq {
 or begins with
 the character
 .Sq ~
 it is a candidate for filename substitution, also known as
 .Dq globbing .
 This word is then regarded as a pattern
 .Dq ( glob-pattern ) ,
 and
 replaced with an alphabetically sorted list of file names which match the
 pattern.
 .Pp
 In matching filenames, the character
 .Sq .
 at the beginning of a filename or
 immediately following a
 .Sq / ,
 as well as the character
 .Sq /
 must be matched
 explicitly (unless either
 .Va globdot
 or
 .Va globstar
 or both are set(+)).
 The character
 .Sq *
 matches any string of characters,
 including the null string.
 The character
 .Sq \&?
 matches any single character.
 The sequence
 .Sq [...]
 matches any one of the characters enclosed.
 Within
 .Sq [...]
 , a pair of
 characters separated by
 .Sq \&-
 matches any character lexically between the two.
 .Pp
 (+) Some glob-patterns can be negated:
 The sequence
 .Sq [^...]
 matches any single character
 .Va not
 specified by the
 characters and/or ranges of characters in the braces.
 .Pp
 An entire glob-pattern can also be negated with
 .Sq ^ :
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > echo *
 bang crash crunch ouch
 > echo ^cr*
 bang ouch
 .Ed
 .Pp
 Glob-patterns which do not use
 .Sq \&? ,
 .Sq * , or
 .Sq []
 or which use
 .Sq {}
 or
 .Sq ~
 (below) are not negated correctly.
 .Pp
 The metanotation
 .Sq a{b,c,d}e
 is a shorthand for
 .Sq abe ace ade
 Left-to-right order is preserved:
 .Sq /usr/source/s1/{oldls,ls}.c
 expands
 to
 .Sq /usr/source/s1/oldls.c /usr/source/s1/ls.c
 The results of matches are
 sorted separately at a low level to preserve this order:
 .Sq ../{memo,*box}
 might expand to
 .Sq ../memo ../box ../mbox
 (Note that
 .Sq memo
 was not sorted with the results of matching
 .Sq *box . )
 It is not an error when this construct expands to files which do not exist,
 but it is possible to get an error from a command to which the expanded list
 is passed.
 This construct may be nested.
 As a special case the words
 .Sq { ,
 .Sq }
 and
 .Sq {}
 are passed undisturbed.
 .Pp
 The character
 .Sq ~
 at the beginning of a filename refers to home directories.
 Standing alone, i.e.,
 .Sq ~ ,
 it expands to the invoker's home directory as
 reflected in the value of the
 .Va home
 shell variable.
 When followed by a
 name consisting of letters, digits and
 .Sq \&-
 characters the shell searches for a
 user with that name and substitutes their home directory; thus
 .Sq ~ken
 might
 expand to
 .Sq /usr/ken
 and
 .Sq ~ken/chmach
 to
 .Sq /usr/ken/chmach
 If the character
 .Sq ~
 is followed by a character other than a letter or
 .Sq /
 or appears elsewhere
 than at the beginning of a word, it is left undisturbed.
 A command like
 .Sq setenv MANPATH /usr/man:/usr/local/man:~/lib/man
 does not,
 therefore, do home directory substitution as one might hope.
 .Pp
 It is an error for a glob-pattern containing
 .Sq * ,
 .Sq \&?  ,
 .Sq \&[
 or
 .Sq ~ ,
 with or
 without
 .Sq ^ ,
 not to match any files.
 However, only one pattern in a list of
 glob-patterns must match a file (so that, e.g.,
 .Sq rm *.a *.c *.o
 would fail
 only if there were no files in the current directory ending in
 .Sq .a ,
 .Sq .c ,
 or
 .Sq .o ) ,
 and if the
 .Va nonomatch
 shell variable is set a pattern (or list
 of patterns) which matches nothing is left unchanged rather than causing
 an error.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va globstar
 shell variable can be set to allow
 .Sq **
 or
 .Sq ***
 as
 a file glob pattern that matches any string of characters including
 .Sq / ,
 recursively traversing any existing sub-directories.
 For example,
 .Sq ls **.c
 will list all the .c files in the current directory tree.
 If used by itself, it will match zero or more sub-directories
 (e.g.
 .Sq ls /usr/include/**/time.h
 will list any file named
 .Sq time.h
 in the /usr/include directory tree;
 .Sq ls /usr/include/**time.h
 will match
 any file in the /usr/include directory tree ending in
 .Sq time.h ;
 and
 .Sq ls /usr/include/**time**.h
 will match any .h file with
 .Sq time
 either
 in a subdirectory name or in the filename itself).
 To prevent problems with recursion, the
 .Sq **
 glob-pattern will not
 descend into a symbolic link containing a directory.
 To override this,
 use
 .Sq ***
 (+)
 .Pp
 The
 .Va noglob
 shell variable can be set to prevent filename substitution,
 and the
 .Va expand-glob
 editor command, normally bound to
 .Sq ^X-* ,
 can be
 used to interactively expand individual filename substitutions.
 .Ss "Directory stack substitution (+)"
 The directory stack is a list of directories, numbered from zero, used by the
 .Va pushd ,
 .Va popd
 and
 .Va dirs
 builtin commands (q.v.).
 .Va dirs
 can print, store in a file, restore and clear the directory stack
 at any time, and the
 .Va savedirs
 and
 .Va dirsfile
 shell variables can be set to
 store the directory stack automatically on logout and restore it on login.
 The
 .Va dirstack
 shell variable can be examined to see the directory stack and
 set to put arbitrary directories into the directory stack.
 .Pp
 The character
 .Sq =
 followed by one or more digits expands to an entry in
 the directory stack.
 The special case
 .Sq =-
 expands to the last directory in
 the stack.
 For example,
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > dirs \&-v
 0       /usr/bin
 1       /usr/spool/uucp
 2       /usr/accts/sys
 > echo =1
 /usr/spool/uucp
 > echo =0/calendar
 /usr/bin/calendar
 > echo =\-
 /usr/accts/sys
 .Ed
 .Pp
 The
 .Va noglob
 and
 .Va nonomatch
 shell variables and the
 .Va expand-glob
 editor command apply to directory stack as well as filename substitutions.
 .Ss "Other substitutions (+)"
 There are several more transformations involving filenames, not strictly
 related to the above but mentioned here for completeness.
 .Va Any
 filename may be expanded to a full path when the
 .Va symlinks
 variable (q.v.) is set to
 .Sq expand
 Quoting prevents this expansion, and
 the
 .Va normalize-path
 editor command does it on demand.
 The
 .Va normalize-command
 editor command expands commands in PATH into
 full paths on demand.
 Finally,
 .Va cd
 and
 .Va pushd
 interpret
 .Sq \&-
 as the old working directory
 (equivalent to the shell variable
 .Va owd ) .
 This is not a substitution at all, but an abbreviation recognized by only
 those commands.
 Nonetheless, it too can be prevented by quoting.
 .Ss "Commands"
 The next three sections describe how the shell executes commands and
 deals with their input and output.
 .Ss "Simple commands, pipelines and sequences"
 A simple command is a sequence of words, the first of which specifies the
 command to be executed.
 A series of simple commands joined by
 .Sq |
 characters
 forms a pipeline.
 The output of each command in a pipeline is connected to the
 input of the next.
 .Pp
 Simple commands and pipelines may be joined into sequences with
 .Sq ; ,
 and will
 be executed sequentially.
 Commands and pipelines can also be joined into
 sequences with
 .Sq ||
 or
 .Sq && ,
 indicating, as in the C language, that the second
 is to be executed only if the first fails or succeeds respectively.
 .Pp
 A simple command, pipeline or sequence may be placed in parentheses,
 .Sq () ,
 to form a simple command, which may in turn be a component of a pipeline or
 sequence.
 A command, pipeline or sequence can be executed
 without waiting for it to terminate by following it with an
 .Sq \&& .
 .Ss "Builtin and non-builtin command execution"
 Builtin commands are executed within the shell.
 If any component of a
 pipeline except the last is a builtin command, the pipeline is executed
 in a subshell.
 .Pp
 Parenthesized commands are always executed in a subshell.
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 (cd; pwd); pwd
 .Ed
 .Pp
 thus prints the
 .Va home
 directory, leaving you where you were
 (printing this after the home directory), while
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 cd; pwd
 .Ed
 .Pp
 leaves you in the
 .Va home
 directory.
 Parenthesized commands are most often
 used to prevent
 .Va cd
 from affecting the current shell.
 .Pp
 When a command to be executed is found not to be a builtin command the shell
 attempts to execute the command via
 .Xr execve 2 .
 Each word in the variable
 .Va path
 names a directory in which the shell will look for the
 command.
 If the shell is not given a
 .Fl f
 option, the shell
 hashes the names in these directories into an internal table so that it will
 try an
 .Xr execve 2
 in only a directory where there is a possibility that the
 command resides there.
 This greatly speeds command location when a large
 number of directories are present in the search path. This hashing mechanism is
 not used:
 .TP 4
 .Bl -enum -width indent
 .It
 If hashing is turned explicitly off via
 .Va unhash
 .It
 If the shell was given a
 .Fl f Ar argument
 .It 
 For each directory component of
 .Va path
 which does not begin with a
 .Sq /
 .It
 If the command contains a
 .Sq /
 .El
 .Pp
 In the above four cases the shell concatenates each component of the path
 vector with the given command name to form a path name of a file which it
 then attempts to execute it. If execution is successful, the search stops.
 .Pp
 If the file has execute permissions but is not an executable to the system
 (i.e., it is neither an executable binary nor a script that specifies its
 interpreter), then it is assumed to be a file containing shell commands and
 a new shell is spawned to read it.
 The
 .Va shell
 special alias may be set
 to specify an interpreter other than the shell itself.
 .Pp
 On systems which do not understand the
 .Sq #!
 script interpreter convention
 the shell may be compiled to emulate it; see the
 .Va version
 shell
 variable.
 If so, the shell checks the first line of the file to
 see if it is of the form
 .Sq #!interpreter arg ...
 If it is,
 the shell starts
 .Va interpreter
 with the given
 .Va arg
 s and feeds the
 file to it on standard input.
 .Ss "Input/output"
 The standard input and standard output of a command may be redirected with the
 following syntax:
 .Pp
-.Bl -tag -width XXXXXX -offset indent -compact
+.Bl -tag -width XXXXXXXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar < name
 Open file
 .Va name
 (which is first variable, command and filename
 expanded) as the standard input.
 .It Ar << word
 Read the shell input up to a line which is identical to
 .Va word .
 .Va word
 is not subjected to variable, filename or command substitution, and each input
 line is compared to
 .Va word
 before any substitutions are done on this input
 line.
 Unless a quoting
 .Sq \e ,
 .Sq \&"
 ,
 .Sq \&'
 or
 .Sq \&`
 appears in
 .Va word
 variable and
 command substitution is performed on the intervening lines, allowing
 .Sq \e
 to
 quote
 .Sq $ ,
 .Sq \e
 and
 .Sq \&` .
 Commands which are substituted have all blanks, tabs,
 and newlines preserved, except for the final newline which is dropped.
 The
 resultant text is placed in an anonymous temporary file which is given to the
 command as standard input.
 .Pp
 .It Ar > name
 .It Ar >! name
 .It Ar >& name
 .It Ar >&! name
 The file
 .Va name
 is used as standard output.
 If the file does not exist
 then it is created; if the file exists, it is truncated, its previous contents
 being lost.
 .Pp
 If the shell variable
 .Va noclobber
 is set, then the file must not exist or be a
 character special file (e.g., a terminal or
 .Sq /dev/null )
 or an error results.
 This helps prevent accidental destruction of files.
 In this case the
 .Sq \&!
 forms
 can be used to suppress this check.
 If
 .Va notempty
 is given in
 .Va noclobber ,
 .Sq >
 is allowed on empty files;
 if
 .Va ask
 is set, an interacive confirmation is presented, rather than an
 error.
 .Pp
 The forms involving
 .Sq \&&
 route the diagnostic output into the specified file as
 well as the standard output.
 .Va name
 is expanded in the same way as
 .Sq <
 input filenames are.
 .Pp
 .It Ar >> name
 .It Ar >>& name
 .It Ar >>! name
 .It Ar >>&! name
 Like
 .Sq >
 , but appends output to the end of
 .Va name
 If the shell variable
 .Va noclobber
 is set, then it is an error for
 the file
 .Va not
 to exist, unless one of the
 .Sq \&!
 forms is given.
 .El
 .Pp
 A command receives the environment in which the shell was invoked as modified
 by the input-output parameters and the presence of the command in a pipeline.
 Thus, unlike some previous shells, commands run from a file of shell commands
 have no access to the text of the commands by default; rather they receive the
 original standard input of the shell.
 The
 .Sq <<
 mechanism should be used to
 present inline data.
 This permits shell command scripts to function as
 components of pipelines and allows the shell to block read its input.
 Note
 that the default standard input for a command run detached is
 .Va not
 the empty file
 .Va /dev/null ,
 but the original standard input of the shell.
 If this is a terminal and if the process attempts to read from the terminal,
 then the process will block and the user will be notified (see
 .Sx Jobs ) .
 .Pp
 Diagnostic output may be directed through a pipe with the standard output.
 Simply use the form
 .Sq |&
 rather than just
 .Sq | .
 .Pp
 The shell cannot presently redirect diagnostic output without also redirecting
 standard output, but
 .Sq \&( command > output-file ) >&  error-file
 is often an acceptable workaround.
 Either
 .Va output-file
 or
 .Va error-file
 may be
 .Sq /dev/tty
 to send output to the terminal.
 .Ss "Features"
 Having described how the shell accepts, parses and executes
 command lines, we now turn to a variety of its useful features.
 .Ss "Control flow"
 The shell contains a number of commands which can be used to regulate the
 flow of control in command files (shell scripts) and (in limited but
 useful ways) from terminal input.
 These commands all operate by forcing the
 shell to reread or skip in its input and, due to the implementation,
 restrict the placement of some of the commands.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va foreach ,
 .Va switch ,
 and
 .Va while
 statements, as well as the
 .Va if-then-else
 form of the
 .Va if
 statement, require that the major
 keywords appear in a single simple command on an input line as shown below.
 .Pp
 If the shell's input is not seekable, the shell buffers up input whenever
 a loop is being read and performs seeks in this internal buffer to
 accomplish the rereading implied by the loop.
 (To the extent that this allows, backward
 .Va goto
 s will succeed on non-seekable inputs.)
 .Ss "Expressions"
 The
 .Va if ,
 .Va while
 and
 .Va exit
 builtin commands
 use expressions with a common syntax.
 The expressions can include any
 of the operators described in the next three sections.
 Note that the
 .Va @
 builtin command (q.v.) has its own separate syntax.
 .Ss "Logical, arithmetical and comparison operators"
 These operators are similar to those of C and have the same precedence.
 They include
 .IP "" 4
 .Bl -tag -width XXXXXX -offset indent -compact
 .It ||  &&  |   &  ==  !=  =~  !~  <=  >=
 .It <  > <<  >>  +  \-  *  /  %  !  ~  (  )
 .El
 .Pp
 Here the precedence increases to the right,
 .Sq ==
 .Sq \&!=
 .Sq =~
 and
 .Sq \&!~ ,
 .Sq <=
 .Sq >=
 .Sq <
 and
 .Sq > ,
 .Sq <<
 .Sq >> ,
 .Sq +
 and
 .Sq \&- ,
 .Sq *
 .Sq /
 and
 .Sq %
 being, in
 groups, at the same level.
 The
 .Sq ==
 .Sq \&!=
 .Sq =~
 and
 .Sq \&!~
 operators compare
 their arguments as strings; all others operate on numbers.
 The operators
 .Sq =~
 and
 .Sq \&!~
 are like
 .Sq \&!=
 and
 .Sq ==
 except that the right hand side is a
 glob-pattern (see
 .Sx Filename substitution )
 against which the left hand operand is matched.
 This reduces the need for use of the
 .Va switch
 builtin command in shell scripts when all that is really needed is
 pattern matching.
 .Pp
 Null or
 missing arguments are considered
 .Sq 0
 The results of all expressions are
 strings, which represent decimal numbers.
 It is important to note that
 no two components of an expression can appear in the same word; except
 when adjacent to components of expressions which are syntactically
 significant to the parser
 .Sq ( \&&
 .Sq |
 .Sq <
 .Sq >
 .Sq \&(
 .Sq \&) )
 they should be
 surrounded by spaces.
 .Ss "Command exit status"
 Commands can be executed in expressions and their exit status
 returned by enclosing them in braces 
 .Sq ( {} ) .
 Remember that the braces should
 be separated from the words of the command by spaces.
 Command executions
 succeed, returning true, i.e.,
 .Sq 1 ,
 if the command exits with status 0,
 otherwise they fail, returning false, i.e.,
 .Sq 0 .
 If more detailed status
 information is required then the command should be executed outside of an
 expression and the
 .Va status
 shell variable examined.
 .Ss "File inquiry operators"
 Some of these operators perform true/false tests on files and related
 objects.
 They are of the form
 .Fl
 .Va op file
 , where
 .Va op
 is one of
 .Bl -tag -width XXX -offset indent -compact
 .It Ar r
 Read access
 .It Ar w
 Write access
 .It Ar x
 Execute access
 .It Ar X
 Executable in the path or shell builtin, e.g.,
 .Sq \&-X ls
 and
 .Sq \&-X ls\&-F
 are
 generally true, but
 .Sq \&-X /bin/ls
 is not (+)
 .It Ar e
 Existence
 .It Ar o
 Ownership
 .It Ar z
 Zero size
 .It Ar s
 Non-zero size (+)
 .It Ar f
 Plain file
 .It Ar d
 Directory
 .It Ar l
 Symbolic link (+) *
 .It Ar b
 Block special file (+)
 .It Ar c
 Character special file (+)
 .It Ar p
 Named pipe (fifo) (+) *
 .It Ar S
 Socket special file (+) *
 .It Ar u
 Set-user-ID bit is set (+)
 .It Ar g
 Set-group-ID bit is set (+)
 .It Ar k
 Sticky bit is set (+)
 .It Ar t file
 (which must be a digit) is an open file descriptor
 for a terminal device (+)
 .It Ar R
 Has been migrated (Convex only) (+)
 .It Ar L
 Applies subsequent operators in a multiple-operator test to a symbolic link
 rather than to the file to which the link points (+) *
 .El
 .Pp
 .Va file
 is command and filename expanded and then tested to
 see if it has the specified relationship to the real user.
 If
 .Va file
 does not exist or is inaccessible or, for the operators indicated by
 .Sq * ,
 if the specified file type does not exist on the current system,
 then all inquiries return false, i.e.,
 .Sq 0 .
 .Pp
 These operators may be combined for conciseness:
 .Sq \&-
 .Va xy file
 is
 equivalent to
 .Sq \&-x file && \&-y file .
 (+) For example,
 .Sq \&-fx
 is true
 (returns
 .Sq 1 )
 for plain executable files, but not for directories.
 .Pp
 .Va L
 may be used in a multiple-operator test to apply subsequent operators
 to a symbolic link rather than to the file to which the link points.
 For example,
 .Sq \&-lLo
 is true for links owned by the invoking user.
 .Va Lr ,
 .Va Lw
 and
 .Va Lx
 are always true for links and false for
 non-links.
 .Va L
 has a different meaning when it is the last operator
 in a multiple-operator test; see below.
 .Pp
 It is possible but not useful, and sometimes misleading, to combine operators
 which expect
 .Va file
 to be a file with operators which do not
 (e.g.,
 .Va X
 and
 .Va t ) .
 Following
 .Va L
 with a non-file operator
 can lead to particularly strange results.
 .Pp
 Other operators return other information, i.e., not just
 .Sq 0
 or
 .Sq 1
 (+)
 They have the same format as before;
 .Va op
 may be one of
 .Pp
-.PD 0
-.RS +4
-.TP 8
-.B A
+.Bl -tag -width XXX -offset indent -compact
+.It Ar A
 Last file access time, as the number of seconds since the epoch
-.TP 8
-.B A:
+.It Ar A:
 Like
-.Va A
+.Va Ar A
 , but in timestamp format, e.g.,
 .Sq Fri May 14 16:36:10 1993
-.TP 8
-.B M
+.It Ar M
 Last file modification time
-.TP 8
-.B M:
+.It Ar M:
 Like
 .Va M
 , but in timestamp format
-.TP 8
-.B C
+.It Ar C
 Last inode modification time
-.TP 8
-.B C:
+.It Ar C:
 Like
 .Va C
 , but in timestamp format
-.TP 8
-.B D
+.It Ar D
 Device number
-.TP 8
-.B I
+.It Ar I
 Inode number
-.TP 8
-.B F
+.It Ar F
 Composite
 .Va f
 ile identifier, in the form
-.Va device
-:
+.Va device :
 .Va inode
-.TP 8
-.B L
+.It Ar L
 The name of the file pointed to by a symbolic link
-.TP 8
-.B N
+.It Ar N
 Number of (hard) links
-.TP 8
-.B P
+.It Ar P
 Permissions, in octal, without leading zero
-.TP 8
-.B P:
+.It Ar P:
 Like
 .Va P
 , with leading zero
-.TP 8
-.B P\fImode
+.It Ar P<mode>
 Equivalent to
 .Sq \-P
 .Va file
 &
 .Va mode
 , e.g.,
 .Sq \-P22
 .Va file
 returns
 `22' if
 .Va file
 is writable by group and other,
 .Sq 20
 if by group only,
 and
 .Sq 0
 if by neither
-.TP 8
-.B P\fImode\fB:
-Like \fBP
+.It Ar P<mode>:
+Like 
+.Ar BP
 .Va mode
 , with leading zero
-.TP 8
-.B U
+.It Ar U
 Numeric userid
-.TP 8
-.B U:
+.It Ar U:
 Username, or the numeric userid if the username is unknown
-.TP 8
-.B G
+.It Ar G
 Numeric groupid
-.TP 8
-.B G:
+.It Ar G:
 Groupname, or the numeric groupid if the groupname is unknown
-.TP 8
-.B Z
+.It Ar Z
 Size, in bytes
-.RE
-.PD
+.El
 .Pp
 Only one of these operators may appear in a multiple-operator test, and it
 must be the last.
 Note that
 .Va L
 has a different meaning at the end of and
 elsewhere in a multiple-operator test.
 Because
 .Sq 0
 is a valid return value
 for many of these operators, they do not return
 .Sq 0
 when they fail: most
 return
 .Sq \&-1
 , and
 .Va F
 returns
 .Sq \&:
 .Pp
 If the shell is compiled with POSIX defined (see the
 .Va version
 shell
 variable), the result of a file inquiry is based on the permission bits of
 the file and not on the result of the
 .Va access
 (2) system call.
 For example, if one tests a file with
 .Fl w\fR whose permissions would
 ordinarily allow writing but which is on a file system mounted read-only,
 the test will succeed in a POSIX shell but fail in a non-POSIX shell.
 .Pp
 File inquiry operators can also be evaluated with the
 .Va filetest
 builtin
 command (q.v.) (+).
 .Ss Jobs
 The shell associates a
 .Va job
 with each pipeline.
 It keeps a table of
 current jobs, printed by the
 .Va jobs
 command, and assigns them small integer
 numbers.
 When a job is started asynchronously with
 .Sq &
 , the shell prints a
 line which looks like
 .IP "" 4
 [1] 1234
 .Pp
 indicating that the job which was started asynchronously was job number 1 and
 had one (top-level) process, whose process id was 1234.
 .Pp
 If you are running a job and wish to do something else you may hit the suspend
 key (usually
 .Sq ^Z ) ,
 which sends a STOP signal to the current job.
 The shell will then normally
 indicate that the job has been
 .Sq Suspended
 and print another prompt.
 If the
 .Va listjobs
 shell variable is set, all jobs will be listed
 like the
 .Va jobs
 builtin command; if it is set to
 .Sq long
 the listing will
 be in long format, like
 .Sq jobs \&-l
 You can then manipulate the state of the suspended job.
 You can put it in the
 .Dq background
  with the
 .Va bg
 command or run some other commands and
 eventually bring the job back into the
 .Sq foreground
 ' with
 .Va fg
 (See also the
 .Va run-fg-editor
 editor command.)
 A
 .Sq ^Z
 takes effect immediately and is like an interrupt
 in that pending output and unread input are discarded when it is typed.
 The
 .Va wait
 builtin command causes the shell to wait for all background
 jobs to complete.
 .Pp
 The
 .Sq ^]
 key sends a delayed suspend signal, which does not generate a STOP
 signal until a program attempts to
 .Va read
 (2) it, to the current job.
 This can usefully be typed ahead when you have prepared some commands for a
 job which you wish to stop after it has read them.
 The
 .Sq ^Y
 key performs this function in
 .Xr csh 1
 ; in
 .Nm
 ,
 `^Y' is an editing command.
 (+)
 .Pp
 A job being run in the background stops if it tries to read from the
 terminal.
 Background jobs are normally allowed to produce output, but this can
 be disabled by giving the command
 .Sq stty tostop
 If you set this tty option,
 then background jobs will stop when they try to produce output like they do
 when they try to read input.
 .Pp
 There are several ways to refer to jobs in the shell.
 The character
 .Sq %
 introduces a job name.
 If you wish to refer to job number 1, you can name it
 as
 .Sq %1
 Just naming a job brings it to the foreground; thus
 .Sq %1
 is a synonym
 for
 .Sq fg %1
 , bringing job 1 back into the foreground.
 Similarly, saying
 .Sq %1 &
 resumes job 1 in the background, just like
 .Sq bg %1
 A job can also be named
 by an unambiguous prefix of the string typed in to start it:
 .Sq %ex
 would
 normally restart a suspended
 .Va ex
 (1) job, if there were only one suspended
 job whose name began with the string
 .Sq ex
 It is also possible to say
 `%?
 .Va string
 ' to specify a job whose text contains
 .Va string
 , if there
 is only one such job.
 .Pp
 The shell maintains a notion of the current and previous jobs.
 In output
 pertaining to jobs, the current job is marked with a
 .Sq +
 and the previous job
 with a
 .Sq \-
 The abbreviations
 .Sq %+
 ,
 .Sq %
 , and (by analogy with the syntax of
 the
 .Va history
 mechanism)
 .Sq %%
 all refer to the current job, and
 .Sq %\-
 refers
 to the previous job.
 .Pp
 The job control mechanism requires that the
 .Va stty
 (1) option
 .Sq new
 be set
 on some systems.
 It is an artifact from a
 .Sq new
 implementation of the tty
 driver which allows generation of interrupt characters from the keyboard to
 tell jobs to stop.
 See
 .Va stty
 (1) and the
 .Va setty
 builtin command for
 details on setting options in the new tty driver.
 .Ss "Status reporting"
 The shell learns immediately whenever a process changes state.
 It normally
 informs you whenever a job becomes blocked so that no further progress is
 possible, but only right before it prints a prompt.
 This is done so that it
 does not otherwise disturb your work.
 If, however, you set the shell variable
 .Va notify
 , the shell will notify you immediately of changes of status in
 background jobs.
 There is also a shell command
 .Va notify
 which marks a
 single process so that its status changes will be immediately reported.
 By
 default
 .Va notify
 marks the current process; simply say
 .Sq notify
 after
 starting a background job to mark it.
 .Pp
 When you try to leave the shell while jobs are stopped, you will be
 warned that
 .Sq There are suspended jobs.
 You may use the
 .Va jobs
 command to
 see what they are.
 If you do this or immediately try to exit again, the shell
 will not warn you a second time, and the suspended jobs will be terminated.
 .Ss "Automatic, periodic and timed events (+)"
 There are various ways to run commands and take other actions automatically
 at various times in the
 .Sq `life cycle
 ' of the shell.
 They are summarized here,
 and described in detail under the appropriate
 .Va Builtin commands
 ,
 .Va Special shell variables
 and
 .Va Special aliases
 .Pp
 The
 .Va sched
 builtin command puts commands in a scheduled-event list,
 to be executed by the shell at a given time.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va beepcmd
 ,
 .Va cwdcmd
 ,
 .Va periodic
 ,
 .Va precmd
 ,
 .Va postcmd
 ,
 and
 .Va jobcmd
 .Va Special aliases
 can be set, respectively, to execute commands when the shell wants
 to ring the bell, when the working directory changes, every
 .Va tperiod
 minutes, before each prompt, before each command gets executed, after each
 command gets executed, and when a job is started or is brought into the
 foreground.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va autologout
 shell variable can be set to log out or lock the shell
 after a given number of minutes of inactivity.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va mail
 shell variable can be set to check for new mail periodically.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va printexitvalue
 shell variable can be set to print the exit status
 of commands which exit with a status other than zero.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va rmstar
 shell variable can be set to ask the user, when
 .Sq rm *
 is
 typed, if that is really what was meant.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va time
 shell variable can be set to execute the
 .Va time
 builtin
 command after the completion of any process that takes more than a given
 number of CPU seconds.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va watch
 and
 .Va who
 shell variables can be set to report when
 selected users log in or out, and the
 .Va log
 builtin command reports
 on those users at any time.
 .Ss "Native Language System support (+)"
 The shell is eight bit clean
 (if so compiled; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable)
 and thus supports character sets needing this capability.
 NLS support differs depending on whether or not
 the shell was compiled to use the system's NLS (again, see
 .Va version
 ).
 In either case, 7-bit ASCII is the default character code
 (e.g., the classification of which characters are printable) and sorting,
 and changing the
 .Va LANG
 or
 .Va LC_CTYPE
 environment variables
 causes a check for possible changes in these respects.
 .Pp
 When using the system's NLS, the
 .Va setlocale
 (3) function is called
 to determine appropriate character code/classification and sorting
 (e.g., a 'en_CA.UTF-8' would yield "UTF-8" as a character code).
 This function typically examines the
 .Va LANG
 and
 .Va LC_CTYPE
 environment variables; refer to the system documentation for further details.
 When not using the system's NLS, the shell simulates it by assuming that the
 ISO 8859-1 character set is used
 whenever either of the
 .Va LANG
 and
 .Va LC_CTYPE
 variables are set, regardless of
 their values.
 Sorting is not affected for the simulated NLS.
 .Pp
 In addition, with both real and simulated NLS, all printable
 characters in the range \e200\-\e377, i.e., those that have
 M-
 .Va char
 bindings, are automatically rebound to
 .Va self-insert-command
 The corresponding binding for the escape-
 .Va char
 sequence, if any, is
 left alone.
 These characters are not rebound if the
 .Va NOREBIND
 environment variable
 is set.
 This may be useful for the simulated NLS or a primitive real NLS
 which assumes full ISO 8859-1.
 Otherwise, all M-
 .Va char
 bindings in the
 range \e240\-\e377 are effectively undone.
 Explicitly rebinding the relevant keys with
 .Va bindkey
 is of course still possible.
 .Pp
 Unknown characters (i.e., those that are neither printable nor control
 characters) are printed in the format \ennn.
 If the tty is not in 8 bit mode, other 8 bit characters are printed by
 converting them to ASCII and using standout mode.
 The shell
 never changes the 7/8 bit mode of the tty and tracks user-initiated
 changes of 7/8 bit mode.
 NLS users (or, for that matter, those who want to
 use a meta key) may need to explicitly set
 the tty in 8 bit mode through the appropriate
 .Va stty
 (1)
 command in, e.g., the
 .Va ~/.login
 file.
 .Ss "OS variant support (+)"
 A number of new builtin commands are provided to support features in
 particular operating systems.
 All are described in detail in the
 .Va Builtin commands
 section.
 .Pp
 On systems that support TCF (aix-ibm370, aix-ps2),
 .Va getspath
 and
 .Va setspath
 get and set the system execution path,
 .Va getxvers
 and
 .Va setxvers
 get and set the experimental version prefix
 and
 .Va migrate
 migrates processes between sites.
 The
 .Va jobs
 builtin
 prints the site on which each job is executing.
 .Pp
 Under BS2000,
 .Va bs2cmd
 executes commands of the underlying BS2000/OSD
 operating system.
 .Pp
 Under Domain/OS,
 .Va inlib
 adds shared libraries to the current environment,
 .Va rootnode
 changes the rootnode and
 .Va ver
 changes the systype.
 .Pp
 Under Mach,
 .Va setpath
 is equivalent to Mach's
 .Va setpath
 (1).
 .Pp
 Under Masscomp/RTU and Harris CX/UX,
 .Va universe
 sets the universe.
 .Pp
 Under Harris CX/UX,
 .Va ucb
 or
 .Va att
 runs a command under the specified
 universe.
 .Pp
 Under Convex/OS,
 .Va warp
 prints or sets the universe.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va VENDOR
 ,
 .Va OSTYPE
 and
 .Va MACHTYPE
 environment variables
 indicate respectively the vendor, operating system and machine type
 (microprocessor class or machine model) of the
 system on which the shell thinks it is running.
 These are particularly useful when sharing one's home directory between several
 types of machines; one can, for example,
 .IP "" 4
 set path = (~/bin.$MACHTYPE /usr/ucb /bin /usr/bin .)
 .Pp
 in one's
 .Va ~/.login
 and put executables compiled for each machine in the
 appropriate directory.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va version
 shell
 variable indicates what options were chosen when the shell was compiled.
 .Pp
 Note also the
 .Va newgrp
 builtin, the
 .Va afsuser
 and
 .Va echo_style
 shell variables and the system-dependent locations of
 the shell's input files (see
 .Va FILES
 ).
 .Ss "Signal handling"
 Login shells ignore interrupts when reading the file
 .Va ~/.logout
 The shell ignores quit signals unless started with
 .Fl q\fR.
 Login shells catch the terminate signal, but non-login shells inherit the
 terminate behavior from their parents.
 Other signals have the values which the shell inherited from its parent.
 .Pp
 In shell scripts, the shell's handling of interrupt and terminate signals
 can be controlled with
 .Va onintr
 , and its handling of hangups can be
 controlled with
 .Va hup
 and
 .Va nohup
 .Pp
 The shell exits on a hangup (see also the
 .Va logout
 shell variable).
 By
 default, the shell's children do too, but the shell does not send them a
 hangup when it exits.
 .Va hup
 arranges for the shell to send a hangup to
 a child when it exits, and
 .Va nohup
 sets a child to ignore hangups.
 .Ss "Terminal management (+)"
 The shell uses three different sets of terminal (
 .Dq tty
 ) modes:
 `edit', used when editing,
 .Sq quote
 , used when quoting literal characters,
 and
 .Sq execute
 , used when executing commands.
 The shell holds some settings in each mode constant, so commands which leave
 the tty in a confused state do not interfere with the shell.
 The shell also matches changes in the speed and padding of the tty.
 The list of tty modes that are kept constant
 can be examined and modified with the
 .Va setty
 builtin.
 Note that although the editor uses CBREAK mode (or its equivalent),
 it takes typed-ahead characters anyway.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va echotc
 ,
 .Va settc
 and
 .Va telltc
 commands can be used to
 manipulate and debug terminal capabilities from the command line.
 .Pp
 On systems that support SIGWINCH or SIGWINDOW, the shell
 adapts to window resizing automatically and adjusts the environment
 variables
 .Va LINES
 and
 .Va COLUMNS
 if set.
 If the environment
 variable
 .Va TERMCAP
 contains li# and co# fields, the shell adjusts
 them to reflect the new window size.
 .Sh REFERENCE
 The next sections of this manual describe all of the available
 .Va Builtin commands
 ,
 .Va Special aliases
 and
 .Va Special shell variables
 .Ss "Builtin commands"
-.TP 8
-.B %\fIjob
+.Bl -tag -width XXXXXXX -offset indent
+.It Ar %job
 A synonym for the
 .Va fg
 builtin command.
-.TP 8
-.B %\fIjob \fB&
+.It Ar %job \&&
 A synonym for the
 .Va bg
 builtin command.
-.TP 8
-.B :
+.It Ar \&:
 Does nothing, successfully.
 .Pp
-.B @
-.br
-.B @ \fIname\fB = \fIexpr
-.br
-.B @
-.Va name
-[
-.Va index
-]\fB = \fIexpr
-.br
-.B @ \fIname
-.Va ++
-|\fB--
-.PD 0
-.TP 8
-.B @
-.Va name
-[
-.Va index
-]
-.Va ++
-|\fB--
+.It Ar @
+.It Ar @ name = expr
+.It Ar @ name[index] = expr
+.It Ar @ name++|--
+.It Ar @name[index]++|--
 The first form prints the values of all shell variables.
-.PD
-.RS +8
 .Pp
 The second form assigns the value of
 .Va expr
 to
 .Va name
 The third form assigns the value of
 .Va expr
 to the
 .Va index
 'th
 component of
 .Va name
 ; both
 .Va name
 and its
 .Va index
 'th component
 must already exist.
 .Pp
 .Va expr
 may contain the operators
 .Sq *
 ,
 .Sq +
 , etc., as in C.
 If
 .Va expr
 contains
 .Sq <
 ,
 .Sq >
 ,
 .Sq &
 or
 .Sq
 then at least that part of
 .Va expr
 must be placed within
 .Sq ()
 Note that the syntax of
 .Va expr
 has nothing to do with that described
 under
 .Va Expressions
 .Pp
-The fourth and fifth forms increment (`++') or decrement (`\-\-')
+The fourth and fifth forms increment (
+.Sq ++ )
+or decrement 
+.Sq ( -- )
 .Va name
 or its
 .Va index
 'th component.
 .Pp
 The space between
 .Sq @
 and
 .Va name
 is required.
 The spaces between
 .Va name
 and
 .Sq =
 and between
 .Sq =
 and
 .Va expr
 are optional.
 Components of
 .Va expr
 must be separated by spaces.
-.RE
-.PD
-.TP 8
-.B alias \fR[
-.Va name
-[
-.Va wordlist
-]]
+.It Ar alias[name[wordlist]]
 Without arguments, prints all aliases.
 With
 .Va name
 , prints the alias for name.
 With
 .Va name
 and
 .Va wordlist
 , assigns
 .Va wordlist
 as the alias of
 .Va name
 .Va wordlist
 is command and filename substituted.
 .Va name
 may not be
 .Sq alias
 or
 .Sq unalias
 See also the
 .Va unalias
 builtin command.
-.TP 8
-.B alloc
+.It Ar alloc
 Shows the amount of dynamic memory acquired, broken down into used and free
 memory.
 With an argument shows the number of free and used blocks in each size
 category.
 The categories start at size 8 and double at each step.
 This
 command's output may vary across system types, because systems other than the VAX
 may use a different memory allocator.
 .TP 8
-.B bg \fR[\fB%
-.Va job
-...]
+.It Ar bg[%job...]
 Puts the specified jobs (or, without arguments, the current job)
 into the background, continuing each if it is stopped.
 .Va job
 may be a number, a string,
 .Sq
 ,
 .Sq %
 ,
 .Sq +
 or
 .Sq \-
 as described
 under
 .Va Jobs
 .Pp
-.B bindkey \fR[
-.Fl l\fR|
-.Fl d\fR|
-.Fl e\fR|
-.Fl v\fR|
-.Fl u\fR] (+)
-.br
-.Va bindkey
-[
-.Fl a\fR] [
-.Fl b\fR] [
-.Fl k\fR] [
-.Fl r\fR] [
-.Fl \-\fR]
-.Va key
-(+)
-.PD 0
-.TP 8
-.Va bindkey
-[
-.Fl a\fR] [
-.Fl b\fR] [
-.Fl k\fR] [
-.Fl c\fR|
-.Fl s\fR] [
-.Fl \-\fR]
-.Va key command
-(+)
-.\" .B macro can't take too many words, so I used \fB in the previous tags
+.It Ar bindkey Oo Fl l Ns | Ns Fl d Ns | Ns Fl e Ns | Ns Fl v Ns | Ns Fl u Oc (+)
+.It Ar bindkey Oo Fl a Oc Oo Fl b Oc Oo Fl k Oc Oo Fl r Oc Oo Fl Fl Oc Ar key (+)
+.It Ar bindkey Oo Fl a Oc Oo Fl b Oc Oo Fl k Oc Oo Fl c Ns | Ns Fl s Oc Oo Fl Fl Oc Ar key command (+)
+.\" .It Ar macro can't take too many words, so I used \fB in the previous tags
 Without options, the first form lists all bound keys and the editor command to which each is bound,
 the second form lists the editor command to which
 .Va key
 is bound and
 the third form binds the editor command
 .Va command
 to
 .Va key
 Options include:
-.PD
 .Pp
-.PD 0
-.RS +8
-.TP 4
-.Fl l
+.Bl -tag -width XXX -compact
+.It Fl l
 Lists all editor commands and a short description of each.
-.TP 4
-.Fl d
+.It Fl d
 Binds all keys to the standard bindings for the default editor,
 as per
 .Va -e
 and
 .Va -v
 below.
-.TP 4
-.Fl e
+.It Fl e
 Binds all keys to
 .Va emacs
 (1)\-style bindings.
 Unsets
 .Va vimode
-.TP 4
-.Fl v
+.It Fl v
 Binds all keys to
 .Va vi
 (1)\-style bindings.
 Sets
 .Va vimode
-.TP 4
-.Fl a
+.It Fl a
 Lists or changes key-bindings in the alternative key map.
 This is the key map used in
 .Va vimode
 command mode.
-.TP 4
-.Fl b
+.It Fl b
 .Va key
 is interpreted as
 a control character written ^
 .Va character
 (e.g.,
 .Sq ^A
 ) or
 C-
 .Va character
 (e.g.,
 .Sq C-A
 ),
 a meta character written M-
 .Va character
 (e.g.,
 .Sq M-A
 ),
 a function key written F-
 .Va string
 (e.g.,
 .Sq F-string
 ),
 or an extended prefix key written X-
 .Va character
 (e.g.,
 .Sq X-A
 ).
-.TP 4
-.Fl k
+.It Fl k
 .Va key
 is interpreted as a symbolic arrow key name, which may be one of
 `down',
 .Sq up
 ,
 .Sq left
 or
 .Sq right
-.TP 4
-.Fl r
+.It Fl r
 Removes
 .Va key
 's binding.
 Be careful:
 .Sq bindkey \-r
 does
 .Va not
 bind
 .Va key
 to
 .Va self-insert-command
 (q.v.), it unbinds
 .Va key
 completely.
-.TP 4
-.Fl c
+.It Fl c
 .Va command
 is interpreted as a builtin or external command instead of an
 editor command.
-.TP 4
-.Fl s
+.It Fl s
 .Va command
 is taken as a literal string and treated as terminal input
 when
 .Va key
 is typed.
 Bound keys in
 .Va command
 are themselves
 reinterpreted, and this continues for ten levels of interpretation.
-.TP 4
-.Fl \-
+.It Fl \&-
 Forces a break from option processing, so the next word is taken as
 .Va key
-even if it begins with '\-'.
-.TP 4
-.Fl u \fR(or any invalid option)
+even if it begins with '\&-'.
+.It Fl u 
+(or any invalid option)
 Prints a usage message.
-.PD
+.El
 .Pp
 .Va key
 may be a single character or a string.
 If a command is bound to a string, the first character of the string is bound to
 .Va sequence-lead-in
 and the entire string is bound to the command.
 .Pp
 Control characters in
 .Va key
 can be literal (they can be typed by preceding
 them with the editor command
 .Va quoted-insert
 , normally bound to
 .Sq ^V
 ) or
 written caret-character style, e.g.,
 .Sq ^A
 Delete is written
 .Sq ^?
 (caret-question mark).
 .Va key
 and
 .Va command
 can contain backslashed
 escape sequences (in the style of System V
 .Va echo
 (1)) as follows:
-.RS +4
-.TP 8
-.PD 0
-.B \ea
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width XXXX -compact -offset indent
+.It \ea
 Bell
-.TP 8
-.B \eb
+.It \eb
 Backspace
-.TP 8
-.B \ee
+.It \ee
 Escape
-.TP 8
-.B \ef
+.It \ef
 Form feed
-.TP 8
-.B \en
+.It \en
 Newline
-.TP 8
-.B \er
+.It \er
 Carriage return
-.TP 8
-.B \et
+.It \et
 Horizontal tab
-.TP 8
-.B \ev
+.It \ev
 Vertical tab
-.TP 8
-.B \e\fInnn
+.It \e\fInnn
 The ASCII character corresponding to the octal number
 .Va nnn
-.PD
-.RE
+.El
 .Pp
 `\e' nullifies the special meaning of the following character, if it has
 any, notably
 .Sq \e
 and
 .Sq ^
-.RE
-.TP 8
-.B bs2cmd
-.Va bs2000-command
+.It bs2cmd Va bs2000-command
 (+)
 Passes
 .Va bs2000-command
 to the BS2000 command interpreter for
 execution. Only non-interactive commands can be executed, and it is
 not possible to execute any command that would overlay the image
 of the current process, like /EXECUTE or /CALL-PROCEDURE. (BS2000 only)
-.TP 8
-.B break
+.It break
 Causes execution to resume after the
 .Va end
 of the nearest
 enclosing
 .Va foreach
 or
 .Va while
 The remaining commands on the
 current line are executed.
 Multi-level breaks are thus
 possible by writing them all on one line.
-.TP 8
-.B breaksw
+.It breaksw
 Causes a break from a
 .Va switch
 , resuming after the
 .Va endsw
-.TP 8
-.B builtins \fR(+)
+
+.It builtins \fR(+)
 Prints the names of all builtin commands.
-.TP 8
-.B bye \fR(+)
+
+.It bye \fR(+)
 A synonym for the
 .Va logout
 builtin command.
 Available only if the shell was so compiled;
 see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
-.TP 8
-.B case \fIlabel\fB:
+
+.It case \fIlabel\fB:
 A label in a
 .Va switch
 statement as discussed below.
-.TP 8
-.B cd \fR[
+
+.It cd \fR[
 .Fl p\fR] [
 .Fl l\fR] [
 .Fl n\fR|
 .Fl v\fR] [\I--\fR] [
 .Va name
 ]
 If a directory
 .Va name
 is given, changes the shell's working directory
 to
 .Va name
 If not, changes to
 .Va home
 , unless the
 .Va cdtohome
 variable is not set, in which case a
 .Va name
 is required.
 If
 .Va name
 is
 .Sq \-
 it is interpreted as the previous working directory
 (see
 .Va Other substitutions
 ).
 (+)
 If
 .Va name
 is not a subdirectory of the current directory
 (and does not begin with
 .Sq /
 ,
 .Sq ./
 or
 .Sq ../
 ), each component of the variable
 .Va cdpath
 is checked to see if it has a subdirectory
 .Va name
 Finally, if
 all else fails but
 .Va name
 is a shell variable whose value
 begins with
 .Sq /
 or '.', then this is tried to see if it is a directory, and
 the
 .Fl p\fR option is implied.
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 With
 .Fl p\fR, prints the final directory stack, just like
 .Va dirs
 The
 .Fl l\fR,
 .Fl n\fR and
 .Fl v\fR flags have the same effect on
 .Va cd
 as on
 .Va dirs
 , and they imply
 .Fl p\fR.
 (+)
 Using
 .Fl \-\fR forces a break from option processing so the next word
 is taken as the directory
 .Va name
 even if it begins with '\-'. (+)
 .Pp
 See also the
 .Va implicitcd
 and
 .Va cdtohome
 shell variables.
 .RE
-.TP 8
-.B chdir
+
+.It chdir
 A synonym for the
 .Va cd
 builtin command.
-.TP 8
-.B complete \fR[
+
+.It complete \fR[
 .Va command
 [\fIword\fB/\fIpattern\fB/
 .Va list
 [\fB:
 .Va select
 ]
 .Va /
 [[
 .Va suffix
 ]
 .Va /
 ] ...]] (+)
 Without arguments, lists all completions.
 With
 .Va command
 , lists completions for
 .Va command
 With
 .Va command
 and
 .Va word
 etc., defines completions.
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 .Va command
 may be a full command name or a glob-pattern
 (see
 .Va Filename substitution
 ).
 It can begin with
 .Sq \-
 to indicate that
 completion should be used only when
 .Va command
 is ambiguous.
 .Pp
 .Va word
 specifies which word relative to the current word
 is to be completed, and may be one of the following:
 .Pp
 .PD 0
 .RS +4
 .TP 4
-.B c
+.It c
 Current-word completion.
 .Va pattern
 is a glob-pattern which must match the beginning of the current word on
 the command line.
 .Va pattern
 is ignored when completing the current word.
 .TP 4
-.B C
+.It C
 Like
 .Va c
 , but includes
 .Va pattern
 when completing the current word.
 .TP 4
-.B n
+.It n
 Next-word completion.
 .Va pattern
 is a glob-pattern which must match the beginning of the previous word on
 the command line.
 .TP 4
-.B N
+.It N
 Like
 .Va n
 , but must match the beginning of the word two before the current word.
 .TP 4
-.B p
+.It p
 Position-dependent completion.
 .Va pattern
 is a numeric range, with the same syntax used to index shell
 variables, which must include the current word.
 .PD
 .RE
 .Pp
 .Va list
 , the list of possible completions, may be one of the following:
 .Pp
-.PD 0
-.RS +4
-.TP 8
-.B a
+.Bl -tag
+.It a
 Aliases
-.TP 8
-.B b
+.It b
 Bindings (editor commands)
-.TP 8
-.B c
+.It c
 Commands (builtin or external commands)
-.TP 8
-.B C
+.It C
 External commands which begin with the supplied path prefix
-.TP 8
-.B d
+.It d
 Directories
-.TP 8
-.B D
+.It D
 Directories which begin with the supplied path prefix
-.TP 8
-.B e
+.It e
 Environment variables
-.TP 8
-.B f
+.It f
 Filenames
-.TP 8
-.B F
+.It F
 Filenames which begin with the supplied path prefix
-.TP 8
-.B g
+.It g
 Groupnames
-.TP 8
-.B j
+.It j
 Jobs
-.TP 8
-.B l
+.It l
 Limits
-.TP 8
-.B n
+.It n
 Nothing
-.TP 8
-.B s
+.It s
 Shell variables
-.TP 8
-.B S
+.It S
 Signals
-.TP 8
-.B t
+.It t
 Plain (
 .Dq text )
 files
-.TP 8
-.B T
+.It T
 Plain (
 .Dq text )
 files which begin with the supplied path prefix
-.TP 8
-.B v
+.It v
 Any variables
-.TP 8
-.B u
+.It u
 Usernames
-.TP 8
-.B x
+.It x
 Like
 .Va n ,
 but prints
 .Va select
 when
 .Va list-choices
 is used.
-.TP 8
-.B X
+.It X
 Completions
-.TP 8
 $
 .Va var
 Words from the variable
 .Va var
-.TP 8
 (...)
 Words from the given list
-.TP 8
 \`...\`
 Words from the output of command
-.PD
-.RE
+.El
 .Pp
 .Va select
 is an optional glob-pattern.
 If given, words from only
 .Va list
 that match
 .Va select
 are considered
 and the
 .Va fignore
 shell variable is ignored.
 The last three types of completion may not have a
 .Va select
 pattern, and
 .Va x
 uses
 .Va select
 as an explanatory message when
 the
 .Va list-choices
 editor command is used.
 .Pp
 .Va suffix
 is a single character to be appended to a successful
 completion.
 If null, no character is appended.
 If omitted (in which
 case the fourth delimiter can also be omitted), a slash is appended to
 directories and a space to other words.
 .Pp
 .Va command
 invoked from \`...\` version has additional environment
 variable set, the variable name is \%
 .Va COMMAND_LINE
 \% and
 contains (as its name indicates) contents of the current (already
 typed in) command line. One can examine and use contents of the
 \%
 .Va COMMAND_LINE
 \% variable in her custom script to build more
 sophisticated completions (see completion for svn(1) included in
 this package).
 .Pp
 Now for some examples.
 Some commands take only directories as arguments,
 so there's no point completing plain files.
 .IP "" 4
 > complete cd 'p/1/d/'
 .Pp
 completes only the first word following
 .Sq cd
 (`p/1') with a directory.
 .Va p
 -type completion can also be used to narrow down command completion:
 .IP "" 4
 > co[^D]
 .br
 complete compress
 .br
 > complete \-co* 'p/0/(compress)/'
 .br
 > co[^D]
 .br
 > compress
 .Pp
 This completion completes commands (words in position 0,
 .Sq p/0
 )
 which begin with
 .Sq co
 (thus matching
 .Sq co*
 ) to
 .Sq compress
 (the only
 word in the list).
 The leading
 .Sq \-
 indicates that this completion is to be used with only
 ambiguous commands.
 .IP "" 4
 > complete find 'n/\-user/u/'
 .Pp
 is an example of
 .Va n
 -type completion.
 Any word following
 .Sq find
 and
 immediately following
 .Sq \-user
 is completed from the list of users.
 .IP "" 4
 > complete cc 'c/\-I/d/'
 .Pp
 demonstrates
 .Va c
 -type completion.
 Any word following
 .Sq cc
 and beginning
 with
 .Sq \-I
 is completed as a directory.
 `\-I' is not taken as part of the
 directory because we used lowercase
 .Va c
 .Pp
 Different
 .Va list
 s are useful with different commands.
 .IP "" 4
 > complete alias 'p/1/a/'
 .br
 > complete man 'p/*/c/'
 .br
 > complete set 'p/1/s/'
 .br
 > complete true 'p/1/x:Truth has no options./'
 .Pp
 These complete words following
 .Sq alias
 with aliases,
 .Sq man
 with commands,
 and
 .Sq set
 with shell variables.
 `true' doesn't have any options, so
 .Va x
 does nothing when completion
 is attempted and prints
 .Sq Truth has no options.
 when completion choices are listed.
 .Pp
 Note that the
 .Va man
 example, and several other examples below, could
 just as well have used 'c/*' or 'n/*' as 'p/*'.
 .Pp
 Words can be completed from a variable evaluated at completion time,
 .IP "" 4
 > complete ftp 'p/1/$hostnames/'
 .br
 > set hostnames = (rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu)
 .br
 > ftp [^D]
 .br
 rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu
 .br
 > ftp [^C]
 .br
 > set hostnames = (rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu uunet.uu.net)
 .br
 > ftp [^D]
 .br
 rtfm.mit.edu tesla.ee.cornell.edu uunet.uu.net
 .Pp
 or from a command run at completion time:
 .IP "" 4
 > complete kill 'p/*/\`ps | awk \e{print\e \e$1\e}\`/'
 .br
 > kill \-9 [^D]
 .br
 23113 23377 23380 23406 23429 23529 23530 PID
 .Pp
 Note that the
 .Va complete
 command does not itself quote its arguments,
 so the braces, space and
 .Sq $
 in
 .Sq {print $1}
 must be quoted explicitly.
 .Pp
 One command can have multiple completions:
 .IP "" 4
 > complete dbx 'p/2/(core)/' 'p/*/c/'
 .Pp
 completes the second argument to
 .Sq dbx
 with the word
 .Sq core
 and all other
 arguments with commands.
 Note that the positional completion is specified
 before the next-word completion.
 Because completions are evaluated from left to right, if
 the next-word completion were specified first it would always match
 and the positional completion would never be executed.
 This is a
 common mistake when defining a completion.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va select
 pattern is useful when a command takes files with only
 particular forms as arguments.
 For example,
 .IP "" 4
 > complete cc 'p/*/f:*.[cao]/'
 .Pp
 completes
 .Sq cc
 arguments to files ending in only
 .Sq .c
 ,
 .Sq .a
 , or
 .Sq .o
 .Va select
 can also exclude files, using negation of a glob-pattern as
 described under
 .Va Filename substitution
 One might use
 .IP "" 4
 > complete rm 'p/*/f:^*.{c,h,cc,C,tex,1,man,l,y}/'
 .Pp
 to exclude precious source code from
 .Sq rm
 completion.
 Of course, one
 could still type excluded names manually or override the completion
 mechanism using the
 .Va complete-word-raw
 or
 .Va list-choices-raw
 editor commands (q.v.).
 .Pp
 The
 .Sq C
 ,
 .Sq D
 ,
 .Sq F
 and
 .Sq T
 
 .Va list
 s are like
 .Sq c
 ,
 .Sq d
 ,
 .Sq f
 and
 .Sq t
 respectively, but they use the
 .Va select
 argument in a different way: to
 restrict completion to files beginning with a particular path prefix.
 For
 example, the Elm mail program uses
 .Sq =
 as an abbreviation for one's mail
 directory.
 One might use
 .IP "" 4
 > complete elm c@=@F:$HOME/Mail/@
 .Pp
 to complete
 .Sq elm \-f =
 as if it were
 .Sq elm \-f ~/Mail/
 Note that we used
 .Sq @
 instead of
 .Sq /
 to avoid confusion with the
 .Va select
 argument, and we used
 `$HOME' instead of
 .Sq ~
 because home directory substitution works at only the
 beginning of a word.
 .Pp
 .Va suffix
 is used to add a nonstandard suffix
 (not space or
 .Sq /
 for directories) to completed words.
 .IP "" 4
 > complete finger 'c/*@/$hostnames/' 'p/1/u/@'
 .Pp
 completes arguments to
 .Sq finger
 from the list of users, appends an
 .Sq @
 ,
 and then completes after the
 .Sq @
 from the
 .Sq hostnames
 variable.
 Note
 again the order in which the completions are specified.
 .Pp
 Finally, here's a complex example for inspiration:
 .IP "" 4
 > complete find \e
 .br
 \&'n/\-name/f/' 'n/\-newer/f/' 'n/\-{,n}cpio/f/' \e
 .br
 \&\'n/\-exec/c/' 'n/\-ok/c/' 'n/\-user/u/' \e
 .br
 \&'n/\-group/g/' 'n/\-fstype/(nfs 4.2)/' \e
 .br
 \&'n/\-type/(b c d f l p s)/' \e
 .br
 \'c/\-/(name newer cpio ncpio exec ok user \e
 .br
 group fstype type atime ctime depth inum \e
 .br
 ls mtime nogroup nouser perm print prune \e
 .br
 size xdev)/' \e
 .br
 \&'p/*/d/'
 .Pp
 This completes words following
 .Sq \-name
 ,
 .Sq \-newer
 ,
 .Sq \-cpio
 or
 .Sq ncpio
 (note the pattern which matches both) to files,
 words following
 .Sq \-exec
 or
 .Sq \-ok
 to commands, words following
 .Sq user
 and
 .Sq group
 to users and groups respectively
 and words following
 .Sq \-fstype
 or
 .Sq \-type
 to members of the
 given lists.
 It also completes the switches themselves from the given list
 (note the use of
 .Va c
 -type completion)
 and completes anything not otherwise completed to a directory.
 Whew.
 .Pp
 Remember that programmed completions are ignored if the word being completed
 is a tilde substitution (beginning with
 .Sq ~
 ) or a variable (beginning with
 .Sq $
 ).
 See also the
 .Va uncomplete
 builtin command.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B continue
 Continues execution of the nearest enclosing
 .Va while
 or
 .Va foreach
 The rest of the commands on the current line are executed.
 .TP 8
 .B default:
 Labels the default case in a
 .Va switch
 statement.
 It should come after all
 .Va case
 labels.
 .Pp
 .B dirs \fR[
 .Fl l\fR] [
 .Fl n\fR|
 .Fl v\fR]
 .br
 .B dirs \-S\fR|
 .Fl L \fR[
 .Va filename
 ] (+)
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B dirs \-c \fR(+)
 The first form prints the directory stack.
 The top of the stack is at the
 left and the first directory in the stack is the current directory.
 With
 .Fl l\fR,
 .Sq ~
 or
 .Sq ~\fIname\fP
 in the output is expanded explicitly
 to
 .Va home
 or the pathname of the home directory for user \fIname\fP.
 (+)
 With
 .Fl n\fR, entries are wrapped before they reach the edge of the screen.
 (+)
 With
 .Fl v\fR, entries are printed one per line, preceded by their stack positions.
 (+)
 If more than one of
 .Fl n\fR or
 .Fl v\fR is given,
 .Fl v\fR takes precedence.
 .Fl p\fR is accepted but does nothing.
 .PD
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 With
 .Fl S\fR, the second form saves the directory stack to
 .Va filename
 as a series of
 .Va cd
 and
 .Va pushd
 commands.
 With
 .Fl L\fR, the shell sources
 .Va filename
 , which is presumably
 a directory stack file saved by the
 .Fl S\fR option or the
 .Va savedirs
 mechanism.
 In either case,
 .Va dirsfile
 is used if
 .Va filename
 is not given and
 .Va ~/.cshdirs
 is used if
 .Va dirsfile
 is unset.
 .Pp
 Note that login shells do the equivalent of
 .Sq dirs \-L
 on startup
 and, if
 .Va savedirs
 is set,
 .Sq dirs \-S
 before exiting.
 Because only
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 is normally sourced before
 .Va ~/.cshdirs
 ,
 .Va dirsfile
 should be set in
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 rather than
 .Va ~/.login
 .Pp
 The last form clears the directory stack.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B echo \fR[
 .Fl n\fR]
 .Va word
 ...
 Writes each
 .Va word
 to the shell's standard
 output, separated by spaces and terminated with a newline.
 The
 .Va echo_style
 shell variable may be set to emulate (or not) the flags and escape
 sequences of the BSD and/or System V versions of
 .Va echo
 ; see
 .Va echo
 (1).
 .TP 8
 .B echotc \fR[
 .Fl sv\fR]
 .Va arg
 ... (+)
 Exercises the terminal capabilities (see
 .Va termcap
 (5)) in
 .Va args
 For example, 'echotc home' sends the cursor to the home position,
 \&'echotc cm 3 10' sends it to column 3 and row 10, and
 \&'echotc ts 0; echo "This is a test."; echotc fs' prints "This is a test."
 in the status line.
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 If
 .Va arg
 is 'baud', 'cols', 'lines', 'meta' or 'tabs', prints the
 value of that capability ("yes" or "no" indicating that the terminal does
 or does not have that capability).
 One might use this to make the output
 from a shell script less verbose on slow terminals, or limit command
 output to the number of lines on the screen:
 .IP "" 4
 > set history=\`echotc lines\`
 .br
 > @ history\-\-
 .Pp
 Termcap strings may contain wildcards which will not echo correctly.
 One should use double quotes when setting a shell variable to a terminal
 capability string, as in the following example that places the date in
 the status line:
 .IP "" 4
 > set tosl="\`echotc ts 0\`"
 .br
 > set frsl="\`echotc fs\`"
 .br
 > echo \-n "$tosl";date; echo \-n "$frsl"
 .Pp
 With
 .Fl s\fR, nonexistent capabilities return the empty string rather
 than causing an error.
 With
 .Fl v\fR, messages are verbose.
 .RE
 .Pp
 .B else
 .br
 .B end
 .br
 .B endif
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B endsw
 See the description of the
 .Va foreach
 ,
 .Va if
 ,
 .Va switch
 , and
 .Va while
 statements below.
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B eval
 .Va arg
 ...
 Treats the arguments as input to the
 shell and executes the resulting command(s) in the context
 of the current shell.
 This is usually used to execute commands
 generated as the result of command or variable substitution,
 because parsing occurs before these substitutions.
 See
 .Va tset
 (1) for a sample use of
 .Va eval
 .TP 8
 .B exec
 .Va command
 Executes the specified command in place of the current shell.
 .TP 8
 .B exit \fR[
 .Va expr
 ]
 The shell exits either with the value of the specified
 .Va expr
 (an expression, as described under
 .Va Expressions
 )
 or, without
 .Va expr
 , with the value 0.
 .TP 8
 .B fg \fR[\fB%
 .Va job
 ...]
 Brings the specified jobs (or, without arguments, the current job)
 into the foreground, continuing each if it is stopped.
 .Va job
 may be a number, a string,
 .Sq
 ,
 .Sq %
 ,
 .Sq +
 or
 .Sq \-
 as described
 under
 .Va Jobs
 See also the
 .Va run-fg-editor
 editor command.
 .TP 8
 .B filetest \-
 .Va op file
 ... (+)
 Applies
 .Va op
 (which is a file inquiry operator as described under
 .Va File inquiry operators
 ) to each
 .Va file
 and returns the results as a
 space-separated list.
 .Pp
 .B foreach \fIname \fB(\fIwordlist\fB)
 .br
 \&...
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B end
 Successively sets the variable
 .Va name
 to each member of
 .Va wordlist
 and executes the sequence of commands between this command
 and the matching
 .Va end
 (Both
 .Va foreach
 and
 .Va end
 must appear alone on separate lines.)  The builtin command
 .Va continue
 may be used to continue the loop prematurely and
 the builtin command
 .Va break
 to terminate it prematurely.
 When this command is read from the terminal, the loop is read once
 prompting with
 .Sq foreach?
 (or
 .Va prompt2
 ) before any statements in
 the loop are executed.
 If you make a mistake typing in a
 loop at the terminal you can rub it out.
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B getspath \fR(+)
 Prints the system execution path.
 (TCF only)
 .TP 8
 .B getxvers \fR(+)
 Prints the experimental version prefix.
 (TCF only)
 .TP 8
 .B glob \fIwordlist
 Like
 .Va echo
 , but the
 .Sq -n
 parameter is not recognized and words are
 delimited by null characters in the output.
 Useful for
 programs which wish to use the shell to filename expand a list of words.
 .TP 8
 .B goto \fIword
 .Va word
 is filename and command-substituted to
 yield a string of the form
 .Sq label
 The shell rewinds its
 input as much as possible, searches for a line of the
 form
 .Sq label:
 , possibly preceded by blanks or tabs, and
 continues execution after that line.
 .TP 8
 .B hashstat
 Prints a statistics line indicating how effective the
 internal hash table has been at locating commands (and avoiding
 .Va exec
 's).
 An
 .Va exec
 is attempted for each component of the
 .Va path
 where the hash function indicates a possible hit, and
 in each component which does not begin with a
 .Sq /
 .IP
 On machines without
 .Va vfork
 (2), prints only the number and size of
 hash buckets.
 .Pp
 .B history \fR[
 .Fl hTr\fR] [
 .Va n
 ]
 .br
 .B history \-S\fR|
 .Fl L|
 .Fl M \fR[
 .Va filename
 ] (+)
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B history \-c \fR(+)
 The first form prints the history event list.
 If
 .Va n
 is given only the
 .Va n
 most recent events are printed or saved.
 With
 .Fl h\fR, the history list is printed without leading numbers.
 If
 .Va -T
 is specified, timestamps are printed also in comment form.
 (This can be used to
 produce files suitable for loading with 'history \-L' or 'source \-h'.)
 With
 .Fl r\fR, the order of printing is most recent
 first rather than oldest first.
 .PD
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 With
 .Fl S\fR, the second form saves the history list to
 .Va filename
 If the first word of the
 .Va savehist
 shell variable is set to a
 number, at most that many lines are saved.
 If the second word of
 .Va savehist
 is set to
 .Sq merge
 , the history list is merged with the
 existing history file instead of replacing it (if there is one) and
 sorted by time stamp.
 (+) Merging is intended for an environment like
 the X Window System
 with several shells in simultaneous use.
 If the second word of
 .Va savehist
 is
 .Sq merge
 and the third word is set to
 .Sq lock
 , the history file update
 will be serialized with other shell sessions that would possibly like
 to merge history at exactly the same time.
 .Pp
 With
 .Fl L\fR, the shell appends
 .Va filename
 , which is presumably a
 history list saved by the
 .Fl S\fR option or the
 .Va savehist
 mechanism,
 to the history list.
 .Fl M\fR is like
 .Fl L\fR, but the contents of
 .Va filename
 are merged
 into the history list and sorted by timestamp.
 In either case,
 .Va histfile
 is used if
 .Va filename
 is not given and
 .Va ~/.history
 is used if
 .Va histfile
 is unset.
 `history \-L' is exactly like 'source \-h' except that it does not require a
 filename.
 .Pp
 Note that login shells do the equivalent of
 .Sq history \-L
 on startup
 and, if
 .Va savehist
 is set,
 .Sq history \-S
 before exiting.
 Because only
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 is normally sourced before
 .Va ~/.history
 ,
 .Va histfile
 should be set in
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 rather than
 .Va ~/.login
 .Pp
 If
 .Va histlit
 is set, the first and second forms print and save the literal
 (unexpanded) form of the history list.
 .Pp
 The last form clears the history list.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B hup \fR[
 .Va command
 ] \fR(+)
 With
 .Va command
 , runs
 .Va command
 such that it will exit on a hangup
 signal and arranges for the shell to send it a hangup signal when the shell
 exits.
 Note that commands may set their own response to hangups, overriding
 .Va hup
 Without an argument, causes the non-interactive shell only to
 exit on a hangup for the remainder of the script.
 See also
 .Va Signal handling
 and the
 .Va nohup
 builtin command.
 .TP 8
 .B if (\fIexpr\fB) \fIcommand
 If
 .Va expr
 (an expression, as described under
 .Va Expressions
 )
 evaluates true, then
 .Va command
 is executed.
 Variable substitution on
 .Va command
 happens early, at the same time it
 does for the rest of the
 .Va if
 command.
 .Va command
 must be a simple command, not an alias, a pipeline, a command list
 or a parenthesized command list, but it may have arguments.
 Input/output redirection occurs even if
 .Va expr
 is
 false and
 .Va command
 is thus
 .Va not
 executed; this is a bug.
 .Pp
 .B if (\fIexpr\fB) then
 .br
 \&...
 .br
 .B else if (\fIexpr2\fB) then
 .br
 \&...
 .br
 .B else
 .br
 \&...
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B endif
 If the specified
 .Va expr
 is true then the commands to the
 first
 .Va else
 are executed; otherwise if
 .Va expr2
 is true then
 the commands to the second
 .Va else
 are executed, etc.
 Any
 number of
 .Va else-if
 pairs are possible; only one
 .Va endif
 is
 needed.
 The
 .Va else
 part is likewise optional.
 (The words
 .Va else
 and
 .Va endif
 must appear at the beginning of input lines;
 the
 .Va if
 must appear alone on its input line or after an
 .Va else
 .)
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B inlib
 .Va shared-library
 ... (+)
 Adds each
 .Va shared-library
 to the current environment.
 There is no way
 to remove a shared library.
 (Domain/OS only)
 .TP 8
 .B jobs \fR[
 .Fl l\fR]
 Lists the active jobs.
 With
 .Fl l\fR, lists process
 IDs in addition to the normal information.
 On TCF systems, prints
 the site on which each job is executing.
 .Pp
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B kill \fR[
 .Fl s
 .Va signal
 ] \fB%
 .Va job
 |
 .Va pid
 ...
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B kill \-l
 The first and second forms sends the specified
 .Va signal
 (or, if none
 is given, the TERM (terminate) signal) to the specified jobs or processes.
 .Va job
 may be a number, a string,
 .Sq
 ,
 .Sq %
 ,
 .Sq +
 or
 .Sq \-
 as described
 under
 .Va Jobs
 Signals are either given by number or by name (as given in
 .Va /usr/include/signal.h
 , stripped of the prefix
 .Sq SIG
 ).
 There is no default
 .Va job
 ; saying just
 .Sq kill
 does not send a signal
 to the current job.
 If the signal being sent is TERM (terminate)
 or HUP (hangup), then the job or process is sent a
 CONT (continue) signal as well.
 The third form lists the signal names.
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B limit \fR[
 .Fl h\fR] [
 .Va resource
 [
 .Va maximum-use
 ]]
 Limits the consumption by the current process and each
 process it creates to not individually exceed
 .Va maximum-use
 on
 the specified
 .Va resource
 If no
 .Va maximum-use
 is given, then
 the current limit is printed; if no
 .Va resource
 is given, then
 all limitations are given.
 If the
 .Fl h\fR flag is given, the
 hard limits are used instead of the current limits.
 The
 hard limits impose a ceiling on the values of the current
 limits.
 Only the super-user may raise the hard limits, but
 a user may lower or raise the current limits within the legal range.
 .Pp
 Controllable resources currently include (if supported by the OS):
 .Bl -tag -width pseudoterminals -compact -offset indent
 .It Va cputime
 the maximum number of cpu-seconds to be used by each process
 .It Va filesize
 the largest single file which can be created
 .It Va datasize
 the maximum growth of the data+stack region via sbrk(2) beyond
 the end of the program text
 .It Va stacksize
 the maximum size of the automatically-extended stack region
 .It Va coredumpsize
 the size of the largest core dump that will be created
 .It Va memoryuse
 the maximum amount of physical memory a process
 may have allocated to it at a given time
 .It Va vmemoryuse
 the maximum amount of virtual memory a process
 may have allocated to it at a given time (address space)
 .It Va vmemoryuse
 the maximum amount of virtual memory a process
 may have allocated to it at a given time
 .It Va heapsize
 the maximum amount of memory a process
 may allocate per
 .Xr brk 2
 system call
 .It Va descriptors
 or
 .It Va openfiles
 the maximum number of open files for this process
 .It Va pseudoterminals
 the maximum number of pseudo-terminals for this user
 .It Va kqueues
 the maximum number of kqueues allocated for this process
 .It Va concurrency
 the maximum number of threads for this process
 .It Va memorylocked
 the maximum size which a process may lock into memory using mlock(2)
 .It Va maxproc
 the maximum number of simultaneous processes for this user id
 .It Va maxthread
 the maximum number of simultaneous threads (lightweight processes) for this
 user id
 .It Va threads
 the maximum number of threads for this process
 .It Va sbsize
 the maximum size of socket buffer usage for this user
 .It Va swapsize
 the maximum amount of swap space reserved or used for this user
 .It Va maxlocks
 the maximum number of locks for this user
 .It Va posixlocks
 the maximum number of POSIX advisory locks for this user
 .It Va maxsignal
 the maximum number of pending signals for this user
 .It Va maxmessage
 the maximum number of bytes in POSIX mqueues for this user
 .It Va maxnice
 the maximum nice priority the user is allowed to raise mapped from [19...-20]
 to [0...39] for this user
 .It Va maxrtprio
 the maximum realtime priority for this user
 .It Va maxrttime
 the timeout for RT tasks in microseconds for this user.
 .El
 .Pp
 .Va maximum-use
 may be given as a (floating point or
 integer) number followed by a scale factor.
 For all limits
 other than
 .Va cputime
 the default scale is
 .Sq k
 or
 .Sq kilobytes
 (1024 bytes); a scale factor of
 .Sq m
 or
 .Sq megabytes
 or
 .Sq g
 or
 .Sq gigabytes
 may also be used.
 For
 .Va cputime
 the default scaling is
 .Sq seconds ,
 while
 .Sq m
 for minutes or
 .Sq h
 for hours, or a time of the
 form
 .Sq mm:ss
 giving minutes and seconds may be used.
 .Pp
 If
 .Va maximum-use
 is
 .Sq unlimited ,
 then the limitation on the specified
 .Va resource
 is removed (this is equivalent to the
 .Va unlimit
 builtin command).
 .Pp
 For both
 .Va resource
 names and scale factors, unambiguous
 prefixes of the names suffice.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B log \fR(+)
 Prints the
 .Va watch
 shell variable and reports on each user indicated
 in
 .Va watch
 who is logged in, regardless of when they last logged in.
 See also
 .Va watchlog
 .TP 8
 .B login
 Terminates a login shell, replacing it with an instance of
 .Va /bin/login
 . This is one way to log off, included for
 compatibility with
 .Xr sh 1 .
 .TP 8
 .B logout
 Terminates a login shell.
 Especially useful if
 .Va ignoreeof
 is set.
 .TP 8
 .B ls\-F \fR[\-
 .Va switch
 ...] [
 .Va file
 ...] (+)
 Lists files like
 .Sq ls \-F
 , but much faster.
 It identifies each type of
 special file in the listing with a special character:
 .Bl -tag -width x -offset indent -compact
 .It Dv /
 Directory
 .It Dv *
 Executable
 .It Dv #
 Block device
 .It Dv %
 Character device
 .It Dv |
 Named pipe (systems with named pipes only)
 .It Dv =
 Socket (systems with sockets only)
 .It Dv @
 Symbolic link (systems with symbolic links only)
 .It Dv +
 Hidden directory (AIX only) or context dependent (HP/UX only)
 .It Dv :
 Network special (HP/UX only)
 .El
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va listlinks
 shell variable is set, symbolic links are identified
 in more detail (on only systems that have them, of course):
 .Pp
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 @
 Symbolic link to a non-directory
 .TP 4
 >
 Symbolic link to a directory
 .TP 4
 &
 Symbolic link to nowhere
 .PD
 .Pp
 .Va listlinks
 also slows down \fIls\-F\fR and causes partitions holding
 files pointed to by symbolic links to be mounted.
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va listflags
 shell variable is set to
 .Sq x
 ,
 .Sq a
 or
 .Sq A
 , or any
 combination thereof (e.g.,
 .Sq xA
 ), they are used as flags to \fIls\-F\fR,
 making it act like
 .Sq ls \-xF
 ,
 .Sq ls \-Fa
 ,
 .Sq ls \-FA
 or a combination
 (e.g.,
 .Sq ls \-FxA
 ).
 On machines where
 .Sq ls \-C
 is not the default, \fIls\-F\fR acts like
 .Sq ls \-CF
 ,
 unless
 .Va listflags
 contains an
 .Sq x
 , in which case it acts like
 .Sq ls \-xF
 \fIls\-F\fR passes its arguments to
 .Va ls
 (1) if it is given any switches,
 so
 .Sq alias ls ls\-F
 generally does the right thing.
 .Pp
 The \fBls\-F\fR builtin can list files using different colors depending on the
 filetype or extension.
 See the
 .Va color
 shell variable and the
 .Va LS_COLORS
 environment variable.
 .RE
 .Pp
 .B migrate \fR[
 .Fl
 .Va site
 ]
 .Va pid
 |\fB%
 .Va jobid
 ... (+)
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B migrate \-
 .Va site
 (+)
 The first form migrates the process or job to the site specified or the
 default site determined by the system path.
 The second form is equivalent to
 .Sq migrate \-
 .Va site
 $$
 : it migrates the
 current process to the specified site.
 Migrating the shell
 itself can cause unexpected behavior, because the shell
 does not like to lose its tty.
 (TCF only)
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B newgrp \fR[
 .Fl \fR]
 .Va [group]
 (+)
 Equivalent to
 .Sq exec newgrp
 ; see
 .Va newgrp
 (1).
 Available only if the shell was so compiled;
 see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B nice \fR[\fB+
 .Va number
 ] [
 .Va command
 ]
 Sets the scheduling priority for the shell to
 .Va number
 , or, without
 .Va number
 , to 4.
 With
 .Va command ,
 runs
 .Va command
 at the appropriate
 priority.
 The greater the
 .Va number
 , the less cpu
 the process gets.
 The super-user may specify negative
 priority by using
 .Sq nice \-number ...
 Command is always
 executed in a sub-shell, and the restrictions placed on
 commands in simple
 .Va if
 statements apply.
 .TP 8
 .B nohup \fR[
 .Va command
 ]
 With
 .Va command
 , runs
 .Va command
 such that it will ignore hangup signals.
 Note that commands may set their own response to hangups, overriding
 .Va nohup
 Without an argument, causes the non-interactive shell only to
 ignore hangups for the remainder of the script.
 See also
 .Va Signal handling
 and the
 .Va hup
 builtin command.
 .TP 8
 .B notify \fR[\fB%
 .Va job
 ...]
 Causes the shell to notify the user asynchronously when the status of any
 of the specified jobs (or, without %
 .Va job
 , the current job) changes,
 instead of waiting until the next prompt as is usual.
 .Va job
 may be a number, a string,
 .Sq
 ,
 .Sq %
 ,
 .Sq +
 or
 .Sq \-
 as described
 under
 .Va Jobs
 See also the
 .Va notify
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B onintr \fR[
 .Fl \fR|
 .Va label
 ]
 Controls the action of the shell on interrupts.
 Without arguments,
 restores the default action of the shell on interrupts,
 which is to terminate shell scripts or to return to the
 terminal command input level.
 With
 .Sq \-
 , causes all interrupts to be ignored.
 With
 .Va label
 , causes the shell to execute a
 .Sq goto
 .Va label
 when an interrupt is received or a child process terminates because it was
 interrupted.
 .IP "" 8
 .Va onintr
 is ignored if the shell is running detached and in system
 startup files (see
 .Va FILES
 ), where interrupts are disabled anyway.
 .TP 8
 .B popd \fR[
 .Fl p\fR] [
 .Fl l\fR] [
 .Fl n\fR|
 .Fl v\fR] \fR[\fB+
 .Va n
 ]
 Without arguments, pops the directory stack and returns to the new top directory.
 With a number
 .Sq +
 .Va n
 , discards the
 .Va n
 'th entry in the stack.
 .IP "" 8
 Finally, all forms of
 .Va popd
 print the final directory stack,
 just like
 .Va dirs
 The
 .Va pushdsilent
 shell variable can be set to
 prevent this and the
 .Fl p\fR flag can be given to override
 .Va pushdsilent
 The
 .Fl l\fR,
 .Fl n\fR and
 .Fl v\fR flags have the same effect on
 .Va popd
 as on
 .Va dirs
 (+)
 .TP 8
 .B printenv \fR[
 .Va name
 ] (+)
 Prints the names and values of all environment variables or,
 with
 .Va name
 , the value of the environment variable
 .Va name
 .TP 8
 .B pushd \fR[
 .Fl p\fR] [
 .Fl l\fR] [
 .Fl n\fR|
 .Fl v\fR] [
 .Va name
 |\fB+
 .Va n
 ]
 Without arguments, exchanges the top two elements of the directory stack.
 If
 .Va pushdtohome
 is set,
 .Va pushd
 without arguments does
 .Sq pushd ~
 ,
 like
 .Va cd
 (+)
 With
 .Va name
 , pushes the current working directory onto the directory
 stack and changes to
 .Va name
 If
 .Va name
 is
 .Sq \-
 it is interpreted as the previous working directory
 (see
 .Va Filename substitution
 ).
 (+)
 If
 .Va dunique
 is set,
 .Va pushd
 removes any instances of
 .Va name
 from the stack before pushing it onto the stack.
 (+)
 With a number
 .Sq +
 .Va n
 , rotates the
 .Va n
 th element of the
 directory stack around to be the top element and changes to it.
 If
 .Va dextract
 is set, however,
 .Sq pushd +
 .Va n
 extracts the
 .Va n
 th
 directory, pushes it onto the top of the stack and changes to it.
 (+)
 .IP "" 8
 Finally, all forms of
 .Va pushd
 print the final directory stack,
 just like
 .Va dirs
 The
 .Va pushdsilent
 shell variable can be set to
 prevent this and the
 .Fl p\fR flag can be given to override
 .Va pushdsilent
 The
 .Fl l\fR,
 .Fl n\fR and
 .Fl v\fR flags have the same effect on
 .Va pushd
 as on
 .Va dirs
 (+)
 .TP 8
 .B rehash
 Causes the internal hash table of the contents of the
 directories in the
 .Va path
 variable to be recomputed.
 This is
 needed if the
 .Va autorehash
 shell variable is not set and new
 commands are added to directories in
 .Va path
 while you are logged
 in.
 With
 .Va autorehash
 , a new command will be found
 automatically, except in the special case where another command of
 the same name which is located in a different directory already
 exists in the hash table.
 Also flushes the cache of home directories
 built by tilde expansion.
 .TP 8
 .B repeat \fIcount command
 The specified
 .Va command
 ,
 which is subject to the same restrictions as the
 .Va command
 in the one line
 .Va if
 statement above, is executed
 .Va count
 times.
 I/O redirections occur exactly once, even if
 .Va count
 is 0.
 .TP 8
 .B rootnode //
 .Va nodename
 (+)
 Changes the rootnode to //
 .Va nodename
 , so that
 .Sq /
 will be interpreted
 as
 .Sq //
 .Va nodename
 (Domain/OS only)
 .Pp
 .B sched \fR(+)
 .br
 .B sched \fR[
 .Va +
 ]
 .Va hh:mm command
 \fR(+)
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B sched \-
 .Va n
 (+)
 The first form prints the scheduled-event list.
 The
 .Va sched
 shell variable may be set to define the format in which
 the scheduled-event list is printed.
 The second form adds
 .Va command
 to the scheduled-event list.
 For example,
 .PD
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > sched 11:00 echo It\e's eleven o\e'clock.
 .Pp
 causes the shell to echo
 .Sq It's eleven o'clock .
 at 11 AM.
 The time may be in 12-hour AM/PM format
 .IP "" 4
 .\" TODO
 > sched 5pm set prompt='[%h] It\e's after 5; go home: >'
 .Pp
 or may be relative to the current time:
 .IP "" 4
 > sched +2:15 /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
 .Pp
 A relative time specification may not use AM/PM format.
 The third form removes item
 .Va n
 from the event list:
 .Bd -literal -offset indent
 > sched
 	1  Wed Apr  4 15:42  /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
 	2  Wed Apr  4 17:00  set prompt=[%h] It's after 5; go home: >
 > sched \-2
 > sched
 	1  Wed Apr  4 15:42  /usr/lib/uucp/uucico \-r1 \-sother
 .Ed
 .Pp
 A command in the scheduled-event list is executed just before the first
 prompt is printed after the time when the command is scheduled.
 It is possible to miss the exact time when the command is to be run, but
 an overdue command will execute at the next prompt.
 A command which comes due while the shell
 is waiting for user input is executed immediately.
 However, normal operation of an already-running command will not
 be interrupted so that a scheduled-event list element may be run.
 .Pp
 This mechanism is similar to, but not the same as, the
 .Va at
 (1)
 command on some Unix systems.
 Its major disadvantage is that it may not run a command at exactly the
 specified time.
 Its major advantage is that because
 .Va sched
 runs directly from
 the shell, it has access to shell variables and other structures.
 This provides a mechanism for changing one's working environment
 based on the time of day.
 .RE
 .Pp
 .B set
 .br
 .B set
 .Va name
 ...
 .br
 .B set
 .Va name
 \fB=
 .Va word
 ...
 .br
 .B set [\-r] [\-f|\-l]
 .Va name
 \fB=(\fIwordlist
 .Va )
 ... (+)
 .br
 .B set
 .Va name[index]
 \fB=
 .Va word
 ...
 .br
 .B set \-r \fR(+)
 .br
 .B set \-r
 .Va name
 ... (+)
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B set \-r
 .Va name
 \fB=
 .Va word
 ... (+)
 The first form of the command prints the value of all shell variables.
 Variables which contain more than a single word print as a
 parenthesized word list.
 The second form sets
 .Va name
 to the null string.
 The third form sets
 .Va name
 to the single
 .Va word
 The fourth form sets
 .Va name
 to the list of words in
 .Va wordlist
 In all cases the value is command and filename expanded.
 If
 .Fl r\fR is specified, the value is set read-only.
 If
 .Fl f\fR or
 .Fl l\fR are specified, set only unique words keeping their order.
 .Fl f\fR prefers the first occurrence of a word, and
 .Fl l\fR the last.
 The fifth form sets the
 .Va index
 'th component of
 .Va name
 to
 .Va word
 ;
 this component must already exist.
 The sixth form lists only the names of all shell variables that are read-only.
 The seventh form makes
 .Va name
 read-only, whether or not it has a value.
 The eighth form is the same as the third form, but
 make
 .Va name
 read-only at the same time.
 .PD
 .IP "" 8
 These arguments can be repeated to set and/or make read-only multiple variables
 in a single set command.
 Note, however, that variable expansion
 happens for all arguments before any setting occurs.
 Note also that
 .Sq =
 can
 be adjacent to both
 .Va name
 and
 .Va word
 or separated from both by
 whitespace, but cannot be adjacent to only one or the other.
 See also the
 .Va unset
 builtin command.
 .TP 8
 .B setenv \fR[
 .Va name
 [
 .Va value
 ]]
 Without arguments, prints the names and values of all environment variables.
 Given
 .Va name
 , sets the environment variable
 .Va name
 to
 .Va value
 or, without
 .Va value
 , to the null string.
 .TP 8
 .B setpath
 .Va path
 (+)
 Equivalent to
 .Va setpath
 (1).
 (Mach only)
 .TP 8
 .B setspath\fR LOCAL|
 .Va site
 |
 .Va cpu
 ...
 (+)
 Sets the system execution path.
 (TCF only)
 .TP 8
 .B settc
 .Va cap value
 (+)
 Tells the shell to believe that the terminal capability
 .Va cap
 (as defined in
 .Va termcap
 (5)) has the value
 .Va value
 No sanity checking is done.
 Concept terminal users may have to
 .Sq settc xn no
 to get proper
 wrapping at the rightmost column.
 .TP 8
 .B setty \fR[
 .Fl d\fR|
 .Fl q\fR|
 .Fl x\fR] [
 .Fl a\fR] [[
 .Va +
 |
 .Fl \fR]
 .Va mode
 ] (+)
 Controls which tty modes (see
 .Va Terminal management
 )
 the shell does not allow to change.
 .Fl d\fR,
 .Fl q\fR or
 .Fl x\fR tells
 .Va setty
 to act
 on the
 .Sq edit
 ,
 .Sq quote
 or
 .Sq execute
 set of tty modes respectively; without
 .Fl d\fR,
 .Fl q\fR or
 .Fl x\fR,
 .Sq execute
 is used.
 .IP "" 8
 Without other arguments,
 .Va setty
 lists the modes in the chosen set
 which are fixed on (`+mode') or off (`\-mode').
 The available modes, and thus the display, vary from system to system.
 With
 .Fl a\fR, lists all tty modes in the chosen set
 whether or not they are fixed.
 With \fB+
 .Va mode
 ,
 .Fl
 .Va mode
 or
 .Va mode
 , fixes
 .Va mode
 on or off
 or removes control from
 .Va mode
 in the chosen set.
 For example,
 .Sq setty +echok echoe
 fixes
 .Sq echok
 mode on and allows commands
 to turn
 .Sq echoe
 mode on or off, both when the shell is executing commands.
 .TP 8
 .B setxvers\fR [
 .Va string
 ] (+)
 Set the experimental version prefix to
 .Va string
 , or removes it
 if
 .Va string
 is omitted.
 (TCF only)
 .TP 8
 .B shift \fR[
 .Va variable
 ]
 Without arguments, discards
 .Va argv
 [1] and shifts the members of
 .Va argv
 to the left.
 It is an error for
 .Va argv
 not to be set or to have
 less than one word as value.
 With
 .Va variable
 , performs the
 same function on
 .Va variable
 .TP 8
 .B source \fR[
 .Fl h\fR]
 .Va name
 [
 .Va args
 ...]
 The shell reads and executes commands from
 .Va name
 The commands are not placed on the history list.
 If any
 .Va args
 are given, they are placed in
 .Va argv
 (+)
 .Va source
 commands may be nested;
 if they are nested too deeply the shell may run out of file descriptors.
 An error in a
 .Va source
 at any level terminates all nested
 .Va source
 commands.
 With
 .Fl h\fR, commands are placed on the history list instead of being
 executed, much like
 .Sq history \-L
 .TP 8
 .B stop \fB%
 .Va job
 |
 .Va pid
 ...
 Stops the specified jobs or processes which are executing in the background.
 .Va job
 may be a number, a string,
 .Sq
 ,
 .Sq %
 ,
 .Sq +
 or
 .Sq \-
 as described
 under
 .Va Jobs
 There is no default
 .Va job
 ; saying just
 .Sq stop
 does not stop
 the current job.
 .TP 8
 .B suspend
 Causes the shell to stop in its tracks, much as if it had
 been sent a stop signal with
 .Va ^Z
 This is most often used to
 stop shells started by
 .Va su
 (1).
 .Pp
 .B switch (\fIstring\fB)
 .br
 .B case \fIstr1\fB:
 .PD 0
 .IP "" 4
 \&...
 .br
 .B breaksw
 .Pp
 \&...
 .Pp
 .B default:
 .IP "" 4
 \&...
 .br
 .B breaksw
 .TP 8
 .B endsw
 Each case label is successively matched, against the
 specified
 .Va string
 which is first command and filename expanded.
 The file metacharacters
 .Sq *
 ,
 .Sq \&?
 and
 .Sq [...]
 may be used
 in the case labels, which are variable expanded.
 If none
 of the labels match before a
 .Sq default
 label is found, then
 the execution begins after the default label.
 Each case
 label and the default label must appear at the beginning of
 a line.
 The command
 .Va breaksw
 causes execution to continue
 after the
 .Va endsw
 Otherwise control may fall through case
 labels and default labels as in C.
 If no label matches and
 there is no default, execution continues after the
 .Va endsw
 .PD
 .TP 8
 .B telltc \fR(+)
 Lists the values of all terminal capabilities (see
 .Va termcap
 (5)).
 .TP 8
 .B termname \fR[
 .Va terminal type
 ] \fR(+)
 Tests if
 .Va terminal type
 (or the current value of
 .Va TERM
 if no
 .Va terminal type
 is given) has an entry in the hosts termcap(5) or
 terminfo(5) database. Prints the terminal type to stdout and returns 0
 if an entry is present otherwise returns 1.
 .TP 8
 .B time \fR[
 .Va command
 ]
 Executes
 .Va command
 (which must be a simple command, not an alias,
 a pipeline, a command list or a parenthesized command list)
 and prints a time summary as described under the
 .Va time
 variable.
 If necessary, an extra shell is created to print the time statistic when
 the command completes.
 Without
 .Va command
 , prints a time summary for the current shell and its
 children.
 .TP 8
 .B umask \fR[
 .Va value
 ]
 Sets the file creation mask to
 .Va value
 , which is given in octal.
 Common values for the mask are
 002, giving all access to the group and read and execute access to others, and
 022, giving read and execute access to the group and others.
 Without
 .Va value
 , prints the current file creation mask.
 .TP 8
 .B unalias
 .Va pattern
 .br
 Removes all aliases whose names match
 .Va pattern
 `unalias *' thus removes all aliases.
 It is not an error for nothing to be
 .Va unalias
 ed.
 .TP 8
 .B uncomplete
 .Va pattern
 (+)
 Removes all completions whose names match
 .Va pattern
 `uncomplete *' thus removes all completions.
 It is not an error for nothing to be
 .Va uncomplete
 d.
 .TP 8
 .B unhash
 Disables use of the internal hash table to speed location of
 executed programs.
 .TP 8
 .B universe
 .Va universe
 (+)
 Sets the universe to
 .Va universe
 (Masscomp/RTU only)
 .TP 8
 .B unlimit \fR[
 .Fl hf\fR] [
 .Va resource
 ]
 Removes the limitation on
 .Va resource
 or, if no
 .Va resource
 is
 specified, all
 .Va resource
 limitations.
 With
 .Fl h\fR, the corresponding hard limits are removed.
 Only the super-user may do this.
 Note that
 .Va unlimit
 may not exit successful, since most systems
 do not allow
 .Va descriptors
 to be unlimited.
 With
 .Fl f\fR errors are ignored.
 .TP 8
 .B unset \fIpattern
 Removes all variables whose names match
 .Va pattern
 , unless they are read-only.
 `unset *' thus removes all variables unless they are read-only;
 this is a bad idea.
 It is not an error for nothing to be
 .Va unset
 .TP 8
 .B unsetenv \fIpattern
 Removes all environment variables whose names match
 .Va pattern
 `unsetenv *' thus removes all environment variables;
 this is a bad idea.
 It is not an error for nothing to be
 .Va unsetenv
 ed.
 .TP 8
 .B ver \fR[
 .Va systype
 [
 .Va command
 ]] (+)
 Without arguments, prints
 .Va SYSTYPE
 With
 .Va systype
 , sets
 .Va SYSTYPE
 to
 .Va systype
 With
 .Va systype
 and
 .Va command
 , executes
 .Va command
 under
 .Va systype
 .Va systype
 may be
 .Sq bsd4.3
 or
 .Sq sys5.3
 (Domain/OS only)
 .TP 8
 .B wait
 The shell waits for all background jobs.
 If the shell is interactive, an
 interrupt will disrupt the wait and cause the shell to print the names and job
 numbers of all outstanding jobs.
 .TP 8
 .B warp
 .Va universe
 (+)
 Sets the universe to
 .Va universe
 (Convex/OS only)
 .TP 8
 .B watchlog \fR(+)
 An alternate name for the
 .Va log
 builtin command (q.v.).
 Available only if the shell was so compiled;
 see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B where
 .Va command
 (+)
 Reports all known instances of
 .Va command
 , including aliases, builtins and
 executables in
 .Va path
 .TP 8
 .B which\fR
 .Va command
 (+)
 Displays the command that will be executed by the shell after substitutions,
 .Va path
 searching, etc.
 The builtin command is just like
 .Va which
 (1), but it correctly reports
 .Nm
 aliases and builtins and is 10 to 100 times faster.
 See also the
 .Va which-command
 editor command.
 .Pp
 .B while (\fIexpr
 .Va )
 .br
 \&...
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 .B end
 Executes the commands between the
 .Va while
 and the matching
 .Va end
 while
 .Va expr
 (an expression, as described under
 .Va Expressions
 )
 evaluates non-zero.
 .Va while
 and
 .Va end
 must appear alone on their input lines.
 .Va break
 and
 .Va continue
 may be used to terminate or continue the
 loop prematurely.
 If the input is a terminal, the user is prompted the first time
 through the loop as with
 .Va foreach
 .PD
 .Ss "Special aliases (+)"
 If set, each of these aliases executes automatically at the indicated time.
 They are all initially undefined.
 .TP 8
 .B beepcmd
 Runs when the shell wants to ring the terminal bell.
 .TP 8
 .B cwdcmd
 Runs after every change of working directory.
 For example, if the user is
 working on an X window system using
 .Va xterm
 (1) and a re-parenting window
 manager that supports title bars such as
 .Va twm
 (1) and does
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > alias cwdcmd  'echo \-n "^[]2;${HOST}:$cwd ^G"'
 .Pp
 then the shell will change the title of the running
 .Va xterm
 (1)
 to be the name of the host, a colon, and the full current working directory.
 A fancier way to do that is
 .IP "" 4
 > alias cwdcmd 'echo \-n "^[]2;${HOST}:$cwd^G^[]1;${HOST}^G"'
 .Pp
 This will put the hostname and working directory on the title bar but
 only the hostname in the icon manager menu.
 .Pp
 Note that putting a
 .Va cd
 ,
 .Va pushd
 or
 .Va popd
 in
 .Va cwdcmd
 may cause an infinite loop.
 It is the author's opinion that anyone doing
 so will get what they deserve.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B jobcmd
 Runs before each command gets executed, or when the command changes state.
 This is similar to
 .Va postcmd
 , but it does not print builtins.
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > alias jobcmd  'echo \-n "^[]2\e;\e!#:q^G"'
 .Pp
 then executing
 .Va vi foo.c
 will put the command string in the xterm title bar.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B helpcommand
 Invoked by the
 .Va run-help
 editor command.
 The command name for which help
 is sought is passed as sole argument.
 For example, if one does
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > alias helpcommand '\e!:1 --help'
 .Pp
 then the help display of the command itself will be invoked, using the GNU
 help calling convention.
 Currently there is no easy way to account for various calling conventions (e.g.,
 the customary Unix
 .Sq -h
 ), except by using a table of many commands.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B periodic
 Runs every
 .Va tperiod
 minutes.
 This provides a convenient means for
 checking on common but infrequent changes such as new mail.
 For example,
 if one does
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > set tperiod = 30
 .br
 > alias periodic checknews
 .Pp
 then the
 .Va checknews
 (1) program runs every 30 minutes.
 If
 .Va periodic
 is set but
 .Va tperiod
 is unset or set to 0,
 .Va periodic
 behaves like
 .Va precmd
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B precmd
 Runs just before each prompt is printed.
 For example, if one does
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > alias precmd date
 .Pp
 then
 .Va date
 (1) runs just before the shell prompts for each command.
 There are no limits on what
 .Va precmd
 can be set to do, but discretion
 should be used.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B postcmd
 Runs before each command gets executed.
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > alias postcmd  'echo \-n "^[]2\e;\e!#:q^G"'
 .Pp
 then executing
 .Va vi foo.c
 will put the command string in the xterm title bar.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B shell
 Specifies the interpreter for executable scripts which do not themselves
 specify an interpreter.
 The first word should be a full path name to the
 desired interpreter (e.g.,
 .Sq /bin/csh
 or
 .Sq /usr/local/bin/tcsh
 ).
 .Ss "Special shell variables"
 The variables described in this section have special meaning to the shell.
 .Pp
 The shell sets
 .Va addsuffix ,
 .Va argv ,
 .Va autologout ,
 .Va csubstnonl ,
 .Va command ,
 .Va echo_style ,
 .Va edit ,
 .Va gid ,
 .Va group ,
 .Va home ,
 .Va loginsh ,
 .Va oid ,
 .Va path ,
 .Va prompt ,
 .Va prompt2 ,
 .Va prompt3 ,
 .Va shell ,
 .Va shlvl ,
 .Va tcsh ,
 .Va term ,
 .Va tty ,
 .Va uid ,
 .Va user
 and
 .Va version
 at
 startup; they do not change thereafter unless changed by the user.
 The shell updates
 .Va cwd ,
 .Va dirstack ,
 .Va owd
 and
 .Va status
 when necessary,
 and sets
 .Va logout
 on logout.
 .Pp
 The shell synchronizes
 .Va group ,
 .Va home ,
 .Va path ,
 .Va shlvl ,
 .Va term and
 .Va user
 with the environment variables of the same names:
 whenever the environment variable changes the shell changes the corresponding
 shell variable to match (unless the shell variable is read-only) and vice
 versa.
 Note that although
 .Va cwd
 and
 .Va PWD
 have identical meanings, they
 are not synchronized in this manner, and that the shell automatically
 converts between the different formats of
 .Va path
 and
 .Va PATH
 .TP 8
 .B addsuffix \fR(+)
 If set, filename completion adds
 .Sq /
 to the end of directories and a space
 to the end of normal files when they are matched exactly.
 Set by default.
 .TP 8
 .B afsuser \fR(+)
 If set,
 .Va autologout
 's autolock feature uses its value instead of
 the local username for kerberos authentication.
 .TP 8
 .B ampm \fR(+)
 If set, all times are shown in 12-hour AM/PM format.
 .TP 8
 .B anyerror \fR(+)
 This variable selects what is propagated to the value of the
 .Va status
 variable. For more information see the description of the
 .Va status
 variable below.
 .TP 8
 .B argv
 The arguments to the shell.
 Positional parameters are taken from
 .Va argv
 ,
 i.e.,
 .Sq $1
 is replaced by
 .Sq $argv[1]
 , etc.
 Set by default, but usually empty in interactive shells.
 .TP 8
 .B autocorrect \fR(+)
 If set, the
 .Va spell-word
 editor command is invoked automatically before
 each completion attempt.
 .TP 8
 .B autoexpand \fR(+)
 If set, the
 .Va expand-history
 editor command is invoked automatically
 before each completion attempt. If this is set to
 .Va onlyhistory
 , then
 only history will be expanded and a second completion will expand filenames.
 .TP 8
 .B autolist \fR(+)
 If set, possibilities are listed after an ambiguous completion.
 If set to
 .Sq ambiguous
 , possibilities are listed only when no new
 characters are added by completion.
 .TP 8
 .B autologout \fR(+)
 The first word is the number of minutes of inactivity before automatic
 logout.
 The optional second word is the number of minutes of inactivity
 before automatic locking.
 When the shell automatically logs out, it prints
 .Sq auto-logout
 , sets the
 variable
 .Va logout
 to
 .Sq automatic
 and exits.
 When the shell automatically locks, the user is required to enter his password
 to continue working.
 Five incorrect attempts result in automatic logout.
 Set to
 .Sq 60
 (automatic logout after 60 minutes, and no locking) by default
 in login and superuser shells, but not if the shell thinks it is running
 under a window system (i.e., the
 .Va DISPLAY
 environment variable is set),
 the tty is a pseudo-tty (pty) or the shell was not so compiled (see the
 .Va version
 shell variable).
 See also the
 .Va afsuser
 and
 .Va logout
 shell variables.
 .TP 8
 .B autorehash \fR(+)
 If set, the internal hash table of the contents of the directories in the
 .Va path
 variable will be recomputed if a command is not found in the hash
 table.
 In addition, the list of available commands will be rebuilt for each
 command completion or spelling correction attempt if set to
 .Sq complete
 or
 `correct' respectively; if set to
 .Sq always
 , this will be done for both
 cases.
 .TP 8
 .B backslash_quote \fR(+)
 .\" TODO
 If set, backslashes (`\e') always quote
 .Sq \e
 ,
 .Sq \&' ,
 and
 .Sq \&"
 This may make
 complex quoting tasks easier, but it can cause syntax errors in
 .Xr csh 1
 scripts.
 .TP 8
 .B catalog
 The file name of the message catalog.
 If set, tcsh use
 .Sq tcsh.${catalog}
 as a message catalog instead of
 default
 .Sq tcsh
 .TP 8
 .B cdpath
 A list of directories in which
 .Va cd
 should search for
 subdirectories if they aren't found in the current directory.
 .TP 8
 .B cdtohome \fR(+)
 If not set,
 .Va cd
 requires a directory
 .Va name
 , and will not go to the
 .Va home
 directory if it's omitted.
 This is set by default.
 .TP 8
 .B color
 If set, it enables color display for the builtin \fBls\-F\fR and it passes
 .Fl \-color=auto\fR to
 .Va ls
 Alternatively, it can be set to only
 \fBls\-F\fR or only
 .Va ls
 to enable color to only one command.
 Setting
 it to nothing is equivalent to setting it to \fB(ls\-F ls)\fR.
 .TP 8
 .B colorcat
 If set, it enables color escape sequence for NLS message files.
 And display colorful NLS messages.
 .TP 8
 .B command \fR(+)
 If set, the command which was passed to the shell with the
 .Va -c
 flag (q.v.).
 .TP 8
 .B compat_expr \fR(+)
 If set, the shell will evaluate expressions right to left, like the original
 .Xr csh 1
 .TP 8
 .B complete \fR(+)
 If set to
 .Sq igncase
 , the completion becomes case insensitive.
 If set to
 .Sq enhance
 , completion ignores case and considers
 hyphens and underscores to be equivalent; it will also treat
 periods, hyphens and underscores (`.',
 .Sq \-
 and
 .Sq _
 ) as word
 separators.
 If set to
 .Sq Enhance
 , completion matches uppercase and underscore
 characters explicitly and matches lowercase and hyphens in a
 case-insensitive manner; it will treat periods, hyphens and underscores
 as word separators.
 .TP 8
 .B continue \fR(+)
 If set to a list of commands, the shell will continue the listed
 commands, instead of starting a new one.
 .TP 8
 .B continue_args \fR(+)
 Same as continue, but the shell will execute:
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 echo \`pwd\` $argv > ~/.<cmd>_pause; %<cmd>
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B correct \fR(+)
 If set to
 .Sq cmd
 , commands are automatically spelling-corrected.
 If set to
 .Sq complete
 , commands are automatically completed.
 If set to
 .Sq all
 , the entire command line is corrected.
 .TP 8
 .B csubstnonl \fR(+)
 If set, newlines and carriage returns in command substitution are
 replaced by spaces.
 Set by default.
 .TP 8
 .B cwd
 The full pathname of the current directory.
 See also the
 .Va dirstack
 and
 .Va owd
 shell variables.
 .TP 8
 .B dextract \fR(+)
 If set,
 .Sq pushd +
 .Va n
 extracts the
 .Va n
 th directory from the directory
 stack rather than rotating it to the top.
 .TP 8
 .B dirsfile \fR(+)
 The default location in which
 .Sq dirs \-S
 and
 .Sq dirs \-L
 look for
 a history file.
 If unset,
 .Va ~/.cshdirs
 is used.
 Because only
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 is normally sourced before
 .Va ~/.cshdirs
 ,
 .Va dirsfile
 should be set in
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 rather than
 .Va ~/.login
 .TP 8
 .B dirstack \fR(+)
 An array of all the directories on the directory stack.
 `$dirstack[1]' is the current working directory,
 .Sq $dirstack[2]
 the first directory on the stack, etc.
 Note that the current working directory is
 .Sq $dirstack[1]
 but
 .Sq =0
 in
 directory stack substitutions, etc.
 One can change the stack arbitrarily by setting
 .Va dirstack
 ,
 but the first element (the current working directory) is always correct.
 See also the
 .Va cwd
 and
 .Va owd
 shell variables.
 .TP 8
 .B dspmbyte \fR(+)
 Has an effect iff 'dspm' is listed as part of the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 If set to
 .Sq euc
 , it enables display and editing EUC-kanji(Japanese) code.
 If set to
 .Sq sjis
 , it enables display and editing Shift-JIS(Japanese) code.
 If set to
 .Sq big5
 , it enables display and editing Big5(Chinese) code.
 If set to
 .Sq utf8
 , it enables display and editing Utf8(Unicode) code.
 If set to the following format, it enables display and editing of original
 multi-byte code format:
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 > set dspmbyte = 0000....(256 bytes)....0000
 .Pp
 The table requires
 .Va just
 256 bytes.
 Each character of 256 characters
 corresponds (from left to right) to the ASCII codes 0x00, 0x01, ... 0xff.
 Each
 character
 .\" (position in this table?)
 is set to number 0,1,2 and 3.
 Each number has the following meaning:
 .br
 0 ... not used for multi-byte characters.
 .br
 1 ... used for the first byte of a multi-byte character.
 .br
 2 ... used for the second byte of a multi-byte character.
 .br
 3 ... used for both the first byte and second byte of a multi-byte character.
 .\" SHK: I tried my best to get the following to be grammatically correct.
 .\" However, I still don't understand what's going on here.
 In the
 .\" following example, there are three bytes, but the text seems to refer to
 .\" each nybble as a character.
 What's going on here?  It this 3-byte code
 .\" in the table?  The text above seems to imply that there are 256
 .\" characters/bytes in the table.
 If I get some more info on this (perhaps
 .\" a complete example), I could fix the text to be grammatically correct.
 .\" (steve.kelem@xilinx.com 1999/09/13)
 .Pp
 Example:
 .br
 If set to
 .Sq 001322
 , the first character (means 0x00 of the ASCII code) and
 second character (means 0x01 of ASCII code) are set to
 .Sq 0
 Then, it is not
 used for multi-byte characters.
 The 3rd character (0x02) is set to '1',
 indicating that it is used for the first byte of a multi-byte character.
 The 4th character(0x03) is set '3'.
 It is used for both the first byte and
 the second byte of a multi-byte character.
 The 5th and 6th characters
 (0x04,0x05) are set to '2', indicating that they are used for the second
 byte of a multi-byte character.
 .Pp
 The GNU fileutils version of ls cannot display multi-byte
 filenames without the -N ( --literal ) option.
 If you are using
 this version, set the second word of dspmbyte to "ls".
 If not, for
 example, "ls-F -l" cannot display multi-byte filenames.
 .Pp
 Note:
 .br
 This variable can only be used if KANJI and DSPMBYTE has been defined at
 compile time.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B dunique \fR(+)
 If set,
 .Va pushd
 removes any instances of
 .Va name
 from the stack before pushing it onto the stack.
 .TP 8
 .B echo
 If set, each command with its arguments is echoed just before it is
 executed.
 For non-builtin commands all expansions occur before
 echoing.
 Builtin commands are echoed before command and filename
 substitution, because these substitutions are then done selectively.
 Set by the
 .Fl x\fR command line option.
 .TP 8
 .B echo_style \fR(+)
 The style of the
 .Va echo
 builtin.
 May be set to
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 8
 bsd
 Don't echo a newline if the first argument is
 .Sq \-n ;
 the default for
 .Xr csh 1
 .TP 8
 sysv
 Recognize backslashed escape sequences in echo strings.
 .TP 8
 both
 Recognize both the
 .Sq \-n
 flag and backslashed escape sequences; the default
 for
 .Nm
 .TP 8
 none
 Recognize neither.
 .PD
 .Pp
 Set by default to the local system default.
 The BSD and System V
 options are described in the
 .Va echo
 (1) man pages on the appropriate
 systems.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B edit \fR(+)
 If set, the command-line editor is used.
 Set by default in interactive
 shells.
 .TP 8
 .B editors \fR(+)
 A list of command names for the
 .Va run-fg-editor
 editor command to match.
 If not set, the
 .Va EDITOR
 (`ed' if unset) and
 .Va VISUAL
 (`vi' if unset)
 environment variables will be used instead.
 .TP 8
 .B ellipsis \fR(+)
 If set, the
 .Sq %c
 /`%.' and
 .Sq %C
 prompt sequences (see the
 .Va prompt
 shell variable) indicate skipped directories with an ellipsis (`...')
 instead of
 .Sq /<skipped>
 .TP 8
 .B euid \fR(+)
 The user's effective user ID.
 .TP 8
 .B euser \fR(+)
 The first matching passwd entry name corresponding to the effective user ID.
 .TP 8
 .B fignore \fR(+)
 Lists file name suffixes to be ignored by completion.
 .TP 8
 .B filec
 In
 .Nm
 , completion is always used and this variable is ignored
 by default. If
 .B edit
 is unset, then the traditional
 .Xr csh 1
 completion is used.
 If set in
 .Xr csh 1
 , filename completion is used.
 .TP 8
 .B gid \fR(+)
 The user's real group ID.
 .TP 8
 .B globdot \fR(+)
 If set, wild-card glob patterns will match files and directories beginning
 with
 .Sq .
 except for
 .Sq .
 and
 .Sq ..
 .TP 8
 .B globstar \fR(+)
 If set, the
 .Sq **
 and
 .Sq ***
 file glob patterns will match any string of
 characters including
 .Sq /
 traversing any existing sub-directories.
 (e.g.
 `ls **.c' will list all the .c files in the current directory tree).
 If used by itself, it will match zero or more sub-directories
 (e.g.
 .Sq ls /usr/include/**/time.h
 will list any file named
 .Sq time.h
 in the /usr/include directory tree; whereas
 .Sq ls /usr/include/**time.h
 will match any file in the /usr/include directory tree ending in
 .Sq time.h
 ).
 To prevent problems with recursion, the
 .Sq **
 glob-pattern will not
 descend into a symbolic link containing a directory.
 To override this,
 use
 .Sq ***
 .TP 8
 .B group \fR(+)
 The user's group name.
 .TP 8
 .B highlight
 If set, the incremental search match (in
 .Va i-search-back
 and
 .Va i-search-fwd
 ) and the region between the mark and the cursor are
 highlighted in reverse video.
 .IP "" 8
 Highlighting requires more frequent terminal writes, which introduces extra
 overhead. If you care about terminal performance, you may want to leave this
 unset.
 .TP 8
 .B histchars
 A string value determining the characters used in \fBHistory
 substitution\fR (q.v.).
 The first character of its value is used as
 the history substitution character, replacing the default character
 `!'.
 The second character of its value replaces the character
 .Sq ^
 in
 quick substitutions.
 .TP 8
 .B histdup \fR(+)
 Controls handling of duplicate entries in the history list.
 If set to
 `all' only unique history events are entered in the history list.
 If
 set to
 .Sq prev
 and the last history event is the same as the current
 command, then the current command is not entered in the history.
 If
 set to
 .Sq erase
 and the same event is found in the history list, that
 old event gets erased and the current one gets inserted.
 Note that the
 `prev' and
 .Sq all
 options renumber history events so there are no gaps.
 .TP 8
 .B histfile \fR(+)
 The default location in which
 .Sq history \-S
 and
 .Sq history \-L
 look for
 a history file.
 If unset,
 .Va ~/.history
 is used.
 .Va histfile
 is
 useful when sharing the same home directory between different machines,
 or when saving separate histories on different terminals.
 Because only
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 is normally sourced before
 .Va ~/.history
 ,
 .Va histfile
 should be set in
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 rather than
 .Va ~/.login
 .TP 8
 .B histlit \fR(+)
 If set, builtin and editor commands and the
 .Va savehist
 mechanism
 use the literal (unexpanded) form of lines in the history list.
 See
 also the
 .Va toggle-literal-history
 editor command.
 .TP 8
 .B history
 The first word indicates the number of history events to save.
 The
 optional second word (+) indicates the format in which history is
 printed; if not given,
 .Sq %h\et%T\et%R\en
 is used.
 The format sequences
 are described below under
 .Va prompt
 ; note the variable meaning of
 `%R'.
 Set to
 .Sq 100
 by default.
 .TP 8
 .B home
 Initialized to the home directory of the invoker.
 The filename
 expansion of
 .Sq
 .Va ~
 refers to this variable.
 .TP 8
 .B ignoreeof
 If set to the empty string or
 .Sq 0
 and the input device is a terminal,
 the
 .Va end-of-file
 command (usually generated by the user by typing
 `^D' on an empty line) causes the shell to print `Use "exit" to leave
 tcsh.' instead of exiting.
 This prevents the shell from accidentally
 being killed.
 Historically this setting exited after 26 successive
 EOF's to avoid infinite loops.
 If set to a number
 .Va n
 , the shell
 ignores
 .Va n - 1
 consecutive
 .Va end-of-file
 s and exits on the
 .Va n
 th.
 (+) If unset,
 .Sq 1
 is used, i.e., the shell exits on a
 single
 .Sq ^D
 .TP 8
 .B implicitcd \fR(+)
 If set, the shell treats a directory name typed as a command as though
 it were a request to change to that directory.
 If set to
 .Va verbose
 ,
 the change of directory is echoed to the standard output.
 This behavior
 is inhibited in non-interactive shell scripts, or for command strings
 with more than one word.
 Changing directory takes precedence over
 executing a like-named command, but it is done after alias
 substitutions.
 Tilde and variable expansions work as expected.
 .TP 8
 .B inputmode \fR(+)
 If set to
 .Sq insert
 or
 .Sq overwrite
 , puts the editor into that input mode
 at the beginning of each line.
 .TP 8
 .B killdup \fR(+)
 Controls handling of duplicate entries in the kill ring.
 If set to
 `all' only unique strings are entered in the kill ring.
 If set to
 `prev' and the last killed string is the same as the current killed
 string, then the current string is not entered in the ring.
 If set
 to
 .Sq erase
 and the same string is found in the kill ring, the old
 string is erased and the current one is inserted.
 .TP 8
 .B killring \fR(+)
 Indicates the number of killed strings to keep in memory.
 Set to
 .Sq 30
 by default.
 If unset or set to less than
 .Sq 2
 , the shell will only
 keep the most recently killed string.
 Strings are put in the killring by the editor commands that delete
 (kill) strings of text, e.g.
 .Va backward-delete-word
 ,
 .Va kill-line
 , etc, as well as the
 .Va copy-region-as-kill
 command.
 The
 .Va yank
 editor command will yank the most recently killed string
 into the command-line, while
 .Va yank-pop
 (see
 .Va Editor commands
 )
 can be used to yank earlier killed strings.
 .TP 8
 .B listflags \fR(+)
 If set to
 .Sq x
 ,
 .Sq a
 or
 .Sq A
 , or any combination thereof (e.g.,
 .Sq xA
 ), they
 are used as flags to \fIls\-F\fR, making it act like
 .Sq ls \-xF
 , `ls
 \-Fa',
 .Sq ls \-FA
 or a combination (e.g.,
 .Sq ls \-FxA
 ):
 .Sq a
 shows all
 files (even if they start with a
 .Sq .
 ),
 .Sq A
 shows all files but
 .Sq .
 and
 `..', and
 .Sq x
 sorts across instead of down.
 If the second word of
 .Va listflags
 is set, it is used as the path to
 .Sq ls(1)
 .TP 8
 .B listjobs \fR(+)
 If set, all jobs are listed when a job is suspended.
 If set to
 .Sq long
 ,
 the listing is in long format.
 .TP 8
 .B listlinks \fR(+)
 If set, the \fIls\-F\fR builtin command shows the type of file to which
 each symbolic link points.
 .TP 8
 .B listmax \fR(+)
 The maximum number of items which the
 .Va list-choices
 editor command
 will list without asking first.
 .TP 8
 .B listmaxrows \fR(+)
 The maximum number of rows of items which the
 .Va list-choices
 editor
 command will list without asking first.
 .TP 8
 .B loginsh \fR(+)
 Set by the shell if it is a login shell.
 Setting or unsetting it
 within a shell has no effect.
 See also
 .Va shlvl
 .TP 8
 .B logout \fR(+)
 Set by the shell to
 .Sq normal
 before a normal logout,
 .Sq automatic
 before
 an automatic logout, and
 .Sq hangup
 if the shell was killed by a hangup
 signal (see
 .Va Signal handling
 ).
 See also the
 .Va autologout
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B mail
 A list of files and directories to check for incoming mail, optionally
 preceded by a numeric word.
 Before each prompt, if 10 minutes have
 passed since the last check, the shell checks each file and says `You
 have new mail.' (or, if
 .Va mail
 contains multiple files, `You have
 new mail in
 .Va name
 .') if the filesize is greater than zero in size
 and has a modification time greater than its access time.
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD
 .Pp
 If you are in a login shell, then no mail file is reported unless it has
 been modified after the time the shell has started up, to prevent
 redundant notifications.
 Most login programs will tell you whether or not
 you have mail when you log in.
 .Pp
 If a file specified in
 .Va mail
 is a directory, the shell will count each
 file within that directory as a separate message, and will report `You have
 .Va n
 mails.' or
 .Sq You have
 .Va n
 mails in
 .Va name
 as appropriate.
 This functionality is provided primarily for those systems which store mail
 in this manner, such as the Andrew Mail System.
 .Pp
 If the first word of
 .Va mail
 is numeric it is taken as a different mail
 checking interval, in seconds.
 .Pp
 Under very rare circumstances, the shell may report
 .Sq You have mail.
 instead
 of
 .Sq You have new mail.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B matchbeep \fR(+)
 If set to
 .Sq never
 , completion never beeps.
 If set to
 .Sq nomatch
 , it beeps only when there is no match.
 If set to
 .Sq ambiguous
 , it beeps when there are multiple matches.
 If set to
 .Sq notunique
 , it beeps when there is one exact and other longer matches.
 If unset,
 .Sq ambiguous
 is used.
 .TP 8
 .B nobeep \fR(+)
 If set, beeping is completely disabled.
 See also
 .Va visiblebell
 .TP 8
 .B noclobber
 If set, restrictions are placed on output redirection to insure that files
 are not accidentally destroyed and that
 .Sq >>
 redirections refer to existing
 files, as described in the
 .Va Input/output
 section.
 .TP 8
 .B noding
 If set, disable the printing of
 .Sq DING!
 in the
 .Va prompt
 time
 specifiers at the change of hour.
 .TP 8
 .B noglob
 If set,
 .Va Filename substitution
 and
 .Va Directory stack substitution
 (q.v.) are inhibited.
 This is most useful in shell scripts which do not deal
 with filenames, or after a list of filenames has been obtained and further
 expansions are not desirable.
 .TP 8
 .B nokanji \fR(+)
 If set and the shell supports Kanji (see the
 .Va version
 shell variable),
 it is disabled so that the meta key can be used.
 .TP 8
 .B nonomatch
 If set, a
 .Va Filename substitution
 or
 .Va Directory stack substitution
 (q.v.) which does not match any
 existing files is left untouched rather than causing an error.
 It is still an error for the substitution to be
 malformed, e.g.,
 .Sq echo [
 still gives an error.
 .TP 8
 .B nostat \fR(+)
 A list of directories (or glob-patterns which match directories; see
 .Va Filename substitution
 ) that should not be
 .Va stat
 (2)ed during a
 completion operation.
 This is usually used to exclude directories which
 take too much time to
 .Va stat
 (2), for example
 .Va /afs
 .TP 8
 .B notify
 If set, the shell announces job completions asynchronously.
 The default is to present job completions just before printing a prompt.
 .TP 8
 .B oid \fR(+)
 The user's real organization ID.
 (Domain/OS only)
 .TP 8
 .B owd \fR(+)
 The old working directory, equivalent to the
 .Sq \-
 used by
 .Va cd
 and
 .Va pushd
 See also the
 .Va cwd
 and
 .Va dirstack
 shell variables.
 .TP 8
 .B padhour
 If set, enable the printing of padding '0' for hours, in 24 and 12 hour
 formats.
 E.G.: 07:45:42 vs. 7:45:42.
 .TP 8
 .B parseoctal
 To retain compatibily with older versions numeric variables starting with
 0 are not interpreted as octal. Setting this variable enables proper octal
 parsing.
 .TP 8
 .B path
 A list of directories in which to look for executable commands.
 A null word specifies the current directory.
 If there is no
 .Va path
 variable then only full path names will execute.
 .Va path
 is set by the shell at startup from the
 .Va PATH
 environment
 variable or, if
 .Va PATH
 does not exist, to a system-dependent default
 something like
 .Sq (/usr/local/bin /usr/bsd /bin /usr/bin .)
 The shell may put
 .Sq .
 first or last in
 .Va path
 or omit it entirely
 depending on how it was compiled; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 A shell which is given neither the
 .Fl c\fR nor the
 .Fl t\fR option
 hashes the contents of the directories in
 .Va path
 after
 reading
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 and each time
 .Va path
 is reset.
 If one adds a new command to a directory in
 .Va path
 while the shell
 is active, one may need to do a
 .Va rehash
 for the shell to find it.
 .TP 8
 .B printexitvalue \fR(+)
 If set and an interactive program exits with a non-zero status, the shell
 prints
 .Sq Exit
 .Va status
 .TP 8
 .B prompt
 The string which is printed before reading each command from the terminal.
 .Va prompt
 may include any of the following formatting sequences (+), which
 are replaced by the given information:
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 %/
 The current working directory.
 .TP 4
 %~
 The current working directory, but with one's home directory
 represented by
 .Sq ~
 and other users' home directories represented by
 `~user' as per
 .Va Filename substitution
 `~user' substitution
 happens only if the shell has already used
 .Sq ~
 .Va user
 in a pathname
 in the current session.
 .TP 4
 %c[[0]
 .Va n
 ], %.[[0]
 .Va n
 ]
 The trailing component of the current working directory, or
 .Va n
 trailing components if a digit
 .Va n
 is given.
 If
 .Va n
 begins with
 .Sq 0
 , the number of skipped components precede
 the trailing component(s) in the format
 .Sq /<
 .Va skipped
 >trailing
 If the
 .Va ellipsis
 shell variable is set, skipped components
 are represented by an ellipsis so the whole becomes
 .Sq ...trailing
 `~' substitution is done as in
 .Sq %~
 above, but the
 .Sq ~
 component
 is ignored when counting trailing components.
 .TP 4
 %C
 Like %c, but without
 .Sq ~
 substitution.
 .TP 4
 %h, %!, !
 The current history event number.
 .TP 4
 %M
 The full hostname.
 .TP 4
 %m
 The hostname up to the first
 .Sq .
 .TP 4
 %S (%s)
 Start (stop) standout mode.
 .TP 4
 %B (%b)
 Start (stop) boldfacing mode.
 .TP 4
 %U (%u)
 Start (stop) underline mode.
 .TP 4
 %t, %@
 The time of day in 12-hour AM/PM format.
 .TP 4
 %T
 Like
 .Sq %t
 , but in 24-hour format (but see the
 .Va ampm
 shell variable).
 .TP 4
 %p
 The
 .Sq precise
 time of day in 12-hour AM/PM format, with seconds.
 .TP 4
 %P
 Like
 .Sq %p
 , but in 24-hour format (but see the
 .Va ampm
 shell variable).
 .TP 4
 \e
 .Va c
 .Va c
 is parsed as in
 .Va bindkey
 .TP 4
 ^
 .Va c
 .Va c
 is parsed as in
 .Va bindkey
 .TP 4
 %%
 A single
 .Sq %
 .TP 4
 %n
 The user name.
 .TP 4
 %N
 The effective user name.
 .TP 4
 %j
 The number of jobs.
 .TP 4
 %d
 The weekday in
 .Sq Day
 format.
 .TP 4
 %D
 The day in
 .Sq dd
 format.
 .TP 4
 %w
 The month in
 .Sq Mon
 format.
 .TP 4
 %W
 The month in
 .Sq mm
 format.
 .TP 4
 %y
 The year in
 .Sq yy
 format.
 .TP 4
 %Y
 The year in
 .Sq yyyy
 format.
 .TP 4
 %l
 The shell's tty.
 .TP 4
 %L
 Clears from the end of the prompt to end of the display or the end of the line.
 .TP 4
 %$
 Expands the shell or environment variable name immediately after the
 .Sq $
 .TP 4
 %#
 `>' (or the first character of the
 .Va promptchars
 shell variable)
 for normal users,
 .Sq #
 (or the second character of
 .Va promptchars
 )
 for the superuser.
 .TP 4
 %{
 .Va string
 %}
 Includes
 .Va string
 as a literal escape sequence.
 It should be used only to change terminal attributes and
 should not move the cursor location.
 This
 cannot be the last sequence in
 .Va prompt
 .TP 4
 %?
 The return code of the command executed just before the prompt.
 .TP 4
 %R
 In
 .Va prompt2
 , the status of the parser.
 In
 .Va prompt3
 , the corrected string.
 In
 .Va history
 , the history string.
 .PD
 .Pp
 `%B',
 .Sq %S
 ,
 .Sq %U
 and
 .Sq %{
 .Va string
 %}
 are available in only
 eight-bit-clean shells; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .Pp
 The bold, standout and underline sequences are often used to distinguish a
 superuser shell.
 For example,
 .IP "" 4
 > set prompt = "%m [%h] %B[%@]%b [%/] you rang? "
 .br
 tut [37]
 .Va [2:54pm]
 [/usr/accts/sys] you rang? _
 .Pp
 If
 .Sq %t
 ,
 .Sq %@
 ,
 .Sq %T
 ,
 .Sq %p
 , or
 .Sq %P
 is used, and
 .Va noding
 is not set,
 then print
 .Sq DING!
 on the change of hour (i.e,
 .Sq \&:00
 minutes) instead of
 the actual time.
 .Pp
 Set by default to
 .Sq %#
 in interactive shells.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B prompt2 \fR(+)
 The string with which to prompt in
 .Va while
 and
 .Va foreach
 loops and
 after lines ending in
 .Sq \e
 The same format sequences may be used as in
 .Va prompt
 (q.v.);
 note the variable meaning of
 .Sq %R
 Set by default to
 .Sq %R?
 in interactive shells.
 .TP 8
 .B prompt3 \fR(+)
 The string with which to prompt when confirming automatic spelling correction.
 The same format sequences may be used as in
 .Va prompt
 (q.v.);
 note the variable meaning of
 .Sq %R
 Set by default to
 .Sq CORRECT>%R (y|n|e|a)?
 in interactive shells.
 .TP 8
 .B promptchars \fR(+)
 If set (to a two-character string), the
 .Sq %#
 formatting sequence in the
 .Va prompt
 shell variable is replaced with the first character for
 normal users and the second character for the superuser.
 .TP 8
 .B pushdtohome \fR(+)
 If set,
 .Va pushd
 without arguments does
 .Sq pushd ~
 , like
 .Va cd
 .TP 8
 .B pushdsilent \fR(+)
 If set,
 .Va pushd
 and
 .Va popd
 do not print the directory stack.
 .TP 8
 .B recexact \fR(+)
 If set, completion completes on an exact match even if a longer match is
 possible.
 .TP 8
 .B recognize_only_executables \fR(+)
 If set, command listing displays only files in the path that are
 executable.
 Slow.
 .TP 8
 .B rmstar \fR(+)
 If set, the user is prompted before
 .Sq rm *
 is executed.
 .TP 8
 .B rprompt \fR(+)
 The string to print on the right-hand side of the screen (after
 the command input) when the prompt is being displayed on the left.
 It recognizes the same formatting characters as
 .Va prompt
 It will automatically disappear and reappear as necessary, to ensure that
 command input isn't obscured, and will appear only if the prompt,
 command input, and itself will fit together on the first line.
 If
 .Va edit
 isn't set, then
 .Va rprompt
 will be printed after
 the prompt and before the command input.
 .TP 8
 .B savedirs \fR(+)
 If set, the shell does
 .Sq dirs \-S
 before exiting.
 If the first word is set to a number, at most that many directory stack
 entries are saved.
 .TP 8
 .B savehist
 If set, the shell does
 .Sq history \-S
 before exiting.
 If the first word is set to a number, at most that many lines are saved.
 (The number should be less than or equal to the number
 .Va history
 entries;
 if it is set to greater than the number of
 .Va history
 settings, only
 .Va history
 entries will be saved)
 If the second word is set to
 .Sq merge
 , the history list is merged with
 the existing history file instead of replacing it (if there is one) and
 sorted by time stamp and the most recent events are retained.
 If the second word of
 .Va savehist
 is
 .Sq merge
 and the third word is set to
 `lock', the history file update will be serialized with other shell sessions
 that would possibly like to merge history at exactly the same time. (+)
 .TP 8
 .B sched \fR(+)
 The format in which the
 .Va sched
 builtin command prints scheduled events;
 if not given,
 .Sq %h\et%T\et%R\en
 is used.
 The format sequences are described above under
 .Va prompt
 ;
 note the variable meaning of
 .Sq %R
 .TP 8
 .B shell
 The file in which the shell resides.
 This is used in forking
 shells to interpret files which have execute bits set, but
 which are not executable by the system.
 (See the description
 of
 .Va Builtin and non-builtin command execution
 .)  Initialized to the
 (system-dependent) home of the shell.
 .TP 8
 .B shlvl \fR(+)
 The number of nested shells.
 Reset to 1 in login shells.
 See also
 .Va loginsh
 .TP 8
 .B status
 The exit status from the last command or backquote expansion, or any
 command in a pipeline is propagated to
 .Va status
 (This is also the
 default
 .Xr csh 1
 behavior.)
 This default does not match what POSIX mandates (to return the
 status of the last command only). To match the POSIX behavior, you need
 to unset
 .Va anyerror
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 If the
 .Va anyerror
 variable is unset, the exit status of a pipeline
 is determined only from the last command in the pipeline, and the exit
 status of a backquote expansion is
 .Va not
 propagated to
 .Va status
 .Pp
 If a command terminated abnormally, then 0200 is added to the status.
 Builtin commands which fail return exit status
 .Sq 1
 , all other builtin
 commands return status
 .Sq 0
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B symlinks \fR(+)
 Can be set to several different values to control symbolic link (`symlink')
 resolution:
 .RS +8
 .Pp
 If set to
 .Sq chase
 , whenever the current directory changes to a directory
 containing a symbolic link, it is expanded to the real name of the directory
 to which the link points.
 This does not work for the user's home directory;
 this is a bug.
 .Pp
 If set to
 .Sq ignore
 , the shell tries to construct a current directory
 relative to the current directory before the link was crossed.
 This means that
 .Va cd
 ing through a symbolic link and then
 .Sq cd ..
 ing
 returns one to the original directory.
 This affects only builtin commands
 and filename completion.
 .Pp
 If set to
 .Sq expand
 , the shell tries to fix symbolic links by actually expanding
 arguments which look like path names.
 This affects any command, not just
 builtins.
 Unfortunately, this does not work for hard-to-recognize filenames,
 such as those embedded in command options.
 Expansion may be prevented by
 quoting.
 While this setting is usually the most convenient, it is sometimes
 misleading and sometimes confusing when it fails to recognize an argument
 which should be expanded.
 A compromise is to use
 .Sq ignore
 and use the
 editor command
 .Va normalize-path
 (bound by default to ^X-n) when necessary.
 .Pp
 Some examples are in order.
 First, let's set up some play directories:
 .IP "" 4
 > cd /tmp
 .br
 > mkdir from from/src to
 .br
 > ln \-s from/src to/dst
 .Pp
 Here's the behavior with
 .Va symlinks
 unset,
 .IP "" 4
 > cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to/dst
 .br
 > cd ..; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/from
 .Pp
 here's the behavior with
 .Va symlinks
 set to
 .Sq chase
 ,
 .IP "" 4
 > cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/from/src
 .br
 > cd ..; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/from
 .Pp
 here's the behavior with
 .Va symlinks
 set to
 .Sq ignore
 ,
 .IP "" 4
 > cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to/dst
 .br
 > cd ..; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to
 .Pp
 and here's the behavior with
 .Va symlinks
 set to
 .Sq expand
 .IP "" 4
 > cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to/dst
 .br
 > cd ..; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to
 .br
 > cd /tmp/to/dst; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/to/dst
 .br
 > cd ".."; echo $cwd
 .br
 /tmp/from
 .br
 > /bin/echo ..
 .br
 /tmp/to
 .br
 > /bin/echo ".."
 .br
 \&..
 .Pp
 Note that
 .Sq expand
 expansion 1) works just like
 .Sq ignore
 for builtins
 like
 .Va cd
 , 2) is prevented by quoting, and 3) happens before
 filenames are passed to non-builtin commands.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B tcsh \fR(+)
 The version number of the shell in the format
 .Sq R.VV.Pp
 ,
 where
 .Sq R
 is the major release number,
 .Sq VV
 the current version
 and
 .Sq PP
 the patchlevel.
 .TP 8
 .B term
 The terminal type.
 Usually set in
 .Va ~/.login
 as described under
 .Va Startup and shutdown
 .TP 8
 .B time
 If set to a number, then the
 .Va time
 builtin (q.v.) executes automatically
 after each command which takes more than that many CPU seconds.
 If there is a second word, it is used as a format string for the output
 of the
 .Va time
 builtin.
 (u) The following sequences may be used in the
 format string:
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 %U
 The time the process spent in user mode in cpu seconds.
 .TP 4
 %S
 The time the process spent in kernel mode in cpu seconds.
 .TP 4
 %E
 The elapsed (wall clock) time in seconds.
 .TP 4
 %P
 The CPU percentage computed as (%U + %S) / %E.
 .TP 4
 %W
 Number of times the process was swapped.
 .TP 4
 %X
 The average amount in (shared) text space used in Kbytes.
 .TP 4
 %D
 The average amount in (unshared) data/stack space used in Kbytes.
 .TP 4
 %K
 The total space used (%X + %D) in Kbytes.
 .TP 4
 %M
 The maximum memory the process had in use at any time in Kbytes.
 .TP 4
 %F
 The number of major page faults (page needed to be brought from disk).
 .TP 4
 %R
 The number of minor page faults.
 .TP 4
 %I
 The number of input operations.
 .TP 4
 %O
 The number of output operations.
 .TP 4
 %r
 The number of socket messages received.
 .TP 4
 %s
 The number of socket messages sent.
 .TP 4
 %k
 The number of signals received.
 .TP 4
 %w
 The number of voluntary context switches (waits).
 .TP 4
 %c
 The number of involuntary context switches.
 .PD
 .Pp
 Only the first four sequences are supported on systems without BSD resource
 limit functions.
 The default time format is
 .Sq %Uu %Ss %E %P %X+%Dk %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww
 for
 systems that support resource usage reporting and
 .Sq %Uu %Ss %E %P
 for
 systems that do not.
 .Pp
 Under Sequent's DYNIX/ptx, %X, %D, %K, %r and %s are not
 available, but the following additional sequences are:
 .Pp
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 %Y
 The number of system calls performed.
 .TP 4
 %Z
 The number of pages which are zero-filled on demand.
 .TP 4
 %i
 The number of times a process's resident set size was increased by the kernel.
 .TP 4
 %d
 The number of times a process's resident set size was decreased by the kernel.
 .TP 4
 %l
 The number of read system calls performed.
 .TP 4
 %m
 The number of write system calls performed.
 .TP 4
 %p
 The number of reads from raw disk devices.
 .TP 4
 %q
 The number of writes to raw disk devices.
 .PD
 .Pp
 and the default time format is
 .Sq %Uu %Ss %E %P %I+%Oio %Fpf+%Ww
 Note that the CPU percentage can be higher than 100% on multi-processors.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B tperiod \fR(+)
 The period, in minutes, between executions of the
 .Va periodic
 special alias.
 .TP 8
 .B tty \fR(+)
 The name of the tty, or empty if not attached to one.
 .TP 8
 .B uid \fR(+)
 The user's real user ID.
 .TP 8
 .B user
 The user's login name.
 .TP 8
 .B verbose
 If set, causes the words of each
 command to be printed, after history substitution (if any).
 Set by the
 .Fl v\fR command line option.
 .TP 8
 .B version \fR(+)
 The version ID stamp.
 It contains the shell's version number (see
 .Va tcsh
 ),
 origin, release date, vendor, operating system and machine (see
 .Va VENDOR
 ,
 .Va OSTYPE
 and
 .Va MACHTYPE
 ) and a comma-separated
 list of options which were set at compile time.
 Options which are set by default in the distribution are noted.
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 6
 8b
 The shell is eight bit clean; default
 .TP 6
 7b
 The shell is not eight bit clean
 .TP 6
 wide
 The shell is multibyte encoding clean (like UTF-8)
 .TP 6
 nls
 The system's NLS is used; default for systems with NLS
 .TP 6
 lf
 Login shells execute
 .Va /etc/csh.login
 before instead of after
 .Va /etc/csh.cshrc
 and
 .Va ~/.login
 before instead of after
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 and
 .Va ~/.history
 .TP 6
 dl
 `.' is put last in
 .Va path
 for security; default
 .TP 6
 nd
 `.' is omitted from
 .Va path
 for security
 .TP 6
 vi
 .Va vi
 (1)\-style editing is the default rather than
 .Va emacs
 (1)\-style
 .TP 6
 dtr
 Login shells drop DTR when exiting
 .TP 6
 bye
 .Va bye
 is a synonym for
 .Va logout
 and
 .Va log
 is an alternate name for
 .Va watchlog
 .TP 6
 al
 .Va autologout
 is enabled; default
 .TP 6
 kan
 Kanji is used if appropriate according to locale settings,
 unless the
 .Va nokanji
 shell variable is set
 .TP 6
 sm
 The system's
 .Va malloc
 (3) is used
 .TP 6
 hb
 The
 .Sq #!<program> <args>
 convention is emulated when executing shell scripts
 .TP 6
 ng
 The
 .Va newgrp
 builtin is available
 .TP 6
 rh
 The shell attempts to set the
 .Va REMOTEHOST
 environment variable
 .TP 6
 afs
 The shell verifies your password with the kerberos server if local
 authentication fails.
 The
 .Va afsuser
 shell variable or the
 .Va AFSUSER
 environment variable override your local username if set.
 .PD
 .Pp
 An administrator may enter additional strings to indicate differences
 in the local version.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B vimode \fR(+)
 .RS +8
 If unset, various key bindings change behavior to be more
 .Va emacs
 (1)\-style:
 word boundaries are determined by
 .Va wordchars
 versus other characters.
 .Pp
 If set, various key bindings change behavior to be more
 .Va vi
 (1)\-style:
 word boundaries are determined by
 .Va wordchars
 versus whitespace
 versus other characters;
 cursor behavior depends upon current vi mode (command, delete, insert, replace).
 .Pp
 This variable is unset by
 .Va bindkey
 
 .Va -e
 and
 set by
 .Va bindkey
 
 .Va -v
 .B vimode
 may be explicitly set or unset by the user after those
 .Va bindkey
 operations if required.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B visiblebell \fR(+)
 If set, a screen flash is used rather than the audible bell.
 See also
 .Va nobeep
 .TP 8
 .B watch \fR(+)
 A list of user/terminal pairs to watch for logins and logouts.
 If either the user is
 .Sq any
 all terminals are watched for the given user
 and vice versa.
 Setting
 .Va watch
 to
 .Sq (any any)
 watches all users and terminals.
 For example,
 .RS +8
 .IP "" 4
 set watch = (george ttyd1 any console $user any)
 .Pp
 reports activity of the user
 .Sq george
 on ttyd1, any user on the console, and
 oneself (or a trespasser) on any terminal.
 .Pp
 Logins and logouts are checked every 10 minutes by default, but the first
 word of
 .Va watch
 can be set to a number to check every so many minutes.
 For example,
 .IP "" 4
 set watch = (1 any any)
 .Pp
 reports any login/logout once every minute.
 For the impatient, the
 .Va log
 builtin command triggers a
 .Va watch
 report at any time.
 All current logins
 are reported (as with the
 .Va log
 builtin) when
 .Va watch
 is first set.
 .Pp
 The
 .Va who
 shell variable controls the format of
 .Va watch
 reports.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B who \fR(+)
 The format string for
 .Va watch
 messages.
 The following sequences
 are replaced by the given information:
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 %n
 The name of the user who logged in/out.
 .TP 4
 %a
 The observed action, i.e.,
 .Sq logged on
 ,
 .Sq logged off
 or
 .Sq replaced
 .Va olduser
 on
 .TP 4
 %l
 The terminal (tty) on which the user logged in/out.
 .TP 4
 %M
 The full hostname of the remote host, or
 .Sq local
 if the login/logout was
 from the local host.
 .TP 4
 %m
 The hostname of the remote host up to the first
 .Sq .
 The full name is printed if it is an IP address or an X Window System display.
 .PD
 .Pp
 %M and %m are available on only systems that store the remote hostname in
 .Va /etc/utmp
 If unset,
 .Sq %n has %a %l from %m.
 is used, or
 .Sq %n has %a %l.
 on systems
 which don't store the remote hostname.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B wordchars \fR(+)
 A list of non-alphanumeric characters to be considered part of a word by the
 .Va forward-word
 ,
 .Va backward-word
 etc., editor commands.
 If unset, the default value is determined based on the state of
 .Va vimode
 :
 if
 .Va vimode
 is unset,
 .Sq *?_\-.[]~=
 is used as the default;
 if
 .Va vimode
 is set,
 .Sq _
 is used as the default.
 .Sh ENVIRONMENT
 .TP 8
 .B AFSUSER \fR(+)
 Equivalent to the
 .Va afsuser
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B COLUMNS
 The number of columns in the terminal.
 See
 .Va Terminal management
 .TP 8
 .B DISPLAY
 Used by X Window System (see
 .Va X
 (1)).
 If set, the shell does not set
 .Va autologout
 (q.v.).
 .TP 8
 .B EDITOR
 The pathname to a default editor.
 Used by the
 .Va run-fg-editor
 editor command if the
 the
 .Va editors
 shell variable is unset.
 See also the
 .Va VISUAL
 environment variable.
 .TP 8
 .B GROUP \fR(+)
 Equivalent to the
 .Va group
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B HOME
 Equivalent to the
 .Va home
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B HOST \fR(+)
 Initialized to the name of the machine on which the shell
 is running, as determined by the
 .Va gethostname
 (2) system call.
 .TP 8
 .B HOSTTYPE \fR(+)
 Initialized to the type of machine on which the shell
 is running, as determined at compile time.
 This variable is obsolete and
 will be removed in a future version.
 .TP 8
 .B HPATH \fR(+)
 A colon-separated list of directories in which the
 .Va run-help
 editor
 command looks for command documentation.
 .TP 8
 .B LANG
 Gives the preferred character environment.
 See
 .Va Native Language System support
 .TP 8
 .B LC_CTYPE
 If set, only ctype character handling is changed.
 See
 .Va Native Language System support
 .TP 8
 .B LINES
 The number of lines in the terminal.
 See
 .Va Terminal management
 .TP 8
 .B LS_COLORS
 The format of this variable is reminiscent of the
 .Va termcap(5)
 file format; a colon-separated list of expressions of the form
 "
 .Va xx=string
 ", where "
 .Va xx
 " is a two-character variable name.
 The
 variables with their associated defaults are:
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .RS +4
 .PD 0
 .TP 12
 no	0
 Normal (non-filename) text
 .TP 12
 fi	0
 Regular file
 .TP 12
 di	01;34
 Directory
 .TP 12
 ln	01;36
 Symbolic link
 .TP 12
 pi	33
 Named pipe (FIFO)
 .TP 12
 so	01;35
 Socket
 .TP 12
 do	01;35
 Door
 .TP 12
 bd	01;33
 Block device
 .TP 12
 cd	01;32
 Character device
 .TP 12
 ex	01;32
 Executable file
 .TP 12
 mi	(none)
 Missing file (defaults to fi)
 .TP 12
 or	(none)
 Orphaned symbolic link (defaults to ln)
 .TP 12
 lc	^[[
 Left code
 .TP 12
 rc	m
 Right code
 .TP 12
 ec	(none)
 End code (replaces lc+no+rc)
 .PD
 .RE
 .Pp
 You need to include only the variables you want to change from
 the default.
 .Pp
 File names can also be colorized based on filename extension.
 This is specified in the
 .Va LS_COLORS
 variable using the syntax
 .Va "*ext=string"
 For example, using ISO 6429 codes, to color
 all C\-language source files blue you would specify
 .Va "*.c=34"
 This would color all files ending in
 .Va .c
 in blue (34) color.
 .Pp
 Control characters can be written either in C\-style\-escaped
 notation, or in stty\-like ^\-notation.
 The C\-style notation
 adds
 .Va ^[
 for Escape, \fB\_\fR for a normal space character,
 and
 .Va ?
 for Delete.
 In addition, the
 .Va ^[
 escape character
 can be used to override the default interpretation of
 .Va ^[
 ,
 .Va ^
 ,
 .Va :
 and
 .Va =
 .Pp
 Each file will be written as
 .Va <lc>
 
 .Va <color-code>
 .Va <rc>
 
 .Va <filename>
 
 .Va <ec>
 If the
 .Va <ec>
 code is undefined, the sequence
 .Va <lc>
 \fB<no>
 .Va <rc>
 will be used instead.
 This is generally more convenient
 to use, but less general.
 The left, right and end codes are
 provided so you don't have to type common parts over and over
 again and to support weird terminals; you will generally not
 need to change them at all unless your terminal does not use
 ISO 6429 color sequences but a different system.
 .Pp
 If your terminal does use ISO 6429 color codes, you can
 compose the type codes (i.e., all except the
 .Va lc
 ,
 .Va rc
 ,
 and
 .Va ec
 codes) from numerical commands separated by semicolons.
 The
 most common commands are:
 .Pp
 .RS +8
 .PD 0
 .TP 4
 0
 to restore default color
 .TP 4
 1
 for brighter colors
 .TP 4
 4
 for underlined text
 .TP 4
 5
 for flashing text
 .TP 4
 30
 for black foreground
 .TP 4
 31
 for red foreground
 .TP 4
 32
 for green foreground
 .TP 4
 33
 for yellow (or brown) foreground
 .TP 4
 34
 for blue foreground
 .TP 4
 35
 for purple foreground
 .TP 4
 36
 for cyan foreground
 .TP 4
 37
 for white (or gray) foreground
 .TP 4
 40
 for black background
 .TP 4
 41
 for red background
 .TP 4
 42
 for green background
 .TP 4
 43
 for yellow (or brown) background
 .TP 4
 44
 for blue background
 .TP 4
 45
 for purple background
 .TP 4
 46
 for cyan background
 .TP 4
 47
 for white (or gray) background
 .PD
 .RE
 .Pp
 Not all commands will work on all systems or display devices.
 .Pp
 A few terminal programs do not recognize the default end code
 properly.
 If all text gets colorized after you do a directory
 listing, try changing the
 .Va no
 and
 .Va fi
 codes from 0 to the
 numerical codes for your standard fore- and background colors.
 .RE
 .TP 8
 .B MACHTYPE \fR(+)
 The machine type (microprocessor class or machine model), as determined at compile time.
 .TP 8
 .B NOREBIND \fR(+)
 If set, printable characters are not rebound to
 .Va self-insert-command
 See
 .Va Native Language System support
 .TP 8
 .B OSTYPE \fR(+)
 The operating system, as determined at compile time.
 .TP 8
 .B PATH
 A colon-separated list of directories in which to look for executables.
 Equivalent to the
 .Va path
 shell variable, but in a different format.
 .TP 8
 .B PWD \fR(+)
 Equivalent to the
 .Va cwd
 shell variable, but not synchronized to it;
 updated only after an actual directory change.
 .TP 8
 .B REMOTEHOST \fR(+)
 The host from which the user has logged in remotely, if this is the case and
 the shell is able to determine it.
 Set only if the shell was so compiled;
 see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B SHLVL \fR(+)
 Equivalent to the
 .Va shlvl
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B SYSTYPE \fR(+)
 The current system type.
 (Domain/OS only)
 .TP 8
 .B TERM
 Equivalent to the
 .Va term
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B TERMCAP
 The terminal capability string.
 See
 .Va Terminal management
 .TP 8
 .B USER
 Equivalent to the
 .Va user
 shell variable.
 .TP 8
 .B VENDOR \fR(+)
 The vendor, as determined at compile time.
 .TP 8
 .B VISUAL
 The pathname to a default full-screen editor.
 Used by the
 .Va run-fg-editor
 editor command if the
 the
 .Va editors
 shell variable is unset.
 See also the
 .Va EDITOR
 environment variable.
 .Sh FILES
 .PD 0
 .TP 16
 .I /etc/csh.cshrc
 Read first by every shell.
 ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use
 .Va /etc/cshrc
 and
 NeXTs use
 .Va /etc/cshrc.std
 A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX have no equivalent in
 .Xr csh 1
 ,
 but read this file in
 .Nm
 anyway.
 Solaris 2.x does not have it either, but
 .Nm
 reads
 .Va /etc/.cshrc
 (+)
 .TP 16
 .I /etc/csh.login
 Read by login shells after
 .Va /etc/csh.cshrc
 ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use
 .Va /etc/login
 ,
 NeXTs use
 .Va /etc/login.std
 , Solaris 2.x uses
 .Va /etc/.login
 and
 A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX use
 .Va /etc/cshrc
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.tcshrc \fR(+)
 Read by every shell after
 .Va /etc/csh.cshrc
 or its equivalent.
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.cshrc
 Read by every shell, if
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 doesn't exist,
 after
 .Va /etc/csh.cshrc
 or its equivalent.
 This manual uses
 .Sq
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 to mean `
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 or,
 if
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 is not found,
 .Va ~/.cshrc
 '.
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.history
 Read by login shells after
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 if
 .Va savehist
 is set, but see also
 .Va histfile
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.login
 Read by login shells after
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 or
 .Va ~/.history
 The shell may be compiled to read
 .Va ~/.login
 before instead of after
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 and
 .Va ~/.history
 ; see the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.cshdirs \fR(+)
 Read by login shells after
 .Va ~/.login
 if
 .Va savedirs
 is set, but see also
 .Va dirsfile
 .TP 16
 .I /etc/csh.logout
 Read by login shells at logout.
 ConvexOS, Stellix and Intel use
 .Va /etc/logout
 and
 NeXTs use
 .Va /etc/logout.std
 A/UX, AMIX, Cray and IRIX have no equivalent in
 .Xr csh 1
 ,
 but read this file in
 .Nm
 anyway.
 Solaris 2.x does not have it either, but
 .Nm
 reads
 .Va /etc/.logout
 (+)
 .TP 16
 .I ~/.logout
 Read by login shells at logout after
 .Va /etc/csh.logout
 or its equivalent.
 .TP 16
 .I /bin/sh
 Used to interpret shell scripts not starting with a
 .Sq #
 .TP 16
 .I /tmp/sh*
 Temporary file for
 .Sq <<
 .TP 16
 .I /etc/passwd
 Source of home directories for
 .Sq ~name
 substitutions.
 .PD
 .Pp
 The order in which startup files are read may differ if the shell was so
 compiled; see
 .Va Startup and shutdown
 and the
 .Va version
 shell variable.
 .Sh "NEW FEATURES (+)"
 This manual describes
 .Nm
 as a single entity,
 but experienced
 .Xr csh 1
 users will want to pay special attention to
 .Nm
 's new features.
 .Pp
 A command-line editor, which supports
 .Va emacs
 (1)\-style
 or
 .Va vi
 (1)\-style key bindings.
 See
 .Va The command-line editor
 and
 .Va Editor commands
 .Pp
 Programmable, interactive word completion and listing.
 See
 .Sx Completion and listing
 and the
 .Va complete
 and
 .Va uncomplete
 builtin commands.
 .Pp
 .Va Spelling correction
 (q.v.) of filenames, commands and variables.
 .Pp
 .Va Editor commands
 (q.v.) which perform other useful functions in the middle of
 typed commands, including documentation lookup
 .Va ( run-help ),
 quick editor restarting
 .Va ( run-fg-editor )
 and
 command resolution
 .Va ( which-command ).
 .Pp
 An enhanced history mechanism.
 Events in the history list are time-stamped.
 See also the
 .Va history
 command and its associated shell variables,
 the previously undocumented
 .Sq #
 event specifier and new modifiers
 under
 .Va History substitution
 ,
 the
 .Va *-history
 ,
 .Va history-search-*
 ,
 .Va i-search-*
 ,
 .Va vi-search-*
 and
 .Va toggle-literal-history
 editor commands
 and the
 .Va histlit
 shell variable.
 .Pp
 Enhanced directory parsing and directory stack handling.
 See the
 .Va cd
 ,
 .Va pushd
 ,
 .Va popd
 and
 .Va dirs
 commands and their associated
 shell variables, the description of
 .Va Directory stack substitution
 ,
 the
 .Va dirstack
 ,
 .Va owd
 and
 .Va symlinks
 shell variables and
 the
 .Va normalize-command
 and
 .Va normalize-path
 editor commands.
 .Pp
 Negation in glob-patterns.
 See
 .Va Filename substitution
 .Pp
 New
 .Va File inquiry operators
 (q.v.) and a
 .Va filetest
 builtin which uses them.
 .Pp
 A variety of
 .Va Automatic, periodic and timed events
 (q.v.) including
 scheduled events, special aliases, automatic logout and terminal locking,
 command timing and watching for logins and logouts.
 .Pp
 Support for the Native Language System
 (see
 .Va Native Language System support
 ),
 OS variant features
 (see
 .Va OS variant support
 and the
 .Va echo_style
 shell variable)
 and system-dependent file locations (see
 .Va FILES
 ).
 .Pp
 Extensive terminal-management capabilities.
 See
 .Va Terminal management
 .Pp
 New builtin commands including
 .Va builtins
 ,
 .Va hup
 , \fIls\-F\fR,
 .Va newgrp
 ,
 .Va printenv
 ,
 .Va which
 and
 .Va where
 (q.v.).
 .Pp
 New variables that make useful information easily available to the shell.
 See the
 .Va gid
 ,
 .Va loginsh
 ,
 .Va oid
 ,
 .Va shlvl
 ,
 .Va tcsh
 ,
 .Va tty
 ,
 .Va uid
 and
 .Va version
 shell variables and the
 .Va HOST
 ,
 .Va REMOTEHOST
 ,
 .Va VENDOR
 ,
 .Va OSTYPE
 and
 .Va MACHTYPE
 environment
 variables.
 .Pp
 A new syntax for including useful information in the prompt string
 (see
 .Va prompt
 ),
 and special prompts for loops and spelling correction
 (see
 .Va prompt2
 and
 .Va prompt3
 ).
 .Pp
 Read-only variables.
 See
 .Va Variable substitution
 .Sh BUGS
 When a suspended command is restarted, the shell prints the directory
 it started in if this is different from the current directory.
 This can
 be misleading (i.e., wrong) as the job may have changed directories internally.
 .Pp
 Shell builtin functions are not stoppable/restartable.
 Command sequences
 of the form
 .Sq a ; b ; c
 are also not handled gracefully when stopping is
 attempted.
 If you suspend
 .Sq b
 , the shell will then immediately execute
 `c'.
 This is especially noticeable if this expansion results from an
 .Va alias
 It suffices to place the sequence of commands in ()'s to force it
 to a subshell, i.e.,
 .Sq ( a ; b ; c )
 .Pp
 Control over tty output after processes are started is primitive; perhaps
 this will inspire someone to work on a good virtual terminal interface.
 In a virtual terminal interface much more interesting things could be
 done with output control.
 .Pp
 Alias substitution is most often used to clumsily simulate shell procedures;
 shell procedures should be provided rather than aliases.
 .Pp
 Control structures should be parsed rather than being recognized as
 built-in commands.
 This would allow control commands to be placed anywhere,
 to be combined with
 .Sq |
 , and to be used with
 .Sq &
 and
 .Sq ;
 metasyntax.
 .Pp
 .Va foreach
 doesn't ignore here documents when looking for its
 .Va end
 .Pp
 It should be possible to use the
 .Sq \&:
 modifiers on the output of command
 substitutions.
 .Pp
 The screen update for lines longer than the screen width is very poor
 if the terminal cannot move the cursor up (i.e., terminal type
 .Sq dumb
 ).
 .Pp
 .Va HPATH
 and
 .Va NOREBIND
 don't need to be environment variables.
 .Pp
 Glob-patterns which do not use
 .Sq \&?
 ,
 .Sq *
 or
 .Sq []
 or which use
 .Sq {}
 or
 .Sq ~
 are not negated correctly.
 .Pp
 The single-command form of
 .Va if
 does output redirection even if
 the expression is false and the command is not executed.
 .Pp
 \fIls\-F\fR includes file identification characters when sorting filenames
 and does not handle control characters in filenames well.
 It cannot be
 interrupted.
 .Pp
 Command substitution supports multiple commands and conditions, but not
 cycles or backward
 .Va goto
 s.
 .Pp
 Report bugs at https://bugs.astron.com/, preferably with fixes.
 If you want to
 help maintain and test tcsh, add yourself to the mailing list in
 https://mailman.astron.com/.
 .Sq subscribe tcsh
 on a line by itself in the body.
 .Sh THE T IN TCSH
 In 1964, DEC produced the PDP-6.
 The PDP-10 was a later re-implementation.
 It
 was re-christened the DECsystem-10 in 1970 or so when DEC brought out the
 second model, the KI10.
 .Pp
 TENEX was created at Bolt, Beranek & Newman (a Cambridge, Massachusetts
 think tank) in
 1972 as an experiment in demand-paged virtual memory operating systems.
 They
 built a new pager for the DEC PDP-10 and created the OS to go with it.
 It was
 extremely successful in academia.
 .Pp
 In 1975, DEC brought out a new model of the PDP-10, the KL10; they intended to
 have only a version of TENEX, which they had licensed from BBN, for the new
 box.
 They called their version TOPS-20 (their capitalization is trademarked).
 A lot of TOPS-10 users (`The OPerating System for PDP-10') objected; thus DEC
 found themselves supporting two incompatible systems on the same hardware--but
 then there were 6 on the PDP-11!
 .Pp
 TENEX, and TOPS-20 to version 3, had command completion
 via a user-code-level subroutine library called ULTCMD.
 With version 3, DEC
 moved all that capability and more into the monitor (`kernel' for you Unix
 types), accessed by the COMND% JSYS (`Jump to SYStem' instruction, the
 supervisor call mechanism [are my IBM roots also showing?]).
 .Pp
 The creator of tcsh was impressed by this feature and several others of TENEX
 and TOPS-20, and created a version of csh which mimicked them.
 .Sh LIMITATIONS
 The system limits argument lists to ARG_MAX characters.
 .Pp
 The number of arguments to a command which involves filename expansion is
 limited to 1/6th the number of characters allowed in an argument list.
 .Pp
 Command substitutions may substitute no more characters than are allowed in
 an argument list.
 .Pp
 To detect looping, the shell restricts the number of
 .Va alias
 substitutions on a single line to 20.
 .Sh "SEE ALSO"
 csh(1), emacs(1), ls(1), newgrp(1), sh(1), setpath(1), stty(1), su(1),
 tset(1), vi(1), x(1), access(2), execve(2), fork(2), killpg(2),
 pipe(2), setrlimit(2), sigvec(2), stat(2), umask(2), vfork(2), wait(2),
 malloc(3), setlocale(3), tty(4), a.out(5), termcap(5), environ(7),
 termio(7), Introduction to the C Shell
 .Sh VERSION
 This manual documents tcsh 6.21.00 (Astron) 2019-05-08.
 .Sh AUTHORS
 .PD 0
 .TP 2
 William Joy
 Original author of
 .Xr csh 1
 .TP 2
 J.E. Kulp, IIASA, Laxenburg, Austria
 Job control and directory stack features
 .TP 2
 Ken Greer, HP Labs, 1981
 File name completion
 .TP 2
 Mike Ellis, Fairchild, 1983
 Command name recognition/completion
 .TP 2
 Paul Placeway, Ohio State CIS Dept., 1983-1993
 Command line editor, prompt routines, new glob syntax and numerous fixes
 and speedups
 .TP 2
 Karl Kleinpaste, CCI 1983-4
 Special aliases, directory stack extraction stuff, login/logout watch,
 scheduled events, and the idea of the new prompt format
 .TP 2
 Rayan Zachariassen, University of Toronto, 1984
 \fIls\-F\fR and
 .Va which
 builtins and numerous bug fixes, modifications
 and speedups
 .TP 2
 Chris Kingsley, Caltech
 Fast storage allocator routines
 .TP 2
 Chris Grevstad, TRW, 1987
 Incorporated 4.3BSD
 .Xr csh 1
 into
 .Nm
 .TP 2
 Christos S. Zoulas, Cornell U. EE Dept., 1987-94
 Ports to HPUX, SVR2 and SVR3, a SysV version of getwd.c, SHORT_STRINGS support
 and a new version of sh.glob.c
 .TP 2
 James J Dempsey, BBN, and Paul Placeway, OSU, 1988
 A/UX port
 .TP 2
 Daniel Long, NNSC, 1988
 .Va wordchars
 .TP 2
 Patrick Wolfe, Kuck and Associates, Inc., 1988
 .Va vi
 mode cleanup
 .TP 2
 David C Lawrence, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1989
 .Va autolist
 and ambiguous completion listing
 .TP 2
 Alec Wolman, DEC, 1989
 Newlines in the prompt
 .TP 2
 Matt Landau, BBN, 1989
 .Va ~/.tcshrc
 .TP 2
 Ray Moody, Purdue Physics, 1989
 Magic space bar history expansion
 .TP 2
 Mordechai ????, Intel, 1989
 printprompt() fixes and additions
 .TP 2
 Kazuhiro Honda, Dept. of Computer Science, Keio University, 1989
 Automatic spelling correction and
 .Va prompt3
 .TP 2
 Per Hedeland, Ellemtel, Sweden, 1990-
 Various bugfixes, improvements and manual updates
 .TP 2
 Hans J. Albertsson (Sun Sweden)
 .Va ampm
 ,
 .Va settc
 and
 .Va telltc
 .TP 2
 Michael Bloom
 Interrupt handling fixes
 .TP 2
 Michael Fine, Digital Equipment Corp
 Extended key support
 .TP 2
 Eric Schnoebelen, Convex, 1990
 Convex support, lots of
 .Xr csh 1
 bug fixes,
 save and restore of directory stack
 .TP 2
 Ron Flax, Apple, 1990
 A/UX 2.0 (re)port
 .TP 2
 Dan Oscarsson, LTH Sweden, 1990
 NLS support and simulated NLS support for non NLS sites, fixes
 .TP 2
 Johan Widen, SICS Sweden, 1990
 .Va shlvl
 , Mach support,
 .Va correct-line
 , 8-bit printing
 .TP 2
 Matt Day, Sanyo Icon, 1990
 POSIX termio support, SysV limit fixes
 .TP 2
 Jaap Vermeulen, Sequent, 1990-91
 Vi mode fixes, expand-line, window change fixes, Symmetry port
 .TP 2
 Martin Boyer, Institut de recherche d'Hydro-Quebec, 1991
 .Va autolist
 beeping options, modified the history search to search for
 the whole string from the beginning of the line to the cursor.
 .TP 2
 Scott Krotz, Motorola, 1991
 Minix port
 .TP 2
 David Dawes, Sydney U. Australia, Physics Dept., 1991
 SVR4 job control fixes
 .TP 2
 Jose Sousa, Interactive Systems Corp., 1991
 Extended
 .Va vi
 fixes and
 .Va vi
 delete command
 .TP 2
 Marc Horowitz, MIT, 1991
 ANSIfication fixes, new exec hashing code, imake fixes,
 .Va where
 .TP 2
 Bruce Sterling Woodcock, sterling@netcom.com, 1991-1995
 ETA and Pyramid port, Makefile and lint fixes,
 .Va ignoreeof
 =n addition, and
 various other portability changes and bug fixes
 .TP 2
 Jeff Fink, 1992
 .Va complete-word-fwd
 and
 .Va complete-word-back
 .TP 2
 Harry C. Pulley, 1992
 Coherent port
 .TP 2
 Andy Phillips, Mullard Space Science Lab U.K., 1992
 VMS-POSIX port
 .TP 2
 Beto Appleton, IBM Corp., 1992
 Walking process group fixes,
 .Xr csh 1
 bug fixes,
 POSIX file tests, POSIX SIGHUP
 .TP 2
 Scott Bolte, Cray Computer Corp., 1992
 CSOS port
 .TP 2
 Kaveh R. Ghazi, Rutgers University, 1992
 Tek, m88k, Titan and Masscomp ports and fixes.
 Added autoconf support.
 .TP 2
 Mark Linderman, Cornell University, 1992
 OS/2 port
 .TP 2
 Mika Liljeberg, liljeber@kruuna.Helsinki.FI, 1992
 Linux port
 .TP 2
 Tim P. Starrin, NASA Langley Research Center Operations, 1993
 Read-only variables
 .TP 2
 Dave Schweisguth, Yale University, 1993-4
 New man page and tcsh.man2html
 .TP 2
 Larry Schwimmer, Stanford University, 1993
 AFS and HESIOD patches
 .TP 2
 Luke Mewburn, RMIT University, 1994-6
 Enhanced directory printing in prompt,
 added
 .Va ellipsis
 and
 .Va rprompt
 .TP 2
 Edward Hutchins, Silicon Graphics Inc., 1996
 Added implicit cd.
 .TP 2
 Martin Kraemer, 1997
 Ported to Siemens Nixdorf EBCDIC machine
 .TP 2
 Amol Deshpande, Microsoft, 1997
 Ported to WIN32 (Windows/95 and Windows/NT); wrote all the missing library
 and message catalog code to interface to Windows.
 .TP 2
 Taga Nayuta, 1998
 Color ls additions.
 .PD
 .Pp
 .Sh "THANKS TO"
 Bryan Dunlap, Clayton Elwell, Karl Kleinpaste, Bob Manson, Steve Romig,
 Diana Smetters, Bob Sutterfield, Mark Verber, Elizabeth Zwicky and all
 the other people at Ohio State for suggestions and encouragement
 .Pp
 All the people on the net, for putting up with,
 reporting bugs in, and suggesting new additions to each and every version
 .Pp
 Richard M. Alderson III, for writing the
 .Sq T in tcsh
 section
Index: head/contrib/tcsh
===================================================================
--- head/contrib/tcsh	(revision 353874)
+++ head/contrib/tcsh	(revision 353875)

Property changes on: head/contrib/tcsh
___________________________________________________________________
Modified: svn:mergeinfo
## -0,0 +0,1 ##
   Merged /vendor/tcsh/dist:r353835